diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:27:36 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:27:36 -0700 |
| commit | cfe7cbc6454a05a58d8073bc685fc8a03e18e2e2 (patch) | |
| tree | 04f779d26413cf33ded2f815a0a31198c17ff5a5 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458-0.txt | 5799 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 100689 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 106717 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458-h/6458-h.htm | 7058 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458.txt | 5798 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6458.zip | bin | 0 -> 100193 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/asbbb10.txt | 6037 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/asbbb10.zip | bin | 0 -> 99843 bytes |
11 files changed, 24708 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/6458-0.txt b/6458-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52dd9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/6458-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5799 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Air Service Boys in the Big Battle + +Author: Charles Amory Beach + +Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6458] +Posting Date: March 23, 2009 +Last Updated: March 15, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + + + + +Produced by Sean Pobuda + + + + + + + +AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE + +Or SILENCING THE BIG GUNS + + +By Charles Amory Beach + + + + + +CHAPTER I. BAD NEWS FROM THE AIR + + +“Well, Tom, how's your head now?” + +“How's my head? What do you mean? There's nothing the matter with +my head,” and the speaker, who wore the uniform of a French aviator, +glanced up in surprise from the cot on which he was reclining in his +tent near the airdromes that stretched around a great level field, not +far from Paris. + +“Oh, isn't there?” questioned Jack Parmly, with a smile. “Then I +beg your pardon for asking, my cabbage! I beg your pardon, Sergeant +Raymond!” + +Tom Raymond, whose, chum had addressed him by the military title, looked +curiously at his companion, and smiled at the appellation of the term +cabbage. It was one of the many little tricks picked up by association +with their French flying comrades, of speaking to a friend by some odd, +endearing term. It might be cucumber or rose, cabbage or cart wheel--the +words mattered not, it was the meaning back of them. + +“Say, is anything the matter?” went on Tom, as his chum, attired +like himself', but wearing an old blouse covered with oil and grease, +continued to smile. “What gave you the notion that my head hurt?” + +“I didn't say it hurt. I only asked how it was. The swelling hasn't +begun to subside in mine yet, and I was wondering if it had in yours.” + +“Swelling? Subside? What in the world--” + +Jack Parmly brought to a sudden termination the rapid torrent of words +from the mouth of his churn by silently pointing to a small medal +fastened to the uniform jacket of his friend. It was the coveted croix +de guerre. + +“Oh, that!” exclaimed Tom. + +“Nothing else, my pickled beet!” answered Jack. “Doesn't it make your +head swell up as if it would burst every time you look at it? Now don't +say it doesn't, for that's the way it affects me, and I'm sure you're +not very different. And every time I read the citation that goes with +the medal--well, I'm just aching for a chance to show it to the folks +back home, aren't you, Sergeant?” + +Tom Raymond started a bit at the second use of the title. + +“I see you aren't any more used to it than I am!” exclaimed Jack. “Well, +it'll be a little time before we stop looking around to see if it isn't +some one behind us they're talking to. So I thought I'd practice it +a bit on you. And you can do the same for me. I should think, out of +common politeness, you'd get up, salute and call me the same.” + +“Oh! Now I see what you're driving at,” voiced Tom, as he glanced up +from a momentary look at his medal to the face of his comrade-in-arms, +or perhaps in flying would be more appropriate. “The wind's in that +quarter, is it?” + +“No wind at all to speak of,” broke in Jack. “If you'd like to go for a +fly, and see if we can bag a Boche or two, I'm with you.” + +“Against orders, Jack. I'd like to, but we were ordered here for rest +and observation work; and you know, as well as I do, that obeying orders +is just as important as sending a member of the Hun Flying Circus down +where he can't do any more of his grandstand stunts. But I'm hoping the +time will come when we can climb up back of our machine guns again, and +do our bit to show that the little old U. S. A. is still on the map.” + +“I guess that time'll soon come, Tom, old man. I heard rumors that a +lot of us were to be sent up nearer the front shortly, and if they don't +include you and me, there'll be something doing in this camp!” + +“That's what I say. So you thought I'd have a swelled head, did you, +because they gave us the croix de guerre?” + +“I confess I had a faint suspicion that way,” admitted Jack. “Both of us +being advanced to sergeants was a big step, too.” + +“It was,” agreed Tom. “I almost wish they hadn't done it, for there are +lots of others in the escadrille that deserve it fully as much, and some +more, than we do.” + +“That's right. But you can't make these delightful Frenchmen see +anything the way you want 'em to. Once they get a notion in their heads +that you've done something for la belle Frame, they're your friends +for life, kissing you on both cheeks and pinning medals on you wherever +they'll stick.” + +“Well, they mean all right, Jack,” said Tom. “And there aren't any +braver or more lovable people on the face of the earth than these same +French. They've done more and suffered more for their country than we +dream of. And it's only natural that they should say 'much obliged,' in +their own particular way, to any one they think is helping to free them +from the Germans.” + +“I suppose you're right. But advancing us to sergeants would have been +enough, without pinning the decorations on us and mentioning us in the +order of the day, as well as giving us as fine a citation as ever was +signed by a commanding general. However, it's all in the day's work, +though when we flew over the German super cannons, and did our bit in +helping demolish them so they couldn't shell Paris any more, we didn't +think--or, at least, I didn't--that we'd be sitting here talking about +it.” + +“Me either,” agreed Tom. “But, to get down to brass tacks, what have you +been doing to get into such a mess? You look like a chauffeur of the +old days they tell of when they had to climb under the car to see if it +needed oiling--” + +“That's just about what I have been doing,” admitted Jack. “When I heard +the rumor that our escadrille might get orders to move at any hour, I +decided that it was up to me to look MY machine over. It didn't make +that nose dive just the way I wanted it to the last time I was up, and +I'm not taking any chances. So I've been crawling in and around and +under it--” + +“While I've been lying here I taking it easy!” broke in Tom. “I don't +call that fair of you, Jack,” and he seemed genuinely hurt. + +“Go easy now, my pickled onion!” laughed his chum. “I wasn't going to +leave you out in the cold. I just came to tell you that you'd better +stop looking like a moving picture of an airman, and put on some old +duds to look over your own craft. And here you go and--” + +“All right, old ham sandwich!” laughed Tom. + + “I'll forgive you. I'm going to do the same as you, and tinker +with my machine. If, as you say, we're likely to be on the job again +soon, I don't want too take any chances either. Where's that mechanician +of mine? There was something wrong with my joy stick, he said, the last +time I came down out of the clouds to take an enforced rest, and I might +as well start with that, if there's any repairing to be done--” + +Tom flung off his uniform jacket, with the two silver wings, denoting +that he was a full-fledged airman, and sent an orderly to summon his +chief mechanician, for each aviator had several helpers to run messages +for him, as well as to see that his machine is in perfect trim. + +Experts are needed to see to it that the machine and the aviator are in +perfect trim, leaving for the airman himself the trying and difficult +task, sometimes, of flying upside down, while he is making observations +of the enemy with one eye, and fighting off a Boche with the +other--ready to kill or be killed. + +Sergeants Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, chums and fellow airmen flying +for France, started toward the aerodromes where their machines were kept +when not in use. They were both attired now for hard and not very clean +work, though the more laborious part would be done by mechanics at their +orders. Still the lads themselves would leave nothing to chance. Indeed +no airman does, for in very, truth his He and the success of an army +may, at times, depend on the strength or weakness of a seemingly +insignificant bit of wire or the continuity of a small gasoline pipe. + +“Well, it'll seem good to get up in the air again,” remarked Jack. “A +little rest is all right, but too much is more than enough.” + +“Right O, my sliced liberty bond!” laughed Tom. “And now--” + +Their talk was interrupted by a cheer that broke out in front of a +recreation house, in reality a YMCA hut, or le Foyer du Soldat as it +was called. It was where the airmen went when not on duty to read the +papers, write letters and buy chocolate. + +“What's up now?” asked Jack, as he and his chum looked toward the +cheering squad of aviators and their assistants. + +“Give it up. Let's go over and find out.” + +They broke into a run as the cheering continued, and then they saw hats +being thrown into the air and men capering about with every evidence of +joy. + +“We must have won a big battle!” cried Jack. + +“Seems so,” agreed Tom. “Hi there! what is it?” he asked in French of a +fellow aviator. + +“What is it? You ask me what? Ah, joy of my life! It is you who ought to +know first! It is you who should give thanks! Ah!” + +“Yes, that's all right, old man,” returned Jack in English. “We'll give +thanks right as soon as we know what it is; but we aren't mind readers, +you know, and there are so many things to guess at that there's no use +in wasting the time. Tell us, like a good chap!” he begged in French, +for he saw the puzzled look on the face of the aviator Tom had +addressed. + +“It is the best news ever!” was the answer. “The first of your brave +countrymen have arrived to help us drive the Boche from France! The +first American Expeditionary Force, to serve under your brave General +Pershing, has reached the shores of France safely, in spite of the +U-boats, and are even now marching to show themselves in Paris! Ah, is +it any wonder that we rejoice? How is it you say in your own delightful +country? Two cheers and a lion! Ah!” + +“Tiger, my dear boy! Tiger!” laughed Jack. “And, while you're about it, +you might as well make it three cheers and done with it. Not that it +makes any great amount of difference in this case, but it's just the +custom, my stuffed olive!” + +And then he and Tom were fairly carried off their feet by the rush of +enthusiastic Frenchmen to congratulate them on the good news, and to +share it with them. + +“Is it really true?” asked Tom. “Has any substantial part of Uncle Sam's +boys really got here at last?” + +He was told that such was the case. The news had just been received +at the headquarters of the flying squad to which Tom and Jack were +attached. About ten thousand American soldiers were even then on French +soil. Their coming had long been waited for, and the arrangements sailed +in secret, and the news was known in American cities scarcely any sooner +than it was in France, so careful had the military authorities been +not to give the lurking German submarines a chance to torpedo the +transports. + +“Is not that glorious news, my friend?” asked the Frenchman who had +given it to Tom and Jack. + +“The best ever!” was the enthusiastic reply. And then Jack, turning +to his chum, said in a low voice, as the Frenchman hurried back to the +cheering throng: “You know what this means for us, of course?” + +“Rather guess I do!” was the response. “It means we've got to apply for +a transfer and fight under Pershing!” + +“Exactly. Now how are we going to do it?” + +“Oh, I fancy it will be all right. Merely a question of detail and +procedure. They can't object to our wanting to fight among our own +countrymen, now that enough of them are over here to make a showing. I +suppose this is the first of the big army that's coming.” + +“I imagine so,” agreed Jack. “Hurray! this is something like. There's +going to be hard fighting. I realize that. But this is the beginning of +the end, as I see it.” + +“That's what! Now, instead of tinkering over our machines, let's see the +commandant and---” + +Jack motioned to his chum to cease talking. Then he pointed up to the +sky. There was a little speck against the blue, a speck that became +larger as the two Americans watched. + +“One of our fliers coming bark,” remarked Tom in a low voice. + +“I hope he brings more good news,” returned Jack. + +The approaching airman came rapidly nearer, and then the throngs that +had gathered about the headquarters building to discuss the news of the +arrival of the first American forces turned to watch the return of the +flier. + +“It's Du Boise,” remarked Tom, naming an intrepid French fighter. He was +one of the “aces,” and had more than a score of Boche machines to +his credit. “He must have been out 'on his own,' looking for a stray +German.” + +“Yes, he and Leroy went out together,” assented Jack. “But I don't see +Harry's machine,” and anxiously he scanned the heavens. + +Harry Leroy was, like Tom and Jack, an American aviator who had lately +joined the force in which the two friends had rendered such valiant +service. Tom and Jack had known him on the other side--had, in fact, +first met and become friendly with him at a flying school in Virginia. +Leroy had suffered a slight accident which had put him out of the flying +service for a year, but he had persisted, had finally been accepted, and +was welcomed to France by his chums who had preceded him. + +“I hope nothing has happened to Harry,” murmured Tom; “but I don't see +him, and it's queer Du Boise would come back without him.” + +“Maybe he had to--for gasoline or something,” suggested Jack. + +“I hope it isn't any worse than that,” went on Tom. But his voice did +not carry conviction. + +The French aviator landed, and as he climbed out of his machine, helped +by orderlies and others who rushed up, he was seen to stagger. + +“Are you hurt?” asked Tom, hurrying up. + +“A mere scratch-nothing, thank you,” was the answer. + +“Where's Harry Leroy?” Jack asked. “Did you have to leave him?” + +“Ah, monsieur, I bring you bad news from the air,” was the answer. “We +were attacked by seven Boche machines. We each got one, and then--well, +they got me--but what matters that? It is a mere nothing.” + +“What of Harry?” persisted Tom. + +“Ah, it is of him I would speak. He is--he fell inside the enemy lines; +and I had to come back for help. My petrol gave out, and I--“' + +And then, pressing his hands over his breast, the brave airman staggered +and fell, as a stream of blood issued from beneath his jacket. + + + + + +CHAPTER II. A GIRL'S APPEAL + + +At once half a score of hands reached out to render aid to the stricken +airman, whose blood was staining the ground where he had fallen. + +Tom, seeing that his fellow aviator was more desperately wounded than +the brave man had admitted, at once summoned stretcher-bearers, and he +was carried to the hospital. Then all anxiously awaited the report of +the surgeons, who quickly prepared to render aid to the fighter of the +air. + +“How is he?” asked Jack, as he and Tom, lingering near the hospital, saw +one of the doctors emerge. + +“He is doing very nicely,” was the answer, given in French, for the two +boys of the air spoke this language now with ease, if not always with +absolute correctness. + +“Then he isn't badly hurt?” asked Jack. + +“No. The wound in his chest was only a flesh one, but it bled +considerably. Two bullets from an aircraft machine gun struck ribs, and +glanced off from them, but tore the flesh badly. The bleeding was held +in check by the pressure DU Boise exerted on the wounds underneath +his jacket, but at last he grew faint from loss of blood, and then the +stream welled out. With rest and care he will be all right in a few +days.” + +“How soon could we talk with him?” asked Tom. + +“Talk with him?” asked the surgeon. “Is that necessary? He is doing very +well, and--” + +“Tom means ask him some questions,” explained Jack. “You see, he started +to tell us about our chum, Harry Leroy, who was out scouting with him. +Harry was shot down, so Du Boise said, but he didn't get a chance to +give any particulars, and we thought--” + +“It will be a day or so before he will be able to talk to you,” the +surgeon said. “He is very weak, and must not be disturbed.” + +“Well, may we talk with him just as soon as possible?” eagerly asked +Jack. “We want to find out where it was that Harry went down in his +machine--out of control very likely--and if we get a chance--” + +“We'd like to take it out on those that shot him down!” interrupted +Torn. “Du Boise must have noticed the machines that fought him and +Harry, and if we could get any idea of the Boches who were in them--” + +“I see,” and the surgeon bowed and smiled approval of their idea. “You +want revenge. I hope you get it. As soon as we think he is able to +talk,” and he nodded in the direction of the hospital, “we will let you +see him. Good luck to you, and confusion to the Huns!” + +“Gee, but this is tough luck!” murmured Tom, as he and his chum turned +away. “Just as we were getting ready to go back into the game, too! Had +it all fixed up for Harry to fly with us in a sort of a triangle scheme +to down the Boches, and they have to go and plump him off the map. Well, +it is tough!” + +“Yes, sort of takes the fun out of the good news we heard a while ago,” + agreed Jack. “I mean about Pershing's boys getting over here to France. +I hope Harry's only wounded, instead of killed. But if the Huns have him +a prisoner--good-night!” + +“There's only one consolation,” added Tom. “Their airmen are the best of +the lot Of course that isn't saying much, but they behave a little more +like human beings than the rest of the Boche gang; and if Harry has +fallen a prisoner to them he'll get a bit of decent treatment, anyhow.” + +“That's so. We'll hope for that. And now let's go on with what we +started when we saw Du Boise coming back--let's see what chance we have +of being transferred to an All American escadrille.” + +The boys started across the field again toward the headquarters, and, +nearing it, they saw, in a small motor car, a girl sitting beside the +military driver. She was a pretty girl, and it needed only one glance to +show that she was an American. + +“Hello!” exclaimed Tom, with a low whistle. “Look who's here!” + +“Do you know her?” asked Jack. + +“No. Wish I did, though.” + +Jack glanced quickly and curiously at his chum. + +“Oh, you needn't think you're the only chap that has a drag with the +girls,” went on Tom. “Just because Bessie Gleason--” + +“Cut it out!” exclaimed Jack. “Look, she acts as though she wanted to +speak to us.” + +The military chauffeur had alighted from the machine and was talking +to one of the French aviation officers. Meanwhile the girl, left to +herself, was looking about the big aviation field, with a look of +wonder, mixed with alarm and nervousness. She caught sight of Tom and +Jack, and a smile came to her face, making her, as Tom said afterward, +the prettiest picture he had seen in a long while. + +“You're Americans, aren't you?” began the girl, turning frankly to them. +“I know you are! And, oh, I'm in such trouble!” + +Tom stepped ahead of Jack, who was taking off his cap and bowing. + +“Let me have a show for my white alley,” Tom murmured to his chum. +“You've got one girl.” + +“You win,” murmured Jack. + +“Yes, we're from the United States,” said Tom. “But it's queer to see +a girl here--from America or anywhere else. How'd you get through the +lines, and what can we do for you?” + +“I am looking for my brother,” was the answer. “I understood he was +stationed here, and I managed to get passes to come to see him, but it +wasn't easy work. I met this officer in his motor car, and he brought +me along the last stage of the journey. Can you tell me where my brother +is? His name is Harry Leroy.” + +Torn said afterward that he felt as though he had gone into a spinning +nose dive with a Boche aviator on his tail, while Jack admitted that he +felt somewhat as he did the time his gasoline pipe was severed by a Hun +bullet when he was high in the air and several miles behind the enemy's +lines. + +“Your--your brother!” Tom managed to mutter. + +“Yes, Harry Leroy. He's from the United States, too. Perhaps you know +him, as I notice you are both aviators. He told me if I ever got to +France to come to see him, and he mentioned the names of two young +men--I have them here somewhere--” + +She began to search in the depths of a little leather valise she +carried, and, at that moment, the military chauffeur who had brought her +to the aviation field turned to her, and spoke rapidly in French. + +She understood the language, as did Tom and Jack, and at the first words +her face went white. For the chauffeur informed her that her brother, +Harry Leroy, whom she had come so far to see, was, even then, lying dead +or wounded within the German lines. + +“Oh!” the girl murmured, her fare becoming whiter and more white. +“Oh--Harry!” + +Then she would have fallen from the seat, only Tom leaped forward and +caught her in his arms. + +And while efforts were being made to restore the girl to consciousness, +may I not take this opportunity of telling my new readers something of +the previous books of this series, so that they may read this one more +intelligently? + +Torn Raymond and Jack Parmly, as related in the initial volume, “Air +Service Boys Flying for France; or The Young Heroes of the Lafayette +Escadrille,” were Virginians. Soon after the great world conflict +started, they burned with a desire to fight on the side of freedom, and +it was as aviators that they desired to help. + +Accordingly they went to an aviation school in Virginia, under the +auspices of the Government, and there learned the rudiments of flying. +Tom's father had invented an aeroplane stabilizer, but, as told in the +story, the plans and other papers had been stolen by a German spy. + +Tom and his chum resolved to get possession of the documents, and they +kept up the search after they reached France and were made members +of the Lafayette Escadrille. It was in France that they met Adolph +Tuessing, the German spy. + +The second volume, entitled “Air Service Boys Over the Enemy's Lines; +or The German Spy's Secret,” takes the two young men through further +adventures. They had become acquainted on the steamer with a girl named +Bessie Gleason and her mother. Carl Potzfeldt, a German sailing under +false colors, claimed to be a friend of Bessie and her mother, but Jack, +who was more than casually interested in the girl, was suspicious of +this man. And his suspicions proved correct, for Potzfeldt had planned a +daring trick. + +After some strenuous happenings, in which the Air Service Boys assisted, +Bessie and her mother were rescued from the clutches of Potzfeldt, +and went to Paris, Mrs. Gleason engaging in Red Cross work, and Bessie +helping her as best she could. + + Immediately preceding this present volume is the third, called “Air +Service Boys Over the Rhine; or Fighting Above the Clouds.” + +By this time the United States had entered the great war on the side of +humanity and democracy. + +Then the world was startled by the news that a great German cannon was +firing on Paris seventy miles away, and consternation reigned for a +time. Tom and Jack had a hand in silencing the great gun, for it was +they who discovered where it was hidden. Also in the third volume is +related how Tom's father, who had disappeared, was found again. + +The boys passed through many startling experiences with their usual +bravery, so that, when the present story opens, they were taking a +much needed and well-earned rest. Mr. Raymond, having accomplished his +mission, had returned to the United States. + +Then, as we have seen, came the news of the arrival of the first of +Pershing's forces, and with it came the sad message that Harry Leroy, +the chum of Torn and Jack, had fallen behind the German lines. And +whether he was alive now, though wounded, or was another victim of the +Hun machine guns, could not be told. + +“Harry's sister couldn't have come at a worse time,” remarked Tom, as he +rejoined Jack, having carried the unconscious girl to the same hospital +where Du Boise lay wounded. + +“I should say not!” agreed Jack. “Do you really suppose she's Harry's +sister?” + +“I don't see Any reason to doubt it. She said so, didn't she?” + +“Oh, yes, of course. I was just wondering. Say, it's going to be tough +when she wakes up and realizes what's happened.” + +“You bet it is! This has been a tough day all around, and if it wasn't +for the good news that our boys are in France I'd feel pretty rocky. But +now we've got all the more incentive to get busy!” exclaimed Tom. + +“What do you mean?” + +“I mean get our machines in fighting trim. I'm going out and get a few +Germans to make up for what they did to Harry.” + +“You're right! I'm with you! But what about what's her name--I mean +Harry's sister?” + +“I didn't hear her name. Some of the Red Cross nurses are looking after +her. They promised to let me know when she came to. We can offer to help +her, I suppose, being, as you might say, neighbors.” + +“Sure!” agreed Jack. “I'm with you. But let's go and--” + +However they did not go at once, wherever it was that Jack was going to +propose, for, at that moment, one of the Red Cross nurses attached to +the aviation hospital came to the door and beckoned to the boys. + +“Miss Leroy is conscious now,” was the message. “She wants to see you +two,” and the nurse smiled at them. + +Tom and Jack found Miss Leroy, looking pale, but prettier than ever, +sitting up in a chair. She leaned forward eagerly as they entered, and, +holding out her hands, exclaimed: + +“They tell me you are my brother's chums! Oh, can you not get me some +news of him? Can you not let him know that I have come so far to see +him? I am anxious! Oh, where is he?” and she looked from Tom to Jack, +and then to Tom again. + + + + + +CHAPTER III. ANXIOUS WAITING + + +Nellie Leroy--for such the boys learned was her name--broke the silence, +that was growing tense, by asking: + +“Is there any hope? Tell me, do you think there is a chance that my +brother may be alive?” + +“Yes, there is, certainly!” exclaimed Tom quickly, before Jack had an +opportunity to give, possibly, a less hopeful answer. + +“And if he is alive, is there a chance that he may be rescued--that I +may go to him?” she went on. + +“Hardly that,” said Tom, slowly. “It's a wonder you ever got as near to +the front as this. But as for getting past the German lines--” + +“Then what can I do?” asked Nellie Leroy, eagerly. “Oh, tell me +something that I can do. I'm used to hard work,” she went on. “I've been +a Red Cross nurse for some time, and I helped in one big explosion of a +munitions plant in New Jersey before I came over. That's one reason they +let me come--because I proved that I could do things!” and she did +look very efficient, in spite of her paleness, in spite of her, seeming +frailness. There was an indefinable air about her which showed that +she would carry through whatever she undertook. “I never fainted +before--never.” + +“It's like this,” said Tom, and Jack seemed content, now, to let his +chum play the chief role. “When one of us goes down in his machine back +of the enemy's lines, those left over here never really know what has +happened for a few days.” + +“And how do they know then?' she asked. + +“The German airmen are more decent than some of the other Hun forces +we're fighting,” explained Torn. “Generally after they capture one of +our escadrille members, dead or alive, they fly over our lines a few +days later and drop a cap, or a glove, or something that belongs to the +prisoner. Sometimes they attach a note, written by one of their airmen +or from the prisoner, giving news of his condition.” + +“And you think they may do this in my brother's case?” asked Nellie. + +“They are very likely to,” assented Tom, and Jack, to whom the girl +looked for confirmation, nodded, his agreement. + +“How long shall we have to wait?” Harry's sister asked. + +“There is no telling,” said Tom “Sometimes it's a week before their +airmen get a chance to fly over our lines. It all depends.” + +“On what?” + +“On how the battle goes,” answered Tom. “If there is much fighting, and +many engagements in the air, the Boches don't get a chance to fly over +and drop tokens of our men they may have shot down. We do the same for +them, so it's six of one and a half dozen of the other. Often for a week +we don't get a chance to let them know about prisoners we have, because +the fighting is so severe.” + +“Will it be that way now?” the girl went on. + +“Hard to say--we don't have the ordering of battles,” replied Jack. “But +it's been rather quiet for a few days, and it's likely to continue so. +If it does one of their men may fly over to-morrow, or the next day, and +drop something your brother wore--or even a note from him.” + +“Oh, I hope they do the last!” she murmured. “If I could have a note +from him I'd be the happiest girl alive I I'd know, then, that he was +all right.” + +“He may be,” said Tom, trying to be hopeful. “You see Du Boise, who was +with Harry when the fight took place, is himself wounded, so he can't +tell us much about it.” + +“Yes, they told me that my brother's companion reached here badly +hurt. He is so brave! I wish they would let me help take care of him. I +understand a great deal about wounds, and I'm not at all afraid of the +sight of blood. It was silly of me to faint just now, but--I--I couldn't +help it. I'd been counting so much on seeing Harry, and when they told +me he was gone--” + +She covered her face with her hands, and endeavored to repress her +emotion. + +“You're not Harry's little sister, are you?” asked Jack, hoping to +change the current of talk into other and happier channels. + +“No; that's Mabel--Mab he calls her. She's younger than I. Did he often +speak of her?” + +“Oh, yes; and you too!” exclaimed Tom, so warmly that Nellie blushed, +and the damask tint in her hitherto pale cheeks was most becoming. + +“We've seen your picture, and Mab's too,” went on Tom. “Harry keeps them +just over his cot in the barracks. But I didn't recognize you when I saw +you a little while ago in the machine. Though I might have, if so many +things hadn't happened all at once, and made me sort of hazy,” Tom +explained. + +“Then are you and my brother good friends?” asked Nellie. + +“The best ever!” exclaimed Tom, and Jack warmly assented. “Not so many +Americans are in this branch of the escadrille as are in others,” Torn +went on; “so Harry and Jack and I are a sort of little trio all by +ourselves. He hardly ever goes up without us, but we are on a rest +billet; and to-day he went up with Du Boise.” + +“If he had only come back!” sighed Nellie. “But there! I mustn't +complain. Harry wouldn't let me if he were here. We both have to do our +duty. Now I'm going to see what I can do to help, and not be silly and +do any more fainting. I hope you'll pardon me,” and she smiled at the +two boys. + +“Of course!” exclaimed Tom, with great emphasis, and again Miss Leroy +blushed. + +“Then, is to wait the only thing we can do?” she asked. + +“That's all,” assented Tom. “We may get a message from the clouds any +day.” + +“And, oh! I shall pray that it may be favorable!” murmured the girl. +“Perhaps I may question this Mr. Du Boise, and learn from him just what +happened?” she interrogated. + +“Yes, we want to talk to him ourselves, as soon as he's able to sit up,” + said Jack. “We want to get a shot at the Boche who downed Harry.” + +“So you are as fond of Harry as all that! I am glad!” exclaimed his +sister. “Have you known him long?” + +“We knew him slightly before we went to the flying school in +Virginia with him,” said Tom. “But down there, when we started in at +'grass-cutting,' and worked our way up, we grew to know him better. Then +Jack and I got our chance to come over. But Harry had a smash, and he +had to wait a year.” + +“Yes, I know. It almost broke his heart,” said Miss Leroy. “I was away +at school at the time, which accounts for my not knowing more of you +boys, since Harry always wrote me, or told me, about his chums. Then, +when I came back after my graduation, I found that he had sailed for +France.” + +“And maybe we weren't glad to see him!” exclaimed Tom. “It was like +getting letters from home.” + +“Yes, I recall, now, his mentioning that he had met over here some +students from the Virginia school,” said Miss Leroy. “Well, after Harry +sailed I was wild to go, but father and mother would not hear of it at +first. Then, when the war grew worse, and I showed them that I could do +hard work for the Red Cross, they consented. So I sailed, but I never +expected to get like this.” + +“Oh, well, everything may come out all right,” said Tom, as cheerfully +as he could. But, in very truth, he was not very hopeful in his heart. + +For once an aviator succumbs to the hail of bullets from the German +machine guns in an aircraft, and his own creature of steel and wings +goes hurtling down, there is only a scant chance that the disabled +airman will land alive. + +Of course some have done it, and, even with their machines out of +control and on fire, they have lived through the awful experience. But +the chances were and are against them. + +Harry Leroy had been seen to go down, apparently with his machine out of +control, after a fusillade of Boche bullets. This much Du Boise had said +before his collapse. As to what the fallen aviator's real fate was, time +alone could disclose. + +“I can only wait!” sighed Nellie, as the boys took their leave. “The +days will be anxious ones--days of waiting. I shall help here all I +can. You'll let me know the moment there is any news--good or bad--won't +you?” she begged; and her eyes filled with tears. + +“We'll bring you the news at once--night or day!” exclaimed Tom, +vigorously. + +As he and Jack walked out of the hospital, the latter remarked: + +“You seem to be a favorite there, all right, Tom, my boy. If we weren't +such good chums I might be a bit jealous.” + +“If you feel that way I'll drop Bessie Gleason a note!” suggested Tom, +quickly. + +“Don't!” begged Jack. “I'll be good!” + + + + +CHAPTER IV. TRANSFERRED + + +One glance at the bulletin board, erected just outside their quarters at +the aerodrome, told Tom and Jack what they were detailed for that day. +It was the day following the arrival of Nellie Leroy at that particular +place in France, only to find that her brother was missing--either dead, +or alive and a prisoner behind the German lines. + +“Sergeant Thomas Raymond will report to headquarters at eight o'clock, +to do patrol work.” + +“Sergeant Jack Parmly will report to headquarters at eight o'clock for +reconnaissance with a photographer, who will be detailed.” + +Thus read the bulletin board, and Tom and Jack, looking at it, nodded to +one another, while Tom remarked: + +“Got our work cut out for us all right.” + +“Yes,” agreed Jack. “Only I wish I could change places with you. I don't +like those big, heavy machines.” + +But orders are orders, nowhere more so than in the aviation squad, and +soon the two lads, after a hearty if hasty breakfast, were ready for the +day's work. They each realized that when the sun set they might either +be dead, wounded or prisoners. It was a life full of eventualities. + +A little later the two young airmen, in common with their comrades, were +ready. Some were to do patrol work, like Tom--that is fly over and +along the German lines in small swift, fighting planes, to attack a Hun +machine, if any showed, and to give notice of any attack, either from +the air or on the ground. The latter attacks the airmen would observe in +progress and report to the commanders of infantry or batteries who could +take steps to meet the attack, or even frustrate it. + +Tom was assigned to a speedy Spad machine, one of great power and +lightness into which he climbed. He was to fly alone, and on his +machine was a machine gun of the Vickers type, which had to be aimed by +directing, or pointing, the aeroplane itself at the enemy. + +After Tom had given a hasty but careful look at his craft, and had +assured himself of the accuracy of the report of his mechanician that +it had oil and petrol, his starter took his place in front of the +propeller. + +“Well, Jack,” called Tom to his chum, across the field, where Jack was +making his preparations for taking up a photographer in a big two-seated +machine, “I wish you luck.” + +“Same to you, old man. If you see anything of Harry, and he's alive, +tell him we'll bring him back home as soon as we get a chance.” + +“Do you think there is any chance?” asked Tom eagerly. “I wouldn't want +anything better than to get Harry away from those Boches--and make his +sister happy.” + +“Well, there's a chance, but it's a slim one, I'm afraid,” remarked +Jack. “We'll talk about it after we get back. Maybe there'll be a +message from the Huns about him before the day is over.” + +“I hope so,” murmured Tom. “If those Huns only act as decently toward us +as we do toward them, we'll have some news soon.” + +For it is true, in a number of instances that the German aviators do +drop within the allied lines news of any British, French or American +birdman who is captured or killed inside the German lines. + +“All ready?” asked Tom of his helper. + +“Switch off, gas on,” was the answer. + +Tom made sure that the electrical switch was disconnected. If it was +left on, in “contact” as it is called, and the mechanician turned the +propeller blades, there might have been a sudden starting of the engine +that would have instantly kill the man. But with the switch off there +could be no ignition in the cylinders. + +Slowly the man turned the big blades until each cylinder was sucked full +of the explosive mixture of gasoline and air. + +“Contact!” he cried, and Tom threw over the switch. + +Then, stepping once more up to the propeller, the man gave it a pull, +and quickly released it, jumping back out of harm's way. + +With a throbbing roar the engine awoke to life and the propeller spun +around, a blur of indistinctness. The motor was working sweetly. Toni +throttled down, assured himself that everything was working well, and +then, with a wave of his hand toward Jack, began to taxi across the +field, to head up into the wind. All aeroplanes are started this +way--directly into the wind, to rise against it and not with it. On and +on he went and then he began to climb into the air. With him climbed +other birdmen who were to do patrol and contact work with him, the +latter being the term used when the airship keeps in contact through +signaling with infantry or artillery forces on the ground, directing +their efforts against the enemy. + +Having seen Tom on his way, Jack turned to his own machine. As his chum +had been, Jack was dressed warmly in fur garments, even to his helmet, +which was fur lined. He had on two pairs of gloves and his eyes were +protected with heavy goggles. For it is very cold in the upper regions, +and the swift speed of the machine sends the wind cutting into one's +face so that it is impossible to see from the eyes unless they are +protected. + +Jack's machine was a two-seater, of a heavy and comparatively safe +type--that is it was safe as long as it was not shot down by a Hun. +Jack was to occupy the front seat and act as pilot, while Harris, the +photographer he was to take up, sat behind him, with camera, map, pencil +and paper ready at hand for the making of observations. + +On either side of the photographer's seat were six loaded drums of +ammunition for the Lewis gun, for use against the ruthless Hun machines. +Jack had a fixed Vicker machine weapon for his use. + +“Hope I get a chance to use 'em,” said Harris with a grin, as he climbed +into his seat, patted the loaded drums, and nodded to Jack that he was +ready. + +The same procedure was gone through as in the case of Tom. The man spun +the propeller, and they were ready to set off. Accompanying them were +two other reconnaissance planes, and four experienced fighting pilots, +two of them “aces,” that is men who, alone, had each brought down five +or more Hun planes. The big planes, used for obtaining news, pictures, +and maps of the enemy's territory, are always accompanied by fighting +planes, which look out for the attacking Germans, while the other, +and less speedy, craft carry the men who are to bring back vital +information. + +“Let her go!” exclaimed Harris to Jack, and the latter nodded to the +mechanician, who, after the order of “contact,” spun the blades again +and they were really off, together with the others. + +Up and up went Jack, sending his machine aloft in big circles as the +others were doing. Before him on a support was clamped a map, similar to +the one supported in front of Harris, and by consulting this Jack knew, +from the instructions he had received before going up, just what part of +the enemy's territory he was to cover. He was under the direction of +the photographer and map-maker, for the two duties were combined in this +instance. + +Up and up they went. There was no talking, for though this is possible +in an aeroplane when the engine is shut off, such was not now the case. +But Jack knew his business. + +His indicator soon showed them to be up about fourteen thousand feet, +and below them an artillery duel was in progress. It was a wonderful, +but terrible sight. Immediately under them, and rather too near +for comfort, shrapnel was bursting all around. The “Archies,” or +anti-aircraft guns of the Germans, were trying to reach the French +planes, and, in addition to the bullets, “woolly bears” and “flaming +onions” were sent up toward them. These are two types of bursting +shells, the first so named because when it explodes it does so with a +cloud of black smoke and a flaming center. I have never been able to +learn how the “onions” got their name, unless it is from the stench let +loose by the exploding gases. + +Though they were fired at viciously, neither Jack nor his companion was +hit, and they continued on their way, keeping at a good height, as did +their associates, until they were well over the front German lines. + +Jack noticed that some of the other planes were dropping lower, to give +their observers a chance to do their work, and, in response to a shove +in his back from the powerful field glasses carried by Harris, Jack sent +his machine down to about the nine-thousand-foot level. By a glance at +the map he could see that they were now over the territory concerning +which a report was wanted. + +They were now under a heavy fire from the German anti-aircraft guns, but +Jack was too old a hand to let this needlessly worry him. He sent his +machine slipping from side to side, holding it on a level keel now and +then, to enable Harris to get the photographs he wanted. In addition, +the observer was also making a hasty, rough, but serviceable map of what +he saw. + +Jack glanced down, and noted a German supply train puffing its way along +toward some depot, and he headed toward this to give Harris a chance to +note whether there were any supplies of ammunition, or anything else, +that might profitably be bombed later. He also saw several columns of +German infantry on the march, but as they were not out to make an attack +now, they had to watch the Huns moving up to the front line trenches, +there later, doubtless, to give battle. + +Back and forth over the German lines flew Jack, Harris meanwhile doing +important observation work. As Jack went lower he came under a fiercer +fire of the batteries, until, it became so hot, from the shrapnel +bursts, that he fain would have turned and made for home. But orders +were orders, and Harris had not yet indicated that he had enough. + +Twisting and turning, to make as poor a mark as possible for the enemy +guns, Jack sent his machine here and there. The other pilots were doing +the same. Machine guns were now opening up on them, and once the burst +of fire came so close that Jack began to “zoom.” That is he sent his +craft up and down sharply, like the curves and bumps in a roller-coaster +railway track. + +By this time the leading plane gave the signal for the return, and, +thankful enough that they had not been hit, Jack swung about. But the +danger was not over. They had yet to pass across the enemy's front line +trenches, and when Harris signaled Jack to go down low in crossing the +lad wondered what the order was for. It was merely that the observer +wanted to see what was going on there so he could report. + +They went down to within a mile of the earth, and several times the +plane was struck by pieces of shrapnel or bullets from machine guns. +Twice flying bits of metal came uncomfortably close to Jack, but he was +kept too busy with the management of his machine to more than notice +them. Harris was working hard at the camera and the maps. + +Then, suddenly, came the danger signal from the leading plane, and only +just in time. Out from the German hangars came several battle machines. +Harris dropped his pencil and got ready the automatic gun, but it was +not needed, for, after approaching as though about to attack, the Huns +suddenly veered off. Later the reason for this became known. A squadron +of French planes had arisen as swiftly to give battle, and however brave +the Hun may be when he outnumbers the enemy, he had yet to be known to +take on a combat against odds. + +So Jack and his observer safely reached the aerodrome again, bringing +back much valuable information. + +“Is Tom here yet?” was Jack's first inquiry after he had divested +himself of his togs and men had rushed to the developing room the camera +with its precious plates. + +“Not yet,” some of his chums told him. “They're having a fight upstairs +I guess.” + +Jack nodded and looked anxiously in the direction in which Tom was last +seen. + +It was an hour before the scouting airplanes came back, and one was so +badly shot up and its pilot so wounded that it only just managed to get +over the French lines before almost crashing to earth. + +“Are you all right, Tom?” cried Jack, as he rushed up to his chum, when +he saw the latter getting out of his craft, rather stiff from the cold. + +“Yes. They went at me hard--two of 'em but I think I accounted for one, +unless he went into a spinning nose dive just to fool me.” + +“Oh, they'll do that if they get the chance.” + +“I know,” assented Tom. “Hello!” he exclaimed as he noticed a splintered +strut near his head. “That came rather close.” + +And indeed it had. For a bullet, or a piece of shrapnel, has plowed a +furrow in the bit of supporting wood, not two inches away from Tom's +head, though in the excitement of the fight he had not noticed it. + +There had been a fight in the upper air and one of the French machines +had not come home. + +“Another man to await news of,” said the flight lieutenant sadly, when +the report reached him. “That's two in two days.” + +“No news of Leroy yet?” asked Tom and Jack, as they went out of +headquarters after reporting. + +“None, I am sorry to say. It is barely possible that he landed in +some lonely spot and is still hiding out--if he is not killed. But I +understand you two young men had something to request of me. I can give +you some attention now,” went on the commander of their squadron. + +“We want to be transferred!” exclaimed Tom. “Now, that Pershing's men +are here--” + +“I understand,” was the answer. “You want to fight with your countrymen. +Well, I would do the same. I will see if I can get you transferred, +though I shall much regret losing you.” + +He was as good as his word, and a week later, following some strenuous +fights in the air, Tom and Jack received notice that they could report +to the first United States air squadron, which was then being formed on +that part of the front where the first of Pershing's men were brigaded +with, the French and British armies. + +Du Boise, who had brought word back of the fate that had befallen Harry +Leroy, sent for Tom and Jack when it became known that they were to +leave. + +“Shall I ever see you again?” he asked wistfully. + +“To be sure,” was Tom's hearty answer. “We aren't going far away, and +we'll fly over to see you the first chance we get. Besides, we're going +to depend on you to give us some information regarding Leroy. If the +Huns drop any message at all they'll do it at this aerodrome.” + +“Yes, I believe you're right,” assented Du Boise, trying not to show the +pain that racked him. “But it's so long, now, I begin to believe he +must be dead, and either the Huns don't know it or they aren't going +to bother to send us word. But I'll let you know as soon as I hear +anything.” + +“Is his sister here yet?” asked Jack, for Tom and he had been too busy +the last two days, getting ready to shift their quarters, to call on +Nellie Leroy. + +“She has gone back to Paris,” answered Du Boise. “There was no place for +her here. I can give you her address. I promised to let her know in case +I got word about her brother.” + +“I wish you would give me the address!” exclaimed Tom eagerly, and his +chum smiled at his show of interest. + + + + + +CHAPTER V. THE RESOLVE + + +“Well, to-morrow, if all goes well, we'll be with Pershing's boys,” + remarked Jack, as he and Tom were sitting in their quarters after +breakfast, the last day but one they were to spend in the Lafayette +Escadrille with which they had so long been associated. + +“That's so. We'll soon be on the firing line with Uncle Sam,” agreed +Tom. “Of course we've been with him, in a way, ever since we've been +fighting, for it's all in the same cause. But there'll be a little more +satisfaction in being 'on our own,' as the English say.” + +“You're right. What's on for to-day?” asked Jack. + +“Haven't the least idea. But here comes a messenger now.” + +As Tom spoke he glanced from a window and saw an orderly coming toward +their quarters. The man seemed in a hurry. + +“Something's up!” decided Jack. “Maybe they've got word from poor +Harry.” + + “I'm beginning to give him up,” said Tom. “If they were going to +let us have any news of him they'd have done it long ago--the beasts!” + and he fairly snarled out the words. + +“Still I'm not giving up,” returned Jack. “I can't explain why, but I +have a feeling that, some day, we'll see Harry Leroy again.” + +Tom shook his head. + +“I wish I could be as hopeful as you,” he said. “Maybe we'll see him +again--or his grave. But I want to say, right now, that if ever I have +a chance at the Hun who shot him down, that Hun Will get no mercy from +me!” + +“Same here!” echoed Jack. “But here comes the orderly.” + +The man entered and handed Jack a slip of paper. It was from the +commander of their squadron, and said, in effect, that though Tom and +Jack were no longer under his orders, having been duly transferred to +another sector, yet he would be obliged if they would call on him, at +his quarters. + +“Maybe he has news!” exclaimed Jack, eagerly. + +Again Tom shook his head. + +“He'd have said so if that was the case,” he remarked as he and his chum +prepared to report at headquarters, telling the messenger they would +soon follow him. + +“Ah, young gentlemen, I am glad to see, you!” exclaimed the commander, +and it was as friends that he greeted Tom and Jack and not as military +subordinates. “Do you want to do me one last favor?” + +“A thousand if we can!” exclaimed Jack, for he and Tom had caught +something of the French enthusiasm of manner, from having associated +with the brave airmen so long. + +“Good! Then I shall feel free to ask. Know then, that I am a little +short-handed in experienced airmen. The Huns have taken heavy toll of +us these last few days,” he went on sorrowfully, and Torn and Jack knew +this to be so, for two aces, as well as some pilots of lesser magnitude, +had been shot down. But ample revenge had been taken. + +“By all rights you are entitled to a holiday before you join your +new command, under the great Pershing,” went on the flight commander. +“However, as I need the services of two brave men to do patrol duty, +I appeal to you. There is a machine gun nest, somewhere in the Boche +lines, that has been doing terrible execution. If you could find +the battery, and signal its location, we might destroy it with our +artillery, and so save many brave lives for France,” he went on. “I do +not like to ask you--” + +“Tell 'em to get out the machines!” interrupted Jack. “We were just +wishing we could do something to make up for the loss of Harry Leroy, +and this may give it to us. You haven't heard anything of him, have +you?” he asked. + +The commander shook his head. + +“I fear we shall never hear from him,” he said. “Though only yesterday +we received back some of the effects of one of our men who was shot down +behind their lines. I can not understand in Leroy's case.” + +“Well, we'll make 'em pay a price all right!” declared Tom. “And now +what about this machine gun nest?” + +The commander gave them such information as he had. It was not unusual, +such work as Tom and Jack were about to undertake. As the officer +had said, they were practically exempt now that they were about to be +transferred. But they had volunteered, as he probably knew they would. + +Two speedy Spad machines were run out for the use of Tom and Jack, each +one to have his own, for the work they were to do was dangerous and they +would have need of speed. + +They looked over the machine guns to see that they were in shape for +quick work, and as the one on the machine Tom selected had congealed +oil on the mechanism, having lately returned from a high flight, another +weapon was quickly attached. Nothing receives more care and attention +at an aerodrome than the motor of the plane and the mechanism of the +machine gun. The latter are constructed so as to be easily and quickly +mounted and dismounted, and at the close of each day's flight the guns +are carefully inspected and cleaned ready for the morrow. + +“Locate the machine gun battery if you can,” was the parting request to +Tom and Jack as they prepared to ascend. “Send back word of the location +as nearly as you can to our batteries, and the men there will see to the +rest.” + +“We will!” cried the Americans. + +Locating a machine gun nest is not as easy as picking out a hostile +battery of heavier guns, for the former, being smaller, are more easily +concealed. + +But Tom and Jack would, of course, do their best to help out their +friends, the French. Over toward the German lines they flew, and began +to scan with eager eyes the ground below them. They could not fly at a +very great height, as they needed to be low down in order to see, and in +this position they were a mark for the anti-aircraft guns of the Huns. + +They had no sooner got over the enemy trenches, and were peering about +for the possible location of the machine gun emplacement, when they +were greeted with bursts of fire. But by skillfully dodging they escaped +being hit themselves, though their machines were struck. The two chums +were separated by about a mile, for they wanted to cover as much ground +as possible. + +At last, to his great delight, Tom saw a burst of smoke from a building +that had been so demolished by shell fire that it seemed nothing could +now inhabit it. But the truth was soon apparent. The machine gun nest +was in the cellar, and from there, well hidden, had been doing terrible +execution on the allied forces. Pausing only to make sure of his +surmise, Tom began to tap out on his wireless key the location of the +hidden machine gun nest. + +Most of the aeroplanes carry a wireless outfit. An aerial trails after +them, and the electric impulses, dripping off this, so to speak, reach +the battery headquarters. Owing to the noise caused by the motor of the +airship, no message can be sent to the airman in return, and he has to +depend on signs made on the ground, arrows or circles in white by day +and lighted signals at night, to make sure that his messages are being +received and understood. + +The Allies, of course, possess maps of every sector of the enemy's +front, so that by reference to these maps the aircraft observer can send +back word as to almost the precise location of the battery which it is +desired to destroy. + +Quickly tapping out word where the battery was located, Tom awaited +developments, circling around the spot in his machine. He was fired at +from guns on the ground below, but, to his delight, no hostile planes +rose to give him combat. A glance across the expanse, however, showed +that Jack was engaging two. + +“He's keeping them from me!” thought Tom, and his heart was heavy, for +he realized that Jack might be killed. However, it was the fortune of +war. As long as the Hun planes were fighting Jack they would not molest +him, and he might have time to send word to the French battery that +would result in the destruction of the Hun machine nest. + +There came a burst of fire from the Allied lines he had left, and Tom +saw a shell land to the left and far beyond the Hun battery hidden in +the old ruins. He at once sent back a correcting signal. + +The more a gun is elevated up to a certain point, the farther it shoots. +Forty-three degrees is about the maximum elevation. Again, if a gun is +elevated too high it shoots over instead of directly at the target aimed +at. It is then necessary to lower the elevation. Tom has seen that the +guns of the French battery, which were seeking to destroy the machine +gun nest were shooting beyond the mark. Accordingly they were told to +depress their muzzles. + +This was done, but still the shells fell to the left, and an additional +correction was necessary. It is comparatively easy to make corrections +in elevation or depression that will rectify errors in shooting short +of or beyond a mark. It is not so easy to make the same corrections in +what, for the sake of simplicity, may be called right or left errors, +that is horizontal firing. To make these corrections it becomes needful +to inscribe imaginary circles about the target, in this case the machine +gun nest. + +These circles are named from the letters of the alphabet. For instance, +a circle drawn three hundred yards around a Hun battery as a center +might be designated A. The next circle, two hundred yards less in size, +would be B and so on, down to perhaps five yards, and that is getting +very close. + +The circles are further divided, as a piece of pie is cut, into twelve +sectors, and numbered from 1 to 12. The last sector is due north, while +6 would be due south, 3 east, and 9 west, with the other figures for +northeast, southwest, and so on. + +If a shot falls in the fifty-yard circle, indicated by the letter D, +but to the southwest of the mark, it is necessary to indicate that by +sending the message “D-7,” which would mean that, speaking according to +the points of the compass, the missile had fallen within fifty yards of +the mark, but to the south-southwest of it, and correction must be made +accordingly. + +Tom watched the falling shells. They came nearer and nearer to the +hidden battery and at last he saw one fall plump where it was needed. +There was a great puff of smoke, and when it had blown away there was +only a hole in the ground where the ruins had been hiding the machine +guns. + +Tom's work was done, and he flew off to the aid of Jack, who had +overcome one Hun, sending his plane crashing to earth. But the other, +an expert fighter, was pressing him hard until Ton opened up on him with +his machine gun. Then the German, having no stomach for odds, turned +tail and flew toward his own lines. + +“Good for you, Tom!” yelled Jack, though he knew his chum could not hear +him because of the noise of the motor. + +Together the two lads, who had engaged in their last battle strictly +with the French, made for their aerodrome, reaching it safely, though, +as it was learned when Jack dismounted, he had received a slight bullet +wound in one side from a missile sent by one of the attacking planes. +But the hurt was only a flesh wound; though, had it gone an inch to one +side, it would have ended Jack's fighting days. + +Hearty and enthusiastic were the congratulations that greeted the +exploit of Torn in finding the German machine gun nest that had been +such a menace, nor were the thanks to Jack any less warm, for without +his help Tom could never have maintained his position, and sent back +corrections to the battery which brought about the desired result. + +“It is a glorious end to your stay with us,” said the commander, with +shining eyes, as he congratulated them. + +There was a little impromptu banquet in the quarters that night, and Tom +and Jack were bidden God-speed to their new quarters. + +“There's only one thing I want to say!” said Jack quietly, as he rose in +response to a demand that he talk. + +“Let us hear it, my slice of bacon!” called a jolly ace. + +“It's this,” went on Jack. “That I hereby resolve that if we--I mean Tom +and I--can't rescue our comrade, Harry Leroy, from the Huns--provided +he's alive--that we'll take a toll of five Germans for him--or as many, +up to that number, as we can shoot down before they get us. Five German +fliers is the price of Harry Leroy, who was worth a hundred of them!” + +“Bravo! Hurrah! So he was! Death to the Huns!” were the cries. + +Torn Raymond sprang to his feet + +“What Jack says I say!” he cried. “But I double the toll. If Harry Leroy +is dead he leaves a sister. You all saw her here! Well, I'll get five +Huns for her, and that makes ten between Jack and me!” + +“Success to you!” cried several. + +With this resolve to spur them on, Tom and Jack bade their bravo +comrades farewell and started for Paris, whence they were to journey to +the headquarters of General Pershing and his men. + + + + + +CHAPTER VI. IN PARIS + + +Attired in their natty uniforms of the La Fayette Escadrille, which they +had not discarded, with the double wings showing that they were fully +qualified pilots and aviators, Jack Parmly and Tom Raymond attracted +no little attention as, several hours after leaving their places on the +battle front, they arrived in Paris. They were to have a few days rest +before joining the newly formed American aviation section which, as yet, +was hardly ready for active work. + +“Well, they're here!” suddenly cried Tom, as he and Jack made their way +out of the station to seek a modest hotel where they might stay until +time for them to report. + +“Who? Where? I don't see 'em!” exclaimed Jack, as he crowded to the side +of his chum, murmurs from a group of French persons testifying to the +esteem in which the American lads were held. + +“There!” went on Tom, pointing. “See some of our doughboys! And maybe +the crowds aren't glad to have 'em here! It's great, I tell you, great!” + +As he spoke he pointed to several khaki-clad infantrymen, some of the +first of the ten thousand Americans lads that were sent over to “take +the germ out of Germany.” The Americans were rather at a loss, but they +seemed masters of themselves, and laughed and talked with glee as they +gazed on the unfamiliar scenes. They, too, were enjoying a holiday +before being sent on to be billeted with the French or British troops. + +“Come on, let's talk to 'em!” cried Tom, enthusiastically. “It's as good +as a letter from home to see 'em!” + +“I thought you meant you saw--er--Bessie and her mother,” returned Jack, +and there was a little disappointment in his voice. + +“Oh, we'll see them soon enough, if they're still in Paris,” said Tom, +gazing curiously at his chum. “But they don't know we are coming here.” + +“Yes, they do,” said Jack, quietly. + +“They do? Then you must have written.” + +“Of course. Don't you want to see them before we get shipped off to a +new sector?” + +“Why, yes. Just now, though, I'm anxious to hear some good, old United +States talk. Come on, let's speak to 'em. There's one bunch that seems +to be in trouble.” + +But the trouble was only because some of Pershing's boys--as they were +generally called wanted to make some purchases at a candy shop and did +not know enough of the language to make their meaning clear. It was a +good-natured misunderstanding, and both the French shop-keeper and his +helper and the doughboys were laughing over it. + +“Hello, boys! Glad to see you! Can we help you out?” asked Tom, as he +and Jack joined the group. + +The infantrymen whirled about. + +“Well, for the love of the Mason an' Dixon line! is there somebody heah +who can speak our talk?” cried one lad, his accent unmistakably marking +him as Southern. + +“Guess we can help you out,” said Jack. “We're from God's country, too,” + and in an instant the were surrounded and being shaken hands with on all +sides, while a perfect barrage of questions was fired at them. + +Then, when the little misunderstanding at the candy shop had been +straightened out, Tom and Jack told something of who they were, +mentioning the fact that they were soon to fight directly under the +stars and stripes, information which drew whoops of delight from the +enthusiastic infantrymen. + +“But say, friend,” called out one of the new American soldiers, “can you +sling enough of this lingo to lead us to a place where we can get ham +and eggs? I mean a real eating place, not just a coffee stand. I've +been opening my mouth, champing my jaws and rubbing my stomach all day, +trying to tell these folks that I'm hungry and want a square meal, and +half the time they think I need a doctor. Lead me to a hash foundry.” + +“All right, come on with us!” laughed Tom. “We're going to eat, too. I +guess we can fix you up.” + +The two aviators had been in Paris before and they knew their way about, +as well as being able to speak the language fairly well. Soon, with +their new friends from overseas, they were seated in a quiet restaurant, +where substantial food could be had in spite of war prices. And then it +was give and take, question and answer, until a group of Parisians that +had gathered about turned away shaking their heads at their inability to +understand the strange talk. But they were well aware of the spirit of +it all, and more than one silently blessed the Americans as among the +saviors of France. + +The wonderful city seemed filled with soldiers of all the Allied +nations, and most conspicuous, because of recent events, were the +khaki-clad boys who were soon to fight under Pershing. Having seen that +the little contingent they had taken under their protection got what +they wanted, Tom and Jack, bidding them farewell, but promising to see +them again soon, went to their hotel. + +And, their baggage arriving, Jack proceeded to get ready for a bath and +a general furbishing. He seemed very particular. + +“Going out?” asked Tom. + +“Why--er--yes. Thought I'd go to call on Bessie Gleason. This is her +night off duty--hers and her mother's.” + +“How do you know?” + +“Well--er--she said so. Want to come?” + +“Nixy. Two's company and you know what three is.” + +“Oh, come on! Mrs. Gleason will be glad to see you.” + +“Well, I suppose I might,” assented Tom, who, truth to tell, did not +relish spending the evening alone. + +Bessie and her mother had, of late, been assigned as Red Cross workers +to a hospital in the environs of Paris, and ant times they could come +into the city for a rest. They maintained a modest apartment not far +from the hotel where Tom and Jack had put up, and soon the two lads +found themselves at the place where their friends lived. + +“Oh, I'm so glad you both came!” exclaimed Bessie as she greeted them. +“We have company and--” + +“Company!” exclaimed Jack, drawing back. + +“Yes, the dearest, most delightful girl you ever--” + +“Girl!” exclaimed Tom. + +“Yes. But come on in and meet her. I'm sure you'll both fall in love +with her.” + +Jack was on the point of saying something, but thought better of it, +and a moment later, to the great surprise of himself and Torn, they were +facing Nellie Leroy. + + + + + +CHAPTER VII. THE AMERICAN FRONT + + +Tom and Jack bowed. In fact, so great was their surprise at first that +this was all they could do. Then they stared first at Bessie and then at +the other girl--the sister of Harry, their chum, who was somewhere, dead +or alive, behind the German lines. + +“Well, aren't you glad to see her?” demanded Bessie. “I thought I'd +surprise you.” + +“You have,” said Jack. “Very much!” + +“Glad to see her--why--of course. But--but--how--” + +Tom found himself stuttering and stammering, so he stopped, and stared +so hard at Nellie Leroy that she smiled, though rather sadly, for it +was plain to be seen her grief over the possible death of her brother +weighed down on her. And then she went on: + +“Well, I'm real--I'm not a dream, Mr. Raymond.” + +“So I see--I mean I'm glad to see it--I mean--oh, I don't know what I do +mean!” he finished desperately. “Did you know she was going to be here? +Was that the reason you asked me to come?” he inquired of Jack. + +“Hadn't the least notion in the world,” answered Jack. “I'm as much +surprised as you are.” + +“Well, we'll take pity on you and tell you all about it,” said Bessie. +“Mother, here are the boys,” she called; and Mrs. Gleason, who had +suffered so much since having been saved from the Lusitania and +afterward rescued by air craft from the lonely castle, came out of her +room to greet the boys. + +They were as glad to see her as she was to meet them again, and for a +time there was an interchange of talk. Then Mrs. Gleason withdrew to +leave the young people to themselves. + +“Well, go on, tell us all about it!” begged Tom, who could not take his +eyes off Nellie Leroy. “How did she get here?” and he indicated Harry's +sister. + +“He talks of me as though I were some specimen!” laughed the girl. “But +go on--tell him, Bessie.” + +“Well, it isn't much of a story,” said Bessie Gleason. “Nellie started +to do Red Cross work, as mother and I are doing, and she was assigned to +the hospital where we were.” + +“This was after I heard the terrible news about poor Harry at your +escadrille,” Nellie broke in, to say to Tom and Jack. “I--I suppose you +haven't had any--word?” she faltered. + +“Not yet,” Jack answered. “But we may get it any day now--or they may, +back there,” and he nodded to indicate the air headquarters he and Tom +had left. “You know we're going to be under Pershing soon,” he added. + +“So you wrote me,” said Bessie. “I'm glad, though it's all in the same +good cause. Well, as I was saying, Nellie came to our hospital-I call it +ours though I have such a small part in it,” she interjected. “She was +introduced to us as an American, and of course we made friends at once.” + +“No one could help making friends with Bessie and her mother!” exclaimed +Nellie. + +“Don't flatter us too much,” warned Bessie. “Now please don't interrupt +any more. As I say, Nellie came to us to do her share in helping care +for the wounded, and, as mother and I found she had settled on no +regular place in Paris, we asked her to share our rooms. Then we got to +talking, and of course I found she had met you two boys in her search +for her brother. After that we were better friends than ever.” + +“Glad to know it,” said Tom. “There's nothing like having friends. +I hadn't any notion that I'd meet any when I started out with him +tonight,” and he motioned to Jack. + +“Well, I like that!” cried Bessie in feigned indignation. “I like to +know how you class my mother and me?” and she looked at Tom. + +“Oh,--er--well, of course--you and your mother, and Jack. But he and +you--” + +“Better swim out before you get into deep water,” advised Jack quickly, +and he nudged Tom with his foot. + +Then the boys had to tell about their final experiences before leaving +the Lafayette Escadrille with which many trying, as well as many happy, +hours were associated, and the girls told of their adventures, which +were not altogether tame. + +Since Mrs. Gleason had been freed from the plotting of the spy, +Potzfeldt, she had lived a happy life--that is as happy as one could +amid the scenes of war and its attendant horrors. She and Bessie were +throwing themselves heart and soul into the immortal work of the Red +Cross, and now Nellie bad joined them. + +“It's the only way I can stop thinking about poor Harry,” she said with +a sigh. “Oh, if I could only hear some good news about him, that I might +send it to the folks at home. Do you think it will ever come--the good +news, I mean?” she asked wistfully of Tom. + +“All we can do is to hope,” he said. He knew better than to buoy up +false hopes, for he had seen too much of the terrible side of war. In +his heart he knew that there was but little chance for Harry Leroy, +after the latter's aeroplane had been shot down behind the German lines. +Yet there was that one, slender hope to which all of us cling when it +seems that everything else is lost. + +“He may be a prisoner, and, in that case, there is a chance,” said Tom, +while Jack and Bessie were conversing on the other side of the room. + +“You mean a chance to escape?” + +“Hardly that, though it has been done. A few aviators have got away from +German prison camps. But it's only one chance in many thousand. No, what +I meant was that--well, it's too small and slim a chance to talk about, +I'm afraid.” + +“Oh, no!” she hastened to assure him. “Do tell me! No chance is too +small. What do you mean?” + +“Well, sometimes rescues have been made,” went on Tom. “They are even +more rare than escapes, but they have been done. I was thinking that +perhaps after Jack and I get in with Pershing's boys we might be in some +big raid on the Hun lines, and then, if we could get any information as +to your brother's whereabouts, we might plan to rescue him.” + +“Oh, do you think you could?” + +“I certainly can and will try!” exclaimed Tom, earnestly. + +“Oh, will you? Oh, I can't thank you enough!” and she clasped his hand +in both hers and Tom blushed deeply. + +“Please don't count too much on it,” Tom warned Nellie. “It's a +desperate chance at best, but it's the only one I can see that we can +take. First of all, though, we've got to get some word as to where Harry +is.” + +“How can you do that?” + +“Some of the Hun airmen are almost human, that is compared to the +other Boche fighters. They may drop a cap of Harry's or a glove, or +something,” and Tom told of the practice in such cases. + +“Oh, if they only will!” sighed Nellie. “But it is almost too much to +hope.” + +And so they talked until late in the evening, when the time came for +Nellie, Bessie and her mother to report back for their Red Cross work. +The boys returned to their hotel, promising to write often and to see +their friends at the next opportunity. + +“I won't forget!” said Tom, on parting from Nellie. + +“Forget what?” asked Jack, as they were going down the street together. + +“I'm going to do my best to rescue her brother,” said Tom, in a low +voice. + +“Good! I'm with you!” declared Jack. + +The stay of the two boys in Paris was all too short, but they were +anxious to get back to their work. They wanted to be fighting under +their own flag. Not that they had not been doing all they could for +liberty, but it was different, being with their own countrymen. And so, +when their leaves of absence were up, they took the train that was to +drop them at the place assigned, where the newly arrived Americans were +beginning their training. + +“The American front!” cried Tom, as he and Jack reached the headquarters +of General Pershing and his associate officers. “The American front at +last!” + +“And it's the happiest day of my life that I can fight on it!” cried +Jack. + + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. A BATTLE IN THE AIR + + +Strictly speaking there was at that time no American front. That did +not come until later, for the American soldiers, as was proper, were +brigaded with the French and British, to enable our troops, who were +unused to European war conditions, to become acquainted with the needful +measures to meet and overcome the brutality of the Huns. + +But even with this brigading of the United States' troops with the +seasoned veterans, which, in plain language, meant a mingling of the +two forces, there was much that was strictly American among the new +arrivals. + +Not only were the khaki-clad soldiers real Americans to the backbone, +but their equipment and the supplies that had come over with them in the +transports were such as might be seen at any army camp in this country, +as distinguished from a French or a British camp. + +“Well, the boys are here all right,” remarked Jack, as he and Tom made +their way toward the headquarters at which they were to report. + +“Yes, and it makes me feel good to see them!” said Tom. “This is the +beginning of the end of Kaiserism, if I'm any judge.” + +“Oh, it isn't going to be so easy as all that,” returned Jack. “We'll +see some hard fighting. Germany isn't licked yet by any means; but +those, are the boys that can bring the thing to a finish,” and he +pointed to a company of the lean, stem, brown figures that were swinging +along with characteristic stride. + +The place at which Tom and Jack had been ordered to report was an +interior city of France, not far from the port at which the first +transport from America had arrived. A first glance at the scenes on +every hand would have given a person not familiar with war a belief +that hopeless confusion existed. Wagons, carts, mule teams and motor +trucks-“lorries,” the English call them--were dashing to and fro. Men +were marching, countermarching, unloading some vehicles, loading others. +Soldiers were being marched into the interior to be billeted, others +were being directed to their respective French or English units. +Officers were shouting commands, and privates were carrying them out to +the best of their ability. + +But though it all seemed chaos, out of it order was coming. There was a +system, though a civilian would not have understood it. + +“Well, let's find out where we're at,” suggested Torn, to his chum. + +“Right O, my pickled grapefruit!” agreed Jack with a laugh. “Let's get +into the game.” + +They were about to ask their direction from a non-commissioned officer +who was directing a squad of men in the unloading of a truck which +seemed filled with canned goods, when some one said: + +“There goes Black Jack now!” + +The two air service boys looked, and saw, passing along not far away, +a tall man, faultlessly attired, who looked “every inch a soldier,” and +whose square jaw was indicative of his fighting qualities, if the rest +of his face had not been. + +“Is that General Pershing?” asked Tom, in a low voice of the +non-commissioned officer. + +“That's who he is, buddy,” was the smiling answer. “The best man in the +world for the job, too. Come on there now, you with the red hair. This +isn't a croquet game. Lay into those cases, and get 'em off some time +before New Year's. We want to have our Christmas dinner in Berlin, +remember!” + +“So that's Pershing,” commented Jack, as he looked at the American +commander, who, with his staff officers, was on a trip of inspection. +“Well, he suits me all right!” + +“The next thing for us to do is to find out if we suit him,” remarked +Tom. “Wonder if he knows we're here?” + +“I don't even believe he knows we're alive!” exclaimed Jack, for the +moment taking Tom's joke quite seriously. + +As General Pershing passed on, receiving and returning many salutes, Tom +and Jack made their inquiries, learned where they were to report, and +went on their way, longing for the time when they could get into action +with the American troops. + +“Oh, so you're the two aviators from the Lafayette Escadrille,” + commented the commanding officer, or the C.O., of the newly formed +American squadron, as Tom and Jack, drawing themselves up as straight +as they could, saluted when he looked over their papers and their log +books. These last are the personal records of aviators in which they +note the details of each flight made. They are official documents, but +when a birdman is honorably discharged he may take his log book with +him. + +“We were told to report to you, sir,” said Tom. + +“Yes. And I'm glad to see you. We're going to establish a purely +American air force, but as yet it is in its infancy. I need some +experienced fliers, and I'm glad you're going to be with us. Of course +I have a number who have made good records over there,” and he nodded to +indicate the United States, “But they haven't been under fire yet, and I +understand you have.” + +“Some,” admitted Jack, modestly enough. + +“Good! Well, I'm to have some more of our own boys, who are to be +transferred from the French forces, and some from the Royal Flying +Corps, so with that as a start I guess we can build up an air service +that will make Fritz step lively. But we've got to go slow. One thing +I'm sorry for is that we haven't, as yet, any American planes. We'll +have to depend on the French and English for them, as we have to, at +first, for our artillery and shells.” + +“We can fly French or British planes,” remarked Tom. + +And, as my old readers know, the air service boys had had experience +with a number of different models. + +“We can fly a Gotha if we have to,” said Jack. “One came down back of +our lines last month, and we patched it up and flew it for practice.” + +“I hope you can get some more of that practice,” said the commanding +officer with a smile. + +“But, now that you're here, I'll swear you in and see what the orders +are regarding you. I'm afraid there won't be much fighting for you at +first--that is strictly as Americans. I understand our air front, if +I may use that term, will have to grow out of a nucleus of French and +English fighters.” + +“That's all right, as long as we get the right start,” commented Tom. + +It was necessary to swear the boys into the service of the United +States, even though they were natives of it; since, on entering the +Lafayette Escadrille, they had been obliged to swear allegiance +to France. But this was a matter of routine where the Allies were +concerned, and soon Tom and Jack were back again where they longed to +be--enrolled among the distinctive fighters of their own country. + +They were assigned to barracks, and found themselves among some other +airmen, many of whom were student fliers from the various aviation camps +of the United States. Few of these youths had had much practice, though +some had been to the Canadian schools. And none of them had, as yet, +fought an enemy in the air. + +To aid and instruct them, however, were such fighters as Tom and Jack, +and some even more experienced from the French, Italian and British +camps, who had been detailed to help out the United States in the +emergency. + +The next few weeks was an instruction and reconstruction period, with +Tom and Jack often filling the roles of teachers. They found their +pupils apt, eager and willing, however, and among them they discovered +some excellent material. As the commanding officer of the new American +air forces had said, the planes used were all of English or French make. +It was too early in the war for America to have sent any over equipped +with the Liberty motor, though production was under way. + +After this period had passed, Tom and Jack, with a squadron of other +birdmen were sent to a certain section of the front held largely by +American troops, supported by veteran French and British regiments. + +It was the first wholly American aircraft camp established since the +beginning of the World War, and it was not even yet as wholly American +as it was destined to be later, for the aviators were, as regards +veterans, largely French and English. Torn and Jack were, in point of +service, the ranking American fliers for a time. + +There had been several sharp engagements across No Man's Land between +the mingled French, British and French forces and the Huns, and honors +were on the side of the former. There had been one or two combats in the +air, in which Tom and Jack had taken part, when one day word came from +an observation balloon on the American side that a flock of German +aircraft was on the way from a camp located a few miles within the Boche +lines. + +There was a harried consultation of the officers, and then orders were +given for a half score of the Allied machines to get ready. Two veteran +French aces were to be in command, with Tom and Jack as helpers, and +some of the American aviators were to go into the battle of the air for +the first time. + +“The Huns are evidently going to try to bomb some of our ammunition +dumps behind our lines,”' said one officer, speaking to Tom. “It's up to +you boys to drive 'em back.” + +“We'll try, sir,” was the answer. “We owe the Huns something we haven't +been able to pay off as yet.” + +Tom referred to the loss of Harry Leroy. So far no word had been +received from him, either directly or through the German aviators, as to +whether he was dead or a prisoner. Letters had passed between Bessie and +Nellie and Jack and Tom, and the sister of the missing youth begged for +news. + +But there was none to give her. + +“Unless we get some to-day,” observed Tom as he and his chum hurried +toward the hangars where their machines were being made ready for them. + +“Get news to-day? What makes you think we shall?” asked Jack. + +“Well, we might bring down a Fritzie or two who'd know something about +poor Harry,” was the answer. “You never can tell.” + +“No, that's so,” agreed Jack. “Well, here's hoping we'll have luck.” + +By this time there was great excitement in the American aviation +headquarters. Word of the oncoming Hun planes had spread, and not a +flier of Pershing's forces but was eager to get into his plane and go +aloft to give battle. But only the best were selected, and if there were +heart-burnings of disappointment it could not be helped. + +Two classes of planes were to be used, the single seaters for the aces, +who fought alone, and the double craft, each one of which carried a +pilot and an observer. In the latter cases the observers were the new +men, who had yet to receive their baptism of fire above the clouds. + +Tom and Jack were each detailed to take up one of the new men, and the +air service boys were glad to find that, assigned to each of them, +was the very man he would have picked had he had his choice. They were +eager, intrepid lads, anxious to do their share in the great adventure. + +Quickly the machines were made ready, and quickly the fighters climbed +into them. The roar of the motors was heard all over the aerodrome, and +soon the machines began to mount. Up and up they climbed, and none too +soon, for on reaching elevations averaging ten thousand feet, there was +seen, over the German lines, a flock of the Hun planes led by two or +three machines painted a bright red. These were some of the machines +that had belonged to the celebrated “flying circus,” organized by a +daring Hun aviator and ace who was killed after he had inflicted great +damage and loss on the Allied service. He and his men had their machines +painted red, perhaps on the theory that they would thus inspire terror. +These were some of the former members of the “circus,” it was evident. + +“It's going to be a real fight!” cried Tom, as he headed his machine +toward one of the red craft. Whether the green man Tom was taking up +relished this or not, knowing, as he must, the reputation of these red +aviators, Tom did not stop to consider. + +Then, as the two hostile air fleets approached, there began a battle +of the clouds--a conflict destined to end fatally for more than one +aviator. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. THE FALLING GLOVE + + +Numerically the Hun planes, were superior to the American fleet of +airships that quickly rose to oppose them. That probably accounted +for fact that the Germans did not turn tail and scurry back beyond the +protection of their own anti-aircraft guns and batteries. For it was +seldom, if ever, they went into a fight when the odds were against them. + +On came the Fokkers and Gothas, the black iron crosses painted on the +wings of the machines standing out in bold relief in the clear air. The +sun glinted on the red craft which were in the lead, and besides Tom, +who headed for one of these, a French ace darted down from a height to +engage the red planes. + +“See if you can plug him when I put you near enough!” cried Tom to his +observer, who had the reputation of being a good shot with the Lewis +gun. Practice with the machine weapons in aeroplanes had been going +on, for some time among the new American aviators. “Let him have a good +dose!” cried Tom. “If you miss him, then I'll try!” + +Of course Tom had to shut off the engine when he said this, as no voice +could have been heard above the roaring of the powerful motor. But when +he had given his companion these instructions and had ascertained, by +a glance over his shoulder, that the lad understood for he nodded his +head, Tom again turned on the gasoline, and the propeller, that had been +revolving by momentum and because of the pressure of air against it, +took up its speed again. + +Straight for the red machine rushed Tom, and a quick glance told him +that his companion was ready with the gun. The weapon to be worked by +the latter was mounted so that it could be aimed independently of the +aeroplane. Tom also had a gun in front of him, but it was fixed and +could be aimed only by pointing the whole craft. Once this was done Tom +could operate the weapon with one hand, steering with the other, and, at +times, with his feet and knees. + +There came several sharp pops near Tom's head, and he knew these were +machine bullets from the Hun aviator's gun, breaking through the tightly +stretched linen fabric of the wings of his own plane. + +“Let him have it before he plugs us!” cried Tom to his companion, though +of course the latter could not hear a word. An instant later Tom heard +the Lewis gun behind him firing, and he saw several tracer bullets +strike the Hun machine. But they were not near the aviator himself, and +did no material damage. + +“Guess he's too nervous to shoot straight,” reasoned Tom. “I'll have to +try my own gun,” he decided. + +Tom noticed that the Hun was climbing up, trying to get into a position +above the American plane, which is always an advantage. And the air +service boy knew he must not let this happen. Quickly he shifted the +rudder and began to climb himself. But he was at a disadvantage as his +machine carried double, while the red plane had only one man in it, an +ace beyond a doubt. + +“I've got to get him now or never!” thought Tom. Once more he shifted +his direction, and then, as he had his gun aimed just where he wanted +it, he pressed the lever and a burst of bullets shot out and fairly +riddled the red plane. It seemed to stop for an instant in the air, and +then, quivering, turned and went down in a nose dive, spinning around. + +“No fake about that!” mused Tom, as he leaned over and looked down from +the height. “He's done for!” + +And so, the Hun was, for he crashed to the ground behind the American +lines. The incident did not affect Tom Raymond greatly. It was not his +first killing. But when he, glanced back toward his companion, he saw +that the other was shrinking back as if in horror. + +“He'll get over that soon enough. All he has to do is to think of what +the Huns have done--crucifying men and babies--to make his heart hard,” + thought Tom. + +Whether his companion did this or not, did not disclose itself, but the +fact remains that when Tom flew off to engage another Hun machine the +lad back of him rose to the occasion and shot so well that Fritz veered +off and flew back over his own lines, wounded and with his craft barely +able to fly. + +Not all the American machines fared as well as this, however. Jack was +in poor luck. The first burst of bullets from the German he engaged +punctured his gasoline tank, and he was obliged to coast back to his own +aerodrome to get another machine, if possible. He was also hit once in +the leg, the wound being painful though not dangerous. He received first +aid treatment and wanted to get back into the fight, but this was not +allowed, and he had to watch the battle from the ground. + +The fight was fast and stubborn, and in the end the American forces won, +for at a signal from the remaining red plane, which seemed to bear a +charmed existence, as it did not appear to be hit, the others remaining +of the Hun forces, turned tail and scooted back to safety. + +But they had left a toll of five machines sent crashing to earth, four +of them each containing two men. The leading French ace was killed, a +severe loss to the Allied forces, and three of the American machines +were damaged and their operators severely wounded, though with a chance +of recovery. By American machines is meant those assigned for use to +Pershing's forces, though the craft used up to that time were of French +or English make. The real American machines came into use a little +later. + +“Well, I think we can call it one to our credit,” said Tom, as he +rejoined Jack after the battle. + +“Yes. But you had all the luck!” complained his chum. “It went against +me, and the lad I took up. It--” + +“Never mind; it'll be your turn next,” replied Tom, consolingly. + +And so the new American aviators received their baptism of fire, and, to +their credit, longed for more. + +More credit was really due the American forces than would be indicated +by the mere citation of the losses inflicted on the German side in this +first air battle. For many of the American fighters were “green,” while +not one of the Huns, as was learned later, but what had several Allied +machines to his score. And so there was rejoicing in General Pershing's +camp, even though it was mingled with sorrow at the losses inflicted. + +Busy days followed, Tom and Jack were in the air much of the time. And +when they were not flying they were delivering talks to new students, +who were constantly arriving. They found time once to run into Paris on +their day of leave, to see Bessie and Nellie, and they went on a little +picnic together, which was as jolly as such an affair could be in the +midst of the terrible war. Nellie had received no word of her missing +brother, and Jack and Tom had no encouragement for her. + +Then came more hard work at camp, and another battle of the air in +which the American forces more than equaled matters, for they fairly +demolished a German plane squadron, sending ten of the machines crashing +to earth and the others back over the Hun lines, more or less damaged. +That was a great day. And, as a sort of reward for their work, Tom and +Jack were given three days' leave. At first they thought to spend them +in Paris, but, learning that neither Bessie nor her mother nor Nellie +could leave their Red Cross work to join them, the two lads made other +arrangements. + +“Let's go back and see the fellows in the Lafayette Escadrille,” + suggested Tom. + +“All right,” agreed Jack. + +And thither they went. + +That they were welcomed need not be said. It was comparatively quiet on +this sector just then, though there had, a few days before, been a great +battle with victory perching on the Allied banners. The air conflicts, +too, had been desperate, and many a brave man of the French, English +or American fliers had met his death. But toll had been taken of the +Boches--ample toll, too. + +The first inquiry Tom and Jack had made on their arrival at their former +aerodrome had been for news of Harry Leroy, but none had been received. + +It was when Tom and Jack were about to conclude their visit to their +former comrades of the air that an incident occurred which made a great +change in their lives. One sunny afternoon there suddenly appeared, a +mere speck in the blue, a single aeroplane. + +“Some one of your men must have gone a long way over Heinie's lines,” + remarked Jack to one of the French officers. + +“He is not one of our men. Either they were all back long ago or they +will not come back until after the war--if ever. That is a Hun machine.” + +“What is he doing--challenging to single combat?” asked Tom, as the lone +plane came on steadily. + +“No,” answered the officer, after a look through his glasses. “I think +he brings some messages. We sent some to the Germans yesterday, and I +think this is a return courtesy. We will wait and see.” + +Nearer and nearer came the German plane. Soon it was circling around the +French camp. Hundreds came out to watch, for now the object of the lone +aviator was apparent. He contemplated no raid. It was to drop news of +captured, or dead, Allied airmen. + +Then, as Tom, and the others watched, a little package was seen to +fall from the hovering aeroplane. It landed on the roof of one of the +hangars, bounced off and was picked up by an orderly, who presented it +to the commanding officer. + +Quickly and eagerly it was opened. It contained some personal belongings +of Allied airmen who had been missing for the past week. Some of them, +the message from the German lines said, had been killed by their falls +after being shot down, and it was stated that they had been decently +buried. Others were wounded and in hospitals. + +“No word from Harry,” said Tom, sadly, as the last of the relics from +the dead and the living were gone over. + +“Well, I guess we may as well give him up,” added Jack. “But we can +avenge him. That's all we have left, now.” + +“Yes,” agreed Tom. “If we only--?” + +A cry from some of those watching the German plane interrupted him. The +two air service boys looked up. Another small object was falling. It +landed with a thud, almost at the feet of Tom and Jack, and the latter +picked it up. + +It was an aviator's glove; and as Jack held it up a note dropped +out. Quickly it was read, and the import of it was given to all in a +simultaneous shout of joy from Tom and Jack. + +“It's word from Harry Leroy! Word from Harry at last!” + + + + + +CHAPTER X. STUNTS + + +Truly enough, word had come from the missing aviator, or, if not +directly from him, at least from his captors. The German airmen, falling +in with the chivalry which had been initiated by the French and English, +and later followed by the Americans, had seen fit to inform the comrades +of the captured man of his whereabouts. + +“Where is he? What happened to him?” asked several, as all crowded +around Tom and Jack to hear the news. + +Jack, reading the note, told them. The missive was written in very good +English, though in a German hand. It stated that Harry Leroy had been +shot down in his plane while over the German lines, and had fallen in a +lonely spot, wounded. + +The wound was not serious, it was stated, and the prisoner was doing +as well as could be expected, but he would remain in the hands of his +captors until the end of the war. The reason his whereabouts was not +mentioned before was that the Germans did not know they had one of the +Allied aviators in their midst. + +Leroy had not only fallen in a lonely spot, but he was made unconscious +by his fall and injuries, and when he recovered he was lying near his +almost demolished plane. + +He managed to get out his log book and other confidential papers, and +set fire to them and the plane with the gasoline that still remained in +the tank. He destroyed them so they might not fall into the hands of the +Germans, a fate he knew would be his own shortly. + +But Harry Leroy was not doomed to instant capture. The blaze caused by +his burning aeroplane attracted the attention of a peasant, who had not +been deported when the enemy overran his country, for the young aviator +had fallen in a spot well back of the front lines. This French peasant +took Harry to his little farm and hid him in the barn. There the man, +his wife, and his granddaughters, looked after the injured aviator, +feeding him and binding up his hurts. It was a great risk they took, +and Harry Leroy knew it as well as they. But for nearly two weeks he +remained hidden, and this probably saved his life, for he got better +treatment at the farmhouse than he would, as an enemy, have received in +a German hospital. + +But such good luck could not last. Suspicion that Americans were hidden +in the Frenchman's barn began to spread through the country, and rather +than bring discovery on his friends, Leroy left the barn one night. + +He had a desperate hope that he might reach his own lines, as he was now +pretty well recovered from his 'Injuries, but it was not to be. He was +captured by a German patrol. But by his quick action Harry Leroy had +removed suspicion from the farmer, which was exactly what he wished to +do. + +The Germans, rejoicing over their capture, took the young aviator to the +nearest prison camp, and there he was put in custody, together with some +unfortunate French and English. The tide of war had turned against Harry +Leroy. + +So it came about that, some time after he had been posted as missing and +when it was surely thought that he was dead, Harry Leroy was found to be +among the living, though a prisoner. + +“This will be great news for his sister!” exclaimed Jack, as the note +dropped by the German airman was read over and over again. + +“Yes, she'll be delighted,” agreed Tom. “We must hurry back and tell +her.” + +“And that isn't all,” went on Jack. “We must try to figure out a way to +rescue Harry.” + +“You can't do that,” declared a French ace, one with whom the air +service boys had often flown. + +“Why not?” asked Tom. + +“It's out of the question,” was the answer. “There has never been a +rescue yet from behind the German lines. Or, if there has been, it's +like a blue moon.” + +“Well, we can try,” declared Jack, and Tom nodded his head in agreement. + +“Don't count too much on it,” added another of their friends. “Harry may +not even be where this note says he is.” + +“Do you mean that the Germans would say what isn't so?” asked Tom. + +“Of course! Naturally!” was the answer. “But even if they did not in +this case, even if they have truly said where Leroy is, he may be moved +at any time--sent to some other prison, or made to work in the mines or +at perhaps something far worse.” + +Tom and Jack realized that this might be so, and they felt that there +was no easy task ahead of them in trying to rescue their chum from the +hands of the Germans. But they were not youths who gave up easily. + +“May we keep this note?” asked Tom, as he and Jack got ready to depart. +Having fallen on the camp of the escadrille with which they were +formerly quartered, it was, strictly speaking, the property of the +airmen there. But having been told how much the sister of the prisoner +would appreciate it, the commanding officer gave permission for Tom and +Jack to take the glove and note with them. + +“Let us know if you rescue him, Comrades!” called the Frenchmen to the +two lads, as they started back for their own camp. + +“We will,” was the answer. + +Nellie Leroy's joy in the news that her brother was alive was tempered +by the fact that he was a German prisoner. + +“But we're going to get him!” declared Tom even though he realized, as +he said it, that it with almost a forlorn hope. + +“You are so good,” murmured the girl. + +Jack and Tom spent a few happy hours in Paris, with Nellie and +Bessie--the last of their leave--and then, bidding the girls and Mrs. +Gleason farewell, they reported back to the American aerodrome, where +the young airmen were cordially welcomed. + +There they found much to do, and events followed one another so rapidly +at this stage of the World War that Tom and Jack, after their return, +had little time for anything but flying and teaching others what they +knew of air work. They had no opportunity to do anything toward the +rescue of Harry Leroy; and, indeed, they were at a loss how to proceed. +They were just hoping that something would transpire to give them a +starting point. + +“We'll have to leave it to luck for a while,” said Torn. + +“Or fate,” added Jack. + +“Well, fate plays no small part in an airman's life,” returned Tom. +“While we are no more superstitions than any other soldiers, yet there +are few airmen who do not carry some sort of mascot or good-luck piece. +You know that, Jack.” + +And even the casual reader of the exploits of the aviators must have +been impressed with the fact that often the merest incident--or accident +is responsible for life or death. + +Death often passes within hair's breadth of the intrepid fliers, and +some of them do not know it until after they have made a landing and +have seen the bullet holes in their machine--holes that indicate how +close the missiles have passed to them. + +So, in a way, both Tom and Jack believed in luck, and they both believed +that this same luck might point out to them a way of rescuing Harry +Leroy. + +Meanwhile they were kept busy. After the big battle in the air matters +were quiet for a time on their sector of the front. The arrival of new +fliers from America made it necessary to instruct them, and to this Tom, +Jack and other veterans were detailed. + +Then began a series of what Jack called “stunts.” In order to inspire +the new pupils with confidence, the older flying men--not always older +in years--would go aloft in their single planes and do all sorts of +trick flying. Some of the pupils--the more daring, of course--wished to +imitate these, but of course they were not allowed. + +The pupils were first allowed merely to go with an experienced man. +This, of course, they had done at the flying schools in the United +States, and had flown alone. But they had to start all over again when +on French soil, for here they were exposed, any time, to an attack from +a Hun plane. + +After they had, it was thought, got sufficient experience to undertake +these trick features by themselves, they were allowed to make trial +flights, but not over the enemy lines. + +Tom and Jack gave the best that was in them to these enthusiastic +pupils, and there was much good material. + +“What are you going to do to-day, Jack?” asked Tom one morning, as they +went out after breakfast to get into their “busses,” as they dubbed +their machines. + +“Oh, got orders to do some spiral and somersault stunts for the benefit +of some huns.” (“Hun,” used in this connection, not referring to the +Germans. “Hun” is the slang term for student aviators, tacked on them by +more experienced fliers.) + +“Same here. Good little bunch of huns in camp now.” + +Tom nodded in agreement, and the two were soon preparing to climb aloft. + +With a watching group of eager young men on the ground below, in company +with an instructor who would point out the way certain feats were done, +Torn and Jack began climbing. Presently they were fairly tumbling about +like pigeons, seeming to fall, but quickly straightening out on a level +keel and coming to the ground almost as lightly as feathers. + +“A good landing is essential if one would become a good airman,” stated +the instructor. “In fact I may say it is the hardest half of the game. +For it is comparatively easy to leave the earth. It is the coming back +that is difficult, like the Irishman who said it wasn't the fall that +hurts, it was the stopping.” + +“Give 'em a bit of zooming now,” the instructor said to Tom and Jack. +“The boys may have to use that any time they're up and a Boche comes at +them.” + +“Zooming,” he went on to the pupils, “is rising and falling in a series +of abrupt curves like those in a roller-coaster railway. It is a very +useful stunt to be master of, for it enables one to rise quickly when +confronting a field barrier, or to get out of range of a Hun machine +gun.” + +Tom undertook this feature of the instruction, as Jack signaled that his +aeroplane was out of gasoline, and soon the former was rolling across +the aviation field, seemingly straight toward a row of tall trees. + +“He'll hit 'em sure!” cried one student. + +“Watch him,” ordered the instructor. + +With a quick pull on the lever that controlled the rudder, Tom sent +himself aloft, but not before a curious thing happened. + +On the ground where it had been dropped was a tunic, or airman's +fur-lined jacket. As Tom's machine “zoomed,” the tail skid caught this +jacket and took it aloft. + +Tom did not seem to be aware of this, though he must have felt that his +machine was a bit sluggish in the climbs. However, he went through with +his performance, doing some beautiful “zooming,” and then, as he was +flying high and getting ready to do a spiral nose dive, the tunic +detached itself from his skid and fell. + +Just at this moment Jack came out from the hangar and, looking aloft and +noting Tom's machine, saw the falling jacket. His heart turned sick +and faint, for, unaware of what had happened, he thought his chum had +tumbled out while at a great height. For the tunic, turning over and +over as it sailed earthward, did resemble a falling body. + +“Oh, Tom! Tom! How did it happen?” murmured Jack. + +The others, laughing, told him that it was nothing serious, but Jack +looked a bit worried until the empty jacket fell on the grass and, a +little later, Tom himself came down smiling from aloft, all unaware of +the excitement he had caused. + + + + + +CHAPTER XI. OVER THE LINES + + +“Well, I guess we stay downstairs, to-day,” remarked Tom to Jack, +the day following their exhibition flights for the benefit of the air +students. + +“Yes, it doesn't look very promising,” returned his chum. + +Jack looked aloft where the sky--or what took its place--was represented +by a gray mist that seemed ready to drip water at any moment. It was +a day of “low visibility,” and one when air work was almost totally +suspended. This applied to the enemy as well as to the Yankees. For even +though it is feasible to go up in an aeroplane in fog, or even rain or +snow, it is not always safe to come down again in like conditions. + +There is nothing worse than rain, snow or fog for clouding an aviator's +goggles, making it impossible for him to see more than a plane's length +ahead, if, indeed, he can see that far. Then, too, little, if anything, +can be accomplished by going aloft in a storm or fog. No observations +of any account can be made, and the aviator, once he gets aloft, is as +likely to come down behind the German lines as he is to descend safely +within his own. + +That being the case, Tom and Jack, in common with their comrades of the +air, had a vacation period. Some of them obtained leave and went to the +nearest town, while some put in their time going over their guns and +glasses and equipment and machines. + +Jack and Tom elected to do the latter. There was one very fast and +powerful Spad which they often used together, taking turns at piloting +it and acting as observer. They thought they might have a chance soon to +go over the German lines in this, their favorite craft, so they decided +to put in their spare time seeing that it was in perfect shape, and that +the two machine guns were ready for action when needed. + +“'Would you rather do this than fly, Jack?” asked Tom, as they went +over, in detail, each part of the powerful Spad. + +“I should say not! But, after all, one is just as important as the +other. I hope we get a good day to-morrow. I'd like to do something +toward seeing if we can't get Harry out of the Boche's clutches,” and he +nodded in the direction of the German lines. + +“'Tisn't going to be easy doing that,” remarked Tom. “I'd ask nothing +better than to have a hand in getting him away, but I haven't yet been +able to figure out a shadow of a plan. Have you?” + +“The only thing, I can think of is to organize a big raid on the section +where he's held--I mean somewhere near the German prison--and if we +bombed the place enough, and created enough excitement, some of us might +land and get Harry and any others that might be with him.” + +Tom shook his head. + +“That'd be a pretty risky way of doing it,” he said. + +“Can you think of a better?” Jack demanded quickly. + +“Not off hand,” came the reply. “We've got to stew over it a bit. One +thing's sure--we've got to get Harry out, or his sister never will feel +like going back home and facing the folks.” + +“That's right!” agreed Jack. “We've got a double motive for this. But +I'm afraid it's going to be too hard.” + +“That's what we thought when we rescued Mrs. Gleason from the old castle +where Potzfeldt had her caged,” retorted Tom. “But you made out all +right.” + +“Yes; thanks to your help.” + +“Well, we'll both work together again,” declared Tom. “And now let's +try this Lewis gun. The last time we were up it jammed on me, and yet it +worked all right on the ground.” So they tested the guns, looked to the +motor, and in general made ready for a flight when the weather should +clear. + +This happened two days later, when the fog and mist were blown away and +the blue sky could be seen. In the interim the artillery and infantry +on both sides had not been idle, and there had been some desperate +engagements, with the brigaded American troops making a new name for +themselves. + +“I guess there'll be something doing to-day,” remarked Tom, as he and +Jack tumbled out of bed at the usual early hour. “Clear as a bell,” he +announced, after a glance from the window. “Shouldn't wonder but what we +went over their lines to-day.” + +“And I suppose, by the same token, they'll be coming over ours,” and +Jack nodded to indicate the Germans. + +“Let 'em come!” exclaimed Tom. “It takes two sides to make a fight, and +that's what we're here for.” + +Hardly had the two air service boys finished their breakfast, than an +orderly came to tell them the commanding officer wanted them to report +to him. They hurried across the aviation ground, toward the headquarters +building, noting on the way that there were signs of unusual activity +among the newer members of the American air forces, as well as among the +French and British veterans. + +“Must be going to make a raid,” observed Jack. + +“Something like that--yes,” assented Tom. + +“Hope we're in on it, and the commanding officer doesn't have us take +some huns up to show 'em what makes the wheels go around,” went on Jack. +“Of course that's part of the game, but we've done our share.” + +However, they need have felt no fear, for when they stood before the +commanding officer, saluting, they quickly learned that they were to go +on a special mission that day--in fact as soon as they could get ready. + +“I want you two to see if you can discover a battery of small guns that +have been playing havoc with our men,” he said, as he looked up from a +table covered with maps. “They're located somewhere along this front, +but they're so well camouflaged that no one has yet been able to +discover them. + +“I want you boys to see if you can turn the trick. The guns have killed +a lot of our men, as well as the French and English. We've tried to rush +the emplacement, but we can't get a line on where it is for it's well +hidden. I asked permission of the British commanding general to send up +two American scouts, and he mentioned you boys. Get your orders from the +major, and good luck to you.” + +“Do you want us to go together or separately?” asked Tom. + +“Together--in a double plane. I might say that we are going to try a +raid on a big scale over the enemy's lines, and you two will thus have a +better chance to carry out your observations unmolested. The Hun planes +will have their hands full attending to our fighters, and they may not +attack a single plane off by itself. We'll try to draw them away from +you. + +“At the same time I might point out that there is nothing sure in this, +and that you may have to fight also,” concluded the commanding officer, +as he waved a dismissal. + +“Oh, were ready for anything,” announced Tom. And as he and Jack got +outside he clapped his chum on the back, crying: “That's the stuff! Good +old C.O. to send us! That's what we've been looking for! Maybe we'll +have time to drop down and shoot some of the Huns that are guarding +Harry.” + +“No chance of that--forget it now,” urged Jack. “We'll clean up this +location trick first, and then think of a plan to get Harry away. It +sounds hard to say it, but it's all we can do. Orders are orders.” + +They were glad they had made ready the speedy Spad plane, for it was +in this that they would try to locate the hidden battery, and, having +received detailed instructions from the major in command, the two lads +climbed into their air plane and started off. + +The day was clear and bright, just the sort for aeroplane activity; and +it was evident there would be plenty of it, since, even as they began +climbing, Tom and Jack saw planes from their own aerodrome skirting +ahead of and behind them, while, in the distance and over German-held +territory, were Fokkers and Gothas with the iron cross conspicuously +painted on each. + +Tom and Jack had been given a map of the front, their own and the German +lines being shown, and the probable location of the hidden Hun battery +marked. This they now studied as they started over the front, Jack being +in front, while Tom sat behind him, to work the swivel Lewis gun. + +Their Spad machine was one that could be controlled from either seat, so +that if one rider was disabled the other could take charge. There +were two guns, one fixed and the other movable, and a good supply of +ammunition. + +“Well, I guess there'll be some fighting to-day,” observed Tom, as Jack +shut off the motor for a moment, to see if it would respond readily when +the throttle was opened again. “They're closing in from both sides.” + +And indeed the Allied planes were sailing forth to meet a squadron of +the enemy. But none of the Hun craft seemed to pay any attention to Tom +and Jack. Steadily they flew on until an exclamation from Jack caused +Tom to look down. He noted that they were over the German lines, and +headed for the probable location of the battery that had been such a +thorn in the side of the Allies. + + + + + +CHAPTER XII. A PERFECT SHOT + + +The plane in which Tom and Jack had gone aloft to make observations +which, it was hoped, would result in the discovery of the hidden +battery, was a special machine. While very powerful and swift and +equipped for air-fighting, it was also one that had been used by one of +the French photographers and his pilot. The photographer, was a daring +man, and had, not long before, gone to his death in fighting three +Hun planes. But he had peculiar ideas regarding his car, and under his +orders it had been fitted with a glass floor in the two cockpits, or +what corresponded to them. + +Thus he and his pilot could look down and observe the nature of the +enemy country over which they were traveling without having to lean +over, not always a safe act where anti-aircraft guns below are shooting +up shrapnel. + +So as Torn and Jack flew on and on, over the enemy's first and +succeeding line trenches, they looked down through the glass windows in +the plane to make their observations. There was a camera attached to +the plane, and though they could each make use of it, but they were not +skilled in this work. + +It was impossible for them to talk to one another now, as Jack had the +motor going almost full speed, and the noise it made was deafening, or +it would have been except for the warm, fur hoods that covered the ears +of the fliers. They were warmly dressed for they did not know how high +they might ascend, and it is always cold up above, no matter how hot it +is on the earth. + +Up and up they climbed, and then they flew on and over the enemy lines, +keeping close lookout for anything unusual below that would indicate +the presence of the battery. Behind them, and off to one side, a fierce +aerial battle was going on. + +Tom and Jack were eager to get into this and do their share. But they +had orders to make their observations, and they dared not 'refuse. They +could tell by looking back every now and then that the affair was going +well for the Allies, including some of the American airmen, even if the +Huns outnumbered them. + +Back and forth over the German lines swept the glass-bottomed Spad, and +at a certain point Tom, who was looking down, uttered an exclamation. Of +course Jack could not hear, but he could feel the punch in the back his +chum administered a moment later. + +Jack turned his head, and saw his chum eagerly pointing downward. A +moment later he motioned over his left shoulder, pointing backward, as +though they had just passed over something which would warrant a second +inspection. + +Jack swung the machine about in a big circle, banking sharply, and then, +as he passed over the ground covered a little while before, he, too, +looked down, and with sharper glance than he had used at first. + +What he saw was the ruins of a small French chateau. It had been under +heavy fire from the Allied guns, for it had sheltered a German machine +gun nest, and some accurate shooting on the part of the American gunners +had demolished it a day or so before. + +But what attracted the attention of Tom and Jack was that whereas the +chateau before the bombardment had stood on a little hill without a +tree near it, now there was a miniature forest surrounding it. It was +as though trees and bushes had sprung up in the night. As soon as he +had seen this, Jack turned to Tom, nodded comprehendingly, and at once +started back over the American lines. They had no easy time reaching +them, for by this time the fleet of Hun planes had been defeated by the +Allies, and had turned tail to run for safety--that is what were left of +them, several having been shot down, and at no small cost to the French, +English and American forces. + +But the defeat of their airmen seemed to anger the Germans, and they +opened up with their antiaircraft batteries on the machine in which Tom +and Jack were flying homeward. “Woolly bears” and “flaming onions,” as +well as shrapnel, was used against them, and they were in considerable +danger. Jack had to “zoom” several times to get out of reach of the +shells. + +They finally reached their aerodrome, however, and as soon as they had +landed and their plane was taken in charge by the mechanics the two lads +hurried to the commanding officer. + +“Well?” he asked sharply, as they saluted. “Did you discover anything?” + +“I think so, sir,” returned Tom, for Jack had told his chum to do +the talking, since the discovery was his. “You remember, sir, the old +chateau we put out of business the other day?” + +“Yes, I recall it. What about it?” + +“This: It seems suddenly to have grown a wooded park around it, and +the trees and bushes don't seem to be as fresh as natural ones ought to +look.” + +“You mean they camouflaged the ruins, and have put another battery in +the old, chateau?” + +“I think so, sir. It wouldn't do any harm to drop a few shells there. +If it's still a ruin the worst will be that we've wasted a little +ammunition and may start the German guns up. And if it is what we think +it is, we may blow up the battery.” + +The commander thought for a moment. + +“I'll try it!” he suddenly said. “It's worth all it will cost.” + +He called an orderly and issued his instructions. Tom and Jack had not +yet been dismissed, and now the commanding officer turned to them and +said: + +“Since you boys were sharp enough to discover this, I'll let you have a +front seat at the show which will start soon. Go up and do contact work. +Let the gunners know when they make a hit.” + +The air service boys could not have wished for anything better. + +“Once more for our bus!” exclaimed Jack delightedly, when they were +outside. + +Their Spad had been refilled with gasoline, or “petrol,” as it is called +on the other side, and oil had been put in, while the machine guns had +been looked to. + +“You seem to have spotted it all right, Tom,” went on Jack, just as +they were about to start, for word came that the American batteries were +ready. + +“Yes, I was looking down through the glass, and when I saw the old +chateau it struck me that it had suddenly grown a beard. I remembered +it before, as being on a bare hill. I thought it was funny, and that I +might be mistaken. But when you agreed with me I knew I was right.” + +“Oh, the Huns have brought up trees and bushes to disguise the place all +right,” declared, Jack. “The only question is whether or not the battery +is hidden there.” + +But there was not long a question about that. Their machine was equipped +with wireless to signal back the result of the shots, and Jack and +Tom were soon in position. From the maps used when they had previously +shelled the place to drive out the German gunners, the American +artillery forces knew just about where to plant the shells. + +There was a burst of fire from the designated battery. Up aloft Jack and +Tom watched the shell fall. It was a trifle over, and a correction was +signaled back. + +A moment later the second shell--a big one sailed over the German first +lines, and fell directly on the chateau partly hidden in the woods. + +There was a burst of smoke, and with it mingled clouds of dust and +flying particles. Faintly to Tom and Jack, above the noise of their +motor, came the sound of a terrific explosion. + +There had been a direct hit on the old ruins, as was proved by the fact +that not only was the German battery put out of commission, but a great +quantity of ammunition hidden in the trees and bushes was blown up, and +with it a considerable number of Germans. + +And that it was a place well garrisoned was evident to the air service +boys as they saw a few Huns, who were not killed by the shell and +resultant explosion of the ammunition dump, running away from the place +of destruction. + +“That was it all right,” said Jack, as he and Tom landed back of their +own lines. + +“Yes, and it couldn't have been hit better. I hope that was the battery +they wanted put out of business.” + +And it was, for no more shells came from that vicinity of the Hun +positions for a long time. The aeroplane observations had given the very +information needed, and Tom and Jack were congratulated, not only by +their comrades, but by the commanding officer himself, which counted for +a great deal. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. A DARING SCHEME + + +Tom sat up on his bunk and looked across at Jack, who was just showing +signs of returning consciousness--that is, he was getting awake. It was +the morning after the successful discovery of the hidden German battery, +and since this exploit the two lads had not been required to go on duty. + +“What's the matter?” asked Jack, opening his eyes and looking at his +chum. “Has the mail come in? Any letters?” + +“No. I was just thinking,” remarked Tom, and though his eyes were fixed +on Jack it was clear that his thoughts were somewhere else. + +“Thinking, Tom? That's bad business. Have you seen the doctor?” + +“Oh, shut off your gas!” ordered Tom. “You're side slipping. First you +know you'll come down in a tail spin and I'll have to be looking for a +new partner.” + +“It's as serious as all that, is it?” asked Jack, as he began to dress. +“Well, in that case I withdraw my observation. Go ahead. How's the +visibility?” + +“Low. We won't have to go up to-day, unless it clears.” + +“Um. And I was counting on getting a few Huns right after breakfast. +Well, what's your think about, if you really were indulging in that +expensive pastime?” + +“I was,” said Tom, and he got up and also proceeded to put on his +clothes. “I was thinking about Harry.” + +“Oh!” and Jack's voice was decidedly different. It had lost all its +flippant tone. “Say, he certainly is in tough luck. I wish we could do +something for him--and his sister. Doubtless you were thinking of her, +too,” and a little smile curled his lips. + +“Yes, I was thinking of Nellie,” conceded Tom, and he was so bold and +frank about it that Jack choked back the joke that he was about to make. +“I was thinking that we haven't done very much to redeem our promise.” + +“But how can we?” asked Jack. “We haven't had a chance to do anything to +rescue Harry. Of course I want to do that as much as you do, but how is +it to be done? Can you answer me that?” + +“We can't do it by just talking,” said Tom. “That's what I've been +thinking about. A scheme came to me in the night, and I've been waiting +to tell you about it.” + +“Shoot then, my pickled blunderbuss,” returned Jack. “I'm with you to +the last drop of petrol.” + +“Well, I don't know that it's so much,” said Tom. “It's only that we +ought to get word to Harry, somehow, that we're thinking of him and +trying to plan some way of rescuing him. We ought to tell him his sister +is here, too, and, at the same time we might drop him something to smoke +and a cake or two of chocolate.” + +Jack looked at his chum in amazement. Then he burst out with: + +“Say, while you're at it why don't you send him a piano, and an +automobile, too, so he can ride home when he wants to? What do you +mean--getting word to him? Don't you know that the beastly Huns will +hold up the mail as they please, and anything else we might send. They +don't even let the Red Cross packages go through until they get good and +ready. Talk about your barbarians!” + +“Oh, I wasn't thinking of the mail,” replied Tom. + +“No? What then?” + +“Why, we know where he is held a prisoner--at least we have the name of +the prison camp, and he may be there unless he's been transferred. Of +course that's possible, but it's worth taking a chance on.” + +“A chance on what?” asked Jack, “You haven't explained yet. What do you +plan to do?” + +“Fly over the place where Harry is held a prisoner and drop down a +package and some letters to him,” said Tom. “Now wait until you hear +it all before you say it can't be done!” he went on quickly, for Jack +seemed about to interrupt. + +“If Harry is held where he was first made a prisoner, it's a big place, +and there are thousands of our captives there, as well as French and +British. Well, where there are so many they have to have a big stockade +to pen 'em in, worse luck. And dropping a bomb on a big place is easier +than dropping one on a small object.” + +“Say! Suffering snuffle-boxes!” cried Jack. “You don't mean to drop a +bomb in Harry's prison, camp, do you? Do you think he might possibly +escape in the confusion?” + +“Nothing like that,” said Tom. “I mean drop a package containing some +smokes, some chocolate and a letter telling him we haven't forgotten +him and that we're going to try to rescue him, and for him to be on the +lookout. That could be done.” + +“How?” + +“By us flying over the place in our speedy Spad. We needn't make a very +big package, though the more of something to eat we can give him the +better, for those Boches starve our men. Let's get a week off--the +commanding officer will let us go. We can go to our old escadrille and +make arrangements to start from there. The boys will help us all they +can.” + +“Oh, there's no doubt about that,” assented Jack. “They all liked Harry +as much as we did. But I can't see that your scheme will succeed. It's a +risky one.” + +“All the more reason why it ought to succeed,” declared Tom. “It's the +fellows who take chances who get by. Now let's see if we can get a few +hours off to go to Paris.” + +“Go to Paris? What for?” + +“To see Nellie Leroy and have her write her brother a letter. It will be +better to have one come direct from her than for us merely to give him +news of her in one of our notes.” + +“Yes,” agreed Jack, “I guess it would. And I begin to see which way the +wind blows. You wish to see Nellie.” + +“Oh, you make me tired!” exclaimed Tom. “All you can think of is girls! +I tell you I'm doing this for Harry!” + +“And I believe you, old top, and what's more, I'm with you from the word +go. It's a crazy scheme and a desperate one, but for that very reason it +may succeed. The only thing is that we may not get permission to carry +it out.” + +“Oh, I don't intend that anyone shall know what our game is,” returned +Tom. “Of course the authorities would squash it in a minute. No, we'll +have to keep dark about that. All we need is permission to do a little +flying 'on our own,' for a while.” + +“Suppose they won't let us do that?” + +“Oh, I think they will, after what we did yesterday,” said Tom. “Come +on, let's get ready to go to Paris.” + + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. WILL THEY SUCCEED? + + +The scheme evolved, or, perhaps, dreamed of by Tom Raymond in his +anxiety to get some word to the captive Harry Leroy worked well at the +start. When he and Jack asked permission to have half a day off to make +the trip to Paris it was readily granted. Perhaps it was because of +their exploit of the day before, when their sharp eyes had discovered +the camouflaged German battery and brought about its destruction, or +maybe it was because the day was a misty one,+ when no flying could be +done. + +At any rate, soon after breakfast saw the two boys on their way to the +wonderful city--wonderful in spite of war and the German “super cannon,” + which had itself been destroyed. + +Tom and Jack knew that unless their plans were changed, the two girls +and Mrs. Gleason would be at home in Paris, for they had a holiday once +in every seven, and it was their custom to come to their lodging for +a rest from the merciful, though none the less exceedingly trying, Red +Cross work. + +Nor had the boys guessed in vain, for when they presented themselves +at the Gleason lodging, where Nellie Leroy was also staying, they were +greeted with exclamations of delight. + +“We were just thinking of you,” said Bessie, as she shook hands with +Jack. + +“And so we were of you,” Jack replied, gallantly. + +“I thought of it first,” said Tom. “He'll have to give me credit for +that.” + +“Yes,” agreed Jack, “I will. He's got a great scheme,” he added, as Mrs. +Gleason came in to greet the boys. “Tell 'em, Tom.” + +“Is it anything about--oh, have you any news for me about Harry?” asked +Nellie eagerly. + +“Not exactly news from him, but we're going to send some news to him!” + exclaimed Tom. “I want you to write him a letter-a real, nice, sisterly +letter.” + +“What good will that do?” asked Nellie. “I've sent him a lot, but I +can't be sure that he gets them. I don't even know that he is alive.” + +“Oh, I think he is,” said Tom, hopefully. “If the German airmen were +decent enough to let us know he was a prisoner of theirs, they would +tell us if--if--well, if anything had happened to him.” + +“I think,” he went on, “that you, can count on his being alive, though +he isn't having the best time in the world--none of the Hun prisoners +do. That's why I thought it would cheer him up to let him know we +are thinking of him, and if we can send him some smokes, and some +chocolate.” + +“Oh, he is so fond of chocolate!” exclaimed Nellie. “He used to love the +fudge I made. I wonder if I could send him any of that?” + +Tom shook his head. + +“It would be better,” he said, “to send only hard chocolate--the kind +that can stand hard knocks. Fudge is too soft. It would get all mussed +up with what Jack and I have planned to do to it.” + +“What is that?” asked Bessie Gleason. “You haven't told us yet. How are +you going to get anything to Harry through those horrid German lines?” + +“We're not going through the German lines we're going above 'em; in an +aeroplane. And when we get over the prison camp where Harry is held, +we're going to drop down a package to him, with the letters, the +chocolate and other things inside.” + +“Oh, that's perfectly wonderful!” exclaimed Bessie. “But will the +Germans let you do it?” + +“Well,” remarked Jack, “they'll probably try to stop us, but we don't +mind a little thing like that. We're used to it. Of course, as I tell +Torn, it's a long chance, but it's worth taking. Of course it isn't easy +to drop any object from a moving aeroplane and have it land at a certain +spot. We may miss the mark.” + +“For that reason I'm going to take several packages,” put in Tom. “If +one doesn't land another may.” + +“But if you do succeed in dropping a package for Harry in the midst of +the German stockade, won't the guards see it and confiscate it?” + asked Mrs. Gleason. “You know they'll be as brutal as they dare to the +prisoners--though of course,”' she added quickly, as she saw a look of +pain on Nellie's face, “Harry may be in a half-way decent camp. But, +even then, won't the Germans keep the package themselves?” + +“I've thought of that,” replied Tom. “We've got to take that chance +also. But I figure that, in the confusion, Harry, or some of his fellow +prisoners, may pick up the package, or packages, unobserved. Of course +there's only a slim chance that Harry himself will pick up the bundle. +But it will be addressed to him, and if any of the French, British, or +American prisoners get it, they'll see that it goes to Harry all right.” + +“Oh, of course,” murmured Mrs. Gleason. “But what was that you said +about the 'confusion?'” + +“That's something different,” said Tom. “I'm counting on dropping a few +bombs on the German works outside the camp, to--er--well, to sort of +take their attention off the packages we'll try to drop inside the +stockade. Of course while we're doing this we may be and probably shall +be, under fire ourselves. But we've got to take that chance. It's a +mad scheme, Jack says, and I realize that it is. But we've got to do +something.” + +“Yes,” said Nellie in a low voice, “we must do something. This suspense +is terrible. Oh, if I only could get word to Harry!” + +“You write the letter and I'll take it!” declared Tom. + +“And I'll help!” exclaimed Jack. + +And then the letters--several of them, for each one wrote a few lines +and made triplicates of it, since three packages were to be dropped. The +letters, to begin again, were written and the bundles were made up. +They contained cigarettes, cakes of hard chocolate, soap and a few other +little comforts and luxuries that it was certain Harry would be glad to +get. + +The rest of the plan would have to be left to Tom and Jack to work out, +and, having talked it over with their friends, they found it was time +for them to start to their station, since their leave was up at eleven +o'clock that night. + +Getting permission for a week's absence was not as easy as securing +permission to go to Paris. But Tom and Jack waited until after a sharp +engagement, during which they distinguished themselves by bravery in. +the air, assisting in bringing down some Hun planes, and then their +petition was favorably acted on. + +Behold them next, as a Frenchman might say, on their way to their former +squadron, where they were welcomed with open arms. They had to take the +commanding officer into their confidence, but he offered no objection +to their scheme. They must go alone, however, and without his official +knowledge or sanction, since it was not strictly a military matter. + +And so Tom and Jack were furnished with the best and speediest machine +in their former camp, and one bright day, following a hard air battle +in which the Huns were worsted, they set out to drop the letters and +packages over the prison camp where Harry Leroy was held. + +“Well, how do you feel about it?” asked Jack, as he and his chum stepped +into their trim machine. + +“Not at all afraid, if that's what you mean.” + +“No. And you know I didn't. I mean do you think we'll pull it off?” + +“I have a sneaking suspicion that we shall.” + +“And so have I. It's a desperate chance, but it may succeed. Only if it +does, and we get Harry's hopes raised for a rescue, how are we going to +pull that off?” + +“That's another story,” remarked Tom. “Another story.” + +They mounted into the clear, bright air, and proceeded toward the German +lines. Would they reach their objective, or would they be shot down, to +be either killed or made prisoners themselves? Those were questions they +could not answer. But they hoped for the best. + + + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XV. BADLY HIT + + +Before undertaking their kindly though dangerous mission, Tom and Jack +had carefully studied it from all angles. At first Jack had been frankly +skeptical, and he said as much to his chum. + +“You'll never get over the place where Harry is held a prisoner,” + declared Jack. “And, if you do, and start to dropping packages, they'll +never land within a mile of the place you intend, and Harry'll have the +joy of seeing some fat German eat his chocolate cake.” + +“Well, maybe,” Tom had agreed, “But I'm going to try.” + +To this end they had secured the best map possible of the ground in and +around the prison camp. Its location they knew from the dropped glove of +the aviator, which contained a note telling about Leroy. + +It was not uncommon for Germany to disclose to her enemies the names +of prisons where certain of the Allies were confined, and this was also +done by England and France. The prison camps were located far enough +behind the defense lines to make it impossible for them to be reached +in the course of ordinary fighting. + +Then, too, the airmen of Germany seemed a step above her other fighters +in that they were more chivalrous. So Tom and Jack felt reasonably +certain as to Leroy's whereabouts. Of course it was possible that he had +been moved since the note was written, but on this point they would have +to take a chance. + +To this end they had provided themselves not only with the best maps +obtainable showing the character of the ground and the nature of the +defenses around the prison, where Harry and other Allied men were held, +but inquiries had also been made by those in authority, at the request +of Tom and Jack, of German prisoners, and from them had come information +of value about the place. + +Of course the two air service boys had no hope of inflicting much damage +on batteries or works outside the prison. By the dropping of some bombs +they carried they hoped to distract attention from themselves long +enough to drop the packages to Leroy. The bombs were a sort of feint. + +And now they were on their way, winging a path over their own lines, and +soon they would be above those of the Hun. + +Some of the former comrades of Tom and Jack, having been apprised of +what the lads were to attempt, had, without waiting for official orders, +decided to do what they could to help. This took the form of a daring +challenge to the German airmen to come out and give battle. + +After their thorough drubbing of the day before, however, the Boche +aviators did not seem much inclined to venture forth for another cloud +fight. But the French and some English fliers who were acting with them, +laid a sort of trap, which, in a way, aided the two Americans. + +A half dozen swift Spads took the air soon after Tom and Jack ascended, +but instead of flying over the German lines they went in the opposite +direction, making their way to the west. They got out of sight, and then +mounted to a great height. + +Shortly after this some heavy, double-seated planes set out for the +German territory as though to make observations or take photographs. +It was the belief of the French airmen that the Huns would swarm out to +attack these planes, or else to give battle to the machine in which Tom +and Jack rode. And, in such an event, the swift Spads would swoop down +out of a great height and engage in the conflict. + +And that is exactly what occurred. Torn and Jack had flown only a little +way over the trenches of the enemy when they saw some Hun planes coming +up to meet them. It was in the minds of both lads that they were in for +a fight, but before they had a chance to sight their guns, some French +planes of the slow type appeared in their rear. + +To these the Huns at once turned their attention, and then the Spads +swooped down, and there was a sharp engagement in the air, which +ultimately resulted in victory for the Allied forces, though two of the +French fliers were wounded. + +But the feint had its effect, and attention was drawn away from Tom and +Jack, who flew on toward the prison camp. + +Had their mission been solely to carry words of cheer with some material +comforts to Harry Leroy, it is doubtful if Tom and Jack would have +received permission to make the trip. But it was known they were both +daring aviators and good observers, and it was this latter ability on +their part which counted in their favor. For it was thought they might +bring back information concerning matters well back of the German front +lines, information which would be of service to the Allies. + +And in furtherance of this scheme Jack and Tom made maps of the country +over which they were flying. They had been provided with materials for +this before leaving. + +On and on they flew, changing their height occasionally, and, when they +were fired at, which was the case not infrequently, they “zoomed” to +escape the flying shrapnel. + +But on the whole, they fared very well, and in a comparatively short +time they found themselves over the country where, on the maps, was +marked the location of Harry Leroy's prison camp. + +“There it is!” suddenly exclaimed Tom, but of course Jack could not hear +him. However, a punch in Jack's back served the same purpose, and he +took his eyes from his instruments long enough to look down. Then a +confirmatory glance at the map made him agree with Tom. The air service +boys were directly over the prison camp. + +This, like so many other dreary places set up by the Germans, consisted +of a number of shacks, in barrack fashion, with a central parade, or +exercise ground. About it all was a barbed wire stockade and, though the +character of these wires did not show, there were also some carrying a +deadly electric current. + +This was to discourage escapes on the part of prisoners, and it +succeeded only too well. + +But the camp was in plain sight, and in the central space could be seen +a number of ant-like figures which the boys knew were prisoners. + +Whether one of them was Leroy or not, they were unable to say. + +But they had reached their objective, and now it was time to act. High +time, indeed, for below them batteries began sending up shells which +burst uncomfortably close to them. They were of all varieties, from +plain shrapnel to “flaming onions” and “woolly bears,” the latter a most +unpleasant object to meet in mid-air. + +For the Germans were taking no chances. They knew the vulnerable +points of their prison camp lay above, and they had provided a ring of +anti-aircraft guns to take care of any Allied, machines that might fly +over the place. Whether any such daring scheme had been tried before or +not, Tom and Jack could not say. + +Of course it was out of the question that any great damage could be done +in the vicinity of the camp without endangering the inmates, so it was +not thought, in all likelihood, that any very heavy air raids would have +to be repelled. But in any case, the Huns were ready for whatever might +happen. + +“Better drop the bombs, hadn't we?” cried Jack to Tom, as he slowed down +the motor a moment to enable his voice to be heard. + +“I guess so--yes. Drop 'em and then shoot over the camp again and let +the packages fall. It's getting pretty hot here.” + +And indeed it was. Guns were shooting at the two daring air service boys +from all sides of the camp. + +In the camp itself great excitement prevailed, for the prisoners knew, +now, that it was some of their friends flying above them. + +There was another danger, too. Not many miles away from the prison camp +was a German aerodrome, and scenes of activity could now be noticed +there. The Huns were getting ready to send up a machine--perhaps more +than one--to attack Tom and Jack. + +It was, then, high time they acted, and as Jack again started the +engine, he guided the machine over a spot where the anti-aircraft guns +were most active. + +“There's a battery there I may put out of business,” he argued. + +Flying fast, Jack was soon over the spot, or, rather, not so much over +it, as in range of it. For when an aeroplane drops a bomb on a given +objective, it does not do so when directly above, but just before it +reaches it. The momentum of the plane, going at great speed, carries +any object dropped from it forward. It is as when a mail pouch is thrown +from a swiftly moving express train or a bundle of newspapers is tossed +off. In both instances the man in the train tosses the pouch or his +bundle before his car gets to the station platform, and the momentum +does the rest. + +It was that way with the bomb Jack released by a touch of his foot on +the lever in the cockpit of the machine. Down it darted, and, wheeling +sharply after he had let it go, the lad saw a great puff of smoke +hovering directly over the spot where, but a moment before, Hun gums had +been belching at him. + +“Good! A sure hit!” cried Tom, but he alone heard his own words. Jack's +ears were filled with the throb of the motor. He had two more bombs, +and these were quickly dropped at different points on German territory +outside the camp. + +At the time, aside from the evidences they saw, Jack and Tom were +not aware of the damage they inflicted, but later they learned it was +considerable and effective. However, they guessed that they had created +enough of a diversion to try now to deliver the packages containing the +letters and other comforts. + +Jack swung the machine at a sharp angle over the prison camp, and as +he cleared the barbed wire fence Tom, who had been given charge of the +packets, let one go. It fell just outside the barrier, caused by some +freak of the wind perhaps, and the lad could not keep back a sigh of +dismay. One of the three precious packages had fallen short of the mark, +and would doubtless be picked up by some German guard. + +But Tom had the satisfaction of seeing the two other bundles fall +fairly within the prison fence, and there was a rush on the part of the +unfortunate men to pick them up. + +“I only hope Harry's there,” mused Tom. “That's tough luck to wish a +man, I know,” he reflected, “but I mean I hope he gets the letters and +things.” + +However, he and Jack had done all that lay in their power to make this +possible, and it was now time to get back to their own lines if they +could. The place was getting too dangerous for them. + +Swinging about in a big circle, and noting that groups of prisoners were +now gathered about the place where the packets had fallen, Jack sent +the machine toward that part of France where they had spent so many +strenuous days. + +“They're going to make it lively for us!” cried Jack, as he noted two +swift German planes mounting into the air. “It's going to be a fight.” + +But he and Tom were ready for this. Their Lewis and Vickers guns were in +position, and they only awaited the approach of the nearest Hun plane to +unlimber them. They mounted steadily upward to get beyond the range of +the anti-aircraft batteries and were soon in comparative safety, since +the Huns, at this particular sector at least, were notoriously bad +marksmen. + +With the German planes, that would be a different story, and Tom and +Jack soon found this out to their cost. + +For one of the Boche machines came on speedily, and much more quickly +than the boys had believed possible was within range. The German machine +guns--for it was a double plane--began spitting fire and bullets at +them. They replied, but did not seem to inflict much damage. + +Suddenly Tom saw Jack give a jump, as though in an agony of pain, and +then the young pilot crumpled up in his seat. + +“Badly hit!” exclaimed Tom with a pang at his own heart. “Poor Jack is +out of it!” + +The machine, out of control for a moment, started to go into a nose +dive, but Tom let go the lever of his machine gun, and took charge of +the craft, since it was one capable of dual manipulation. Tom now had +to become the pilot and gunner, too, and he had yet a long way to go to +reach his own lines, while Jack was huddled, before him, either dead or +badly wounded. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. JUST IN TIME + + +It was with mingled feelings of alarm and sorrow that Tom Raymond sent +the speedy Spad aeroplane on its homeward way toward the French lines. +He was worried, not chiefly about his own safety, but on account of +Jack; and his sorrow was in the thought that perhaps he had taken his +last flight with his beloved chum and comrade in arms. He could not see +where Jack had been hit, but this was because the other lad lay in such +a huddled position in the cockpit. Jack had slumped from his seat, the +safety straps alone holding him in position, though he would not have +fallen out when the machine was upright as it was at present. + +“One of those machine gun bullets must have got him,” mused Tom, as he +started the craft on an upward climb, for it had darted downward when +Jack's nerveless hands and feet ceased their control. For part of the +steering in an aeroplane is done by the feet of the pilot, leaving his +hands free, at times, to fire the machine gun or draw maps. + +Tom had a double object in starting to rise. One was to get into a +better position to make the homeward flight, and another was to have +a better chance not only to ward off the attack of the Hun planes, of +which there were now three in the air, but also to return their fire. +It is the machine that is higher up that stands the best chance in an +aerial duel, for not only can one maneuver to better advantage, but the +machine can be aimed more easily with reference to the fixed gun. + +In Tom's case he did not have access to this weapon, which was fixed +on the rim of the cockpit where Jack could, and where he had been +controlling, it. With Jack out of the fight, through one or more German +bullets, it was up to Tom to return the fire of the Huns from his swivel +mounted Lewis gun. He was going to have difficulty in doing this and +also guiding the craft, but he had had harder problems than this to meet +since becoming an aviator in the great war, and now he quickly conquered +his worrying over Jack, and began to look to himself. + +He gave one more fleeting glance at the crumpled-up figure of his +chum, seeking for a sign of life, but he saw none. Then he swung about, +turning in toward the nearest Hun airman, and not away from him, and +opened up with the machine gun, using both hands on that for a moment, +while he steered with his knees. + +It was not easy work, and Tom hardly expected to make a direct hit, +but he must have come uncomfortably close to the Boche, for the latter +swerved off, and for an instant his plane seemed beyond control. Whether +this was due to a wound received by the aviator, or to a trick on his +part was not disclosed to Tom. But the machine darted downward and +seemed to be content to veer off for a while. + +The third plane Tom soon saw was not going to trouble him, as it had not +speed equal to his own, so that he really had left only one antagonist +with whom to deal. And this plane, containing two men, with whom he had +not yet come to close quarters, was racing toward him at great speed. + +“I guess there's only one thing to do,” mused Tom, “and that's to run +for it. I won't stand any show at all with two of them shooting at me, +while I have to manage the machine and the gun too. If I can beat 'em to +our lines I'd better do it and run the chance of some of our boys coming +out to take care of 'em. I'd better get Jack to a doctor as soon as I +can.” + +And abandoning the gun to give all his attention to the motor, Tom +opened it full and sped on his way. The other machine's occupants saw +his plan and tried to stop it with a burst of bullets, but the range was +a little too far for effective work. + +“Now for a race!” thought Tom, and that is what it turned out to be. +Seeing that he was going to try to get away, the Hun plane, which was +almost as speedy as the one Tom and Jack had started out in, took after +them. The other German craft was left far in the rear, and the one Tom +had shot at appeared to be in such difficulties that it was practically +out of the fight. + +Thus the odds, once so greatly against our heroes, were now greatly +reduced, though not yet equal, since Jack was completely out of the +game--for how long Tom could only guess, and he seemed to feel cold +fingers clutching at his heart when he thought of this. + +But Tom soon discovered, by a backward glance over his shoulder now and +then, that his machine, barring accidents, would distance the other, and +this was what his aim now was. So on and on he sped, watching the German +occupied French territory unrolling itself below him, coming nearer and +nearer each minute to his own lines and safety. + +Behind them, he and Jack--for the latter had done his share before being +wounded--had left consternation in the German ranks. The bombs had done +considerable damage--as was learned later--and the dropping of packages +within the prison camp was fraught with potential danger to an extent at +which the Boches could only guess. + +On and on sped Tom, sparing time, now and then, to look back at his +pursuers, who were, it could not be doubted, doing their best to get +within effective range. And, every now and again, Tom would glance at +the motionless form of his churn. + +But poor Jack never stirred, and Tom was fearing more and more that his +chum had made his last flight. As for the Hun aviators, after using up +a drum or so of bullets uselessly, they ceased firing and urged their +machine on to the uttermost. + +But Tom had the start of them, and he was also on a higher level, so +that the Germans must climb at an oblique angle to reach him. + +And, thanks to this, Tom saw that, if nothing else happened, he would +soon be in comparative safety with the unconscious form of Jack. The +anti-aircraft batteries were firing in vain, as he was beyond their +range, and, far away, he could see the lines of the French armies, +behind which he soon hoped to be. + +And then the unexpected happened, or, rather, it had taken place some +time since, but it was only then brought to Tom's attention. His engine +began missing, and when he sought for a cause he speedily found it. +Nearly all the gasoline had leaked out of the main tank. As he knew +that there had been plenty for the return flight, there was but one +explanation of this. A Hun bullet had pierced the petrol reservoir, +letting the precious fluid leak away. + +“Now if the auxiliary tank has any in it, I'm fairly all right,” thought +Tom. “If it hasn't, I'm all in.” + +His worst fears were confirmed, for the auxiliary tank had suffered a +like fate with the main one. Both were pierced. There were only a few +drops left, besides those even then being vaporized in the carburetor. + +With despair in his heart, Tom looked back. If the Hun plane chose to +rush him now all would be over with him and Jack. He had only enough +fuel for another thousand meters or so, and then he must volplane. + +He saw a burst of flame and smoke from the enemy plane, and realized +that he was being shot at again. But the distance was still too far for +effective aim. + +And then, to his joy, Tom saw the pursuer turn and start back toward the +German territory. The firing had been a last, desperate attempt to end +his career, and it had failed. Either the Huns were almost out of petrol +themselves, or they did not relish getting too close to the French +lines. + +“And now, if I can volplane down the rest of the way, I'll be in a fair +position to save myself,” mused Tom, as he made a calculation of the +distance he had yet to go. It was far, but he was at a good height and +believed he could do it. + +Suddenly his engine stopped, as though with a sigh of regret that it +could no longer serve him, and Tom knew that volplaning alone would save +him now. He was still over the enemy country, and had his plight been +guessed at by the Germans, undoubtedly they would have sent a machine up +to attack him. But they were in ignorance. + +There was nothing to do but drift along. Gravity alone urged the craft +on. As he swept over the German trenches Tom was greeted with a burst of +shrapnel, and he was now low enough to be vulnerable to this. But luck +was with him, and though the plane was hit several times he thought he +was unharmed. But in this he was wrong. He received a glancing wound +in one leg, but in the excitement he did not notice it, and it was not +until he had landed that he saw the blood, and knew what had happened. + +On and on, and down and down he volplaned until he was so near his own +lines, and so low down, that he could hear the burst of cheers from his +former comrades. + +Then he aimed his craft for a level, grassy place to make a landing, +and as he came to a gradual stop, and was surrounded by a score of eager +aviators, he cried out, as soon as he could speak, “I'm all right! But +look after Jack! He's hurt!” + +A surgeon bent hastily over the huddled form, and with the aid of some +men lifted it from the cockpit. Jack's legs were covered with blood, and +when the medical man saw whence it came, then and there he set hastily +to work to stop the bleeding from a large artery. + +“You got back only just in time, my friend,” he said to Tom, as Jack was +carried to a hospital. “Two minutes more and he would have been bled to +death.” + + +CHAPTER XVII. A CRASH + + +Not until a day or so later, when Jack was able to sit up in bed and +greet Tom with rather a pale face, did the latter learn all that had +happened. And it was a very close call that Jack had had. + +As Tom had guessed, it was some of the bullets from the Hun machine gun +that had stricken down his chum. One had struck him a glancing blow on +the head, rendering Jack unconscious and sending him down, a crumpled-up +heap in the cockpit of his machine. Another bullet, coming through +the machine later, had found lodgment in Jack's leg, cutting part way +through the wall of one of the larger arteries. + +It was certain that this bullet, the one in the leg, came after Jack +was hit on the head, for that first wound was the only one he remembered +receiving. + +“It was just as though I saw not only stars' but moons, suns, comets, +rainbows and northern lights all at once,” he explained to his chum. + +The bullet in the leg had cut only part way through the wall of an +artery. At first the tissues held the blood back from spurting out in +a stream that would soon have carried life with it. But either some +unconscious motion on Jack's part, or a jarring of the plane, broke the +half-severed wall, and, just before Tom landed, his chum began to bleed +dangerously. Then it was the surgeon had made his remark, and acted in +time to save Jack's life. + +“Well, I guess we made good all right,” remarked Jack, as his chum +visited him in the hospital. + +“I reckon so,” was the answer, “though the Huns haven't sent us any love +letters to say so. But we surely did drop the packages in the prison +camp, though whether Harry got them or not is another story. But we did +our part.” + +“That's right,” agreed Jack. “Now the next thing is to get busy and +bring Harry out of there if we can.” + +“The next thing for you to do is to keep quiet until that wound in your +leg heals,” said the doctor, with a smile. “If you don't, you won't do +any more flying, to say nothing of making any rescues. Be content with +what you did. The whole camp is talking of your exploit. It was noble!” + +“Shucks!” exclaimed Tom, in English, for they had been speaking French +for the benefit of the surgeon, who was of that nationality. + +“Ah, and what may that mean?” he asked. + +“I mean it wasn't anything,” translated Tom. “Anybody could have done +what we did.” + +But of this the surgeon had his doubts. + +In spite of the dangerous character of his wound, Jack made a quick +recovery. He was in excellent condition, and the wound was a clean one, +so, as soon as the walls of the artery had healed, he was able to be +about, though he was weak from loss of blood. However, that was soon +made good, and he and Tom, bidding farewell to their late comrades, +returned to the American lines. They had been obliged to get an +extension of leave--at least Jack had--though Tom could report back on +time, and he spent the interim between that and Jack's return to duty, +serving as instructor to the “huns” of his own camp. They were eager to +learn, and anxious to do things for themselves. + +Before long Jack returned, though he was not assigned to duty, and +he and Tom visited Paris and told Nellie, Bessie and Mrs. Gleason the +result of their mission. + +“You didn't see Harry, of course?” asked Nellie, negatively, though +really hoping that the answer would be in the affirmative. + +“Oh, no, we couldn't make out any individual prisoner,” said Tom. “There +was a bunch of 'em--I mean a whole lot--there.” + +“Poor fellows!” said Mrs. Gleason kindly, “Let us hope that they will +soon be released.” + +“Tom and I have been trying to hit on some plan to rescue Harry,” put in +Jack. “And we'd help any others to get away that we could. But is isn't +going to be easy.” + +“Oh, I don't see how you can do it!” exclaimed Nellie. “Of course I +would give anything in the world to have Harry back with me, but I must +not ask you to run into needless danger on his account. That would be +too much. Your lives are needed here to beat back the Huns. Harry may +live to see the day of victory, and then all will be well.” + +“I don't believe in waiting, if anything can be done before that.” Tom +spoke grimly. “But, as Jack says, it isn't going to be easy,” he went +on. “However, we haven't given up. The only thing is to hit on some plan +that's feasible.” + +They talked of this, but could arrive at nothing. They were not even +sure--which made it all the harder to bear--that Harry had received the +packages dropped in the prison camp at such risk. The only thing that +could be done was to wait and see if he wrote to his sister or his +former chums. Letters occasionally did come from German prisoners, but +they were rare, and could be depended on neither as to time of delivery +nor as to authenticity of contents. + +So it was a case of waiting and hoping. + +Jack was not yet permitted to fly, so Tom had to go alone. But he served +as an instructor, leaving the more dangerous work of patrol, fighting, +and reconnaissance to others until he was fit to stand the strain of +flying and of fighting once more. + +“Sergeant Raymond, you will take up Martin to-day,” said the flight +lieutenant to Tom one morning. “Let him manage the plane himself unless +you see that he is going to get into trouble. And give him a good +flight.” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Tom, as he turned away, after saluting. + +He found his pupil, a young American from the Middle West, who was not +as old as he and Jack, awaiting him impatiently. + +“I'm to get my second wing soon, and I want to show that I can manage a +plane all by myself, even if you're in it,” said the lad, whose name was +Dick Martin. “They say I can make a solo flight to-morrow if I do well +to-day.” + +“Well, go to it!” exclaimed Tom with a laugh. “I'm willing.” + +Soon they were in a double-seater of fairly safe construction--that is, +it was not freakish nor speedy, and was what was usually used in this +instructive work. + +“I'm going to fly over the town,” declared Martin, naming the French +city nearest the camp. “Well, mind you keep the required distance up,” + cautioned Tom, for there was, a regulation making it necessary for +the aviators to fly at a certain minimum height above a town in flying +across it, so that if they developed engine trouble, they could coast +safely down and land outside the town itself. + +“I'll do that,” promised Martin. + +But either he forgot this, or he was unable to keep at the required +height, for he began scaling down when about over the center of +the place. Tom saw what was happening, and reached over to take the +controls. But something happened. There was a jam of one of the levers, +and to his consternation Tom saw the machine going down and heading +straight for a large greenhouse on the outskirts of the town. + +“There's going to be one beautiful crash!” Tom thought, as he worked in +vain to send the craft up. But it was beyond control. + + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. GETTING A ZEPPELIN + + +Dick Martin became frantic when he saw what was about to happen. He +fairly tore at the various levers and controls, and even increased the +speed of the motor, but this last only had the effect of sending the +machine at a faster rate toward the big expanse of glass, which was the +greenhouse roof. + +“Shut it off! Shut off the motor!” cried Tom, but his words could not +be heard, so he punched Martin in the back, and when that frightened lad +looked around his teacher made him understand by signs, what was wanted. + +With the motor off there was a chance to speak, and Torn cried: + +“Head her up! Try to make her rise and we may clear. I can't do a thing +with the levers back here!” + +Martin tried, but his efforts had little effect. For one instant the +machine rose as though to clear the fragile glass. Then it dived down +again, straight for the greenhouse roof. + +“Guess it's all up with this machine!” thought Tom quickly. He was not +afraid of being killed. The distance to fall was not enough for that, +and though he and his fellow aviator might be cut by broken glass, still +the body of the aeroplane would protect them pretty well from even +this contingency. But there was sure to be considerable damage to the +property of a French civilian, and the machine, which was one of the +best, was pretty certain to be badly broken. + +And then there came a terrific crash. The aeroplane settled down by the +stern, and rose by the bow, so to speak. Then the process was reversed, +and Tom felt himself being catapulted out of his seat. Only his safety +strap held him in place. The same thing happened to Dick Martin. + +Then there was an ominous calm, and the aeroplane slowly settled down +to an even keel, held up on the glass-stripped frames of the greenhouse, +one of the very few in that vicinity, which was considerably in the rear +of the battle line. + +Slowly Tom unbuckled his safety strap and climbed out, making his way to +the ground by means of stepping on an elevated bed of flowers inside the +now almost roofless house. + +Martin followed him, and as they stood looking at the wreckage they had +made, or, rather, that had been made through no direct fault of their +own, the proprietor of the place came out, wearing a long dirt-smudged +apron. + +He raised his hands in horror at the sight that met his gaze, and then +broke into such a torrent of French that Tom, with all the experience he +had had of excitable Frenchmen, was unable to comprehend half of it. + +The gist was, however, to the effect that a most monstrous and +unlooked-for calamity had befallen, and the inhabitants of all the +earth, outside of Germany and her allies, were called on to witness +that never hid there been such a smash of good glass. In which Torn was +rather inclined to agree. + +“Well, you did something this time all right, Buddie,” Tom remarked to +Dick Martin. + +“Did I--did I do that?” he asked, as though he had been walking in his +sleep, and was just now awake. + +“Well, you and the old bus together,” said Tom. “And we got off lucky at +that. Didn't I tell you to keep high, if you were going to fly over one +of the towns?” + +“Yes, you did, but I forgot. Anyhow I'd have cleared the place if the +controls hadn't gone back on us.” + + “I suppose so, but that excuse won't go with the C.O. It's a bad +smash.” + +By this time quite a crowd had gathered, and Tom was trying to pacify +the excitable greenhouse owner by promising full reparation in the shape +of money damages. + +How to get the machine down off the roof, where it rested in a mass of +broken glass and frames, was a problem. Tom tried to organize a wrecking +party, but the French populace which gathered, much as it admired the +Americans, was afraid of being cut with the broken glass, or else they +imagined that the machine might suddenly soar aloft, taking some of them +with it. + +In the end Tom had to leave the plane where it was and hire a motor to +take him and Martin back to the aerodrome. They were only slightly cut +by flying glass, nothing to speak of considering the danger in which +they had been. + +The result of the disobedience of orders was that the army officials +had rather a large bill for damages to settle with the French greenhouse +proprietor, and Tom and Dick Martin were deprived of their leave +privileges for a week for disobeying the order to keep at a certain +height in flying over a town or city. + +Had they done that, when the controls jammed, they would have been able +to glide down into a vacant field, it was demonstrated. The machine was +badly damaged, though it was not beyond repair. + +“And that's the last time I'm ever going to be soft with a Hun, you can +make up your mind to that,” declared Tom to Jack. “If I'd sat on him +hard when I saw he was getting too low over the village, it wouldn't +have happened. But I didn't want him to think I knew it all, and I +thought I'd take a chance and let him pull his own chestnuts out of the +fire. But never again!” + +“'Tisn't safe,” agreed Jack. He was rapidly improving, so much so that +he was able to fly the next week, and he and Tom went up together, and +did some valuable scouting work for the American army. + +At times they found opportunity to take short trips to Paris, where they +saw Nellie and Bessie, and were entertained by Mrs. Gleason. Nellie +was eager for some word from her brother, but none came. Whether the +packages dropped by Tom and Jack reached the prisoner was known only to +the Germans, and they did not tell. + +But the daring plan undertaken by the two air service boys was soon +known a long way up and down the Allied battle line, and more than one +aviator tried to duplicate it, so that friends or comrades who were +held by the Huns might receive some comforts, and know they were not +forgotten. Some of the Allied birdmen paid the penalty of death for +their daring, but others reported that they had dropped packages within +the prison camps, though whether those for whom they were intended +received them or not, was not certain. + +“But we aren't going to let it stop there, are we?” asked Tom of +Jack one day, when they were discussing the feat which had been so +successful. + +“Let it stop where? What do you mean?” + +“I mean are we going to do something to get Harry away from the Boche +nest?” + +“I'm with you in anything like that!” exclaimed Jack. “But what can we +do? How are we going to rescue him?” + +“That's what we've got to think out,” declared Tom. “Something has to be +done.” + +But there was no immediate chance to proceed to that desired end because +of something vital that happened just about then. This was nothing more +nor less than secret news that filtered into the Allied lines, to the +effect that a big Zeppelin raid over Paris was planned. + +It was not the first of these raids, nor, in all likelihood, would it +be the last. But this one was novel in that it was said the great German +airships would sail toward the capital over the American lines, or, +rather, the lines where the Americans were brigaded with the French +and English. Doubtless it was to “teach the Americans a lesson,” as the +German High Command might have put it. + +At any rate all leaves of absence for the airmen were canceled, and they +were ordered to hold themselves in readiness to repel the “Zeps,” as +they were called, preventing them from getting across the lines to +Paris. + +“And we'll bring down one or two for samples, if we can!” boasted Jack. + +“What makes it so sure that they are coming?” asked Tom. + +It developed there was nothing sure about it. But the information had +come from the Allied air secret service, and doubtless had its inception +when some French or British airman saw scenes of activity near one of +the Zeppelin headquarters in the German-occupied territory. There were +certain fairly positive signs. + +And, surely enough, a few nights later, the agreed-upon alarm was +sounded. + +“The Zeps are coming!” + +Tom and Jack, with others who were detailed to repel the raid, rushed +from their cats, hastily donned their fur garments, and ran to their +aeroplanes, which were a “tuned up” and waiting. + +“There they are!” cried Torn, as he got into his single-seated plane, an +example followed on his part by Jack. “Look!” + +Jack gazed aloft. There was a riot of fire from the anti-aircraft +guns of the French and British, but they were firing in vain, for the +Zeppelins flew high, knowing the danger from the ground batteries. + +Sharp, stabbing shafts of light from the powerful electric lanterns shot +aloft, and now and then one of them would rest for an instant on a great +silvery cigar-shape--the gas bag of the big German airships that were +beating their way toward Paris, there to deal death and destruction. + +“Come on!” cried Tom, as his mechanician started the motor. “I'm going +to get a Zep!” + +“I'm with you!” yelled Jack, and they soared aloft side by side. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. ON PATROL + + +Aloft with Tom and Jack were several other fighters, for it was not only +considered a great honor to bring down a Zeppelin, but it would save +many lives if one or more of the big gas machines could be prevented +from dropping bombs on Paris or its environs. + +The machines which were used were all of the single type, though +of different makes and speeds. Each one was equipped with electric +launching tubes. These were a somewhat new device for use against +captive Hun balloons and Zeppelins and were installed in many of the +fighting scout craft of the Americans and Allies. + +Between the knees of Toni and Jack, as well as each of the other pilots, +was a small metal tube. This went completely through the floor of the +cockpit, so that, had it been large enough to give good vision, one +could view through it the ground beneath. + +In a little rack at the right of each scout were several small bombs of +various kinds. Some were intended to set on fire whatever they came in +contact with, being of phosphorus. Others were explosive bombs, pure and +simple, while some were flares, intended to light up the scene at night +and make getting a target easier. + +Included in the rack of death and destruction was a simple stick; not +unlike a walking cane, and this seemed so comparatively harmless that an +uninitiated observer would almost invariably ask its use. + +At the lower end of the launching tube, through which the bombs were +dropped, was a “trip,” or sort of catch, that caught on a trigger +fastened to each bomb. The trip pulled the trigger, so to speak, and set +in operation the firing device. + +In the early days, though doubtless the defect was afterwards corrected, +the bombs sometimes stuck in the launching tube, and as they were likely +to go off in this position at any moment, it was the custom of the +pilots to push them on their way with the cane if the missiles jammed. +Hence it was an essential part of each flying machine's armament. + +Higher and higher mounted the fighting scouts, with Tom and Jack among +their number. It was necessary to mount very high in order to get +above the Zeppelins, as in this position alone was it possible for the +aeroplanes to fight them to any advantage. The Zeppelins carried many +machine guns of long range, and for the pigmy planes to attack them on +the same level, meant destruction to the smaller craft. + +There were several German machines in the raid toward Paris, but Tom +and Jack caught sight of only two. The others were either at too great a +height to be observed, or else were farther off, lost in the haze. + +But the two silver shapes, resembling nothing so much as huge, expensive +cigars, wrapped in tinfoil, were flying on their way, now and then +dropping bombs, which exploded with dull, muffled reports--an earnest of +what they would do when they got over Paris. They were traveling fast, +under the impulse of their own powerful motors and propellers, and also +aided by a stiff breeze. + +Of course conversation was out of the question among Tom, Jack and the +other aviators, but they knew the general plan of the fight. They were +to get above the Zeppelins--as many of them as could--and drop bombs +on the gas envelope. They were also to attack with machine guns if +possible, aiming at the rudder controls and machinery. It was the great +desire of the Allied commanders to have a Zeppelin brought down as +nearly intact as possible. + +Up and up climbed the speedy scout machines, and it was seen that some +of them would never get in a position to do any damage. The German craft +were traveling too speedily. But Tom and Jack managed to get to a height +of about twenty thousand feet, which was above the Zeppelins, though by +this time the Germans were in advance of them, for they had climbed at +rather a steep angle. However, they knew their speed was many times that +of the German machine on a straight course. + +On and on they went. Then came a mist which hid the enemy from sight. +The aviators railed at their luck, and Tom and Jack dropped down a bit, +hoping to get through the mist. It lay below them like a great, gray +blanket. + +Suddenly they fairly plumped through it, and saw, not far away, the two +big silver shapes, shining in the searchlights which were now giving +good illumination. It was a moonlight night, which seemed a favorite for +a German bombing expedition. + +Far below them, and beneath the Zepplins, Tom and Jack could see the +lights of other aeroplanes, which were flying low to observe lanterns on +the ground, set in the shape of arrows, to indicate in which direction +the German craft were traveling. Later, if necessary, these observing +machines could climb aloft and signal to those higher up. + +Nearer and nearer Jack and Tom came to one of the Zeppelins. And now, in +the semi-darkness, they became aware that they were being fired at by +a long-range gun on the German craft. The bullets sung about them, but +though their machines were hit several times, as they learned later, +they escaped injury. + +Now the battle of the air was on in grim and deadly earnest. Several +scout planes flew at the big Zeppelin like hornets attacking a bear. +They fired their machine guns, and the Germans replied in kind, but with +more terrible effect, for two of the Allied planes were shot down. It +was a sad loss, but it was the fortune of war, or, rather, misfortune, +for the Zeppelin was not engaged in a fair fight, but seeking to bomb an +unfortified city. + +Now Tom and Jack, though somewhat separated, were close above the +Zeppelin, and in a position where they could not be fired at. They began +to drop incendiary bombs through the tubes between their knees. + +These bombs were fitted with sharp hooks, so that if they touched +the gas bag they would cling fast, and burn until they had ignited the +envelope and the vapor inside. And as they circled about, dropping bomb +after bomb, the two air service boys saw this happen. Some at least of +their bombs reached their target. + +The great craft, now on fire in several places, was twisting and turning +like some wounded snake, endeavoring to escape. Tom glanced toward +the other Zeppelin and saw that this was fairly well surrounded by +aeroplanes, but was not, as yet, on fire. + +The bees had fatally stung one great German bear, and, a little later, +it crashed to the ground where it was nearly all consumed, and of its +crew of thirty men, not one was left alive. + +The other plane, though greatly damaged by machine gun fire, was not set +ablaze, but was forced to turn and sail for the German lines again. So +that two were prevented from bombing Paris. + +Well satisfied with what they had accomplished, Torn, Jack and the +others who had set the Zeppelin on fire, descended. Later they learned, +by word from Paris, that on of the German machines was shot down over +that city and some of its crew captured. So that though the Huns did +considerable damage with their bombs, they paid dearly for that unlawful +expedition. + +This was the beginning of a series of fierce aerial battles between +the German forces and the Allied airmen, though for a long dine no more +Zeppelins were seen. Sometimes fortune favored the side on which Tom and +Jack fought, and again they were forced to retire, leaving some of their +friends in the hands of the enemy. + +Once Tom and Tack, keeping close together doing scout work, were cut off +from their companions. They had ventured too far over the Hun lines, +and were in danger of being shot down. But a squadron of airmen from +Pershing's forces made a sortie and drove the Germans to cover, rescuing +the two air service boys from an evil fate. + +Then followed some weeks of rainy and misty weather, during which there +was very little air work on either side. But the fight on land went on, +with attacks and repulses, the Allies continually advancing their lines, +though ever so little. Slowly but surely they were forcing the Germans +back. + +Now and then there were night raids, and once Tom and Jack, who had not +flown for a week because of rain, were just back of the lines when a +captured German patrol was brought in, covered with mud and blood. There +had been lively fighting. + +“I wish we were in on that!” exclaimed Tom. “I'm getting tired of +sitting around.”' + +“So am I!” agreed Jack. “Let's ask if we can't go out on patrol some +night. It will be better than waiting for it to stop raining.” + +To their delight their request was granted, as it had been in a number +of other cases of airmen. Temporarily they were allowed to go with the +infantry until the weather cleared. + +The two air service boys were in the dugout one night, having served +their turns at listening post work and general scouting, when an officer +came in with a slip of paper. He began reading off some names, and when +he had finished, having mentioned Tom and Jack, he said: + +“Prepare for patrol duty at once.” + +“Good!” whispered Tom to his chum: “Now there'll be something doing.” + +He little guessed what it was to be. + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XX. CAPTURED + + +Silently, in the darkness of their trenches, the party of which Tom and +Jack were to be members, prepared to go over the top and penetrate +the German front line of defense, in the hope of taking prisoners that +information might be had of them. It was a risky undertaking, but one +frequently accomplished by the Allies, and it often led to big results. + +There were about a score in the patrol, and, to their delight, though +they rather regretted it later, Tom and Jack were given positions well +in front, two files removed, in fact, from the lieutenant commanding. + +“Now I suppose you all understand what you're to do,” said the +lieutenant as he gathered his little party about him in one of the +larger dugouts, where a flickering candle gave light. “You'll all +provide yourselves with wire cutters, hand grenades and pistols. Rifles +will be in the way. Take your gas masks, of course. No telling when +Fritz may send over some of those shells. Blacken your faces, as usual. +A star shell makes a beautiful light on a white countenance, so don't be +afraid of smudging yourselves. And when we start just try to imagine you +are Indians, and make no noise. One object is to come in contact with +some German post, try to hear what's going on from their talk, and make +some captures if we can. Do you all understand German?” + +It developed that they did--at least no one would confess he did not for +fear of being turned back. But, as it developed, they all had some, if +slight, acquaintance with the language. + +A little period of anxious waiting followed--a sort of zero hour +effect--until finally the word was received from some source, unknown to +Tom and Jack, to proceed. The night was black, and there was a mist over +everything which did not augur for clear weather on the morrow. + +“Forward!” whispered the lieutenant, for they were so near the German +lines that incautious talking was prohibited. Out of their trenches they +went, Tom and Jack well in front, and close to the leader. + +As carefully as might be, though, at that, making noise which the +members of the patrol thought surely must be heard clear to Berlin, they +made their way over the shell-torn and uncertain ground in the darkness. +They went down between their own lines of barbed wire to where an +opening had been made opposite what was considered a quiet spot in the +Hun defenses, and then they started across “No Man's Land.” + +It was not without mingled feelings that Tom and Jack advanced, +and, doubtless, their feelings were common to all. There was great +uncertainty as to the outcome. Death or glory might await them. They +might all be killed by a single German shell, or they might run into +a German working party, out to repair the wire cut during the day's +firing. In the latter case there would be a fight--an even chance, +perhaps. They might capture or be captured. + +On and on they went, treading close together and in single file, making +little noise. Straight across the desolate stretch of land that lay +between the two lines of trenches they went, and, when half way, there +came from the German side a sudden burst of star shells. These are a +sort of war fireworks that make a brilliant illumination, and the enemy +was in the habit of sending them up every night at intervals, to reveal +to his gunners any party of the enemy approaching. + +“Down! Down!” hissed the lieutenant. But he need not have uttered +the command. All had been told what to do, and fell on their faces +literally--their smoke-blackened faces. In this position they resembled, +as nearly as might be, some of the dead bodies scattered about, and that +was their intention. + + Still each one had a nervous fear. The star shells were very +brilliant and made No Man's Land almost as bright as when bathed in +sunshine, a condition that had not prevailed of late. There was no +guarantee that the Germans would not, in their suspicious hate, turn +their rifles or machine guns on what they supposed were dead bodies. In +that case-well, Tom, Jack and the others did not like to think about it. + +But the brilliance of the star shells died away, and once more there +was darkness. The lieutenant cautiously raised his head and in a whisper +commanded: + +“Forward! Is every one all right?” + +“My mouth's full of mud and water--otherwise I'm all right,” said some +one. + +“Silence!” commanded the officer. + +Once more he led them forward. They reached the first German wire, and +instantly the cutters were at work. Though the men tried to make no +noise, it was an impossibility. The wire would send forth metallic +janglings and tangs as it was cut. But an opening was made, and the +patrol party filed through. And then, almost immediately, something +happened. + +There was another burst of star shells, but before the Americans had an +opportunity to throw themselves on their faces, they saw that they were +confronted by a large body of Germans who had come forward as silently +as themselves, and, doubtless, on the same sort of errand. + +“At 'em, boys! At 'em!” cried the lieutenant. “The Stars and Stripes! At +'em!” + +Instantly pandemonium broke loose. In the glaring light of the star +shells the two forces rushed forward. There was a burst of pistol fire, +and then the fight went on in the darkness. + +“Where are you, Tom?”' yelled Jack, as he flung a grenade full at a big, +burly German who was rushing at him with uplifted gun. + +“Here!” was the answer, and in the darkness Jack felt his chum collide +with him so forcefully that both almost went down in a heap. “I jumped +to get away from a Hun bayonet,” pantingly explained Tom. + +Jack's grenade exploded, blowing dirt and small stones in the faces of +the chums. There were shouts and cries, in English, French and German. +The American lieutenant tried to rally his men around him, but, as was +afterward learned, they were attacked by a much larger party of Huns +than their patrol. + +“We must stick together!” cried Jack to Tom. “If we separate we're lost! +Where are the others?” + +“Sam Zalbert was with me a second ago,” answered Tom, naming a lad with +whom he and Jack had become quite friendly. “But I saw him fall. I don't +know whether he slipped or was hurt. Look out!” he suddenly shouted. + +He saw two Germans rushing at him and Jack, with leveled revolvers. +There was no time to get another grenade from their pockets, and Tom did +the next best thing. He made a tackle, football fashion, at the legs of +the Germans, which he could see very plainly in the light of many star +shells that were now being sent up. + +Almost at the same instant Jack, seeing his chum's intention, followed +his example, and the two Huns went down in a heap, falling over the +heads of their antagonists with many a German imprecation. Their weapons +flew from their hands. + +“Come on! This is getting too hot for us!” cried Jack, as he scrambled +to his feet, followed by Tom. “There'll be a barrage here in a minute.” + +This seemed about to happen, for machine guns were spitting fire and +death all along that section of the German front, and the American and +French forces were replying. A general engagement might be precipitated +at any moment. + +The American lieutenant tried to rally his men, but it was a hopeless +task. The Germans had overpowered them. Tom and Jack started to run back +toward their own lines, having made sure, however, of putting beyond the +power to fight any more the two Germans who had attacked them. + +“Come on!” cried Tom. “We've got to have reinforcements to tackle this +bunch!” + +“I guess so!” agreed Jack. + +They turned, not to retreat, but to better their positions, when they +both ran full into a body of men that seemed to spring up from the very +ground in the sudden darkness that followed an unusually bright burst of +star shells. + +“What is it? Who are they? What's the matter?” cried Tom. + +“Give it up!” answered Jack. “Who are you?” he asked. + +Instantly a guttural German voice cried: + +“Ah! The American swine! We have them!” + +In another moment Tom and Jack felt themselves surrounded by an +overpowering number. + +Hands plucked at them toughly from all sides, and their pistols and few +remaining grenades were taken from them. + +“Turn back with the prisoners!” cried a voice in German. + +The two air service boys found themselves being fairly-lifted from their +feet by the rush of their captors. Where they were going they could not +see, but they knew what had happened. + +They had been captured by the Germans! + + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. THE CLEW + + +For one wild instant Tom and Jack, as they admitted to one another +afterward, felt an insane desire to attempt to break away from their +captors, to rush at them, to attack if need be with their bare hands, +and so invite death in its quickest form. They even hoped that they +might escape this way rather than live to be taken behind the German +lines. + +It was not only the disgrace of being captured--which really was no +disgrace considering the overwhelming numbers that attacked them--t it +was the fear of what they might have to suffer as prisoners. + +Tom and Jack, as well as the others, might well regard with horror the +fate that lay before them. But to escape by even a desperate struggle +was out of the question. They were surrounded by a ring of Germans, +several files deep, and each was heavily armed. Then, too, their captors +were fairly rushing them along over the uneven ground as though fearful +of pursuit. The air service boys had no chance, nor did any of their +comrades of the patrol who might be left alive. How many these were, Tom +and Jack had no means of knowing. They did not see any of their comrades +near them. There were only the Huns who were bubbling over with coarse +joy in the delight of having captured two “American pigs,” as they +brutally boasted. + +Stumbling and half falling, Tom and Jack were dragged along. Now and +then they could see, by means of the star shells, groups of men, some +near and some farther off. There was firing all along the Hun and Allied +lines, and as the boys were dragged along the big guns began to thunder. +What had started as an ordinary night raid might end in a general +engagement before it was finished. + +There seemed to be fierce lighting going on between the several detached +groups, and the air service boys did not doubt that some word of the +dispersing and virtual defeat of the party they were with had reached +their lines, resulting in the sending out of relief parties. + +“This sure is tough luck!” murmured Jack to Tom, as they stumbled along +in the midst of their captors. + +“You said it! If our boys would only rush this bunch and get us away.” + +“Silence, pigs!” cried a German officer, and with his sword he struck +at Tom, slightly injuring the lad and causing a hot wave of fierce +resentment. + +“You wouldn't dare do that if I had my hands free, you dirty dog!” + rasped out Tom in fairly good German, and he tugged to free his arms +from the hold of a Hun soldier on either side. + +The officer who had struck Tom seemed about to reply, for he surged +through the ranks of his men over toward the captive, but a command from +some one, evidently higher in authority halted him, and he marched on, +muttering. + +There was sharp fighting between the Hun sentries and small parties, +and similar bodies from the American and Allied sides going on along +the lines now, and both armies were sending up rockets and other +illuminating devices. + +The two Virginia lads felt themselves being hurried forward--or back, +whichever way you choose to look at it--and whither they were being +taken they did not know. The taunts of their captors had ceased, though +the men were talking together in low voices, and suddenly, at something +one of them said, Tom nudged Jack, beside whom he was walking. + +“Did you hear that?” he asked in so low a voice that it was not heard by +the Hun next him. Or if it was heard, no attention was paid to it, for +Torn spoke in English. The tramp of the heavy boots of the Huns and the +rattle of their arms and accoutrements made noise enough, perhaps, to +cover the sound of his voice. + +“Did I hear what?” asked Jack. + +“What that chap said. It was something about one of the German prison +camps having been burned by the prisoners, a lot of whom got away. The +rest were transferred to a place not far from here. Listen!” + +And the Americans listened to the extent of their ability. + +Then it was they blessed their lucky stars that they understood enough +of German to know what was being said, for it was then and there that +they got a clew to the whereabouts of Harry Leroy, from whom they had +heard not a word since the dropping of his glove by the German aviator. +They did not even know whether or not their packages had reached their +chum. + +The talk of the Germans who had captured Tom and Jack was, indeed, +concerning the burning of one of the prison camps. As the boys learned +later, the prisoners, unable to stand the terrible treatment, had risen +and set fire to the place. Many of them perished in the blaze and by the +fire of German rifles. The others were transferred to a camp nearer the +battle line as a punishment, it being argued, perhaps, that they might +be killed by the fire of the guns of their own side. + +“And there are some airmen, too, in the new prison camp,” said one of +the Germans. “Our infantrymen claimed them as their meat, though our +airmen brought them down. But there was no room for them in the prison +camp with the other captured aviators, so The Butcher has them in his +charge.” + +Tom and Jack learned later that “The Butcher” was the title bestowed, +even by his own men, on a certain brutal German colonel who had charge +of this prison camp. + +Then there came to Tom and Jack in the darkness a curious piece of +information, dropped by casual talk of the Huns. One of them said to +another: + +“One of the transferred airmen tried to bribe me to-day.” + +“To bribe you? How and for what?” + +“He is an accursed American pig, and when he heard we were opposite some +of them, he wanted me to throw a note from him over into the American +lines. He said I would be well paid, and he offered me a piece of gold +he had hidden in the sole of his shoe.” + +“Did you take it?” + +“The gold? Of course I did! But I tore up the note he gave me to toss +into the American lines. First I looked at it, though. It was signed +with a French name, though the prisoner claimed to be from the United +States. It was the name Leroy which means, I have been told, the king. +Ha! I have his gold, and the note is scattered over No Man's Land! But +I will tell him I sent it into the trenches of his friends. He may have +more notes and gold!” and the brute chuckled. + +Tom and Jack, looked at one another in the darkness. Could it be +possible that it was their friend Harry Leroy who was so near to them, +since he had been transferred from a camp far behind the lines? + +It seemed so. There were not many American airmen captured, and there +could hardly be two of this same rather odd name. + +“It must be Harry,” murmured Tom. + +“I think so,” agreed Jack. + +“Silence, American pigs!” commanded man officer. + +He raised his sword to strike the lad. But just then occurred an +interruption so tremendous that all thought of punishing prisoners who +dared to speak was forgotten. + +A big shell rose screaming and moaning from the Allied lines and landed +not far from the party of Germans which was leading along Tom and Jack. +It burst with a tremendous noise well inside the Hug defenses, and this +was followed by a terrific explosion. As the boys learned later the +shell had landed in the midst of a concealed battery--a stroke of luck, +and not due to any good aiming on the part of the American gunner--and +the supply of ammunition had gone up. + +There was great commotion behind the German lines, and two or three of +Tom's and Jack's captors were thrown down by the concussion. The air +service boys themselves were stunned. + +And then there suddenly sounded a ringing American cheer, while a voice, +coming from a group of soldiers that confronted the German patrol, +cried: + +“Halt! Who's there? Are there any of Uncle Sam's boys?” + +“Yes! Yes!” eagerly cried Tom and Jack. “Come on! We're captured by the +Germans!” + +There was another cheer, followed by a roar of rage, and then came a +rush of feet. Gleaming bayonets glistened in the light of star shells +and many guns, and the members of the German patrol, finding themselves +surrounded, threw down their arms and cried: + +“Kamerad!” + +The fortunes of war had unexpectedly turned, and Tom and Jack had been +rescued and saved by a party of Pershing's gallant boys. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. NELLIE'S RESOLVE + + +“What happened?” + +“How'd they get you?” + +“Are you hurt?” + +These were a few of the questions put to Tom and Jack as they were +surrounded by the rescuing party of their friends, led, it afterward +developed, by the very lieutenant with whom the two air service boys had +started in the patrol across No Man's Land. + +The German captors had either all surrendered or been killed, and the +tables were most effectively switched around. At first Tom and Jack were +too surprised and overwhelmingly grateful to answer. + +But they soon understood what had happened. And then they told the story +of their fight against odds until captured. They said nothing just then +of the unexpected information that had come to them about Harry Leroy's +presence in a German camp so comparatively near their own lines. But +they resolved, at the first opportunity, to make use of the information. + +The shooting of the big guns gradually ceased when it was made manifest +that neither side was ready for a general engagement. The pop-pop of the +machine weapons, too, died away and the star shells ceased rising. + +“Come on you Fritzies--what's left of you,” cried the lieutenant, when +he had made sure that there were no others of his party whom he could +rescue. + +Then with Tom and Jack the center of a happy, tumultuous throng of their +own comrades, the trip back to the American lines was begun. It was +without incident save that on the way a wounded British soldier was +found lying in a shell hole and carried in, ultimately to recover. + +Tom and Jack told what had happened to them, how they had been +surrounded and led away; and then, came the story of the lieutenant who +had led the patrol party which had turned defeat into victory with the +aid of reinforcements which were sent to him. + +He had seen his hopes blasted when rushed by the big crowd of the Hun +patrol, and, though slightly wounded, he realized that absolute defeat +would come to him and his men unless he could get help. He sent a runner +back with word to send relief, and then, surrounding himself with what +few men remained alive and uncaptured, the fight went on. + +It was bitter and sanguinary, and at last, with only two men left beside +him, the lieutenant heard the rush of the relief guard. He was placed +in charge, as he knew the lay of the land, and the party hurried to and +fro, wiping up little knots of Germans here and there, until the main +body encountered the squad having in charge the two air service boys. + +“You began to think it was all up with you, didn't you?” asked the +lieutenant, when they were all once more safely in the dugout. + +“We certainly did!” admitted Tom. + +“We had visions of watery soup and wheatless bread for the rest of the +war,” observed Jack. + +He and Tom were slightly wounded--mere scratches they dubbed the +hurts--but they were sent to the rear to be looked over and bandaged, as +were some of the others who were more severely hurt. There were some who +could not be sent back--who were left in No Man's Land silent figures +who would never take part in a battle again. They had paid their price +toward making the world a better place to live in, and their names were +on the Honor Roll. + +“Well, what do you think about it?” asked Tom of Jack. + +“I don't know what to think. It seems hardly possible that Harry can be +so near to us, and yet we can't do a thing to help him.” + +“I'm not so sure about that,” returned Tom. “That's what I want to talk +about.” + +It was a week after the patrol raid, and clear weather had succeeded the +rain and mist, so that it was possible for the aeroplanes to operate. +And their services were much needed. + +There were preparations going on back of the German lines of which +General Pershing and the Allied commanders needed to be informed. And +only the “eyes” of the armies could see them and report--the eyes being +the aeroplanes. + +So it came about that, having been relieved of their temporary transfer +to the infantry, Tom and Jack were once more with their comrades of the +air. + +“Well, let's think it over, and talk about it when we come down,” + suggested Jack. “We've got to go upstairs for our usual tour of duty +now.” + +This would last three hours. They were to do scout work--report any +unusual activity back of the German lines, or give warning of the +approach of any hostile aeroplanes. After their tour of duty was ended +they would have the rest of the day to themselves, provided there was +no general attack. Of course if, while they were up, they were attacked, +they must fight. + +Each lad had a plane to himself, since the young “huns” had all pretty +well passed their novitiate, and were now in the regular flying squad. +Later some other new aviators would report for instruction on the battle +front. + +Up and up climbed Tom and Jack, and eagerly they scanned the German +lines for any signs of activity. But though there were some Hun planes +in the air, they did not approach to give battle. Possibly some other +plans were afoot. Afterward Tom and Jack admitted to one another that +there was a great temptation to fly over the German trenches to try to +get a sight of the prison that had been spoken of--the camp where Harry +Leroy might be held. + +But to do this would be in direct violation of their orders, and they +dared not take any risks. For to do so might involve not only themselves +in danger, but others as well. And that view of the matter determined +them. They would have to await their opportunity for rescuing their +chum--if it could be accomplished. + +Their tour of duty aloft that day was without incident. This is not an +usual condition at times along the long battle front. Men can not go on +fighting without stop, and there come lulls in even the fiercest battle. +Flesh and blood can stand only a certain amount of torture, and then +even the soul rebels. + +So Tom and Jack drifted peacefully down to their aerodrome, noting that +it was being newly camouflaged, for the recent rain had played havoc +with some of the concealments. + +As far as possible both the Germans and the Allies tried to conceal the +location of their flying camps. The aeroplanes and balloons needed large +buildings to house them, and such structures made excellent and, of +course, fair war-marks for bombing parties in aeroplanes hovering aloft. +So it was the custom to put up trees and bushes or to stretch canvas +over the aerodromes and paint it to resemble woods and fields in an +effort to conceal, or camouflage, the depots where the airships were +stationed. But this work was done by a special detail of men, and with +it Tom and Jack had nothing to do. + +They turned their machines over to the mechanics, who would go carefully +over them and have the craft in readiness for the next flight. Then, +being free for several hours, the two young airmen could do as they +pleased, within certain limits. + +“Well, did anything occur to you?” asked Jack, as he and Tom, having +divested themselves of their heavy fur-lined garments, went to the mess +hall, which was in an old stable, from which the horses had long since +been removed. + +“You mean a plan to rescue Harry?” + +“That's it.” + +“No, I'm sorry to say I can't think of a thing,” Tom answered. “I +thought I would, but I didn't. Have you anything to say?” + +“Yes. Let's go to Paris.” + +“You mean to see--er--?” + +“Yes!” interrupted Jack with a smile. “This is their day off, and we +might as well have a little enjoyment when we can. From the easy time we +had to-day we'll have some hard fighting to-morrow. This was too good to +last. Heinie is up to some mischief, I think.” + +“Same here.” + +So, having received permission, they went to Paris, and soon found their +way to the lodgings of Mrs. Gleason, where the air service boys were +welcomed by Bessie and Nellie. + +Of course the first question had to do with the captive Harry, and to +the delight of Nellie Tom was able to say: + +“We have news of him, anyhow.” + +“News? You mean he is all right?” + +“Well, as all right as he ever can be while the Boches have him, I +suppose,” was the answer. + +“But the news didn't come direct from him. He's in another camp. I'll +tell you about it.” + +Tom and Jack, by turns, related what had happened on the night patrol, +and explained how they had overheard talk of Harry. + +“Then he is nearer than he has been?” asked Nellie. + +“Yes,” admitted Tom. + +“Won't it be easier to rescue him then?” Bessie queried. + +“Well, that doesn't follow,” said Jack. “Of course if we could rescue +him, we'd have a shorter distance to bring him, to get him inside our +lines. But it's just as difficult getting beyond the German lines now as +it was before. Tom and I thought we'd come and talk it over, and see if +you girls have anything to suggest. We'll do the rescue work if we only +get a chance, and can find some plan. Have you any?” + +He asked that question, though he hardly expected an answer. And both he +and Tom, as well as Bessie and her mother, were greatly surprised when +Nellie exclaimed: + +“Yes, I have!” + +“You have?” cried Tom. “What is it? Tell us, quick!” + +“I am going to save my brother by offering myself as a prisoner in his +place,” said Nellie with quiet resolve. “That's how I'll save him! I'll +exchange myself for him!” + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. THE BIG BATTLE + + +Nellie Leroy rose from, the chair where she had been sitting, and stood +before the little party of her friends, gathered in the little Paris +apartment where Bessie Gleason and her mother made their home when they +were not actively engaged in Red Cross work. The sister of the captive +airman had a quiet but very determined air about her. + +“That is what I am going to do,” she said, as no one at first answered +what had been a dramatic outbreak. “Perhaps you will tell me best how to +go about it,” and she turned to Tom and Jack. “You know something of the +German lines, and where I can best go to give myself up.” + +“Why--why, you can't go at all!” burst out Tom. + +“I can't go?” + +“No, of course not. You mean all right, Nellie,” went on the young man, +“but it simply can't be done. To give yourself up to the Germans would +mean for yourself not only--Oh, it couldn't be done!” as he thought of +the cruelty of the Huns, not only to the soldiers of the Allied armies +but to helpless women and children. “You couldn't give yourself up to +those brutes!' he cried. + +“To save my brother I could,” said Nellie simply. “I would do anything +for him!” + +“I know you would,” murmured Bessie. + +“But it would just be throwing yourself away!” exclaimed Jack, coming +to the help of his chum, who was gazing helplessly at him in this +new crisis. “Tell her, Mrs. Gleason,” he went on, “that it is utterly +impossible, even if the army authorities would let her. Even if she +should give herself up to the Germans, they wouldn't keep any agreement +they made to exchange her brother. They'd simply keep both of them.” + +“Yes, I think they would,” said Mrs. Gleason. “It is out of the +question, my dear,” and gently she laid her hand on the girl's shoulder. +“That is very fine and noble of you, but it would be wrong, for it +would not save your brother, and you would certainly be made a prisoner +yourself. And of the horrors of the German prison--at least some where +the infantrymen have been kept, I dare not tell you. I imagine it must +be better where the airmen are captured,” she went on, for she feared +that if she painted too black a picture of what Harry might suffer his +sister would not be held back by anything, and might sacrifice herself +uselessly. + +“But what am I do?” asked Nellie, helplessly. “I want Harry so much! We +all want him! Oh, isn't there something? Can't you save him?” and she +held out her hands appealingly to Torn and Jack. + +There was a moment of silence, and then Tom burst out with: + +“Well, I may as well speak now as later, and I'll tell you what I've +made up my mind to do. Yes, it's a new plan I've worked out,” he went +on, as Jack looked at him curiously. “I haven't told even you, old man, +as it wasn't quite ready yet. But it's a scheme that may succeed, now +that we know definitely where Harry is, from what the German patrol +said. He isn't so far away as when we dropped the packages in the prison +camp, though we don't yet know that he was there at the time we did our +stunt. However, if this new plan succeeds we may have a chance to find +out.” + +“How?” asked Nellie, eagerly. + +“By talking to Harry himself.” + +“How are you going to do that?” demanded Bessie. + +“What kind of game have you been cooking up behind my back?” asked Jack. + +“As desperate as the other, I guess you'll call it,” answered Tom. “But +something has to be done.” + +“Yes, something has to be done,” agreed Jack. “Now what is it?” + +Tom arose and went to the door. He opened it, looked carefully up and +down the hall, evidently to make sure no one was listening, and then +came back to join the circle of his friends. + +“I'm going to speak of something that very few know, as yet,” he said, +“and I don't want to take any chances of its getting out. There may +be German spies in Paris, though I guess by this time they're few and +scattering. + +“I'm not going to tell you how I know,” he said, “but I do know that +soon there is to take place a big battle--that is, it will be big +for the American forces that are to have part in it. There has been a +conference among the Allied commanders, and it has been decided that +it's time to teach the Germans a lesson. They've been despising the +American troops, as they despised General French's 'contemptible little +army,' and General Pershing is going to show Fritz that we have a +soldier or two that can fight.” + +“You mean there's to be a big offensive?” asked Jack. + +“No, I wouldn't go so far as to call it a general engagement like that. +It's to be kept within the limits, of the sector where the United States +troops are at present,” said Tom. “That is where you and I are located, +Jack, and that, as you know, is almost opposite the prison where Harry +and the others are confined.” + +“I begin to see what you are driving at!” cried Nellie, her eyes +shining. “But are you sure of this?” + +“Yes,” went on Jack, “how did you bear of this when it's supposed to be +such a secret?” + +“It came to me by accident,” said Torn, “and I wouldn't speak of it to +any one but you. Soon, however, it will be more or less public on our +side, as it will have to be when we start to get ready. But it's to +be kept a secret from Fritz as long as possible. It's to be a surprise +attack, and if it doesn't develop into a big battle it won't be the +fault of Uncle Sam's boys.” + +“Will the air service have any part in it?” asked Jack eagerly, as if +fearing he might be left out. + +“I don't see how they can get along without us,” said Tom. “Not that +we're the whole works, but it is well established now that an army can't +fight without the use of aeroplanes, to tell not only what the other +side is doing, but also how our own guns are shooting. Oh, we'll be in +it all right!” + +“When?” asked Jack. + +“That I can't say,” replied his chum. “But now to get down to the thing +that concerns us, or rather, Harry. I have a scheme--and you can call it +wild if you like--that when the battle is going on, you and I, Jack, and +some other airmen if we can induce them to do it, and I think we can, +may be able to drop bombs near the prison camp. We'll have to judge our +distances pretty carefully, or we'll do more harm than good. Then, if +all goes well, and we can blow down some of the camp walls or fences, +and if the battle favors our side, we can make a descent on enemy +territory and rescue Harry and any others that are with him. What do you +think of that plan?” + +“It's wonderful!” exclaimed Nellie, glaring at Tom with a strange, new +light in her eyes. + +“It's very daring,” said Bessie, more calmly. + +“It's crazy!” burst out Jack + +“I thought you'd say that,” commented Tom calmly, “and I'd have been +disappointed if you hadn't. And just because it is crazy it may succeed. +But it's the only thing I can think of. Daring will get you further in +this war then anything else. You've got to take big chances anyhow, and +the bigger the better, I say.” + +“I'm with you there all right,” agreed Jack. “But to land in hostile +territory--it hasn't been done ten times since the war began, and have +the aviator live to get away with it!” + +“I know it,” said Tom, quietly. “But this may be the eleventh successful +time. Now that's my plan for rescuing Harry Leroy. If any of you have a +better one let's hear it.” + +No one answered, and finally Nellie spoke. + +“No,” she said, with a shake of her head, “it's very fine and noble +of you boys, but I can't allow it. If you wouldn't let me give myself +up--exchange myself for Harry, I can't let you give your lives for him +this way. It wouldn't be fair. It would be depriving the Allies of two +valuable fighters, to possibly get back one, and the possibility is so +slim that--well, it's suicidal!” she exclaimed. + +“Not so much so as you think,” said Tom. “I've got it all figured out +as far as possible. And as for landing in hostile territory, if all goes +well, and the big battle progresses as Pershing and his aides think it +will, maybe we won't have to land in hostile territory at all. We may +drive the Germans back, and then the prison will be within our lines.” + +“That's so!” cried Jack. “I didn't think of feat. Tom, old man, maybe +your scheme isn't as crazy as I thought! Anyhow, I'm in it with you. The +only thing is--will this big battle take place?” + +“'It will unless the Germans decide to surrender between now and the day +set,” Tom answered grimly, “and I hardly believe they'll do that. It's a +going to be some fight!” + +“Glad of it!” cried Jack. “Now we've got something to live for!” As +if he and Tom did not risk their lives every day to make life in the +civilized world something worth living for. + +“Well, we must be getting back!” exclaimed Tom, as he looked at his +watch. “All leaves will be stopped in a few days--just before we start +preparations for the big battle. If we can we'll see you once more +before then.” + +“And afterward?” inquired Nellie, softly and pleadingly. + +“Yes, and afterward, too!” exclaimed Tom. “And we'll bring Harry back +with us. Now good-bye!” + +It was a more solemn farewell than the friends had taken in some time, +for all felt the impending events, and Tom and Jack talked but little +during the return trip from Paris to their headquarters. + +What Tom had said about the big battle was strictly true. It had been +decided in high quarters that it was time the newly arrived American +soldiers showed what they could do. That they could fight fiercely and +well was not a question, it was only a matter of getting them +familiar with the different conditions to be met with on the European +battlefields, against a ruthless foe. + +Tom and Jack had a chance for one more hasty, flying visit to Paris, and +then all leave was withdrawn, and there began in and about the American +camp such a period of tense and intensive work as bore out what Tom had +said. The big battle was impending. + +Great stores were accumulated of rations and munitions. Great guns were +brought up into position and skillfully camouflaged. Machine guns in +great numbers were prepared and a number of aeroplanes were brought from +other sectors and made ready for the flying fight. + +“How are your plans coming on?” asked Jack of Tom, at the close of a day +when it seemed that every one's nerves were on edge from the strain of +preparing. + +“All right,” was the answer. “I've spoken to a number of the boys, and +they're with me. You know we're pretty much 'on our own,' when we're +flying, and I think that we can drop the bombs and make a descent long +enough to pick up Harry and other refugees if we break open the prison.” + +“But suppose we land, stall the engines and the Germans surround us?” + +“That mustn't happen,” said Tom. “We won't stall the engines for one +thing. We'll just have to drop down, and taxi around as well as we can +until we pick up Harry, or until he sees us. The machines will carry +three as well as two, and even if we have, by some mischance to go up +in singles, they'll carry double. But I figured on your being with me. +Harry knows enough of the game to be on the lookout when he hears the +bombs drop and sees the planes hovering over him, and he'll tip off the +others to be ready for a rescue. + +“Of course I don't say we can get 'em all, and maybe something will +happen that we can't get Harry away. But I think we'll teach Fritz a +lesson, and I think we can break up the prison camp so some of the poor +fellows can get away. As I said, it's a desperate chance, but one we've +got to take.” + +“And I'm with you!” exclaimed Jack. “And now when does the big battle +take place?” + +He was answered a moment later, for an orderly arrived with instructions +to the air service boys to report at their hangars at once. + +There they were told something of the impending attack--the first public +mention of it, though more than one had guessed something unusual was in +the air from the tenseness of the last few days. + +The attack was to start at dawn the next morning, preceded by an intense +artillery fire. It was to be the fiercest rain of shells since the +Americans had come to the front lines. Then the infantry, supported by +tanks and aeroplanes, would follow, going over in waves which it was +hoped would overwhelm the Germans. + +That night was a tense one. Suppose the enemy had guessed, or a spy had +given word of the impending battle? Then success would be jeopardized. +But the night passed with only the usual exchange of shots and the +sending up of star shells over No Man's Land. + +And so, as the hour of dawn approached, the tense and nervous feeling +grew. Tom and Jack, with their comrades in their hangars, were dressed +in their fur garments and ready. Their machines had received the last +touches from the hands of the mechanics, and each one was well equipped +with bombs and machine gun ammunition. Tom and Jack were to be allowed +to go up together in a big double bombing plane. + +The night passed. The hour approached. Anxious eyes watched the hands of +watches slowly revolve. + +Then suddenly, as if the very earth had been blasted away from beneath +them, the batteries of big guns belched forth fire, smoke and shell. + +The great battle was on! + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. SILENCING THE GERMAN GUNS + + +Engagements in the World War were on such a vast scale that it was +difficult for a single observer to give a word picture of them. All he +could see, stationed behind the lines, was a vast cataclysm of smoke +and fire, and his ears were deafened by so vast a sound that it was +comparable to nothing on this earth ever heard before. + +An observer in the air was little better off, save for that portion +directly beneath him, and even that he could not see very much of, on +account of the smoke and dust. If he looked to the left or the right, or +backward or forward, he was at the disadvantage of distance. + +To him, then, great columns of infantry appeared only as crawling worms, +and batteries of artillery merely patches of woods whence belched fire +and smoke. That he must keep high in the air when over the enemy's lines +went without saying, for he would be fired at if he came too low. So +then, even an airman's vision was limited when it came to describing a +great battle. + +Of course he always did what he was assigned to do. He kept in contact, +or in communication, with his own certain batteries, or his infantry +division, directing the shots of the former and the advance of the +latter. So, really, he had little time to observe anything save the +effect of the firing of his own side on a certain limited objective. + +As for the soldiers in battle, they are, of course, unable to observe +anything except that which goes on immediately in their neighborhood. +The artilleryman fires his gun under the direction of some observer, +often far away, who telephones to him to lower or elevate his piece, or +deflect it to the tight or left. The infantryman advances as the barrage +lifts, and rushes forward according to orders, firing or using his +bayonet as the case may be, digging in when halted, and waiting for +another rush forward. The machine gunner and his squad aim to put as +many of the advancing, retreating, or standing enemy out of the fighting +as possible, and to save themselves. + +The truck men hasten up with loads of ammunition, fortunate if they are +not sent to their death in the drive. The stretcher bearers look for the +wounded and hasten back with them. + +So, all in all, no single person can observe more than a very small part +of the great battle. It is really like looking through a microscope +at some organism, while the whole great body lies beyond the field of +vision. + +Only the general staff-the officers in their headquarters far behind +the lines, who receive reports as to how this division or corps is +retreating or advancing--can have any real conception of the big battle, +and these persons may see it only at a distance. + +So the usual process of things in general is reversed, and the person +farthest removed from the fighting may really see, or rather know, most +about it. + +And so with a storm of shot and shell, manmade thunders and lightnings, +and bolts of death from the earth below and the air above, the great +battle opened and advanced. + +It progressed just as other battles had progressed. There was a terrific +artillery preparation, which took the Germans evidently by surprise, +for the response was long in coming, and then it was not in proportion. +After the great cannon had done their best to level the big guns on the +German side, a barrage, or curtain of fire was started, and behind this, +which was in reality a falling hail of bullets, the Americans and their +supporting French and British comrades advanced. The curtain of steel +was to kill or push back the Germans, and to make it safe for the +Americans to go forward. By elevating the small guns the curtain fell +farther and farther into the enemy's territory, thus making it possible +for the Allies to go on farther and farther across No Man's Land. + +The infantry rushed forward, fighting and dying nobly in a noble cause. +Position after position was consolidated as the Germans fell back before +the rain of shot and shell. It is always this way in an offensive, small +or large. The first rush of the attacking side, be it German, French, +British, or American, carries everything before it. It is the counter +attack that tells. If the attackers are strong enough to hold what they +gain, well and good. If not--the attack is a failure. + +But this one--the first great attack of the Americans--was not destined +to fail, though once it trembled in the balance. + +Tom and Jack, with their companions, had flown aloft, and, taking the +stations assigned to them, did their part in the battle. As the light +grew with the break of day, they could see the effect of the American +big guns. It was devastating. And yet some German batteries lived +through it. Several times Tom and Jack, by means of their wireless, +sent back corrections so that the American pieces might be aimed more +effectively. Below them was a maelstrom--an indescribable chaos of death +and destruction. They only had glimpses of it--glimpses of a seemingly +inextricable mixture of men and guns. + +And through it all, though they did not for a moment neglect their duty, +bearing in mind their instructions to keep in contact with the batteries +they served, Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly were eagerly seeking for a +sight of the prison where Harry Leroy might be held. At one time after +they had dropped bombs on some German positions, thereby demolishing +them, Tom, who was acting as pilot, signaled to his chum that he was +going far over the enemy's lines to try to locate the prison. + +Jack nodded an acquiescence. It was not entirely against orders what +they were about to do. They might obtain valuable information, and it +would take only a short time, so speedy was their machine. Then too, +they had used up all their bombs, and must return for more. Before doing +this they wished to make an observation. + +Luck was with them. They managed to pass over a comparatively quiet +sector of the lines where the German resistance had been wiped out, and +where, even as they looked down, Americans were digging in and guns were +being brought up to support them. + +And not many kilometers inside the German positions from this point, +they sailed over a prison camp. They, knew it in an instant, and felt +sure it must be the one spoken of by the German who had taken Leroy's +gold and then betrayed him. + +“That's the place!” cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear him. +“Now to bomb it and set Harry free!” + +But they must return for more ammunition, and this they set about doing. +They wished they might drop some word to the prisoners confined there, +stating that help might soon be on its way to them, but they had no +chance to send this cheering word. + +Back they rushed to their own lines, and no sooner had they landed than +an orderly rushed up to them and instructed them to report immediately +to their commanding officer. + +“Boys, you're just in time!” he cried, all dignity or formality having +been set aside in the excitement of the great battle. + +“What is it?” asked Tom. + +“We want you to silence some big German guns--a nasty battery of them +that's playing havoc with our boys. The artillery hasn't been able to +locate 'em--probably they're too well camouflaged. And we can't advance +against 'em. Will you go up and try to put them out of business?” + +Of course there could be but one answer to this. Tom and Jack hurried +off to see to the loading of their machine with bombs--an extra large +number of very powerful ones being taken. + +Once more they were off on their dangerous mission, for it was +dangerous, since many American planes were brought down by German fire +that day, and by attacks from other Hun machines. + +But Tom and Jack never faltered. Up and up they went, the probable +location of the guns having been made known to them on the map they +carried. Up and onward they went. For a time they must forego the chance +of rescuing their friend. + +Straight for the indicated place they went, and just as they reached +it there came a burst of fire and smoke. It appeared to roll out from +a little ravine well wooded on both sides, and that accounted for the +failure of the Americans to locate it. Chance had played into the hands +of the air service boys. + +There was no need of word between Tom and Jack. The former headed the +plane for the place whence the German guns had fired upon the Americans, +killing and wounding many. + +Over it, for an instant, hovered the aeroplane. Then Jack touched the +bomb releasing device. Down dropped the powerful explosive. + +There was a great upward blast of air which rocked the machine in which +sat the two aviators. There was a burst of smoke and flame beneath them, +tongues of fire seeming to reach up as though to pull them down. + +Then came a terrific explosion which almost deafened the boys, even +though their ears were covered with the fur caps, and though their own +engine made a pandemonium of sound. + +The air was filled with flying debris--debris of the German guns and +men. The bombs dropped by Tom and Jack had accomplished their mission. +The harassing battery was destroyed. The German guns were silenced. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. THE RESCUE + + +Tom and Jack circled around slowly over the place where the German +battery had been. It was now no more--it could work no more havoc to the +American ranks. It did not need the wireless news to this effect, which +the aviators sent back, to apprise the Allies of what had happened. They +had seen the harassing guns blown up. + +Now out swarmed the Americans, charging with savage yells over the place +that had been such a hindrance to their advance. Tom and Jack had done +their work well. + +There was no need for the one to tell the other what was in his mind. +There were still two of the powerful bombs left, and there was but one +thought on this matter. They must be used to blow up, if possible, +the camp near the German prison. Doing that would create havoc and +consternation enough, the air service boys thought, to drive the captors +away, and enable Leroy and his fellow prisoners to be saved. + +Jack punched Tom in the back and motioned for him to shut off the motor +a moment so that talking would be possible. Tom did this, and Jack +cried: + +“Shall we take a chance?” + +“Yes!” Tom answered in return. + +Strictly speaking, having accomplished the mission they were sent out +on, they should have returned to their base for orders. But the airmen +were given more liberty of action and decision than any other branch of +the Allied service. + +“Go to it!” cried Jack, and once more Tom started the motor and headed +the craft for the Hun prison. + +Again the air service boys were hovering over the prison camp. They +could now see that there was much more activity around it than there had +been before the big battery was destroyed. The fight was coming closer, +and the Germans evidently knew it. Whether they were trying to arrange +to take their captives farther back, or merely seeking to escape +themselves from a trap, was not then evident. + +And, having reached a position where they could see below them what +looked to be a concentration of German guns, perhaps to fire on any +force that might advance against the prison. Jack let fall one of his +two remaining bombs. + +It swerved to one side, and though it exploded with great force, and +created havoc and consternation among the Huns, it did not fall where it +was intended. The second battery was still intact. + +“My last shot!” grimly mused Jack, as he looked at the other bomb. + +Tom maneuvered the aeroplane until he had it about where he thought +Jack would want it. The latter pressed the releasing lever and the bomb +descended. It was the most powerful of the lot, and when it struck and +exploded it not only demolished the defensive battery, making a hole in +the place where it had stood, but it tore down part of the prison fence, +and made such destruction generally that the Germans were stunned. + +Instantly, seeing that all had been accomplished that was possible, and +noting that hovering around him were other Allied airmen who had agreed +to help in the rescue, Tom sent his craft down. There was a burst of +shrapnel around him and Jack, but though the latter was grazed by a +bullet, neither was seriously hurt. A Hun plane darted down out of +the sky to attack the bold Americans, but quickly it was engaged by a +supporting Allied craft. However, the Hun was a good fighter, and won +the battle against this antagonist. But when two other Allied planes +closed in, that was the last of the enemy. He was sent crashing down to +satisfy the vengeance in toll for the life of the birdman he had taken. + +Now Tom and Jack could see that their plan had worked better than they +had dared to hope. The boldness of the attack from the air, coupled with +the advance of the American army, started a panic in the German ranks. +They began a retreat and the regiments near the prison camp were +included in the rout. + +By this time either some of the prisoners saw that there was a break in +the cordon around them, or they realized that a great battle was putting +their guards to flight, for some of them made a rush toward a side where +there were no Germans, and succeeded in breaking out--no hard task since +part of the fence was shattered by the explosion. + +“Now's our chance,” cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear +this. “Harry may be among that bunch, and we want to get him and any +others we can save.” + +He started the aeroplane on its downward path, while Jack, guessing the +object, got the machine gun ready for action, since there might be a +squad of Germans ready to give battle on the ground. + +Several other planes of the Allies, seeing what was going on, swooped to +the aid of the two Americans, for there were no other of the Hun craft +within sight now. All had been sent crashing down, or had drawn off. + +On either side of the immediate sector which included the prison camp, +the battle was still raging fiercely, mostly with success on the side of +the Americans, though in places they suffered a temporary setback. + +In the vicinity of the prison itself wild scenes were now being enacted. +The prisoners were beginning to rise in force, for they saw freedom +looming before them. There were fights between them and the guards, +and terrible happenings took place, for the guards were armed and the +prisoners were not. But as fast as some of the Germans fell they were +stripped of their guns and ammunition, and the weapons turned by the +prisoners against their former captors. + +All this while Tom and Jack were descending in their plane. As yet they +were uncertain whether they were to be able to rescue Leroy or not. They +could not distinguish him at that height, though from the enthusiastic +manner in which several of the newly liberated ones waved at the +on-coming aeroplanes, it would seem that they were of that arm of the +service, and appreciated what was about to happen. + +Nearer and nearer to the ground flew Tom and Jack. And then, to their +horror, they saw that several Germans had set up two machine guns to +rake the prison yard, which was still filled with excited captives. The +Germans were determined that as few as possible of their late captives +should find freedom. + +Tom acted on the instant, by sending the plane in a different direction, +to enable Jack to use his machine gun. And Jack understood this, for, +with a shout of defiance, he turned his weapon on the closely packed +Germans around their machine guns. + +For a moment they stood and some even tried to swerve the guns about to +shatter the dropping aeroplane. But Jack's fire was too fierce. He wiped +out the nest, and this danger was averted. + +A moment later Tom had the machine to earth, and it ran along the uneven +and shell-torn ground, coming to a rest not far from what had been the +outer fence of the prison camp. A group of Allied captives, newly freed, +rushed forward. Tom and Jack, removing their goggles, looked eagerly for +a sight of Harry Leroy. They did not see him, but they saw that which +rejoiced them, and this was more aeroplanes coming to their aid, and +also a column of infantry on the march across a distant valley. The +stars and stripes were in the van, and at this the rescuers and the +prisoners set up a cheer. It meant that the Germans were beaten at that +point. + +“Where's Harry Leroy? Is he among the prisoners?” cried Jack to several +of the liberated ones who crowded around the machine. There would be no +question now of trying to save some one, a rush by mounting to the air +with him. The advance of the Americans and the Allies was sufficiently +strong to hold the prison position wrested from the Germans. + +“Was Harry Leroy among you?” asked Tom, of the joy-crazed prisoners. +Many were Americans, but there were French, Italian, Russian, Belgian +and British among the motley throng. + +Before any one could answer him there was a hoarse shout, and from some +place where they had been hiding a squad of German soldiers rushed +at the group of recent prisoners about Tom and Jack. Their guns had +bayonets fixed, and it was the evident purpose of the Huns to make +one last rush on the prisoners near the aeroplane to kill as many as +possible. + +The Germans were a sufficiently strong force, and none of these +prisoners was armed. They began to scatter and run for shelter, and Torn +and Jack became aware that matters were not to be as easy as they had +expected. + +But fortunately the fixed machine gun on the aeroplane, which was near +the pilot's seat, pointed straight at the oncoming Huns. With a cry Tom +sprang to the cockpit and quickly had the weapon spitting bullets at the +foe. Then Jack saw his chance, and, climbing up to his seat, he swung +his gun about so that it, too, raked the Germans. + +They came on with the desperation and courage of despair, but the steady +firing was at last too much for them. They broke and ran--what were left +of them alive--in what was a veritable rout, and this ended the last +danger for that immediate time and place. + +Other aeroplanes dropped down to help consolidate the victory, and the +explosion of some American shells at a point beyond the prison camp +told its own story. The artillery had moved up to keep pace with the +advancing infantry. The big battle had been won by Pershing's men, and +the air service boys had not only done their share, but they had been +instrumental in delivering a number of prisoners. + +As the last of the Germans fled and Tom and Jack leaned back, well nigh +exhausted by the strain of the fighting, a voice cried: + +“Good work, old scouts! I knew you'd come for me sooner or later. At +least I hoped you would!” + +They turned to see Harry Leroy walking slowly toward them. + +Harry Leroy it was, but wounds, illness, and imprisonment had worked a +terrible change in him. He was but the ghost of his former sturdy self. +Still it was their chum and the brother of Nellie Leroy, and Tom +and Jack knew they had kept the promise made to the sister. They had +effected the rescue which the offensive made possible. + +“Hurray!” cried Tom. “It's really you then, old scout!” + +“What's left of me--yes. Oh, but it's good to see the flag again!” and +he pointed to the colors on the aeroplane and on the advancing banners +of the infantry. “And it's good to see you again! I'd about given up, +and so had most of us, when we heard the shooting and knew something was +going on. But how did it happen? How did you get here, and how did you +know I was here?” + +“Go easy!” advised Tom with a grin. “One question at a time. Can you +ride in our bus? If you can we'll take you back with us. The others will +be taken care of soon, I fancy, for our boys will soon be in permanent +occupation here. Will you come back with us?” + +“Will I? Say, I'll come if I have to hitch on behind, like a can to a +dog's tail!” cried Leroy, and, weak and ill-nourished as he was, it was +evident that the sight of his former comrades had already done him much +good. + +So now that the position was well won by the Americans and the Allies, +Tom and Jack turned their machine about, wheeled it to a good taking +off place, and with Harry Leroy as a passenger, though it made the place +rather crowded, they flew back over the recent battleground, and to +their own aerodrome, where Harry and some other prisoners, brought +through the air by other birdmen, were well taken care of. + +The great battle was not yet over, for there was fighting up and down +the line, and in distant sectors. But it was going well for Pershing's +forces. + +“And now,” remarked Harry, when he had had food and had washed and had +begun to smoke, “tell me all about it.” He was in the quarters assigned +to Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, being their guest. + +“Well, there isn't an awful lot to tell,” Tom said, modestly enough. “We +heard you were in trouble, and came after you; that's all. How did you +like your German boarding house?” + +“It was fierce! Terrible! I can't tell you what it means to be free. +But I'd like to send word to my folks that I'm all right. I suppose they +have heard I was a prisoner.” + +“Yes,” answered Tom. “In fact, you can talk to one of the family soon. +That is, as soon as you can go to Paris.” + +“Talk to a member of the family? Go to Paris? What do you mean?” Harry +fairly shouted the words. + +“Your sister Nellie is staying with friends of ours,” said Tom. “We'll +take you to her.” + +“Nellie here? Great Scott! She said she was coming to the front, but I +didn't believe her! Say, she is some sister!” + +“You said it!” exclaimed Tom, with as great fervor as Harry used. + +“Didn't you get the bundles we dropped?” asked Jack. “The notes and the +packages of chocolate?” + +“Not a one,” 'replied Harry. “I was looking for some word, but none +came, after one of the airmen told me he had dropped my glove. But I +knew how it was--you didn't get a chance to send any word.” + +“Oh, but we did!” cried Tom, and then he told of the dropping of the +packages. + +But, as Leroy related, he had been transferred from that camp a few days +before. + +Two of the packets fell among the prisoners, who, after trying in vain +to send them to Harry, partook of the good things to eat, which they +much needed themselves. They were given to the ill prisoners, and the +notes were carefully hidden away. Some time after the war Harry received +them, and treasured them greatly as souvenirs. + +“But we didn't make any mistake this time,” said Tom. “We have you now.” + +“Yes,” agreed Harry with a smile, “you have me now, and mighty glad I am +of it.” + +A few days later, when Harry was better able to travel, he went to see +Nellie in Paris, a message having been sent soon after the big battle, +to tell her that he was rescued and as well as could be expected. + +“But if it hadn't been for Tom and Jack I don't believe I'd be there +now,” said Harry to his sister, as he sat in the homelike apartment of +the Gleasons. + +“I know you wouldn't,” said Nellie. “They said they'd rescue you and +they did. We shall never be able to thank them enough--but we can try!” + +She looked at Tom, and he--well, I shall firmly but kindly have to +insist that what followed is neither your affair nor mine. + +And now, though you know it as well as I do, my story has come to an +end. At least the present chronicle of the doings of the air service +boys has nothing further to offer. Their further adventures will be +related in another volume to be entitled: “Air Service Boys Flying for +Victory.” + +But it was not the end of the fighting, and Tom and Jack did not cease +their efforts. Harry Leroy, too, was eager to get back into the contest +again, and he did, as soon as he had sufficiently recovered. + +He told some of his experiences while a prisoner among the Germans, and +some things he did not tell. They were better left untold. + +However, I should like to close my story with a more pleasant scene than +that, and so I invite your attention, one beautiful Sunday morning to +Paris, when the sun was shining and war seemed very far away, though it +was not. Two couples are going down a street which is gay with flower +stands. There are two young men and two girls, the young men wear +the aviation uniforms of the Americans. They walk along, chatting and +laughing, and, as an aeroplane passes high overhead, its motors droning +out a song of progress, they all look up. + +“That's what we'll be doing to-morrow,” observed Tom Raymond. + +“Yes,” agreed Jack Parmly. + +“Oh, hush!” laughed one of the girls. “Can't you stay on earth one day?” + +And there on earth, in such pleasant company, we will leave the Air +Service Boys. + +THE END + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + +***** This file should be named 6458-0.txt or 6458-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/4/5/6458/ + +Produced by Sean Pobuda + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/6458-0.zip b/6458-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7654e34 --- /dev/null +++ b/6458-0.zip diff --git a/6458-h.zip b/6458-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa2aeb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/6458-h.zip diff --git a/6458-h/6458-h.htm b/6458-h/6458-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57a9044 --- /dev/null +++ b/6458-h/6458-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7058 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by Charles Amory Beach + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Air Service Boys in the Big Battle + +Author: Charles Amory Beach + +Release Date: March 23, 2009 [EBook #6458] +Last Updated: March 15, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + + + + +Produced by Sean Pobuda, and David Widger + + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE + </h1> + <h2> + Or SILENCING THE BIG GUNS + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Charles Amory Beach + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a> BAD NEWS FROM + THE AIR <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a> A + GIRL'S APPEAL <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a> ANXIOUS + WAITING <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a> TRANSFERRED + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a> THE + RESOLVE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a> IN + PARIS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a> THE + AMERICAN FRONT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a> A + BATTLE IN THE AIR <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a> THE + FALLING GLOVE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a> STUNTS + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a> OVER THE + LINES <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a> A + PERFECT SHOT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a> A + DARING SCHEME <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a> WILL + THEY SUCCEED? <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a> BADLY + HIT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a> JUST + IN TIME <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </a> A + CRASH <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a> GETTING + A ZEPPELIN <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a> ON + PATROL <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a> CAPTURED + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. </a> THE + CLEW <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. </a> NELLIE'S + RESOLVE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a> THE + BIG BATTLE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. </a> SILENCING + THE GERMAN GUNS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. </a> THE + RESCUE <br /><br /> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. BAD NEWS FROM THE AIR + </h2> + <p> + “Well, Tom, how's your head now?” + </p> + <p> + “How's my head? What do you mean? There's nothing the matter with my + head,” and the speaker, who wore the uniform of a French aviator, glanced + up in surprise from the cot on which he was reclining in his tent near the + airdromes that stretched around a great level field, not far from Paris. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, isn't there?” questioned Jack Parmly, with a smile. “Then I beg your + pardon for asking, my cabbage! I beg your pardon, Sergeant Raymond!” + </p> + <p> + Tom Raymond, whose, chum had addressed him by the military title, looked + curiously at his companion, and smiled at the appellation of the term + cabbage. It was one of the many little tricks picked up by association + with their French flying comrades, of speaking to a friend by some odd, + endearing term. It might be cucumber or rose, cabbage or cart wheel—the + words mattered not, it was the meaning back of them. + </p> + <p> + “Say, is anything the matter?” went on Tom, as his chum, attired like + himself', but wearing an old blouse covered with oil and grease, continued + to smile. “What gave you the notion that my head hurt?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't say it hurt. I only asked how it was. The swelling hasn't begun + to subside in mine yet, and I was wondering if it had in yours.” + </p> + <p> + “Swelling? Subside? What in the world—” + </p> + <p> + Jack Parmly brought to a sudden termination the rapid torrent of words + from the mouth of his churn by silently pointing to a small medal fastened + to the uniform jacket of his friend. It was the coveted croix de guerre. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, that!” exclaimed Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing else, my pickled beet!” answered Jack. “Doesn't it make your head + swell up as if it would burst every time you look at it? Now don't say it + doesn't, for that's the way it affects me, and I'm sure you're not very + different. And every time I read the citation that goes with the medal—well, + I'm just aching for a chance to show it to the folks back home, aren't + you, Sergeant?” + </p> + <p> + Tom Raymond started a bit at the second use of the title. + </p> + <p> + “I see you aren't any more used to it than I am!” exclaimed Jack. “Well, + it'll be a little time before we stop looking around to see if it isn't + some one behind us they're talking to. So I thought I'd practice it a bit + on you. And you can do the same for me. I should think, out of common + politeness, you'd get up, salute and call me the same.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Now I see what you're driving at,” voiced Tom, as he glanced up from + a momentary look at his medal to the face of his comrade-in-arms, or + perhaps in flying would be more appropriate. “The wind's in that quarter, + is it?” + </p> + <p> + “No wind at all to speak of,” broke in Jack. “If you'd like to go for a + fly, and see if we can bag a Boche or two, I'm with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Against orders, Jack. I'd like to, but we were ordered here for rest and + observation work; and you know, as well as I do, that obeying orders is + just as important as sending a member of the Hun Flying Circus down where + he can't do any more of his grandstand stunts. But I'm hoping the time + will come when we can climb up back of our machine guns again, and do our + bit to show that the little old U. S. A. is still on the map.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess that time'll soon come, Tom, old man. I heard rumors that a lot + of us were to be sent up nearer the front shortly, and if they don't + include you and me, there'll be something doing in this camp!” + </p> + <p> + “That's what I say. So you thought I'd have a swelled head, did you, + because they gave us the croix de guerre?” + </p> + <p> + “I confess I had a faint suspicion that way,” admitted Jack. “Both of us + being advanced to sergeants was a big step, too.” + </p> + <p> + “It was,” agreed Tom. “I almost wish they hadn't done it, for there are + lots of others in the escadrille that deserve it fully as much, and some + more, than we do.” + </p> + <p> + “That's right. But you can't make these delightful Frenchmen see anything + the way you want 'em to. Once they get a notion in their heads that you've + done something for la belle Frame, they're your friends for life, kissing + you on both cheeks and pinning medals on you wherever they'll stick.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, they mean all right, Jack,” said Tom. “And there aren't any braver + or more lovable people on the face of the earth than these same French. + They've done more and suffered more for their country than we dream of. + And it's only natural that they should say 'much obliged,' in their own + particular way, to any one they think is helping to free them from the + Germans.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you're right. But advancing us to sergeants would have been + enough, without pinning the decorations on us and mentioning us in the + order of the day, as well as giving us as fine a citation as ever was + signed by a commanding general. However, it's all in the day's work, + though when we flew over the German super cannons, and did our bit in + helping demolish them so they couldn't shell Paris any more, we didn't + think—or, at least, I didn't—that we'd be sitting here talking + about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Me either,” agreed Tom. “But, to get down to brass tacks, what have you + been doing to get into such a mess? You look like a chauffeur of the old + days they tell of when they had to climb under the car to see if it needed + oiling—” + </p> + <p> + “That's just about what I have been doing,” admitted Jack. “When I heard + the rumor that our escadrille might get orders to move at any hour, I + decided that it was up to me to look MY machine over. It didn't make that + nose dive just the way I wanted it to the last time I was up, and I'm not + taking any chances. So I've been crawling in and around and under it—” + </p> + <p> + “While I've been lying here I taking it easy!” broke in Tom. “I don't call + that fair of you, Jack,” and he seemed genuinely hurt. + </p> + <p> + “Go easy now, my pickled onion!” laughed his chum. “I wasn't going to + leave you out in the cold. I just came to tell you that you'd better stop + looking like a moving picture of an airman, and put on some old duds to + look over your own craft. And here you go and—” + </p> + <p> + “All right, old ham sandwich!” laughed Tom. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “I'll forgive you. I'm going to do the same as you, and tinker +with my machine. If, as you say, we're likely to be on the job again +soon, I don't want too take any chances either. Where's that mechanician +of mine? There was something wrong with my joy stick, he said, the last +time I came down out of the clouds to take an enforced rest, and I might +as well start with that, if there's any repairing to be done—” + </pre> + <p> + Tom flung off his uniform jacket, with the two silver wings, denoting that + he was a full-fledged airman, and sent an orderly to summon his chief + mechanician, for each aviator had several helpers to run messages for him, + as well as to see that his machine is in perfect trim. + </p> + <p> + Experts are needed to see to it that the machine and the aviator are in + perfect trim, leaving for the airman himself the trying and difficult + task, sometimes, of flying upside down, while he is making observations of + the enemy with one eye, and fighting off a Boche with the other—ready + to kill or be killed. + </p> + <p> + Sergeants Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, chums and fellow airmen flying for + France, started toward the aerodromes where their machines were kept when + not in use. They were both attired now for hard and not very clean work, + though the more laborious part would be done by mechanics at their orders. + Still the lads themselves would leave nothing to chance. Indeed no airman + does, for in very, truth his He and the success of an army may, at times, + depend on the strength or weakness of a seemingly insignificant bit of + wire or the continuity of a small gasoline pipe. + </p> + <p> + “Well, it'll seem good to get up in the air again,” remarked Jack. “A + little rest is all right, but too much is more than enough.” + </p> + <p> + “Right O, my sliced liberty bond!” laughed Tom. “And now—” + </p> + <p> + Their talk was interrupted by a cheer that broke out in front of a + recreation house, in reality a YMCA hut, or le Foyer du Soldat as it was + called. It was where the airmen went when not on duty to read the papers, + write letters and buy chocolate. + </p> + <p> + “What's up now?” asked Jack, as he and his chum looked toward the cheering + squad of aviators and their assistants. + </p> + <p> + “Give it up. Let's go over and find out.” + </p> + <p> + They broke into a run as the cheering continued, and then they saw hats + being thrown into the air and men capering about with every evidence of + joy. + </p> + <p> + “We must have won a big battle!” cried Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Seems so,” agreed Tom. “Hi there! what is it?” he asked in French of a + fellow aviator. + </p> + <p> + “What is it? You ask me what? Ah, joy of my life! It is you who ought to + know first! It is you who should give thanks! Ah!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that's all right, old man,” returned Jack in English. “We'll give + thanks right as soon as we know what it is; but we aren't mind readers, + you know, and there are so many things to guess at that there's no use in + wasting the time. Tell us, like a good chap!” he begged in French, for he + saw the puzzled look on the face of the aviator Tom had addressed. + </p> + <p> + “It is the best news ever!” was the answer. “The first of your brave + countrymen have arrived to help us drive the Boche from France! The first + American Expeditionary Force, to serve under your brave General Pershing, + has reached the shores of France safely, in spite of the U-boats, and are + even now marching to show themselves in Paris! Ah, is it any wonder that + we rejoice? How is it you say in your own delightful country? Two cheers + and a lion! Ah!” + </p> + <p> + “Tiger, my dear boy! Tiger!” laughed Jack. “And, while you're about it, + you might as well make it three cheers and done with it. Not that it makes + any great amount of difference in this case, but it's just the custom, my + stuffed olive!” + </p> + <p> + And then he and Tom were fairly carried off their feet by the rush of + enthusiastic Frenchmen to congratulate them on the good news, and to share + it with them. + </p> + <p> + “Is it really true?” asked Tom. “Has any substantial part of Uncle Sam's + boys really got here at last?” + </p> + <p> + He was told that such was the case. The news had just been received at the + headquarters of the flying squad to which Tom and Jack were attached. + About ten thousand American soldiers were even then on French soil. Their + coming had long been waited for, and the arrangements sailed in secret, + and the news was known in American cities scarcely any sooner than it was + in France, so careful had the military authorities been not to give the + lurking German submarines a chance to torpedo the transports. + </p> + <p> + “Is not that glorious news, my friend?” asked the Frenchman who had given + it to Tom and Jack. + </p> + <p> + “The best ever!” was the enthusiastic reply. And then Jack, turning to his + chum, said in a low voice, as the Frenchman hurried back to the cheering + throng: “You know what this means for us, of course?” + </p> + <p> + “Rather guess I do!” was the response. “It means we've got to apply for a + transfer and fight under Pershing!” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly. Now how are we going to do it?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I fancy it will be all right. Merely a question of detail and + procedure. They can't object to our wanting to fight among our own + countrymen, now that enough of them are over here to make a showing. I + suppose this is the first of the big army that's coming.” + </p> + <p> + “I imagine so,” agreed Jack. “Hurray! this is something like. There's + going to be hard fighting. I realize that. But this is the beginning of + the end, as I see it.” + </p> + <p> + “That's what! Now, instead of tinkering over our machines, let's see the + commandant and—-” + </p> + <p> + Jack motioned to his chum to cease talking. Then he pointed up to the sky. + There was a little speck against the blue, a speck that became larger as + the two Americans watched. + </p> + <p> + “One of our fliers coming bark,” remarked Tom in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + “I hope he brings more good news,” returned Jack. + </p> + <p> + The approaching airman came rapidly nearer, and then the throngs that had + gathered about the headquarters building to discuss the news of the + arrival of the first American forces turned to watch the return of the + flier. + </p> + <p> + “It's Du Boise,” remarked Tom, naming an intrepid French fighter. He was + one of the “aces,” and had more than a score of Boche machines to his + credit. “He must have been out 'on his own,' looking for a stray German.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he and Leroy went out together,” assented Jack. “But I don't see + Harry's machine,” and anxiously he scanned the heavens. + </p> + <p> + Harry Leroy was, like Tom and Jack, an American aviator who had lately + joined the force in which the two friends had rendered such valiant + service. Tom and Jack had known him on the other side—had, in fact, + first met and become friendly with him at a flying school in Virginia. + Leroy had suffered a slight accident which had put him out of the flying + service for a year, but he had persisted, had finally been accepted, and + was welcomed to France by his chums who had preceded him. + </p> + <p> + “I hope nothing has happened to Harry,” murmured Tom; “but I don't see + him, and it's queer Du Boise would come back without him.” + </p> + <p> + “Maybe he had to—for gasoline or something,” suggested Jack. + </p> + <p> + “I hope it isn't any worse than that,” went on Tom. But his voice did not + carry conviction. + </p> + <p> + The French aviator landed, and as he climbed out of his machine, helped by + orderlies and others who rushed up, he was seen to stagger. + </p> + <p> + “Are you hurt?” asked Tom, hurrying up. + </p> + <p> + “A mere scratch-nothing, thank you,” was the answer. + </p> + <p> + “Where's Harry Leroy?” Jack asked. “Did you have to leave him?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, monsieur, I bring you bad news from the air,” was the answer. “We + were attacked by seven Boche machines. We each got one, and then—well, + they got me—but what matters that? It is a mere nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “What of Harry?” persisted Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, it is of him I would speak. He is—he fell inside the enemy + lines; and I had to come back for help. My petrol gave out, and I—“' + </p> + <p> + And then, pressing his hands over his breast, the brave airman staggered + and fell, as a stream of blood issued from beneath his jacket. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. A GIRL'S APPEAL + </h2> + <p> + At once half a score of hands reached out to render aid to the stricken + airman, whose blood was staining the ground where he had fallen. + </p> + <p> + Tom, seeing that his fellow aviator was more desperately wounded than the + brave man had admitted, at once summoned stretcher-bearers, and he was + carried to the hospital. Then all anxiously awaited the report of the + surgeons, who quickly prepared to render aid to the fighter of the air. + </p> + <p> + “How is he?” asked Jack, as he and Tom, lingering near the hospital, saw + one of the doctors emerge. + </p> + <p> + “He is doing very nicely,” was the answer, given in French, for the two + boys of the air spoke this language now with ease, if not always with + absolute correctness. + </p> + <p> + “Then he isn't badly hurt?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “No. The wound in his chest was only a flesh one, but it bled + considerably. Two bullets from an aircraft machine gun struck ribs, and + glanced off from them, but tore the flesh badly. The bleeding was held in + check by the pressure DU Boise exerted on the wounds underneath his + jacket, but at last he grew faint from loss of blood, and then the stream + welled out. With rest and care he will be all right in a few days.” + </p> + <p> + “How soon could we talk with him?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Talk with him?” asked the surgeon. “Is that necessary? He is doing very + well, and—” + </p> + <p> + “Tom means ask him some questions,” explained Jack. “You see, he started + to tell us about our chum, Harry Leroy, who was out scouting with him. + Harry was shot down, so Du Boise said, but he didn't get a chance to give + any particulars, and we thought—” + </p> + <p> + “It will be a day or so before he will be able to talk to you,” the + surgeon said. “He is very weak, and must not be disturbed.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, may we talk with him just as soon as possible?” eagerly asked Jack. + “We want to find out where it was that Harry went down in his machine—out + of control very likely—and if we get a chance—” + </p> + <p> + “We'd like to take it out on those that shot him down!” interrupted Torn. + “Du Boise must have noticed the machines that fought him and Harry, and if + we could get any idea of the Boches who were in them—” + </p> + <p> + “I see,” and the surgeon bowed and smiled approval of their idea. “You + want revenge. I hope you get it. As soon as we think he is able to talk,” + and he nodded in the direction of the hospital, “we will let you see him. + Good luck to you, and confusion to the Huns!” + </p> + <p> + “Gee, but this is tough luck!” murmured Tom, as he and his chum turned + away. “Just as we were getting ready to go back into the game, too! Had it + all fixed up for Harry to fly with us in a sort of a triangle scheme to + down the Boches, and they have to go and plump him off the map. Well, it + is tough!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sort of takes the fun out of the good news we heard a while ago,” + agreed Jack. “I mean about Pershing's boys getting over here to France. I + hope Harry's only wounded, instead of killed. But if the Huns have him a + prisoner—good-night!” + </p> + <p> + “There's only one consolation,” added Tom. “Their airmen are the best of + the lot Of course that isn't saying much, but they behave a little more + like human beings than the rest of the Boche gang; and if Harry has fallen + a prisoner to them he'll get a bit of decent treatment, anyhow.” + </p> + <p> + “That's so. We'll hope for that. And now let's go on with what we started + when we saw Du Boise coming back—let's see what chance we have of + being transferred to an All American escadrille.” + </p> + <p> + The boys started across the field again toward the headquarters, and, + nearing it, they saw, in a small motor car, a girl sitting beside the + military driver. She was a pretty girl, and it needed only one glance to + show that she was an American. + </p> + <p> + “Hello!” exclaimed Tom, with a low whistle. “Look who's here!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know her?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “No. Wish I did, though.” + </p> + <p> + Jack glanced quickly and curiously at his chum. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you needn't think you're the only chap that has a drag with the + girls,” went on Tom. “Just because Bessie Gleason—” + </p> + <p> + “Cut it out!” exclaimed Jack. “Look, she acts as though she wanted to + speak to us.” + </p> + <p> + The military chauffeur had alighted from the machine and was talking to + one of the French aviation officers. Meanwhile the girl, left to herself, + was looking about the big aviation field, with a look of wonder, mixed + with alarm and nervousness. She caught sight of Tom and Jack, and a smile + came to her face, making her, as Tom said afterward, the prettiest picture + he had seen in a long while. + </p> + <p> + “You're Americans, aren't you?” began the girl, turning frankly to them. + “I know you are! And, oh, I'm in such trouble!” + </p> + <p> + Tom stepped ahead of Jack, who was taking off his cap and bowing. + </p> + <p> + “Let me have a show for my white alley,” Tom murmured to his chum. “You've + got one girl.” + </p> + <p> + “You win,” murmured Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we're from the United States,” said Tom. “But it's queer to see a + girl here—from America or anywhere else. How'd you get through the + lines, and what can we do for you?” + </p> + <p> + “I am looking for my brother,” was the answer. “I understood he was + stationed here, and I managed to get passes to come to see him, but it + wasn't easy work. I met this officer in his motor car, and he brought me + along the last stage of the journey. Can you tell me where my brother is? + His name is Harry Leroy.” + </p> + <p> + Torn said afterward that he felt as though he had gone into a spinning + nose dive with a Boche aviator on his tail, while Jack admitted that he + felt somewhat as he did the time his gasoline pipe was severed by a Hun + bullet when he was high in the air and several miles behind the enemy's + lines. + </p> + <p> + “Your—your brother!” Tom managed to mutter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Harry Leroy. He's from the United States, too. Perhaps you know him, + as I notice you are both aviators. He told me if I ever got to France to + come to see him, and he mentioned the names of two young men—I have + them here somewhere—” + </p> + <p> + She began to search in the depths of a little leather valise she carried, + and, at that moment, the military chauffeur who had brought her to the + aviation field turned to her, and spoke rapidly in French. + </p> + <p> + She understood the language, as did Tom and Jack, and at the first words + her face went white. For the chauffeur informed her that her brother, + Harry Leroy, whom she had come so far to see, was, even then, lying dead + or wounded within the German lines. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” the girl murmured, her fare becoming whiter and more white. “Oh—Harry!” + </p> + <p> + Then she would have fallen from the seat, only Tom leaped forward and + caught her in his arms. + </p> + <p> + And while efforts were being made to restore the girl to consciousness, + may I not take this opportunity of telling my new readers something of the + previous books of this series, so that they may read this one more + intelligently? + </p> + <p> + Torn Raymond and Jack Parmly, as related in the initial volume, “Air + Service Boys Flying for France; or The Young Heroes of the Lafayette + Escadrille,” were Virginians. Soon after the great world conflict started, + they burned with a desire to fight on the side of freedom, and it was as + aviators that they desired to help. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly they went to an aviation school in Virginia, under the + auspices of the Government, and there learned the rudiments of flying. + Tom's father had invented an aeroplane stabilizer, but, as told in the + story, the plans and other papers had been stolen by a German spy. + </p> + <p> + Tom and his chum resolved to get possession of the documents, and they + kept up the search after they reached France and were made members of the + Lafayette Escadrille. It was in France that they met Adolph Tuessing, the + German spy. + </p> + <p> + The second volume, entitled “Air Service Boys Over the Enemy's Lines; or + The German Spy's Secret,” takes the two young men through further + adventures. They had become acquainted on the steamer with a girl named + Bessie Gleason and her mother. Carl Potzfeldt, a German sailing under + false colors, claimed to be a friend of Bessie and her mother, but Jack, + who was more than casually interested in the girl, was suspicious of this + man. And his suspicions proved correct, for Potzfeldt had planned a daring + trick. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +After some strenuous happenings, in which the Air Service Boys assisted, +Bessie and her mother were rescued from the clutches of Potzfeldt, +and went to Paris, Mrs. Gleason engaging in Red Cross work, and Bessie +helping her as best she could. + + Immediately preceding this present volume is the third, called “Air +Service Boys Over the Rhine; or Fighting Above the Clouds.” + </pre> + <p> + By this time the United States had entered the great war on the side of + humanity and democracy. + </p> + <p> + Then the world was startled by the news that a great German cannon was + firing on Paris seventy miles away, and consternation reigned for a time. + Tom and Jack had a hand in silencing the great gun, for it was they who + discovered where it was hidden. Also in the third volume is related how + Tom's father, who had disappeared, was found again. + </p> + <p> + The boys passed through many startling experiences with their usual + bravery, so that, when the present story opens, they were taking a much + needed and well-earned rest. Mr. Raymond, having accomplished his mission, + had returned to the United States. + </p> + <p> + Then, as we have seen, came the news of the arrival of the first of + Pershing's forces, and with it came the sad message that Harry Leroy, the + chum of Torn and Jack, had fallen behind the German lines. And whether he + was alive now, though wounded, or was another victim of the Hun machine + guns, could not be told. + </p> + <p> + “Harry's sister couldn't have come at a worse time,” remarked Tom, as he + rejoined Jack, having carried the unconscious girl to the same hospital + where Du Boise lay wounded. + </p> + <p> + “I should say not!” agreed Jack. “Do you really suppose she's Harry's + sister?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see Any reason to doubt it. She said so, didn't she?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, of course. I was just wondering. Say, it's going to be tough + when she wakes up and realizes what's happened.” + </p> + <p> + “You bet it is! This has been a tough day all around, and if it wasn't for + the good news that our boys are in France I'd feel pretty rocky. But now + we've got all the more incentive to get busy!” exclaimed Tom. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean get our machines in fighting trim. I'm going out and get a few + Germans to make up for what they did to Harry.” + </p> + <p> + “You're right! I'm with you! But what about what's her name—I mean + Harry's sister?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't hear her name. Some of the Red Cross nurses are looking after + her. They promised to let me know when she came to. We can offer to help + her, I suppose, being, as you might say, neighbors.” + </p> + <p> + “Sure!” agreed Jack. “I'm with you. But let's go and—” + </p> + <p> + However they did not go at once, wherever it was that Jack was going to + propose, for, at that moment, one of the Red Cross nurses attached to the + aviation hospital came to the door and beckoned to the boys. + </p> + <p> + “Miss Leroy is conscious now,” was the message. “She wants to see you + two,” and the nurse smiled at them. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack found Miss Leroy, looking pale, but prettier than ever, + sitting up in a chair. She leaned forward eagerly as they entered, and, + holding out her hands, exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “They tell me you are my brother's chums! Oh, can you not get me some news + of him? Can you not let him know that I have come so far to see him? I am + anxious! Oh, where is he?” and she looked from Tom to Jack, and then to + Tom again. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. ANXIOUS WAITING + </h2> + <p> + Nellie Leroy—for such the boys learned was her name—broke the + silence, that was growing tense, by asking: + </p> + <p> + “Is there any hope? Tell me, do you think there is a chance that my + brother may be alive?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there is, certainly!” exclaimed Tom quickly, before Jack had an + opportunity to give, possibly, a less hopeful answer. + </p> + <p> + “And if he is alive, is there a chance that he may be rescued—that I + may go to him?” she went on. + </p> + <p> + “Hardly that,” said Tom, slowly. “It's a wonder you ever got as near to + the front as this. But as for getting past the German lines—” + </p> + <p> + “Then what can I do?” asked Nellie Leroy, eagerly. “Oh, tell me something + that I can do. I'm used to hard work,” she went on. “I've been a Red Cross + nurse for some time, and I helped in one big explosion of a munitions + plant in New Jersey before I came over. That's one reason they let me come—because + I proved that I could do things!” and she did look very efficient, in + spite of her paleness, in spite of her, seeming frailness. There was an + indefinable air about her which showed that she would carry through + whatever she undertook. “I never fainted before—never.” + </p> + <p> + “It's like this,” said Tom, and Jack seemed content, now, to let his chum + play the chief role. “When one of us goes down in his machine back of the + enemy's lines, those left over here never really know what has happened + for a few days.” + </p> + <p> + “And how do they know then?' she asked. + </p> + <p> + “The German airmen are more decent than some of the other Hun forces we're + fighting,” explained Torn. “Generally after they capture one of our + escadrille members, dead or alive, they fly over our lines a few days + later and drop a cap, or a glove, or something that belongs to the + prisoner. Sometimes they attach a note, written by one of their airmen or + from the prisoner, giving news of his condition.” + </p> + <p> + “And you think they may do this in my brother's case?” asked Nellie. + </p> + <p> + “They are very likely to,” assented Tom, and Jack, to whom the girl looked + for confirmation, nodded, his agreement. + </p> + <p> + “How long shall we have to wait?” Harry's sister asked. + </p> + <p> + “There is no telling,” said Tom “Sometimes it's a week before their airmen + get a chance to fly over our lines. It all depends.” + </p> + <p> + “On what?” + </p> + <p> + “On how the battle goes,” answered Tom. “If there is much fighting, and + many engagements in the air, the Boches don't get a chance to fly over and + drop tokens of our men they may have shot down. We do the same for them, + so it's six of one and a half dozen of the other. Often for a week we + don't get a chance to let them know about prisoners we have, because the + fighting is so severe.” + </p> + <p> + “Will it be that way now?” the girl went on. + </p> + <p> + “Hard to say—we don't have the ordering of battles,” replied Jack. + “But it's been rather quiet for a few days, and it's likely to continue + so. If it does one of their men may fly over to-morrow, or the next day, + and drop something your brother wore—or even a note from him.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I hope they do the last!” she murmured. “If I could have a note from + him I'd be the happiest girl alive I I'd know, then, that he was all + right.” + </p> + <p> + “He may be,” said Tom, trying to be hopeful. “You see Du Boise, who was + with Harry when the fight took place, is himself wounded, so he can't tell + us much about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, they told me that my brother's companion reached here badly hurt. He + is so brave! I wish they would let me help take care of him. I understand + a great deal about wounds, and I'm not at all afraid of the sight of + blood. It was silly of me to faint just now, but—I—I couldn't + help it. I'd been counting so much on seeing Harry, and when they told me + he was gone—” + </p> + <p> + She covered her face with her hands, and endeavored to repress her + emotion. + </p> + <p> + “You're not Harry's little sister, are you?” asked Jack, hoping to change + the current of talk into other and happier channels. + </p> + <p> + “No; that's Mabel—Mab he calls her. She's younger than I. Did he + often speak of her?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes; and you too!” exclaimed Tom, so warmly that Nellie blushed, and + the damask tint in her hitherto pale cheeks was most becoming. + </p> + <p> + “We've seen your picture, and Mab's too,” went on Tom. “Harry keeps them + just over his cot in the barracks. But I didn't recognize you when I saw + you a little while ago in the machine. Though I might have, if so many + things hadn't happened all at once, and made me sort of hazy,” Tom + explained. + </p> + <p> + “Then are you and my brother good friends?” asked Nellie. + </p> + <p> + “The best ever!” exclaimed Tom, and Jack warmly assented. “Not so many + Americans are in this branch of the escadrille as are in others,” Torn + went on; “so Harry and Jack and I are a sort of little trio all by + ourselves. He hardly ever goes up without us, but we are on a rest billet; + and to-day he went up with Du Boise.” + </p> + <p> + “If he had only come back!” sighed Nellie. “But there! I mustn't complain. + Harry wouldn't let me if he were here. We both have to do our duty. Now + I'm going to see what I can do to help, and not be silly and do any more + fainting. I hope you'll pardon me,” and she smiled at the two boys. + </p> + <p> + “Of course!” exclaimed Tom, with great emphasis, and again Miss Leroy + blushed. + </p> + <p> + “Then, is to wait the only thing we can do?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “That's all,” assented Tom. “We may get a message from the clouds any + day.” + </p> + <p> + “And, oh! I shall pray that it may be favorable!” murmured the girl. + “Perhaps I may question this Mr. Du Boise, and learn from him just what + happened?” she interrogated. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we want to talk to him ourselves, as soon as he's able to sit up,” + said Jack. “We want to get a shot at the Boche who downed Harry.” + </p> + <p> + “So you are as fond of Harry as all that! I am glad!” exclaimed his + sister. “Have you known him long?” + </p> + <p> + “We knew him slightly before we went to the flying school in Virginia with + him,” said Tom. “But down there, when we started in at 'grass-cutting,' + and worked our way up, we grew to know him better. Then Jack and I got our + chance to come over. But Harry had a smash, and he had to wait a year.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know. It almost broke his heart,” said Miss Leroy. “I was away at + school at the time, which accounts for my not knowing more of you boys, + since Harry always wrote me, or told me, about his chums. Then, when I + came back after my graduation, I found that he had sailed for France.” + </p> + <p> + “And maybe we weren't glad to see him!” exclaimed Tom. “It was like + getting letters from home.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I recall, now, his mentioning that he had met over here some + students from the Virginia school,” said Miss Leroy. “Well, after Harry + sailed I was wild to go, but father and mother would not hear of it at + first. Then, when the war grew worse, and I showed them that I could do + hard work for the Red Cross, they consented. So I sailed, but I never + expected to get like this.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, well, everything may come out all right,” said Tom, as cheerfully as + he could. But, in very truth, he was not very hopeful in his heart. + </p> + <p> + For once an aviator succumbs to the hail of bullets from the German + machine guns in an aircraft, and his own creature of steel and wings goes + hurtling down, there is only a scant chance that the disabled airman will + land alive. + </p> + <p> + Of course some have done it, and, even with their machines out of control + and on fire, they have lived through the awful experience. But the chances + were and are against them. + </p> + <p> + Harry Leroy had been seen to go down, apparently with his machine out of + control, after a fusillade of Boche bullets. This much Du Boise had said + before his collapse. As to what the fallen aviator's real fate was, time + alone could disclose. + </p> + <p> + “I can only wait!” sighed Nellie, as the boys took their leave. “The days + will be anxious ones—days of waiting. I shall help here all I can. + You'll let me know the moment there is any news—good or bad—won't + you?” she begged; and her eyes filled with tears. + </p> + <p> + “We'll bring you the news at once—night or day!” exclaimed Tom, + vigorously. + </p> + <p> + As he and Jack walked out of the hospital, the latter remarked: + </p> + <p> + “You seem to be a favorite there, all right, Tom, my boy. If we weren't + such good chums I might be a bit jealous.” + </p> + <p> + “If you feel that way I'll drop Bessie Gleason a note!” suggested Tom, + quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Don't!” begged Jack. “I'll be good!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. TRANSFERRED + </h2> + <p> + One glance at the bulletin board, erected just outside their quarters at + the aerodrome, told Tom and Jack what they were detailed for that day. It + was the day following the arrival of Nellie Leroy at that particular place + in France, only to find that her brother was missing—either dead, or + alive and a prisoner behind the German lines. + </p> + <p> + “Sergeant Thomas Raymond will report to headquarters at eight o'clock, to + do patrol work.” + </p> + <p> + “Sergeant Jack Parmly will report to headquarters at eight o'clock for + reconnaissance with a photographer, who will be detailed.” + </p> + <p> + Thus read the bulletin board, and Tom and Jack, looking at it, nodded to + one another, while Tom remarked: + </p> + <p> + “Got our work cut out for us all right.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Jack. “Only I wish I could change places with you. I don't + like those big, heavy machines.” + </p> + <p> + But orders are orders, nowhere more so than in the aviation squad, and + soon the two lads, after a hearty if hasty breakfast, were ready for the + day's work. They each realized that when the sun set they might either be + dead, wounded or prisoners. It was a life full of eventualities. + </p> + <p> + A little later the two young airmen, in common with their comrades, were + ready. Some were to do patrol work, like Tom—that is fly over and + along the German lines in small swift, fighting planes, to attack a Hun + machine, if any showed, and to give notice of any attack, either from the + air or on the ground. The latter attacks the airmen would observe in + progress and report to the commanders of infantry or batteries who could + take steps to meet the attack, or even frustrate it. + </p> + <p> + Tom was assigned to a speedy Spad machine, one of great power and + lightness into which he climbed. He was to fly alone, and on his machine + was a machine gun of the Vickers type, which had to be aimed by directing, + or pointing, the aeroplane itself at the enemy. + </p> + <p> + After Tom had given a hasty but careful look at his craft, and had assured + himself of the accuracy of the report of his mechanician that it had oil + and petrol, his starter took his place in front of the propeller. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Jack,” called Tom to his chum, across the field, where Jack was + making his preparations for taking up a photographer in a big two-seated + machine, “I wish you luck.” + </p> + <p> + “Same to you, old man. If you see anything of Harry, and he's alive, tell + him we'll bring him back home as soon as we get a chance.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think there is any chance?” asked Tom eagerly. “I wouldn't want + anything better than to get Harry away from those Boches—and make + his sister happy.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, there's a chance, but it's a slim one, I'm afraid,” remarked Jack. + “We'll talk about it after we get back. Maybe there'll be a message from + the Huns about him before the day is over.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so,” murmured Tom. “If those Huns only act as decently toward us + as we do toward them, we'll have some news soon.” + </p> + <p> + For it is true, in a number of instances that the German aviators do drop + within the allied lines news of any British, French or American birdman + who is captured or killed inside the German lines. + </p> + <p> + “All ready?” asked Tom of his helper. + </p> + <p> + “Switch off, gas on,” was the answer. + </p> + <p> + Tom made sure that the electrical switch was disconnected. If it was left + on, in “contact” as it is called, and the mechanician turned the propeller + blades, there might have been a sudden starting of the engine that would + have instantly kill the man. But with the switch off there could be no + ignition in the cylinders. + </p> + <p> + Slowly the man turned the big blades until each cylinder was sucked full + of the explosive mixture of gasoline and air. + </p> + <p> + “Contact!” he cried, and Tom threw over the switch. + </p> + <p> + Then, stepping once more up to the propeller, the man gave it a pull, and + quickly released it, jumping back out of harm's way. + </p> + <p> + With a throbbing roar the engine awoke to life and the propeller spun + around, a blur of indistinctness. The motor was working sweetly. Toni + throttled down, assured himself that everything was working well, and + then, with a wave of his hand toward Jack, began to taxi across the field, + to head up into the wind. All aeroplanes are started this way—directly + into the wind, to rise against it and not with it. On and on he went and + then he began to climb into the air. With him climbed other birdmen who + were to do patrol and contact work with him, the latter being the term + used when the airship keeps in contact through signaling with infantry or + artillery forces on the ground, directing their efforts against the enemy. + </p> + <p> + Having seen Tom on his way, Jack turned to his own machine. As his chum + had been, Jack was dressed warmly in fur garments, even to his helmet, + which was fur lined. He had on two pairs of gloves and his eyes were + protected with heavy goggles. For it is very cold in the upper regions, + and the swift speed of the machine sends the wind cutting into one's face + so that it is impossible to see from the eyes unless they are protected. + </p> + <p> + Jack's machine was a two-seater, of a heavy and comparatively safe type—that + is it was safe as long as it was not shot down by a Hun. Jack was to + occupy the front seat and act as pilot, while Harris, the photographer he + was to take up, sat behind him, with camera, map, pencil and paper ready + at hand for the making of observations. + </p> + <p> + On either side of the photographer's seat were six loaded drums of + ammunition for the Lewis gun, for use against the ruthless Hun machines. + Jack had a fixed Vicker machine weapon for his use. + </p> + <p> + “Hope I get a chance to use 'em,” said Harris with a grin, as he climbed + into his seat, patted the loaded drums, and nodded to Jack that he was + ready. + </p> + <p> + The same procedure was gone through as in the case of Tom. The man spun + the propeller, and they were ready to set off. Accompanying them were two + other reconnaissance planes, and four experienced fighting pilots, two of + them “aces,” that is men who, alone, had each brought down five or more + Hun planes. The big planes, used for obtaining news, pictures, and maps of + the enemy's territory, are always accompanied by fighting planes, which + look out for the attacking Germans, while the other, and less speedy, + craft carry the men who are to bring back vital information. + </p> + <p> + “Let her go!” exclaimed Harris to Jack, and the latter nodded to the + mechanician, who, after the order of “contact,” spun the blades again and + they were really off, together with the others. + </p> + <p> + Up and up went Jack, sending his machine aloft in big circles as the + others were doing. Before him on a support was clamped a map, similar to + the one supported in front of Harris, and by consulting this Jack knew, + from the instructions he had received before going up, just what part of + the enemy's territory he was to cover. He was under the direction of the + photographer and map-maker, for the two duties were combined in this + instance. + </p> + <p> + Up and up they went. There was no talking, for though this is possible in + an aeroplane when the engine is shut off, such was not now the case. But + Jack knew his business. + </p> + <p> + His indicator soon showed them to be up about fourteen thousand feet, and + below them an artillery duel was in progress. It was a wonderful, but + terrible sight. Immediately under them, and rather too near for comfort, + shrapnel was bursting all around. The “Archies,” or anti-aircraft guns of + the Germans, were trying to reach the French planes, and, in addition to + the bullets, “woolly bears” and “flaming onions” were sent up toward them. + These are two types of bursting shells, the first so named because when it + explodes it does so with a cloud of black smoke and a flaming center. I + have never been able to learn how the “onions” got their name, unless it + is from the stench let loose by the exploding gases. + </p> + <p> + Though they were fired at viciously, neither Jack nor his companion was + hit, and they continued on their way, keeping at a good height, as did + their associates, until they were well over the front German lines. + </p> + <p> + Jack noticed that some of the other planes were dropping lower, to give + their observers a chance to do their work, and, in response to a shove in + his back from the powerful field glasses carried by Harris, Jack sent his + machine down to about the nine-thousand-foot level. By a glance at the map + he could see that they were now over the territory concerning which a + report was wanted. + </p> + <p> + They were now under a heavy fire from the German anti-aircraft guns, but + Jack was too old a hand to let this needlessly worry him. He sent his + machine slipping from side to side, holding it on a level keel now and + then, to enable Harris to get the photographs he wanted. In addition, the + observer was also making a hasty, rough, but serviceable map of what he + saw. + </p> + <p> + Jack glanced down, and noted a German supply train puffing its way along + toward some depot, and he headed toward this to give Harris a chance to + note whether there were any supplies of ammunition, or anything else, that + might profitably be bombed later. He also saw several columns of German + infantry on the march, but as they were not out to make an attack now, + they had to watch the Huns moving up to the front line trenches, there + later, doubtless, to give battle. + </p> + <p> + Back and forth over the German lines flew Jack, Harris meanwhile doing + important observation work. As Jack went lower he came under a fiercer + fire of the batteries, until, it became so hot, from the shrapnel bursts, + that he fain would have turned and made for home. But orders were orders, + and Harris had not yet indicated that he had enough. + </p> + <p> + Twisting and turning, to make as poor a mark as possible for the enemy + guns, Jack sent his machine here and there. The other pilots were doing + the same. Machine guns were now opening up on them, and once the burst of + fire came so close that Jack began to “zoom.” That is he sent his craft up + and down sharply, like the curves and bumps in a roller-coaster railway + track. + </p> + <p> + By this time the leading plane gave the signal for the return, and, + thankful enough that they had not been hit, Jack swung about. But the + danger was not over. They had yet to pass across the enemy's front line + trenches, and when Harris signaled Jack to go down low in crossing the lad + wondered what the order was for. It was merely that the observer wanted to + see what was going on there so he could report. + </p> + <p> + They went down to within a mile of the earth, and several times the plane + was struck by pieces of shrapnel or bullets from machine guns. Twice + flying bits of metal came uncomfortably close to Jack, but he was kept too + busy with the management of his machine to more than notice them. Harris + was working hard at the camera and the maps. + </p> + <p> + Then, suddenly, came the danger signal from the leading plane, and only + just in time. Out from the German hangars came several battle machines. + Harris dropped his pencil and got ready the automatic gun, but it was not + needed, for, after approaching as though about to attack, the Huns + suddenly veered off. Later the reason for this became known. A squadron of + French planes had arisen as swiftly to give battle, and however brave the + Hun may be when he outnumbers the enemy, he had yet to be known to take on + a combat against odds. + </p> + <p> + So Jack and his observer safely reached the aerodrome again, bringing back + much valuable information. + </p> + <p> + “Is Tom here yet?” was Jack's first inquiry after he had divested himself + of his togs and men had rushed to the developing room the camera with its + precious plates. + </p> + <p> + “Not yet,” some of his chums told him. “They're having a fight upstairs I + guess.” + </p> + <p> + Jack nodded and looked anxiously in the direction in which Tom was last + seen. + </p> + <p> + It was an hour before the scouting airplanes came back, and one was so + badly shot up and its pilot so wounded that it only just managed to get + over the French lines before almost crashing to earth. + </p> + <p> + “Are you all right, Tom?” cried Jack, as he rushed up to his chum, when he + saw the latter getting out of his craft, rather stiff from the cold. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. They went at me hard—two of 'em but I think I accounted for + one, unless he went into a spinning nose dive just to fool me.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, they'll do that if they get the chance.” + </p> + <p> + “I know,” assented Tom. “Hello!” he exclaimed as he noticed a splintered + strut near his head. “That came rather close.” + </p> + <p> + And indeed it had. For a bullet, or a piece of shrapnel, has plowed a + furrow in the bit of supporting wood, not two inches away from Tom's head, + though in the excitement of the fight he had not noticed it. + </p> + <p> + There had been a fight in the upper air and one of the French machines had + not come home. + </p> + <p> + “Another man to await news of,” said the flight lieutenant sadly, when the + report reached him. “That's two in two days.” + </p> + <p> + “No news of Leroy yet?” asked Tom and Jack, as they went out of + headquarters after reporting. + </p> + <p> + “None, I am sorry to say. It is barely possible that he landed in some + lonely spot and is still hiding out—if he is not killed. But I + understand you two young men had something to request of me. I can give + you some attention now,” went on the commander of their squadron. + </p> + <p> + “We want to be transferred!” exclaimed Tom. “Now, that Pershing's men are + here—” + </p> + <p> + “I understand,” was the answer. “You want to fight with your countrymen. + Well, I would do the same. I will see if I can get you transferred, though + I shall much regret losing you.” + </p> + <p> + He was as good as his word, and a week later, following some strenuous + fights in the air, Tom and Jack received notice that they could report to + the first United States air squadron, which was then being formed on that + part of the front where the first of Pershing's men were brigaded with, + the French and British armies. + </p> + <p> + Du Boise, who had brought word back of the fate that had befallen Harry + Leroy, sent for Tom and Jack when it became known that they were to leave. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I ever see you again?” he asked wistfully. + </p> + <p> + “To be sure,” was Tom's hearty answer. “We aren't going far away, and + we'll fly over to see you the first chance we get. Besides, we're going to + depend on you to give us some information regarding Leroy. If the Huns + drop any message at all they'll do it at this aerodrome.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I believe you're right,” assented Du Boise, trying not to show the + pain that racked him. “But it's so long, now, I begin to believe he must + be dead, and either the Huns don't know it or they aren't going to bother + to send us word. But I'll let you know as soon as I hear anything.” + </p> + <p> + “Is his sister here yet?” asked Jack, for Tom and he had been too busy the + last two days, getting ready to shift their quarters, to call on Nellie + Leroy. + </p> + <p> + “She has gone back to Paris,” answered Du Boise. “There was no place for + her here. I can give you her address. I promised to let her know in case I + got word about her brother.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you would give me the address!” exclaimed Tom eagerly, and his + chum smiled at his show of interest. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. THE RESOLVE + </h2> + <p> + “Well, to-morrow, if all goes well, we'll be with Pershing's boys,” + remarked Jack, as he and Tom were sitting in their quarters after + breakfast, the last day but one they were to spend in the Lafayette + Escadrille with which they had so long been associated. + </p> + <p> + “That's so. We'll soon be on the firing line with Uncle Sam,” agreed Tom. + “Of course we've been with him, in a way, ever since we've been fighting, + for it's all in the same cause. But there'll be a little more satisfaction + in being 'on our own,' as the English say.” + </p> + <p> + “You're right. What's on for to-day?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Haven't the least idea. But here comes a messenger now.” + </p> + <p> + As Tom spoke he glanced from a window and saw an orderly coming toward + their quarters. The man seemed in a hurry. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +“Something's up!” decided Jack. “Maybe they've got word from poor +Harry.” + + “I'm beginning to give him up,” said Tom. “If they were going to +let us have any news of him they'd have done it long ago—the beasts!” + and he fairly snarled out the words. +</pre> + <p> + “Still I'm not giving up,” returned Jack. “I can't explain why, but I have + a feeling that, some day, we'll see Harry Leroy again.” + </p> + <p> + Tom shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “I wish I could be as hopeful as you,” he said. “Maybe we'll see him again—or + his grave. But I want to say, right now, that if ever I have a chance at + the Hun who shot him down, that Hun Will get no mercy from me!” + </p> + <p> + “Same here!” echoed Jack. “But here comes the orderly.” + </p> + <p> + The man entered and handed Jack a slip of paper. It was from the commander + of their squadron, and said, in effect, that though Tom and Jack were no + longer under his orders, having been duly transferred to another sector, + yet he would be obliged if they would call on him, at his quarters. + </p> + <p> + “Maybe he has news!” exclaimed Jack, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + Again Tom shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “He'd have said so if that was the case,” he remarked as he and his chum + prepared to report at headquarters, telling the messenger they would soon + follow him. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, young gentlemen, I am glad to see, you!” exclaimed the commander, and + it was as friends that he greeted Tom and Jack and not as military + subordinates. “Do you want to do me one last favor?” + </p> + <p> + “A thousand if we can!” exclaimed Jack, for he and Tom had caught + something of the French enthusiasm of manner, from having associated with + the brave airmen so long. + </p> + <p> + “Good! Then I shall feel free to ask. Know then, that I am a little + short-handed in experienced airmen. The Huns have taken heavy toll of us + these last few days,” he went on sorrowfully, and Torn and Jack knew this + to be so, for two aces, as well as some pilots of lesser magnitude, had + been shot down. But ample revenge had been taken. + </p> + <p> + “By all rights you are entitled to a holiday before you join your new + command, under the great Pershing,” went on the flight commander. + “However, as I need the services of two brave men to do patrol duty, I + appeal to you. There is a machine gun nest, somewhere in the Boche lines, + that has been doing terrible execution. If you could find the battery, and + signal its location, we might destroy it with our artillery, and so save + many brave lives for France,” he went on. “I do not like to ask you—” + </p> + <p> + “Tell 'em to get out the machines!” interrupted Jack. “We were just + wishing we could do something to make up for the loss of Harry Leroy, and + this may give it to us. You haven't heard anything of him, have you?” he + asked. + </p> + <p> + The commander shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “I fear we shall never hear from him,” he said. “Though only yesterday we + received back some of the effects of one of our men who was shot down + behind their lines. I can not understand in Leroy's case.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we'll make 'em pay a price all right!” declared Tom. “And now what + about this machine gun nest?” + </p> + <p> + The commander gave them such information as he had. It was not unusual, + such work as Tom and Jack were about to undertake. As the officer had + said, they were practically exempt now that they were about to be + transferred. But they had volunteered, as he probably knew they would. + </p> + <p> + Two speedy Spad machines were run out for the use of Tom and Jack, each + one to have his own, for the work they were to do was dangerous and they + would have need of speed. + </p> + <p> + They looked over the machine guns to see that they were in shape for quick + work, and as the one on the machine Tom selected had congealed oil on the + mechanism, having lately returned from a high flight, another weapon was + quickly attached. Nothing receives more care and attention at an aerodrome + than the motor of the plane and the mechanism of the machine gun. The + latter are constructed so as to be easily and quickly mounted and + dismounted, and at the close of each day's flight the guns are carefully + inspected and cleaned ready for the morrow. + </p> + <p> + “Locate the machine gun battery if you can,” was the parting request to + Tom and Jack as they prepared to ascend. “Send back word of the location + as nearly as you can to our batteries, and the men there will see to the + rest.” + </p> + <p> + “We will!” cried the Americans. + </p> + <p> + Locating a machine gun nest is not as easy as picking out a hostile + battery of heavier guns, for the former, being smaller, are more easily + concealed. + </p> + <p> + But Tom and Jack would, of course, do their best to help out their + friends, the French. Over toward the German lines they flew, and began to + scan with eager eyes the ground below them. They could not fly at a very + great height, as they needed to be low down in order to see, and in this + position they were a mark for the anti-aircraft guns of the Huns. + </p> + <p> + They had no sooner got over the enemy trenches, and were peering about for + the possible location of the machine gun emplacement, when they were + greeted with bursts of fire. But by skillfully dodging they escaped being + hit themselves, though their machines were struck. The two chums were + separated by about a mile, for they wanted to cover as much ground as + possible. + </p> + <p> + At last, to his great delight, Tom saw a burst of smoke from a building + that had been so demolished by shell fire that it seemed nothing could now + inhabit it. But the truth was soon apparent. The machine gun nest was in + the cellar, and from there, well hidden, had been doing terrible execution + on the allied forces. Pausing only to make sure of his surmise, Tom began + to tap out on his wireless key the location of the hidden machine gun + nest. + </p> + <p> + Most of the aeroplanes carry a wireless outfit. An aerial trails after + them, and the electric impulses, dripping off this, so to speak, reach the + battery headquarters. Owing to the noise caused by the motor of the + airship, no message can be sent to the airman in return, and he has to + depend on signs made on the ground, arrows or circles in white by day and + lighted signals at night, to make sure that his messages are being + received and understood. + </p> + <p> + The Allies, of course, possess maps of every sector of the enemy's front, + so that by reference to these maps the aircraft observer can send back + word as to almost the precise location of the battery which it is desired + to destroy. + </p> + <p> + Quickly tapping out word where the battery was located, Tom awaited + developments, circling around the spot in his machine. He was fired at + from guns on the ground below, but, to his delight, no hostile planes rose + to give him combat. A glance across the expanse, however, showed that Jack + was engaging two. + </p> + <p> + “He's keeping them from me!” thought Tom, and his heart was heavy, for he + realized that Jack might be killed. However, it was the fortune of war. As + long as the Hun planes were fighting Jack they would not molest him, and + he might have time to send word to the French battery that would result in + the destruction of the Hun machine nest. + </p> + <p> + There came a burst of fire from the Allied lines he had left, and Tom saw + a shell land to the left and far beyond the Hun battery hidden in the old + ruins. He at once sent back a correcting signal. + </p> + <p> + The more a gun is elevated up to a certain point, the farther it shoots. + Forty-three degrees is about the maximum elevation. Again, if a gun is + elevated too high it shoots over instead of directly at the target aimed + at. It is then necessary to lower the elevation. Tom has seen that the + guns of the French battery, which were seeking to destroy the machine gun + nest were shooting beyond the mark. Accordingly they were told to depress + their muzzles. + </p> + <p> + This was done, but still the shells fell to the left, and an additional + correction was necessary. It is comparatively easy to make corrections in + elevation or depression that will rectify errors in shooting short of or + beyond a mark. It is not so easy to make the same corrections in what, for + the sake of simplicity, may be called right or left errors, that is + horizontal firing. To make these corrections it becomes needful to + inscribe imaginary circles about the target, in this case the machine gun + nest. + </p> + <p> + These circles are named from the letters of the alphabet. For instance, a + circle drawn three hundred yards around a Hun battery as a center might be + designated A. The next circle, two hundred yards less in size, would be B + and so on, down to perhaps five yards, and that is getting very close. + </p> + <p> + The circles are further divided, as a piece of pie is cut, into twelve + sectors, and numbered from 1 to 12. The last sector is due north, while 6 + would be due south, 3 east, and 9 west, with the other figures for + northeast, southwest, and so on. + </p> + <p> + If a shot falls in the fifty-yard circle, indicated by the letter D, but + to the southwest of the mark, it is necessary to indicate that by sending + the message “D-7,” which would mean that, speaking according to the points + of the compass, the missile had fallen within fifty yards of the mark, but + to the south-southwest of it, and correction must be made accordingly. + </p> + <p> + Tom watched the falling shells. They came nearer and nearer to the hidden + battery and at last he saw one fall plump where it was needed. There was a + great puff of smoke, and when it had blown away there was only a hole in + the ground where the ruins had been hiding the machine guns. + </p> + <p> + Tom's work was done, and he flew off to the aid of Jack, who had overcome + one Hun, sending his plane crashing to earth. But the other, an expert + fighter, was pressing him hard until Ton opened up on him with his machine + gun. Then the German, having no stomach for odds, turned tail and flew + toward his own lines. + </p> + <p> + “Good for you, Tom!” yelled Jack, though he knew his chum could not hear + him because of the noise of the motor. + </p> + <p> + Together the two lads, who had engaged in their last battle strictly with + the French, made for their aerodrome, reaching it safely, though, as it + was learned when Jack dismounted, he had received a slight bullet wound in + one side from a missile sent by one of the attacking planes. But the hurt + was only a flesh wound; though, had it gone an inch to one side, it would + have ended Jack's fighting days. + </p> + <p> + Hearty and enthusiastic were the congratulations that greeted the exploit + of Torn in finding the German machine gun nest that had been such a + menace, nor were the thanks to Jack any less warm, for without his help + Tom could never have maintained his position, and sent back corrections to + the battery which brought about the desired result. + </p> + <p> + “It is a glorious end to your stay with us,” said the commander, with + shining eyes, as he congratulated them. + </p> + <p> + There was a little impromptu banquet in the quarters that night, and Tom + and Jack were bidden God-speed to their new quarters. + </p> + <p> + “There's only one thing I want to say!” said Jack quietly, as he rose in + response to a demand that he talk. + </p> + <p> + “Let us hear it, my slice of bacon!” called a jolly ace. + </p> + <p> + “It's this,” went on Jack. “That I hereby resolve that if we—I mean + Tom and I—can't rescue our comrade, Harry Leroy, from the Huns—provided + he's alive—that we'll take a toll of five Germans for him—or + as many, up to that number, as we can shoot down before they get us. Five + German fliers is the price of Harry Leroy, who was worth a hundred of + them!” + </p> + <p> + “Bravo! Hurrah! So he was! Death to the Huns!” were the cries. + </p> + <p> + Torn Raymond sprang to his feet + </p> + <p> + “What Jack says I say!” he cried. “But I double the toll. If Harry Leroy + is dead he leaves a sister. You all saw her here! Well, I'll get five Huns + for her, and that makes ten between Jack and me!” + </p> + <p> + “Success to you!” cried several. + </p> + <p> + With this resolve to spur them on, Tom and Jack bade their bravo comrades + farewell and started for Paris, whence they were to journey to the + headquarters of General Pershing and his men. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. IN PARIS + </h2> + <p> + Attired in their natty uniforms of the La Fayette Escadrille, which they + had not discarded, with the double wings showing that they were fully + qualified pilots and aviators, Jack Parmly and Tom Raymond attracted no + little attention as, several hours after leaving their places on the + battle front, they arrived in Paris. They were to have a few days rest + before joining the newly formed American aviation section which, as yet, + was hardly ready for active work. + </p> + <p> + “Well, they're here!” suddenly cried Tom, as he and Jack made their way + out of the station to seek a modest hotel where they might stay until time + for them to report. + </p> + <p> + “Who? Where? I don't see 'em!” exclaimed Jack, as he crowded to the side + of his chum, murmurs from a group of French persons testifying to the + esteem in which the American lads were held. + </p> + <p> + “There!” went on Tom, pointing. “See some of our doughboys! And maybe the + crowds aren't glad to have 'em here! It's great, I tell you, great!” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he pointed to several khaki-clad infantrymen, some of the + first of the ten thousand Americans lads that were sent over to “take the + germ out of Germany.” The Americans were rather at a loss, but they seemed + masters of themselves, and laughed and talked with glee as they gazed on + the unfamiliar scenes. They, too, were enjoying a holiday before being + sent on to be billeted with the French or British troops. + </p> + <p> + “Come on, let's talk to 'em!” cried Tom, enthusiastically. “It's as good + as a letter from home to see 'em!” + </p> + <p> + “I thought you meant you saw—er—Bessie and her mother,” + returned Jack, and there was a little disappointment in his voice. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, we'll see them soon enough, if they're still in Paris,” said Tom, + gazing curiously at his chum. “But they don't know we are coming here.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, they do,” said Jack, quietly. + </p> + <p> + “They do? Then you must have written.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course. Don't you want to see them before we get shipped off to a new + sector?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, yes. Just now, though, I'm anxious to hear some good, old United + States talk. Come on, let's speak to 'em. There's one bunch that seems to + be in trouble.” + </p> + <p> + But the trouble was only because some of Pershing's boys—as they + were generally called wanted to make some purchases at a candy shop and + did not know enough of the language to make their meaning clear. It was a + good-natured misunderstanding, and both the French shop-keeper and his + helper and the doughboys were laughing over it. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, boys! Glad to see you! Can we help you out?” asked Tom, as he and + Jack joined the group. + </p> + <p> + The infantrymen whirled about. + </p> + <p> + “Well, for the love of the Mason an' Dixon line! is there somebody heah + who can speak our talk?” cried one lad, his accent unmistakably marking + him as Southern. + </p> + <p> + “Guess we can help you out,” said Jack. “We're from God's country, too,” + and in an instant the were surrounded and being shaken hands with on all + sides, while a perfect barrage of questions was fired at them. + </p> + <p> + Then, when the little misunderstanding at the candy shop had been + straightened out, Tom and Jack told something of who they were, mentioning + the fact that they were soon to fight directly under the stars and + stripes, information which drew whoops of delight from the enthusiastic + infantrymen. + </p> + <p> + “But say, friend,” called out one of the new American soldiers, “can you + sling enough of this lingo to lead us to a place where we can get ham and + eggs? I mean a real eating place, not just a coffee stand. I've been + opening my mouth, champing my jaws and rubbing my stomach all day, trying + to tell these folks that I'm hungry and want a square meal, and half the + time they think I need a doctor. Lead me to a hash foundry.” + </p> + <p> + “All right, come on with us!” laughed Tom. “We're going to eat, too. I + guess we can fix you up.” + </p> + <p> + The two aviators had been in Paris before and they knew their way about, + as well as being able to speak the language fairly well. Soon, with their + new friends from overseas, they were seated in a quiet restaurant, where + substantial food could be had in spite of war prices. And then it was give + and take, question and answer, until a group of Parisians that had + gathered about turned away shaking their heads at their inability to + understand the strange talk. But they were well aware of the spirit of it + all, and more than one silently blessed the Americans as among the saviors + of France. + </p> + <p> + The wonderful city seemed filled with soldiers of all the Allied nations, + and most conspicuous, because of recent events, were the khaki-clad boys + who were soon to fight under Pershing. Having seen that the little + contingent they had taken under their protection got what they wanted, Tom + and Jack, bidding them farewell, but promising to see them again soon, + went to their hotel. + </p> + <p> + And, their baggage arriving, Jack proceeded to get ready for a bath and a + general furbishing. He seemed very particular. + </p> + <p> + “Going out?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Why—er—yes. Thought I'd go to call on Bessie Gleason. This is + her night off duty—hers and her mother's.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you know?” + </p> + <p> + “Well—er—she said so. Want to come?” + </p> + <p> + “Nixy. Two's company and you know what three is.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, come on! Mrs. Gleason will be glad to see you.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I suppose I might,” assented Tom, who, truth to tell, did not + relish spending the evening alone. + </p> + <p> + Bessie and her mother had, of late, been assigned as Red Cross workers to + a hospital in the environs of Paris, and ant times they could come into + the city for a rest. They maintained a modest apartment not far from the + hotel where Tom and Jack had put up, and soon the two lads found + themselves at the place where their friends lived. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I'm so glad you both came!” exclaimed Bessie as she greeted them. “We + have company and—” + </p> + <p> + “Company!” exclaimed Jack, drawing back. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the dearest, most delightful girl you ever—” + </p> + <p> + “Girl!” exclaimed Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. But come on in and meet her. I'm sure you'll both fall in love with + her.” + </p> + <p> + Jack was on the point of saying something, but thought better of it, and a + moment later, to the great surprise of himself and Torn, they were facing + Nellie Leroy. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. THE AMERICAN FRONT + </h2> + <p> + Tom and Jack bowed. In fact, so great was their surprise at first that + this was all they could do. Then they stared first at Bessie and then at + the other girl—the sister of Harry, their chum, who was somewhere, + dead or alive, behind the German lines. + </p> + <p> + “Well, aren't you glad to see her?” demanded Bessie. “I thought I'd + surprise you.” + </p> + <p> + “You have,” said Jack. “Very much!” + </p> + <p> + “Glad to see her—why—of course. But—but—how—” + </p> + <p> + Tom found himself stuttering and stammering, so he stopped, and stared so + hard at Nellie Leroy that she smiled, though rather sadly, for it was + plain to be seen her grief over the possible death of her brother weighed + down on her. And then she went on: + </p> + <p> + “Well, I'm real—I'm not a dream, Mr. Raymond.” + </p> + <p> + “So I see—I mean I'm glad to see it—I mean—oh, I don't + know what I do mean!” he finished desperately. “Did you know she was going + to be here? Was that the reason you asked me to come?” he inquired of + Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Hadn't the least notion in the world,” answered Jack. “I'm as much + surprised as you are.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we'll take pity on you and tell you all about it,” said Bessie. + “Mother, here are the boys,” she called; and Mrs. Gleason, who had + suffered so much since having been saved from the Lusitania and afterward + rescued by air craft from the lonely castle, came out of her room to greet + the boys. + </p> + <p> + They were as glad to see her as she was to meet them again, and for a time + there was an interchange of talk. Then Mrs. Gleason withdrew to leave the + young people to themselves. + </p> + <p> + “Well, go on, tell us all about it!” begged Tom, who could not take his + eyes off Nellie Leroy. “How did she get here?” and he indicated Harry's + sister. + </p> + <p> + “He talks of me as though I were some specimen!” laughed the girl. “But go + on—tell him, Bessie.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, it isn't much of a story,” said Bessie Gleason. “Nellie started to + do Red Cross work, as mother and I are doing, and she was assigned to the + hospital where we were.” + </p> + <p> + “This was after I heard the terrible news about poor Harry at your + escadrille,” Nellie broke in, to say to Tom and Jack. “I—I suppose + you haven't had any—word?” she faltered. + </p> + <p> + “Not yet,” Jack answered. “But we may get it any day now—or they + may, back there,” and he nodded to indicate the air headquarters he and + Tom had left. “You know we're going to be under Pershing soon,” he added. + </p> + <p> + “So you wrote me,” said Bessie. “I'm glad, though it's all in the same + good cause. Well, as I was saying, Nellie came to our hospital-I call it + ours though I have such a small part in it,” she interjected. “She was + introduced to us as an American, and of course we made friends at once.” + </p> + <p> + “No one could help making friends with Bessie and her mother!” exclaimed + Nellie. + </p> + <p> + “Don't flatter us too much,” warned Bessie. “Now please don't interrupt + any more. As I say, Nellie came to us to do her share in helping care for + the wounded, and, as mother and I found she had settled on no regular + place in Paris, we asked her to share our rooms. Then we got to talking, + and of course I found she had met you two boys in her search for her + brother. After that we were better friends than ever.” + </p> + <p> + “Glad to know it,” said Tom. “There's nothing like having friends. I + hadn't any notion that I'd meet any when I started out with him tonight,” + and he motioned to Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I like that!” cried Bessie in feigned indignation. “I like to know + how you class my mother and me?” and she looked at Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Oh,—er—well, of course—you and your mother, and Jack. + But he and you—” + </p> + <p> + “Better swim out before you get into deep water,” advised Jack quickly, + and he nudged Tom with his foot. + </p> + <p> + Then the boys had to tell about their final experiences before leaving the + Lafayette Escadrille with which many trying, as well as many happy, hours + were associated, and the girls told of their adventures, which were not + altogether tame. + </p> + <p> + Since Mrs. Gleason had been freed from the plotting of the spy, Potzfeldt, + she had lived a happy life—that is as happy as one could amid the + scenes of war and its attendant horrors. She and Bessie were throwing + themselves heart and soul into the immortal work of the Red Cross, and now + Nellie bad joined them. + </p> + <p> + “It's the only way I can stop thinking about poor Harry,” she said with a + sigh. “Oh, if I could only hear some good news about him, that I might + send it to the folks at home. Do you think it will ever come—the + good news, I mean?” she asked wistfully of Tom. + </p> + <p> + “All we can do is to hope,” he said. He knew better than to buoy up false + hopes, for he had seen too much of the terrible side of war. In his heart + he knew that there was but little chance for Harry Leroy, after the + latter's aeroplane had been shot down behind the German lines. Yet there + was that one, slender hope to which all of us cling when it seems that + everything else is lost. + </p> + <p> + “He may be a prisoner, and, in that case, there is a chance,” said Tom, + while Jack and Bessie were conversing on the other side of the room. + </p> + <p> + “You mean a chance to escape?” + </p> + <p> + “Hardly that, though it has been done. A few aviators have got away from + German prison camps. But it's only one chance in many thousand. No, what I + meant was that—well, it's too small and slim a chance to talk about, + I'm afraid.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no!” she hastened to assure him. “Do tell me! No chance is too small. + What do you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, sometimes rescues have been made,” went on Tom. “They are even more + rare than escapes, but they have been done. I was thinking that perhaps + after Jack and I get in with Pershing's boys we might be in some big raid + on the Hun lines, and then, if we could get any information as to your + brother's whereabouts, we might plan to rescue him.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, do you think you could?” + </p> + <p> + “I certainly can and will try!” exclaimed Tom, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, will you? Oh, I can't thank you enough!” and she clasped his hand in + both hers and Tom blushed deeply. + </p> + <p> + “Please don't count too much on it,” Tom warned Nellie. “It's a desperate + chance at best, but it's the only one I can see that we can take. First of + all, though, we've got to get some word as to where Harry is.” + </p> + <p> + “How can you do that?” + </p> + <p> + “Some of the Hun airmen are almost human, that is compared to the other + Boche fighters. They may drop a cap of Harry's or a glove, or something,” + and Tom told of the practice in such cases. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, if they only will!” sighed Nellie. “But it is almost too much to + hope.” + </p> + <p> + And so they talked until late in the evening, when the time came for + Nellie, Bessie and her mother to report back for their Red Cross work. The + boys returned to their hotel, promising to write often and to see their + friends at the next opportunity. + </p> + <p> + “I won't forget!” said Tom, on parting from Nellie. + </p> + <p> + “Forget what?” asked Jack, as they were going down the street together. + </p> + <p> + “I'm going to do my best to rescue her brother,” said Tom, in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + “Good! I'm with you!” declared Jack. + </p> + <p> + The stay of the two boys in Paris was all too short, but they were anxious + to get back to their work. They wanted to be fighting under their own + flag. Not that they had not been doing all they could for liberty, but it + was different, being with their own countrymen. And so, when their leaves + of absence were up, they took the train that was to drop them at the place + assigned, where the newly arrived Americans were beginning their training. + </p> + <p> + “The American front!” cried Tom, as he and Jack reached the headquarters + of General Pershing and his associate officers. “The American front at + last!” + </p> + <p> + “And it's the happiest day of my life that I can fight on it!” cried Jack. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. A BATTLE IN THE AIR + </h2> + <p> + Strictly speaking there was at that time no American front. That did not + come until later, for the American soldiers, as was proper, were brigaded + with the French and British, to enable our troops, who were unused to + European war conditions, to become acquainted with the needful measures to + meet and overcome the brutality of the Huns. + </p> + <p> + But even with this brigading of the United States' troops with the + seasoned veterans, which, in plain language, meant a mingling of the two + forces, there was much that was strictly American among the new arrivals. + </p> + <p> + Not only were the khaki-clad soldiers real Americans to the backbone, but + their equipment and the supplies that had come over with them in the + transports were such as might be seen at any army camp in this country, as + distinguished from a French or a British camp. + </p> + <p> + “Well, the boys are here all right,” remarked Jack, as he and Tom made + their way toward the headquarters at which they were to report. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and it makes me feel good to see them!” said Tom. “This is the + beginning of the end of Kaiserism, if I'm any judge.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, it isn't going to be so easy as all that,” returned Jack. “We'll see + some hard fighting. Germany isn't licked yet by any means; but those, are + the boys that can bring the thing to a finish,” and he pointed to a + company of the lean, stem, brown figures that were swinging along with + characteristic stride. + </p> + <p> + The place at which Tom and Jack had been ordered to report was an interior + city of France, not far from the port at which the first transport from + America had arrived. A first glance at the scenes on every hand would have + given a person not familiar with war a belief that hopeless confusion + existed. Wagons, carts, mule teams and motor trucks-“lorries,” the English + call them—were dashing to and fro. Men were marching, + countermarching, unloading some vehicles, loading others. Soldiers were + being marched into the interior to be billeted, others were being directed + to their respective French or English units. Officers were shouting + commands, and privates were carrying them out to the best of their + ability. + </p> + <p> + But though it all seemed chaos, out of it order was coming. There was a + system, though a civilian would not have understood it. + </p> + <p> + “Well, let's find out where we're at,” suggested Torn, to his chum. + </p> + <p> + “Right O, my pickled grapefruit!” agreed Jack with a laugh. “Let's get + into the game.” + </p> + <p> + They were about to ask their direction from a non-commissioned officer who + was directing a squad of men in the unloading of a truck which seemed + filled with canned goods, when some one said: + </p> + <p> + “There goes Black Jack now!” + </p> + <p> + The two air service boys looked, and saw, passing along not far away, a + tall man, faultlessly attired, who looked “every inch a soldier,” and + whose square jaw was indicative of his fighting qualities, if the rest of + his face had not been. + </p> + <p> + “Is that General Pershing?” asked Tom, in a low voice of the + non-commissioned officer. + </p> + <p> + “That's who he is, buddy,” was the smiling answer. “The best man in the + world for the job, too. Come on there now, you with the red hair. This + isn't a croquet game. Lay into those cases, and get 'em off some time + before New Year's. We want to have our Christmas dinner in Berlin, + remember!” + </p> + <p> + “So that's Pershing,” commented Jack, as he looked at the American + commander, who, with his staff officers, was on a trip of inspection. + “Well, he suits me all right!” + </p> + <p> + “The next thing for us to do is to find out if we suit him,” remarked Tom. + “Wonder if he knows we're here?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't even believe he knows we're alive!” exclaimed Jack, for the + moment taking Tom's joke quite seriously. + </p> + <p> + As General Pershing passed on, receiving and returning many salutes, Tom + and Jack made their inquiries, learned where they were to report, and went + on their way, longing for the time when they could get into action with + the American troops. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, so you're the two aviators from the Lafayette Escadrille,” commented + the commanding officer, or the C.O., of the newly formed American + squadron, as Tom and Jack, drawing themselves up as straight as they + could, saluted when he looked over their papers and their log books. These + last are the personal records of aviators in which they note the details + of each flight made. They are official documents, but when a birdman is + honorably discharged he may take his log book with him. + </p> + <p> + “We were told to report to you, sir,” said Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. And I'm glad to see you. We're going to establish a purely American + air force, but as yet it is in its infancy. I need some experienced + fliers, and I'm glad you're going to be with us. Of course I have a number + who have made good records over there,” and he nodded to indicate the + United States, “But they haven't been under fire yet, and I understand you + have.” + </p> + <p> + “Some,” admitted Jack, modestly enough. + </p> + <p> + “Good! Well, I'm to have some more of our own boys, who are to be + transferred from the French forces, and some from the Royal Flying Corps, + so with that as a start I guess we can build up an air service that will + make Fritz step lively. But we've got to go slow. One thing I'm sorry for + is that we haven't, as yet, any American planes. We'll have to depend on + the French and English for them, as we have to, at first, for our + artillery and shells.” + </p> + <p> + “We can fly French or British planes,” remarked Tom. + </p> + <p> + And, as my old readers know, the air service boys had had experience with + a number of different models. + </p> + <p> + “We can fly a Gotha if we have to,” said Jack. “One came down back of our + lines last month, and we patched it up and flew it for practice.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you can get some more of that practice,” said the commanding + officer with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “But, now that you're here, I'll swear you in and see what the orders are + regarding you. I'm afraid there won't be much fighting for you at first—that + is strictly as Americans. I understand our air front, if I may use that + term, will have to grow out of a nucleus of French and English fighters.” + </p> + <p> + “That's all right, as long as we get the right start,” commented Tom. + </p> + <p> + It was necessary to swear the boys into the service of the United States, + even though they were natives of it; since, on entering the Lafayette + Escadrille, they had been obliged to swear allegiance to France. But this + was a matter of routine where the Allies were concerned, and soon Tom and + Jack were back again where they longed to be—enrolled among the + distinctive fighters of their own country. + </p> + <p> + They were assigned to barracks, and found themselves among some other + airmen, many of whom were student fliers from the various aviation camps + of the United States. Few of these youths had had much practice, though + some had been to the Canadian schools. And none of them had, as yet, + fought an enemy in the air. + </p> + <p> + To aid and instruct them, however, were such fighters as Tom and Jack, and + some even more experienced from the French, Italian and British camps, who + had been detailed to help out the United States in the emergency. + </p> + <p> + The next few weeks was an instruction and reconstruction period, with Tom + and Jack often filling the roles of teachers. They found their pupils apt, + eager and willing, however, and among them they discovered some excellent + material. As the commanding officer of the new American air forces had + said, the planes used were all of English or French make. It was too early + in the war for America to have sent any over equipped with the Liberty + motor, though production was under way. + </p> + <p> + After this period had passed, Tom and Jack, with a squadron of other + birdmen were sent to a certain section of the front held largely by + American troops, supported by veteran French and British regiments. + </p> + <p> + It was the first wholly American aircraft camp established since the + beginning of the World War, and it was not even yet as wholly American as + it was destined to be later, for the aviators were, as regards veterans, + largely French and English. Torn and Jack were, in point of service, the + ranking American fliers for a time. + </p> + <p> + There had been several sharp engagements across No Man's Land between the + mingled French, British and French forces and the Huns, and honors were on + the side of the former. There had been one or two combats in the air, in + which Tom and Jack had taken part, when one day word came from an + observation balloon on the American side that a flock of German aircraft + was on the way from a camp located a few miles within the Boche lines. + </p> + <p> + There was a harried consultation of the officers, and then orders were + given for a half score of the Allied machines to get ready. Two veteran + French aces were to be in command, with Tom and Jack as helpers, and some + of the American aviators were to go into the battle of the air for the + first time. + </p> + <p> + “The Huns are evidently going to try to bomb some of our ammunition dumps + behind our lines,”' said one officer, speaking to Tom. “It's up to you + boys to drive 'em back.” + </p> + <p> + “We'll try, sir,” was the answer. “We owe the Huns something we haven't + been able to pay off as yet.” + </p> + <p> + Tom referred to the loss of Harry Leroy. So far no word had been received + from him, either directly or through the German aviators, as to whether he + was dead or a prisoner. Letters had passed between Bessie and Nellie and + Jack and Tom, and the sister of the missing youth begged for news. + </p> + <p> + But there was none to give her. + </p> + <p> + “Unless we get some to-day,” observed Tom as he and his chum hurried + toward the hangars where their machines were being made ready for them. + </p> + <p> + “Get news to-day? What makes you think we shall?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we might bring down a Fritzie or two who'd know something about + poor Harry,” was the answer. “You never can tell.” + </p> + <p> + “No, that's so,” agreed Jack. “Well, here's hoping we'll have luck.” + </p> + <p> + By this time there was great excitement in the American aviation + headquarters. Word of the oncoming Hun planes had spread, and not a flier + of Pershing's forces but was eager to get into his plane and go aloft to + give battle. But only the best were selected, and if there were + heart-burnings of disappointment it could not be helped. + </p> + <p> + Two classes of planes were to be used, the single seaters for the aces, + who fought alone, and the double craft, each one of which carried a pilot + and an observer. In the latter cases the observers were the new men, who + had yet to receive their baptism of fire above the clouds. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack were each detailed to take up one of the new men, and the air + service boys were glad to find that, assigned to each of them, was the + very man he would have picked had he had his choice. They were eager, + intrepid lads, anxious to do their share in the great adventure. + </p> + <p> + Quickly the machines were made ready, and quickly the fighters climbed + into them. The roar of the motors was heard all over the aerodrome, and + soon the machines began to mount. Up and up they climbed, and none too + soon, for on reaching elevations averaging ten thousand feet, there was + seen, over the German lines, a flock of the Hun planes led by two or three + machines painted a bright red. These were some of the machines that had + belonged to the celebrated “flying circus,” organized by a daring Hun + aviator and ace who was killed after he had inflicted great damage and + loss on the Allied service. He and his men had their machines painted red, + perhaps on the theory that they would thus inspire terror. These were some + of the former members of the “circus,” it was evident. + </p> + <p> + “It's going to be a real fight!” cried Tom, as he headed his machine + toward one of the red craft. Whether the green man Tom was taking up + relished this or not, knowing, as he must, the reputation of these red + aviators, Tom did not stop to consider. + </p> + <p> + Then, as the two hostile air fleets approached, there began a battle of + the clouds—a conflict destined to end fatally for more than one + aviator. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. THE FALLING GLOVE + </h2> + <p> + Numerically the Hun planes, were superior to the American fleet of + airships that quickly rose to oppose them. That probably accounted for + fact that the Germans did not turn tail and scurry back beyond the + protection of their own anti-aircraft guns and batteries. For it was + seldom, if ever, they went into a fight when the odds were against them. + </p> + <p> + On came the Fokkers and Gothas, the black iron crosses painted on the + wings of the machines standing out in bold relief in the clear air. The + sun glinted on the red craft which were in the lead, and besides Tom, who + headed for one of these, a French ace darted down from a height to engage + the red planes. + </p> + <p> + “See if you can plug him when I put you near enough!” cried Tom to his + observer, who had the reputation of being a good shot with the Lewis gun. + Practice with the machine weapons in aeroplanes had been going on, for + some time among the new American aviators. “Let him have a good dose!” + cried Tom. “If you miss him, then I'll try!” + </p> + <p> + Of course Tom had to shut off the engine when he said this, as no voice + could have been heard above the roaring of the powerful motor. But when he + had given his companion these instructions and had ascertained, by a + glance over his shoulder, that the lad understood for he nodded his head, + Tom again turned on the gasoline, and the propeller, that had been + revolving by momentum and because of the pressure of air against it, took + up its speed again. + </p> + <p> + Straight for the red machine rushed Tom, and a quick glance told him that + his companion was ready with the gun. The weapon to be worked by the + latter was mounted so that it could be aimed independently of the + aeroplane. Tom also had a gun in front of him, but it was fixed and could + be aimed only by pointing the whole craft. Once this was done Tom could + operate the weapon with one hand, steering with the other, and, at times, + with his feet and knees. + </p> + <p> + There came several sharp pops near Tom's head, and he knew these were + machine bullets from the Hun aviator's gun, breaking through the tightly + stretched linen fabric of the wings of his own plane. + </p> + <p> + “Let him have it before he plugs us!” cried Tom to his companion, though + of course the latter could not hear a word. An instant later Tom heard the + Lewis gun behind him firing, and he saw several tracer bullets strike the + Hun machine. But they were not near the aviator himself, and did no + material damage. + </p> + <p> + “Guess he's too nervous to shoot straight,” reasoned Tom. “I'll have to + try my own gun,” he decided. + </p> + <p> + Tom noticed that the Hun was climbing up, trying to get into a position + above the American plane, which is always an advantage. And the air + service boy knew he must not let this happen. Quickly he shifted the + rudder and began to climb himself. But he was at a disadvantage as his + machine carried double, while the red plane had only one man in it, an ace + beyond a doubt. + </p> + <p> + “I've got to get him now or never!” thought Tom. Once more he shifted his + direction, and then, as he had his gun aimed just where he wanted it, he + pressed the lever and a burst of bullets shot out and fairly riddled the + red plane. It seemed to stop for an instant in the air, and then, + quivering, turned and went down in a nose dive, spinning around. + </p> + <p> + “No fake about that!” mused Tom, as he leaned over and looked down from + the height. “He's done for!” + </p> + <p> + And so, the Hun was, for he crashed to the ground behind the American + lines. The incident did not affect Tom Raymond greatly. It was not his + first killing. But when he, glanced back toward his companion, he saw that + the other was shrinking back as if in horror. + </p> + <p> + “He'll get over that soon enough. All he has to do is to think of what the + Huns have done—crucifying men and babies—to make his heart + hard,” thought Tom. + </p> + <p> + Whether his companion did this or not, did not disclose itself, but the + fact remains that when Tom flew off to engage another Hun machine the lad + back of him rose to the occasion and shot so well that Fritz veered off + and flew back over his own lines, wounded and with his craft barely able + to fly. + </p> + <p> + Not all the American machines fared as well as this, however. Jack was in + poor luck. The first burst of bullets from the German he engaged punctured + his gasoline tank, and he was obliged to coast back to his own aerodrome + to get another machine, if possible. He was also hit once in the leg, the + wound being painful though not dangerous. He received first aid treatment + and wanted to get back into the fight, but this was not allowed, and he + had to watch the battle from the ground. + </p> + <p> + The fight was fast and stubborn, and in the end the American forces won, + for at a signal from the remaining red plane, which seemed to bear a + charmed existence, as it did not appear to be hit, the others remaining of + the Hun forces, turned tail and scooted back to safety. + </p> + <p> + But they had left a toll of five machines sent crashing to earth, four of + them each containing two men. The leading French ace was killed, a severe + loss to the Allied forces, and three of the American machines were damaged + and their operators severely wounded, though with a chance of recovery. By + American machines is meant those assigned for use to Pershing's forces, + though the craft used up to that time were of French or English make. The + real American machines came into use a little later. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I think we can call it one to our credit,” said Tom, as he rejoined + Jack after the battle. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. But you had all the luck!” complained his chum. “It went against me, + and the lad I took up. It—” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind; it'll be your turn next,” replied Tom, consolingly. + </p> + <p> + And so the new American aviators received their baptism of fire, and, to + their credit, longed for more. + </p> + <p> + More credit was really due the American forces than would be indicated by + the mere citation of the losses inflicted on the German side in this first + air battle. For many of the American fighters were “green,” while not one + of the Huns, as was learned later, but what had several Allied machines to + his score. And so there was rejoicing in General Pershing's camp, even + though it was mingled with sorrow at the losses inflicted. + </p> + <p> + Busy days followed, Tom and Jack were in the air much of the time. And + when they were not flying they were delivering talks to new students, who + were constantly arriving. They found time once to run into Paris on their + day of leave, to see Bessie and Nellie, and they went on a little picnic + together, which was as jolly as such an affair could be in the midst of + the terrible war. Nellie had received no word of her missing brother, and + Jack and Tom had no encouragement for her. + </p> + <p> + Then came more hard work at camp, and another battle of the air in which + the American forces more than equaled matters, for they fairly demolished + a German plane squadron, sending ten of the machines crashing to earth and + the others back over the Hun lines, more or less damaged. That was a great + day. And, as a sort of reward for their work, Tom and Jack were given + three days' leave. At first they thought to spend them in Paris, but, + learning that neither Bessie nor her mother nor Nellie could leave their + Red Cross work to join them, the two lads made other arrangements. + </p> + <p> + “Let's go back and see the fellows in the Lafayette Escadrille,” suggested + Tom. + </p> + <p> + “All right,” agreed Jack. + </p> + <p> + And thither they went. + </p> + <p> + That they were welcomed need not be said. It was comparatively quiet on + this sector just then, though there had, a few days before, been a great + battle with victory perching on the Allied banners. The air conflicts, + too, had been desperate, and many a brave man of the French, English or + American fliers had met his death. But toll had been taken of the Boches—ample + toll, too. + </p> + <p> + The first inquiry Tom and Jack had made on their arrival at their former + aerodrome had been for news of Harry Leroy, but none had been received. + </p> + <p> + It was when Tom and Jack were about to conclude their visit to their + former comrades of the air that an incident occurred which made a great + change in their lives. One sunny afternoon there suddenly appeared, a mere + speck in the blue, a single aeroplane. + </p> + <p> + “Some one of your men must have gone a long way over Heinie's lines,” + remarked Jack to one of the French officers. + </p> + <p> + “He is not one of our men. Either they were all back long ago or they will + not come back until after the war—if ever. That is a Hun machine.” + </p> + <p> + “What is he doing—challenging to single combat?” asked Tom, as the + lone plane came on steadily. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the officer, after a look through his glasses. “I think he + brings some messages. We sent some to the Germans yesterday, and I think + this is a return courtesy. We will wait and see.” + </p> + <p> + Nearer and nearer came the German plane. Soon it was circling around the + French camp. Hundreds came out to watch, for now the object of the lone + aviator was apparent. He contemplated no raid. It was to drop news of + captured, or dead, Allied airmen. + </p> + <p> + Then, as Tom, and the others watched, a little package was seen to fall + from the hovering aeroplane. It landed on the roof of one of the hangars, + bounced off and was picked up by an orderly, who presented it to the + commanding officer. + </p> + <p> + Quickly and eagerly it was opened. It contained some personal belongings + of Allied airmen who had been missing for the past week. Some of them, the + message from the German lines said, had been killed by their falls after + being shot down, and it was stated that they had been decently buried. + Others were wounded and in hospitals. + </p> + <p> + “No word from Harry,” said Tom, sadly, as the last of the relics from the + dead and the living were gone over. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I guess we may as well give him up,” added Jack. “But we can avenge + him. That's all we have left, now.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Tom. “If we only—?” + </p> + <p> + A cry from some of those watching the German plane interrupted him. The + two air service boys looked up. Another small object was falling. It + landed with a thud, almost at the feet of Tom and Jack, and the latter + picked it up. + </p> + <p> + It was an aviator's glove; and as Jack held it up a note dropped out. + Quickly it was read, and the import of it was given to all in a + simultaneous shout of joy from Tom and Jack. + </p> + <p> + “It's word from Harry Leroy! Word from Harry at last!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. STUNTS + </h2> + <p> + Truly enough, word had come from the missing aviator, or, if not directly + from him, at least from his captors. The German airmen, falling in with + the chivalry which had been initiated by the French and English, and later + followed by the Americans, had seen fit to inform the comrades of the + captured man of his whereabouts. + </p> + <p> + “Where is he? What happened to him?” asked several, as all crowded around + Tom and Jack to hear the news. + </p> + <p> + Jack, reading the note, told them. The missive was written in very good + English, though in a German hand. It stated that Harry Leroy had been shot + down in his plane while over the German lines, and had fallen in a lonely + spot, wounded. + </p> + <p> + The wound was not serious, it was stated, and the prisoner was doing as + well as could be expected, but he would remain in the hands of his captors + until the end of the war. The reason his whereabouts was not mentioned + before was that the Germans did not know they had one of the Allied + aviators in their midst. + </p> + <p> + Leroy had not only fallen in a lonely spot, but he was made unconscious by + his fall and injuries, and when he recovered he was lying near his almost + demolished plane. + </p> + <p> + He managed to get out his log book and other confidential papers, and set + fire to them and the plane with the gasoline that still remained in the + tank. He destroyed them so they might not fall into the hands of the + Germans, a fate he knew would be his own shortly. + </p> + <p> + But Harry Leroy was not doomed to instant capture. The blaze caused by his + burning aeroplane attracted the attention of a peasant, who had not been + deported when the enemy overran his country, for the young aviator had + fallen in a spot well back of the front lines. This French peasant took + Harry to his little farm and hid him in the barn. There the man, his wife, + and his granddaughters, looked after the injured aviator, feeding him and + binding up his hurts. It was a great risk they took, and Harry Leroy knew + it as well as they. But for nearly two weeks he remained hidden, and this + probably saved his life, for he got better treatment at the farmhouse than + he would, as an enemy, have received in a German hospital. + </p> + <p> + But such good luck could not last. Suspicion that Americans were hidden in + the Frenchman's barn began to spread through the country, and rather than + bring discovery on his friends, Leroy left the barn one night. + </p> + <p> + He had a desperate hope that he might reach his own lines, as he was now + pretty well recovered from his 'Injuries, but it was not to be. He was + captured by a German patrol. But by his quick action Harry Leroy had + removed suspicion from the farmer, which was exactly what he wished to do. + </p> + <p> + The Germans, rejoicing over their capture, took the young aviator to the + nearest prison camp, and there he was put in custody, together with some + unfortunate French and English. The tide of war had turned against Harry + Leroy. + </p> + <p> + So it came about that, some time after he had been posted as missing and + when it was surely thought that he was dead, Harry Leroy was found to be + among the living, though a prisoner. + </p> + <p> + “This will be great news for his sister!” exclaimed Jack, as the note + dropped by the German airman was read over and over again. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, she'll be delighted,” agreed Tom. “We must hurry back and tell her.” + </p> + <p> + “And that isn't all,” went on Jack. “We must try to figure out a way to + rescue Harry.” + </p> + <p> + “You can't do that,” declared a French ace, one with whom the air service + boys had often flown. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “It's out of the question,” was the answer. “There has never been a rescue + yet from behind the German lines. Or, if there has been, it's like a blue + moon.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we can try,” declared Jack, and Tom nodded his head in agreement. + </p> + <p> + “Don't count too much on it,” added another of their friends. “Harry may + not even be where this note says he is.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean that the Germans would say what isn't so?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Of course! Naturally!” was the answer. “But even if they did not in this + case, even if they have truly said where Leroy is, he may be moved at any + time—sent to some other prison, or made to work in the mines or at + perhaps something far worse.” + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack realized that this might be so, and they felt that there was + no easy task ahead of them in trying to rescue their chum from the hands + of the Germans. But they were not youths who gave up easily. + </p> + <p> + “May we keep this note?” asked Tom, as he and Jack got ready to depart. + Having fallen on the camp of the escadrille with which they were formerly + quartered, it was, strictly speaking, the property of the airmen there. + But having been told how much the sister of the prisoner would appreciate + it, the commanding officer gave permission for Tom and Jack to take the + glove and note with them. + </p> + <p> + “Let us know if you rescue him, Comrades!” called the Frenchmen to the two + lads, as they started back for their own camp. + </p> + <p> + “We will,” was the answer. + </p> + <p> + Nellie Leroy's joy in the news that her brother was alive was tempered by + the fact that he was a German prisoner. + </p> + <p> + “But we're going to get him!” declared Tom even though he realized, as he + said it, that it with almost a forlorn hope. + </p> + <p> + “You are so good,” murmured the girl. + </p> + <p> + Jack and Tom spent a few happy hours in Paris, with Nellie and Bessie—the + last of their leave—and then, bidding the girls and Mrs. Gleason + farewell, they reported back to the American aerodrome, where the young + airmen were cordially welcomed. + </p> + <p> + There they found much to do, and events followed one another so rapidly at + this stage of the World War that Tom and Jack, after their return, had + little time for anything but flying and teaching others what they knew of + air work. They had no opportunity to do anything toward the rescue of + Harry Leroy; and, indeed, they were at a loss how to proceed. They were + just hoping that something would transpire to give them a starting point. + </p> + <p> + “We'll have to leave it to luck for a while,” said Torn. + </p> + <p> + “Or fate,” added Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Well, fate plays no small part in an airman's life,” returned Tom. “While + we are no more superstitions than any other soldiers, yet there are few + airmen who do not carry some sort of mascot or good-luck piece. You know + that, Jack.” + </p> + <p> + And even the casual reader of the exploits of the aviators must have been + impressed with the fact that often the merest incident—or accident + is responsible for life or death. + </p> + <p> + Death often passes within hair's breadth of the intrepid fliers, and some + of them do not know it until after they have made a landing and have seen + the bullet holes in their machine—holes that indicate how close the + missiles have passed to them. + </p> + <p> + So, in a way, both Tom and Jack believed in luck, and they both believed + that this same luck might point out to them a way of rescuing Harry Leroy. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile they were kept busy. After the big battle in the air matters + were quiet for a time on their sector of the front. The arrival of new + fliers from America made it necessary to instruct them, and to this Tom, + Jack and other veterans were detailed. + </p> + <p> + Then began a series of what Jack called “stunts.” In order to inspire the + new pupils with confidence, the older flying men—not always older in + years—would go aloft in their single planes and do all sorts of + trick flying. Some of the pupils—the more daring, of course—wished + to imitate these, but of course they were not allowed. + </p> + <p> + The pupils were first allowed merely to go with an experienced man. This, + of course, they had done at the flying schools in the United States, and + had flown alone. But they had to start all over again when on French soil, + for here they were exposed, any time, to an attack from a Hun plane. + </p> + <p> + After they had, it was thought, got sufficient experience to undertake + these trick features by themselves, they were allowed to make trial + flights, but not over the enemy lines. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack gave the best that was in them to these enthusiastic pupils, + and there was much good material. + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to do to-day, Jack?” asked Tom one morning, as they + went out after breakfast to get into their “busses,” as they dubbed their + machines. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, got orders to do some spiral and somersault stunts for the benefit of + some huns.” (“Hun,” used in this connection, not referring to the Germans. + “Hun” is the slang term for student aviators, tacked on them by more + experienced fliers.) + </p> + <p> + “Same here. Good little bunch of huns in camp now.” + </p> + <p> + Tom nodded in agreement, and the two were soon preparing to climb aloft. + </p> + <p> + With a watching group of eager young men on the ground below, in company + with an instructor who would point out the way certain feats were done, + Torn and Jack began climbing. Presently they were fairly tumbling about + like pigeons, seeming to fall, but quickly straightening out on a level + keel and coming to the ground almost as lightly as feathers. + </p> + <p> + “A good landing is essential if one would become a good airman,” stated + the instructor. “In fact I may say it is the hardest half of the game. For + it is comparatively easy to leave the earth. It is the coming back that is + difficult, like the Irishman who said it wasn't the fall that hurts, it + was the stopping.” + </p> + <p> + “Give 'em a bit of zooming now,” the instructor said to Tom and Jack. “The + boys may have to use that any time they're up and a Boche comes at them.” + </p> + <p> + “Zooming,” he went on to the pupils, “is rising and falling in a series of + abrupt curves like those in a roller-coaster railway. It is a very useful + stunt to be master of, for it enables one to rise quickly when confronting + a field barrier, or to get out of range of a Hun machine gun.” + </p> + <p> + Tom undertook this feature of the instruction, as Jack signaled that his + aeroplane was out of gasoline, and soon the former was rolling across the + aviation field, seemingly straight toward a row of tall trees. + </p> + <p> + “He'll hit 'em sure!” cried one student. + </p> + <p> + “Watch him,” ordered the instructor. + </p> + <p> + With a quick pull on the lever that controlled the rudder, Tom sent + himself aloft, but not before a curious thing happened. + </p> + <p> + On the ground where it had been dropped was a tunic, or airman's fur-lined + jacket. As Tom's machine “zoomed,” the tail skid caught this jacket and + took it aloft. + </p> + <p> + Tom did not seem to be aware of this, though he must have felt that his + machine was a bit sluggish in the climbs. However, he went through with + his performance, doing some beautiful “zooming,” and then, as he was + flying high and getting ready to do a spiral nose dive, the tunic detached + itself from his skid and fell. + </p> + <p> + Just at this moment Jack came out from the hangar and, looking aloft and + noting Tom's machine, saw the falling jacket. His heart turned sick and + faint, for, unaware of what had happened, he thought his chum had tumbled + out while at a great height. For the tunic, turning over and over as it + sailed earthward, did resemble a falling body. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Tom! Tom! How did it happen?” murmured Jack. + </p> + <p> + The others, laughing, told him that it was nothing serious, but Jack + looked a bit worried until the empty jacket fell on the grass and, a + little later, Tom himself came down smiling from aloft, all unaware of the + excitement he had caused. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. OVER THE LINES + </h2> + <p> + “Well, I guess we stay downstairs, to-day,” remarked Tom to Jack, the day + following their exhibition flights for the benefit of the air students. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it doesn't look very promising,” returned his chum. + </p> + <p> + Jack looked aloft where the sky—or what took its place—was + represented by a gray mist that seemed ready to drip water at any moment. + It was a day of “low visibility,” and one when air work was almost totally + suspended. This applied to the enemy as well as to the Yankees. For even + though it is feasible to go up in an aeroplane in fog, or even rain or + snow, it is not always safe to come down again in like conditions. + </p> + <p> + There is nothing worse than rain, snow or fog for clouding an aviator's + goggles, making it impossible for him to see more than a plane's length + ahead, if, indeed, he can see that far. Then, too, little, if anything, + can be accomplished by going aloft in a storm or fog. No observations of + any account can be made, and the aviator, once he gets aloft, is as likely + to come down behind the German lines as he is to descend safely within his + own. + </p> + <p> + That being the case, Tom and Jack, in common with their comrades of the + air, had a vacation period. Some of them obtained leave and went to the + nearest town, while some put in their time going over their guns and + glasses and equipment and machines. + </p> + <p> + Jack and Tom elected to do the latter. There was one very fast and + powerful Spad which they often used together, taking turns at piloting it + and acting as observer. They thought they might have a chance soon to go + over the German lines in this, their favorite craft, so they decided to + put in their spare time seeing that it was in perfect shape, and that the + two machine guns were ready for action when needed. + </p> + <p> + “'Would you rather do this than fly, Jack?” asked Tom, as they went over, + in detail, each part of the powerful Spad. + </p> + <p> + “I should say not! But, after all, one is just as important as the other. + I hope we get a good day to-morrow. I'd like to do something toward seeing + if we can't get Harry out of the Boche's clutches,” and he nodded in the + direction of the German lines. + </p> + <p> + “'Tisn't going to be easy doing that,” remarked Tom. “I'd ask nothing + better than to have a hand in getting him away, but I haven't yet been + able to figure out a shadow of a plan. Have you?” + </p> + <p> + “The only thing, I can think of is to organize a big raid on the section + where he's held—I mean somewhere near the German prison—and if + we bombed the place enough, and created enough excitement, some of us + might land and get Harry and any others that might be with him.” + </p> + <p> + Tom shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “That'd be a pretty risky way of doing it,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Can you think of a better?” Jack demanded quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Not off hand,” came the reply. “We've got to stew over it a bit. One + thing's sure—we've got to get Harry out, or his sister never will + feel like going back home and facing the folks.” + </p> + <p> + “That's right!” agreed Jack. “We've got a double motive for this. But I'm + afraid it's going to be too hard.” + </p> + <p> + “That's what we thought when we rescued Mrs. Gleason from the old castle + where Potzfeldt had her caged,” retorted Tom. “But you made out all + right.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; thanks to your help.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we'll both work together again,” declared Tom. “And now let's try + this Lewis gun. The last time we were up it jammed on me, and yet it + worked all right on the ground.” So they tested the guns, looked to the + motor, and in general made ready for a flight when the weather should + clear. + </p> + <p> + This happened two days later, when the fog and mist were blown away and + the blue sky could be seen. In the interim the artillery and infantry on + both sides had not been idle, and there had been some desperate + engagements, with the brigaded American troops making a new name for + themselves. + </p> + <p> + “I guess there'll be something doing to-day,” remarked Tom, as he and Jack + tumbled out of bed at the usual early hour. “Clear as a bell,” he + announced, after a glance from the window. “Shouldn't wonder but what we + went over their lines to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “And I suppose, by the same token, they'll be coming over ours,” and Jack + nodded to indicate the Germans. + </p> + <p> + “Let 'em come!” exclaimed Tom. “It takes two sides to make a fight, and + that's what we're here for.” + </p> + <p> + Hardly had the two air service boys finished their breakfast, than an + orderly came to tell them the commanding officer wanted them to report to + him. They hurried across the aviation ground, toward the headquarters + building, noting on the way that there were signs of unusual activity + among the newer members of the American air forces, as well as among the + French and British veterans. + </p> + <p> + “Must be going to make a raid,” observed Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Something like that—yes,” assented Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Hope we're in on it, and the commanding officer doesn't have us take some + huns up to show 'em what makes the wheels go around,” went on Jack. “Of + course that's part of the game, but we've done our share.” + </p> + <p> + However, they need have felt no fear, for when they stood before the + commanding officer, saluting, they quickly learned that they were to go on + a special mission that day—in fact as soon as they could get ready. + </p> + <p> + “I want you two to see if you can discover a battery of small guns that + have been playing havoc with our men,” he said, as he looked up from a + table covered with maps. “They're located somewhere along this front, but + they're so well camouflaged that no one has yet been able to discover + them. + </p> + <p> + “I want you boys to see if you can turn the trick. The guns have killed a + lot of our men, as well as the French and English. We've tried to rush the + emplacement, but we can't get a line on where it is for it's well hidden. + I asked permission of the British commanding general to send up two + American scouts, and he mentioned you boys. Get your orders from the + major, and good luck to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you want us to go together or separately?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Together—in a double plane. I might say that we are going to try a + raid on a big scale over the enemy's lines, and you two will thus have a + better chance to carry out your observations unmolested. The Hun planes + will have their hands full attending to our fighters, and they may not + attack a single plane off by itself. We'll try to draw them away from you. + </p> + <p> + “At the same time I might point out that there is nothing sure in this, + and that you may have to fight also,” concluded the commanding officer, as + he waved a dismissal. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, were ready for anything,” announced Tom. And as he and Jack got + outside he clapped his chum on the back, crying: “That's the stuff! Good + old C.O. to send us! That's what we've been looking for! Maybe we'll have + time to drop down and shoot some of the Huns that are guarding Harry.” + </p> + <p> + “No chance of that—forget it now,” urged Jack. “We'll clean up this + location trick first, and then think of a plan to get Harry away. It + sounds hard to say it, but it's all we can do. Orders are orders.” + </p> + <p> + They were glad they had made ready the speedy Spad plane, for it was in + this that they would try to locate the hidden battery, and, having + received detailed instructions from the major in command, the two lads + climbed into their air plane and started off. + </p> + <p> + The day was clear and bright, just the sort for aeroplane activity; and it + was evident there would be plenty of it, since, even as they began + climbing, Tom and Jack saw planes from their own aerodrome skirting ahead + of and behind them, while, in the distance and over German-held territory, + were Fokkers and Gothas with the iron cross conspicuously painted on each. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack had been given a map of the front, their own and the German + lines being shown, and the probable location of the hidden Hun battery + marked. This they now studied as they started over the front, Jack being + in front, while Tom sat behind him, to work the swivel Lewis gun. + </p> + <p> + Their Spad machine was one that could be controlled from either seat, so + that if one rider was disabled the other could take charge. There were two + guns, one fixed and the other movable, and a good supply of ammunition. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I guess there'll be some fighting to-day,” observed Tom, as Jack + shut off the motor for a moment, to see if it would respond readily when + the throttle was opened again. “They're closing in from both sides.” + </p> + <p> + And indeed the Allied planes were sailing forth to meet a squadron of the + enemy. But none of the Hun craft seemed to pay any attention to Tom and + Jack. Steadily they flew on until an exclamation from Jack caused Tom to + look down. He noted that they were over the German lines, and headed for + the probable location of the battery that had been such a thorn in the + side of the Allies. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. A PERFECT SHOT + </h2> + <p> + The plane in which Tom and Jack had gone aloft to make observations which, + it was hoped, would result in the discovery of the hidden battery, was a + special machine. While very powerful and swift and equipped for + air-fighting, it was also one that had been used by one of the French + photographers and his pilot. The photographer, was a daring man, and had, + not long before, gone to his death in fighting three Hun planes. But he + had peculiar ideas regarding his car, and under his orders it had been + fitted with a glass floor in the two cockpits, or what corresponded to + them. + </p> + <p> + Thus he and his pilot could look down and observe the nature of the enemy + country over which they were traveling without having to lean over, not + always a safe act where anti-aircraft guns below are shooting up shrapnel. + </p> + <p> + So as Torn and Jack flew on and on, over the enemy's first and succeeding + line trenches, they looked down through the glass windows in the plane to + make their observations. There was a camera attached to the plane, and + though they could each make use of it, but they were not skilled in this + work. + </p> + <p> + It was impossible for them to talk to one another now, as Jack had the + motor going almost full speed, and the noise it made was deafening, or it + would have been except for the warm, fur hoods that covered the ears of + the fliers. They were warmly dressed for they did not know how high they + might ascend, and it is always cold up above, no matter how hot it is on + the earth. + </p> + <p> + Up and up they climbed, and then they flew on and over the enemy lines, + keeping close lookout for anything unusual below that would indicate the + presence of the battery. Behind them, and off to one side, a fierce aerial + battle was going on. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack were eager to get into this and do their share. But they had + orders to make their observations, and they dared not 'refuse. They could + tell by looking back every now and then that the affair was going well for + the Allies, including some of the American airmen, even if the Huns + outnumbered them. + </p> + <p> + Back and forth over the German lines swept the glass-bottomed Spad, and at + a certain point Tom, who was looking down, uttered an exclamation. Of + course Jack could not hear, but he could feel the punch in the back his + chum administered a moment later. + </p> + <p> + Jack turned his head, and saw his chum eagerly pointing downward. A moment + later he motioned over his left shoulder, pointing backward, as though + they had just passed over something which would warrant a second + inspection. + </p> + <p> + Jack swung the machine about in a big circle, banking sharply, and then, + as he passed over the ground covered a little while before, he, too, + looked down, and with sharper glance than he had used at first. + </p> + <p> + What he saw was the ruins of a small French chateau. It had been under + heavy fire from the Allied guns, for it had sheltered a German machine gun + nest, and some accurate shooting on the part of the American gunners had + demolished it a day or so before. + </p> + <p> + But what attracted the attention of Tom and Jack was that whereas the + chateau before the bombardment had stood on a little hill without a tree + near it, now there was a miniature forest surrounding it. It was as though + trees and bushes had sprung up in the night. As soon as he had seen this, + Jack turned to Tom, nodded comprehendingly, and at once started back over + the American lines. They had no easy time reaching them, for by this time + the fleet of Hun planes had been defeated by the Allies, and had turned + tail to run for safety—that is what were left of them, several + having been shot down, and at no small cost to the French, English and + American forces. + </p> + <p> + But the defeat of their airmen seemed to anger the Germans, and they + opened up with their antiaircraft batteries on the machine in which Tom + and Jack were flying homeward. “Woolly bears” and “flaming onions,” as + well as shrapnel, was used against them, and they were in considerable + danger. Jack had to “zoom” several times to get out of reach of the + shells. + </p> + <p> + They finally reached their aerodrome, however, and as soon as they had + landed and their plane was taken in charge by the mechanics the two lads + hurried to the commanding officer. + </p> + <p> + “Well?” he asked sharply, as they saluted. “Did you discover anything?” + </p> + <p> + “I think so, sir,” returned Tom, for Jack had told his chum to do the + talking, since the discovery was his. “You remember, sir, the old chateau + we put out of business the other day?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I recall it. What about it?” + </p> + <p> + “This: It seems suddenly to have grown a wooded park around it, and the + trees and bushes don't seem to be as fresh as natural ones ought to look.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean they camouflaged the ruins, and have put another battery in the + old, chateau?” + </p> + <p> + “I think so, sir. It wouldn't do any harm to drop a few shells there. If + it's still a ruin the worst will be that we've wasted a little ammunition + and may start the German guns up. And if it is what we think it is, we may + blow up the battery.” + </p> + <p> + The commander thought for a moment. + </p> + <p> + “I'll try it!” he suddenly said. “It's worth all it will cost.” + </p> + <p> + He called an orderly and issued his instructions. Tom and Jack had not yet + been dismissed, and now the commanding officer turned to them and said: + </p> + <p> + “Since you boys were sharp enough to discover this, I'll let you have a + front seat at the show which will start soon. Go up and do contact work. + Let the gunners know when they make a hit.” + </p> + <p> + The air service boys could not have wished for anything better. + </p> + <p> + “Once more for our bus!” exclaimed Jack delightedly, when they were + outside. + </p> + <p> + Their Spad had been refilled with gasoline, or “petrol,” as it is called + on the other side, and oil had been put in, while the machine guns had + been looked to. + </p> + <p> + “You seem to have spotted it all right, Tom,” went on Jack, just as they + were about to start, for word came that the American batteries were ready. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I was looking down through the glass, and when I saw the old chateau + it struck me that it had suddenly grown a beard. I remembered it before, + as being on a bare hill. I thought it was funny, and that I might be + mistaken. But when you agreed with me I knew I was right.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, the Huns have brought up trees and bushes to disguise the place all + right,” declared, Jack. “The only question is whether or not the battery + is hidden there.” + </p> + <p> + But there was not long a question about that. Their machine was equipped + with wireless to signal back the result of the shots, and Jack and Tom + were soon in position. From the maps used when they had previously shelled + the place to drive out the German gunners, the American artillery forces + knew just about where to plant the shells. + </p> + <p> + There was a burst of fire from the designated battery. Up aloft Jack and + Tom watched the shell fall. It was a trifle over, and a correction was + signaled back. + </p> + <p> + A moment later the second shell—a big one sailed over the German + first lines, and fell directly on the chateau partly hidden in the woods. + </p> + <p> + There was a burst of smoke, and with it mingled clouds of dust and flying + particles. Faintly to Tom and Jack, above the noise of their motor, came + the sound of a terrific explosion. + </p> + <p> + There had been a direct hit on the old ruins, as was proved by the fact + that not only was the German battery put out of commission, but a great + quantity of ammunition hidden in the trees and bushes was blown up, and + with it a considerable number of Germans. + </p> + <p> + And that it was a place well garrisoned was evident to the air service + boys as they saw a few Huns, who were not killed by the shell and + resultant explosion of the ammunition dump, running away from the place of + destruction. + </p> + <p> + “That was it all right,” said Jack, as he and Tom landed back of their own + lines. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and it couldn't have been hit better. I hope that was the battery + they wanted put out of business.” + </p> + <p> + And it was, for no more shells came from that vicinity of the Hun + positions for a long time. The aeroplane observations had given the very + information needed, and Tom and Jack were congratulated, not only by their + comrades, but by the commanding officer himself, which counted for a great + deal. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. A DARING SCHEME + </h2> + <p> + Tom sat up on his bunk and looked across at Jack, who was just showing + signs of returning consciousness—that is, he was getting awake. It + was the morning after the successful discovery of the hidden German + battery, and since this exploit the two lads had not been required to go + on duty. + </p> + <p> + “What's the matter?” asked Jack, opening his eyes and looking at his chum. + “Has the mail come in? Any letters?” + </p> + <p> + “No. I was just thinking,” remarked Tom, and though his eyes were fixed on + Jack it was clear that his thoughts were somewhere else. + </p> + <p> + “Thinking, Tom? That's bad business. Have you seen the doctor?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, shut off your gas!” ordered Tom. “You're side slipping. First you + know you'll come down in a tail spin and I'll have to be looking for a new + partner.” + </p> + <p> + “It's as serious as all that, is it?” asked Jack, as he began to dress. + “Well, in that case I withdraw my observation. Go ahead. How's the + visibility?” + </p> + <p> + “Low. We won't have to go up to-day, unless it clears.” + </p> + <p> + “Um. And I was counting on getting a few Huns right after breakfast. Well, + what's your think about, if you really were indulging in that expensive + pastime?” + </p> + <p> + “I was,” said Tom, and he got up and also proceeded to put on his clothes. + “I was thinking about Harry.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” and Jack's voice was decidedly different. It had lost all its + flippant tone. “Say, he certainly is in tough luck. I wish we could do + something for him—and his sister. Doubtless you were thinking of + her, too,” and a little smile curled his lips. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I was thinking of Nellie,” conceded Tom, and he was so bold and + frank about it that Jack choked back the joke that he was about to make. + “I was thinking that we haven't done very much to redeem our promise.” + </p> + <p> + “But how can we?” asked Jack. “We haven't had a chance to do anything to + rescue Harry. Of course I want to do that as much as you do, but how is it + to be done? Can you answer me that?” + </p> + <p> + “We can't do it by just talking,” said Tom. “That's what I've been + thinking about. A scheme came to me in the night, and I've been waiting to + tell you about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Shoot then, my pickled blunderbuss,” returned Jack. “I'm with you to the + last drop of petrol.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I don't know that it's so much,” said Tom. “It's only that we ought + to get word to Harry, somehow, that we're thinking of him and trying to + plan some way of rescuing him. We ought to tell him his sister is here, + too, and, at the same time we might drop him something to smoke and a cake + or two of chocolate.” + </p> + <p> + Jack looked at his chum in amazement. Then he burst out with: + </p> + <p> + “Say, while you're at it why don't you send him a piano, and an + automobile, too, so he can ride home when he wants to? What do you mean—getting + word to him? Don't you know that the beastly Huns will hold up the mail as + they please, and anything else we might send. They don't even let the Red + Cross packages go through until they get good and ready. Talk about your + barbarians!” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I wasn't thinking of the mail,” replied Tom. + </p> + <p> + “No? What then?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, we know where he is held a prisoner—at least we have the name + of the prison camp, and he may be there unless he's been transferred. Of + course that's possible, but it's worth taking a chance on.” + </p> + <p> + “A chance on what?” asked Jack, “You haven't explained yet. What do you + plan to do?” + </p> + <p> + “Fly over the place where Harry is held a prisoner and drop down a package + and some letters to him,” said Tom. “Now wait until you hear it all before + you say it can't be done!” he went on quickly, for Jack seemed about to + interrupt. + </p> + <p> + “If Harry is held where he was first made a prisoner, it's a big place, + and there are thousands of our captives there, as well as French and + British. Well, where there are so many they have to have a big stockade to + pen 'em in, worse luck. And dropping a bomb on a big place is easier than + dropping one on a small object.” + </p> + <p> + “Say! Suffering snuffle-boxes!” cried Jack. “You don't mean to drop a bomb + in Harry's prison, camp, do you? Do you think he might possibly escape in + the confusion?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing like that,” said Tom. “I mean drop a package containing some + smokes, some chocolate and a letter telling him we haven't forgotten him + and that we're going to try to rescue him, and for him to be on the + lookout. That could be done.” + </p> + <p> + “How?” + </p> + <p> + “By us flying over the place in our speedy Spad. We needn't make a very + big package, though the more of something to eat we can give him the + better, for those Boches starve our men. Let's get a week off—the + commanding officer will let us go. We can go to our old escadrille and + make arrangements to start from there. The boys will help us all they + can.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, there's no doubt about that,” assented Jack. “They all liked Harry as + much as we did. But I can't see that your scheme will succeed. It's a + risky one.” + </p> + <p> + “All the more reason why it ought to succeed,” declared Tom. “It's the + fellows who take chances who get by. Now let's see if we can get a few + hours off to go to Paris.” + </p> + <p> + “Go to Paris? What for?” + </p> + <p> + “To see Nellie Leroy and have her write her brother a letter. It will be + better to have one come direct from her than for us merely to give him + news of her in one of our notes.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Jack, “I guess it would. And I begin to see which way the + wind blows. You wish to see Nellie.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you make me tired!” exclaimed Tom. “All you can think of is girls! I + tell you I'm doing this for Harry!” + </p> + <p> + “And I believe you, old top, and what's more, I'm with you from the word + go. It's a crazy scheme and a desperate one, but for that very reason it + may succeed. The only thing is that we may not get permission to carry it + out.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I don't intend that anyone shall know what our game is,” returned + Tom. “Of course the authorities would squash it in a minute. No, we'll + have to keep dark about that. All we need is permission to do a little + flying 'on our own,' for a while.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose they won't let us do that?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I think they will, after what we did yesterday,” said Tom. “Come on, + let's get ready to go to Paris.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. WILL THEY SUCCEED? + </h2> + <p> + The scheme evolved, or, perhaps, dreamed of by Tom Raymond in his anxiety + to get some word to the captive Harry Leroy worked well at the start. When + he and Jack asked permission to have half a day off to make the trip to + Paris it was readily granted. Perhaps it was because of their exploit of + the day before, when their sharp eyes had discovered the camouflaged + German battery and brought about its destruction, or maybe it was because + the day was a misty one,+ when no flying could be done. + </p> + <p> + At any rate, soon after breakfast saw the two boys on their way to the + wonderful city—wonderful in spite of war and the German “super + cannon,” which had itself been destroyed. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack knew that unless their plans were changed, the two girls and + Mrs. Gleason would be at home in Paris, for they had a holiday once in + every seven, and it was their custom to come to their lodging for a rest + from the merciful, though none the less exceedingly trying, Red Cross + work. + </p> + <p> + Nor had the boys guessed in vain, for when they presented themselves at + the Gleason lodging, where Nellie Leroy was also staying, they were + greeted with exclamations of delight. + </p> + <p> + “We were just thinking of you,” said Bessie, as she shook hands with Jack. + </p> + <p> + “And so we were of you,” Jack replied, gallantly. + </p> + <p> + “I thought of it first,” said Tom. “He'll have to give me credit for + that.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Jack, “I will. He's got a great scheme,” he added, as Mrs. + Gleason came in to greet the boys. “Tell 'em, Tom.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it anything about—oh, have you any news for me about Harry?” + asked Nellie eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “Not exactly news from him, but we're going to send some news to him!” + exclaimed Tom. “I want you to write him a letter-a real, nice, sisterly + letter.” + </p> + <p> + “What good will that do?” asked Nellie. “I've sent him a lot, but I can't + be sure that he gets them. I don't even know that he is alive.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I think he is,” said Tom, hopefully. “If the German airmen were + decent enough to let us know he was a prisoner of theirs, they would tell + us if—if—well, if anything had happened to him.” + </p> + <p> + “I think,” he went on, “that you, can count on his being alive, though he + isn't having the best time in the world—none of the Hun prisoners + do. That's why I thought it would cheer him up to let him know we are + thinking of him, and if we can send him some smokes, and some chocolate.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, he is so fond of chocolate!” exclaimed Nellie. “He used to love the + fudge I made. I wonder if I could send him any of that?” + </p> + <p> + Tom shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “It would be better,” he said, “to send only hard chocolate—the kind + that can stand hard knocks. Fudge is too soft. It would get all mussed up + with what Jack and I have planned to do to it.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that?” asked Bessie Gleason. “You haven't told us yet. How are + you going to get anything to Harry through those horrid German lines?” + </p> + <p> + “We're not going through the German lines we're going above 'em; in an + aeroplane. And when we get over the prison camp where Harry is held, we're + going to drop down a package to him, with the letters, the chocolate and + other things inside.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, that's perfectly wonderful!” exclaimed Bessie. “But will the Germans + let you do it?” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” remarked Jack, “they'll probably try to stop us, but we don't mind + a little thing like that. We're used to it. Of course, as I tell Torn, + it's a long chance, but it's worth taking. Of course it isn't easy to drop + any object from a moving aeroplane and have it land at a certain spot. We + may miss the mark.” + </p> + <p> + “For that reason I'm going to take several packages,” put in Tom. “If one + doesn't land another may.” + </p> + <p> + “But if you do succeed in dropping a package for Harry in the midst of the + German stockade, won't the guards see it and confiscate it?” asked Mrs. + Gleason. “You know they'll be as brutal as they dare to the prisoners—though + of course,”' she added quickly, as she saw a look of pain on Nellie's + face, “Harry may be in a half-way decent camp. But, even then, won't the + Germans keep the package themselves?” + </p> + <p> + “I've thought of that,” replied Tom. “We've got to take that chance also. + But I figure that, in the confusion, Harry, or some of his fellow + prisoners, may pick up the package, or packages, unobserved. Of course + there's only a slim chance that Harry himself will pick up the bundle. But + it will be addressed to him, and if any of the French, British, or + American prisoners get it, they'll see that it goes to Harry all right.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, of course,” murmured Mrs. Gleason. “But what was that you said about + the 'confusion?'” + </p> + <p> + “That's something different,” said Tom. “I'm counting on dropping a few + bombs on the German works outside the camp, to—er—well, to + sort of take their attention off the packages we'll try to drop inside the + stockade. Of course while we're doing this we may be and probably shall + be, under fire ourselves. But we've got to take that chance. It's a mad + scheme, Jack says, and I realize that it is. But we've got to do + something.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Nellie in a low voice, “we must do something. This suspense is + terrible. Oh, if I only could get word to Harry!” + </p> + <p> + “You write the letter and I'll take it!” declared Tom. + </p> + <p> + “And I'll help!” exclaimed Jack. + </p> + <p> + And then the letters—several of them, for each one wrote a few lines + and made triplicates of it, since three packages were to be dropped. The + letters, to begin again, were written and the bundles were made up. They + contained cigarettes, cakes of hard chocolate, soap and a few other little + comforts and luxuries that it was certain Harry would be glad to get. + </p> + <p> + The rest of the plan would have to be left to Tom and Jack to work out, + and, having talked it over with their friends, they found it was time for + them to start to their station, since their leave was up at eleven o'clock + that night. + </p> + <p> + Getting permission for a week's absence was not as easy as securing + permission to go to Paris. But Tom and Jack waited until after a sharp + engagement, during which they distinguished themselves by bravery in. the + air, assisting in bringing down some Hun planes, and then their petition + was favorably acted on. + </p> + <p> + Behold them next, as a Frenchman might say, on their way to their former + squadron, where they were welcomed with open arms. They had to take the + commanding officer into their confidence, but he offered no objection to + their scheme. They must go alone, however, and without his official + knowledge or sanction, since it was not strictly a military matter. + </p> + <p> + And so Tom and Jack were furnished with the best and speediest machine in + their former camp, and one bright day, following a hard air battle in + which the Huns were worsted, they set out to drop the letters and packages + over the prison camp where Harry Leroy was held. + </p> + <p> + “Well, how do you feel about it?” asked Jack, as he and his chum stepped + into their trim machine. + </p> + <p> + “Not at all afraid, if that's what you mean.” + </p> + <p> + “No. And you know I didn't. I mean do you think we'll pull it off?” + </p> + <p> + “I have a sneaking suspicion that we shall.” + </p> + <p> + “And so have I. It's a desperate chance, but it may succeed. Only if it + does, and we get Harry's hopes raised for a rescue, how are we going to + pull that off?” + </p> + <p> + “That's another story,” remarked Tom. “Another story.” + </p> + <p> + They mounted into the clear, bright air, and proceeded toward the German + lines. Would they reach their objective, or would they be shot down, to be + either killed or made prisoners themselves? Those were questions they + could not answer. But they hoped for the best. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. BADLY HIT + </h2> + <p> + Before undertaking their kindly though dangerous mission, Tom and Jack had + carefully studied it from all angles. At first Jack had been frankly + skeptical, and he said as much to his chum. + </p> + <p> + “You'll never get over the place where Harry is held a prisoner,” declared + Jack. “And, if you do, and start to dropping packages, they'll never land + within a mile of the place you intend, and Harry'll have the joy of seeing + some fat German eat his chocolate cake.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, maybe,” Tom had agreed, “But I'm going to try.” + </p> + <p> + To this end they had secured the best map possible of the ground in and + around the prison camp. Its location they knew from the dropped glove of + the aviator, which contained a note telling about Leroy. + </p> + <p> + It was not uncommon for Germany to disclose to her enemies the names of + prisons where certain of the Allies were confined, and this was also done + by England and France. The prison camps were located far enough behind the + defense lines to make it impossible for them to be reached in the course + of ordinary fighting. + </p> + <p> + Then, too, the airmen of Germany seemed a step above her other fighters in + that they were more chivalrous. So Tom and Jack felt reasonably certain as + to Leroy's whereabouts. Of course it was possible that he had been moved + since the note was written, but on this point they would have to take a + chance. + </p> + <p> + To this end they had provided themselves not only with the best maps + obtainable showing the character of the ground and the nature of the + defenses around the prison, where Harry and other Allied men were held, + but inquiries had also been made by those in authority, at the request of + Tom and Jack, of German prisoners, and from them had come information of + value about the place. + </p> + <p> + Of course the two air service boys had no hope of inflicting much damage + on batteries or works outside the prison. By the dropping of some bombs + they carried they hoped to distract attention from themselves long enough + to drop the packages to Leroy. The bombs were a sort of feint. + </p> + <p> + And now they were on their way, winging a path over their own lines, and + soon they would be above those of the Hun. + </p> + <p> + Some of the former comrades of Tom and Jack, having been apprised of what + the lads were to attempt, had, without waiting for official orders, + decided to do what they could to help. This took the form of a daring + challenge to the German airmen to come out and give battle. + </p> + <p> + After their thorough drubbing of the day before, however, the Boche + aviators did not seem much inclined to venture forth for another cloud + fight. But the French and some English fliers who were acting with them, + laid a sort of trap, which, in a way, aided the two Americans. + </p> + <p> + A half dozen swift Spads took the air soon after Tom and Jack ascended, + but instead of flying over the German lines they went in the opposite + direction, making their way to the west. They got out of sight, and then + mounted to a great height. + </p> + <p> + Shortly after this some heavy, double-seated planes set out for the German + territory as though to make observations or take photographs. It was the + belief of the French airmen that the Huns would swarm out to attack these + planes, or else to give battle to the machine in which Tom and Jack rode. + And, in such an event, the swift Spads would swoop down out of a great + height and engage in the conflict. + </p> + <p> + And that is exactly what occurred. Torn and Jack had flown only a little + way over the trenches of the enemy when they saw some Hun planes coming up + to meet them. It was in the minds of both lads that they were in for a + fight, but before they had a chance to sight their guns, some French + planes of the slow type appeared in their rear. + </p> + <p> + To these the Huns at once turned their attention, and then the Spads + swooped down, and there was a sharp engagement in the air, which + ultimately resulted in victory for the Allied forces, though two of the + French fliers were wounded. + </p> + <p> + But the feint had its effect, and attention was drawn away from Tom and + Jack, who flew on toward the prison camp. + </p> + <p> + Had their mission been solely to carry words of cheer with some material + comforts to Harry Leroy, it is doubtful if Tom and Jack would have + received permission to make the trip. But it was known they were both + daring aviators and good observers, and it was this latter ability on + their part which counted in their favor. For it was thought they might + bring back information concerning matters well back of the German front + lines, information which would be of service to the Allies. + </p> + <p> + And in furtherance of this scheme Jack and Tom made maps of the country + over which they were flying. They had been provided with materials for + this before leaving. + </p> + <p> + On and on they flew, changing their height occasionally, and, when they + were fired at, which was the case not infrequently, they “zoomed” to + escape the flying shrapnel. + </p> + <p> + But on the whole, they fared very well, and in a comparatively short time + they found themselves over the country where, on the maps, was marked the + location of Harry Leroy's prison camp. + </p> + <p> + “There it is!” suddenly exclaimed Tom, but of course Jack could not hear + him. However, a punch in Jack's back served the same purpose, and he took + his eyes from his instruments long enough to look down. Then a + confirmatory glance at the map made him agree with Tom. The air service + boys were directly over the prison camp. + </p> + <p> + This, like so many other dreary places set up by the Germans, consisted of + a number of shacks, in barrack fashion, with a central parade, or exercise + ground. About it all was a barbed wire stockade and, though the character + of these wires did not show, there were also some carrying a deadly + electric current. + </p> + <p> + This was to discourage escapes on the part of prisoners, and it succeeded + only too well. + </p> + <p> + But the camp was in plain sight, and in the central space could be seen a + number of ant-like figures which the boys knew were prisoners. + </p> + <p> + Whether one of them was Leroy or not, they were unable to say. + </p> + <p> + But they had reached their objective, and now it was time to act. High + time, indeed, for below them batteries began sending up shells which burst + uncomfortably close to them. They were of all varieties, from plain + shrapnel to “flaming onions” and “woolly bears,” the latter a most + unpleasant object to meet in mid-air. + </p> + <p> + For the Germans were taking no chances. They knew the vulnerable points of + their prison camp lay above, and they had provided a ring of anti-aircraft + guns to take care of any Allied, machines that might fly over the place. + Whether any such daring scheme had been tried before or not, Tom and Jack + could not say. + </p> + <p> + Of course it was out of the question that any great damage could be done + in the vicinity of the camp without endangering the inmates, so it was not + thought, in all likelihood, that any very heavy air raids would have to be + repelled. But in any case, the Huns were ready for whatever might happen. + </p> + <p> + “Better drop the bombs, hadn't we?” cried Jack to Tom, as he slowed down + the motor a moment to enable his voice to be heard. + </p> + <p> + “I guess so—yes. Drop 'em and then shoot over the camp again and let + the packages fall. It's getting pretty hot here.” + </p> + <p> + And indeed it was. Guns were shooting at the two daring air service boys + from all sides of the camp. + </p> + <p> + In the camp itself great excitement prevailed, for the prisoners knew, + now, that it was some of their friends flying above them. + </p> + <p> + There was another danger, too. Not many miles away from the prison camp + was a German aerodrome, and scenes of activity could now be noticed there. + The Huns were getting ready to send up a machine—perhaps more than + one—to attack Tom and Jack. + </p> + <p> + It was, then, high time they acted, and as Jack again started the engine, + he guided the machine over a spot where the anti-aircraft guns were most + active. + </p> + <p> + “There's a battery there I may put out of business,” he argued. + </p> + <p> + Flying fast, Jack was soon over the spot, or, rather, not so much over it, + as in range of it. For when an aeroplane drops a bomb on a given + objective, it does not do so when directly above, but just before it + reaches it. The momentum of the plane, going at great speed, carries any + object dropped from it forward. It is as when a mail pouch is thrown from + a swiftly moving express train or a bundle of newspapers is tossed off. In + both instances the man in the train tosses the pouch or his bundle before + his car gets to the station platform, and the momentum does the rest. + </p> + <p> + It was that way with the bomb Jack released by a touch of his foot on the + lever in the cockpit of the machine. Down it darted, and, wheeling sharply + after he had let it go, the lad saw a great puff of smoke hovering + directly over the spot where, but a moment before, Hun gums had been + belching at him. + </p> + <p> + “Good! A sure hit!” cried Tom, but he alone heard his own words. Jack's + ears were filled with the throb of the motor. He had two more bombs, and + these were quickly dropped at different points on German territory outside + the camp. + </p> + <p> + At the time, aside from the evidences they saw, Jack and Tom were not + aware of the damage they inflicted, but later they learned it was + considerable and effective. However, they guessed that they had created + enough of a diversion to try now to deliver the packages containing the + letters and other comforts. + </p> + <p> + Jack swung the machine at a sharp angle over the prison camp, and as he + cleared the barbed wire fence Tom, who had been given charge of the + packets, let one go. It fell just outside the barrier, caused by some + freak of the wind perhaps, and the lad could not keep back a sigh of + dismay. One of the three precious packages had fallen short of the mark, + and would doubtless be picked up by some German guard. + </p> + <p> + But Tom had the satisfaction of seeing the two other bundles fall fairly + within the prison fence, and there was a rush on the part of the + unfortunate men to pick them up. + </p> + <p> + “I only hope Harry's there,” mused Tom. “That's tough luck to wish a man, + I know,” he reflected, “but I mean I hope he gets the letters and things.” + </p> + <p> + However, he and Jack had done all that lay in their power to make this + possible, and it was now time to get back to their own lines if they + could. The place was getting too dangerous for them. + </p> + <p> + Swinging about in a big circle, and noting that groups of prisoners were + now gathered about the place where the packets had fallen, Jack sent the + machine toward that part of France where they had spent so many strenuous + days. + </p> + <p> + “They're going to make it lively for us!” cried Jack, as he noted two + swift German planes mounting into the air. “It's going to be a fight.” + </p> + <p> + But he and Tom were ready for this. Their Lewis and Vickers guns were in + position, and they only awaited the approach of the nearest Hun plane to + unlimber them. They mounted steadily upward to get beyond the range of the + anti-aircraft batteries and were soon in comparative safety, since the + Huns, at this particular sector at least, were notoriously bad marksmen. + </p> + <p> + With the German planes, that would be a different story, and Tom and Jack + soon found this out to their cost. + </p> + <p> + For one of the Boche machines came on speedily, and much more quickly than + the boys had believed possible was within range. The German machine guns—for + it was a double plane—began spitting fire and bullets at them. They + replied, but did not seem to inflict much damage. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Tom saw Jack give a jump, as though in an agony of pain, and then + the young pilot crumpled up in his seat. + </p> + <p> + “Badly hit!” exclaimed Tom with a pang at his own heart. “Poor Jack is out + of it!” + </p> + <p> + The machine, out of control for a moment, started to go into a nose dive, + but Tom let go the lever of his machine gun, and took charge of the craft, + since it was one capable of dual manipulation. Tom now had to become the + pilot and gunner, too, and he had yet a long way to go to reach his own + lines, while Jack was huddled, before him, either dead or badly wounded. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. JUST IN TIME + </h2> + <p> + It was with mingled feelings of alarm and sorrow that Tom Raymond sent the + speedy Spad aeroplane on its homeward way toward the French lines. He was + worried, not chiefly about his own safety, but on account of Jack; and his + sorrow was in the thought that perhaps he had taken his last flight with + his beloved chum and comrade in arms. He could not see where Jack had been + hit, but this was because the other lad lay in such a huddled position in + the cockpit. Jack had slumped from his seat, the safety straps alone + holding him in position, though he would not have fallen out when the + machine was upright as it was at present. + </p> + <p> + “One of those machine gun bullets must have got him,” mused Tom, as he + started the craft on an upward climb, for it had darted downward when + Jack's nerveless hands and feet ceased their control. For part of the + steering in an aeroplane is done by the feet of the pilot, leaving his + hands free, at times, to fire the machine gun or draw maps. + </p> + <p> + Tom had a double object in starting to rise. One was to get into a better + position to make the homeward flight, and another was to have a better + chance not only to ward off the attack of the Hun planes, of which there + were now three in the air, but also to return their fire. It is the + machine that is higher up that stands the best chance in an aerial duel, + for not only can one maneuver to better advantage, but the machine can be + aimed more easily with reference to the fixed gun. + </p> + <p> + In Tom's case he did not have access to this weapon, which was fixed on + the rim of the cockpit where Jack could, and where he had been + controlling, it. With Jack out of the fight, through one or more German + bullets, it was up to Tom to return the fire of the Huns from his swivel + mounted Lewis gun. He was going to have difficulty in doing this and also + guiding the craft, but he had had harder problems than this to meet since + becoming an aviator in the great war, and now he quickly conquered his + worrying over Jack, and began to look to himself. + </p> + <p> + He gave one more fleeting glance at the crumpled-up figure of his chum, + seeking for a sign of life, but he saw none. Then he swung about, turning + in toward the nearest Hun airman, and not away from him, and opened up + with the machine gun, using both hands on that for a moment, while he + steered with his knees. + </p> + <p> + It was not easy work, and Tom hardly expected to make a direct hit, but he + must have come uncomfortably close to the Boche, for the latter swerved + off, and for an instant his plane seemed beyond control. Whether this was + due to a wound received by the aviator, or to a trick on his part was not + disclosed to Tom. But the machine darted downward and seemed to be content + to veer off for a while. + </p> + <p> + The third plane Tom soon saw was not going to trouble him, as it had not + speed equal to his own, so that he really had left only one antagonist + with whom to deal. And this plane, containing two men, with whom he had + not yet come to close quarters, was racing toward him at great speed. + </p> + <p> + “I guess there's only one thing to do,” mused Tom, “and that's to run for + it. I won't stand any show at all with two of them shooting at me, while I + have to manage the machine and the gun too. If I can beat 'em to our lines + I'd better do it and run the chance of some of our boys coming out to take + care of 'em. I'd better get Jack to a doctor as soon as I can.” + </p> + <p> + And abandoning the gun to give all his attention to the motor, Tom opened + it full and sped on his way. The other machine's occupants saw his plan + and tried to stop it with a burst of bullets, but the range was a little + too far for effective work. + </p> + <p> + “Now for a race!” thought Tom, and that is what it turned out to be. + Seeing that he was going to try to get away, the Hun plane, which was + almost as speedy as the one Tom and Jack had started out in, took after + them. The other German craft was left far in the rear, and the one Tom had + shot at appeared to be in such difficulties that it was practically out of + the fight. + </p> + <p> + Thus the odds, once so greatly against our heroes, were now greatly + reduced, though not yet equal, since Jack was completely out of the game—for + how long Tom could only guess, and he seemed to feel cold fingers + clutching at his heart when he thought of this. + </p> + <p> + But Tom soon discovered, by a backward glance over his shoulder now and + then, that his machine, barring accidents, would distance the other, and + this was what his aim now was. So on and on he sped, watching the German + occupied French territory unrolling itself below him, coming nearer and + nearer each minute to his own lines and safety. + </p> + <p> + Behind them, he and Jack—for the latter had done his share before + being wounded—had left consternation in the German ranks. The bombs + had done considerable damage—as was learned later—and the + dropping of packages within the prison camp was fraught with potential + danger to an extent at which the Boches could only guess. + </p> + <p> + On and on sped Tom, sparing time, now and then, to look back at his + pursuers, who were, it could not be doubted, doing their best to get + within effective range. And, every now and again, Tom would glance at the + motionless form of his churn. + </p> + <p> + But poor Jack never stirred, and Tom was fearing more and more that his + chum had made his last flight. As for the Hun aviators, after using up a + drum or so of bullets uselessly, they ceased firing and urged their + machine on to the uttermost. + </p> + <p> + But Tom had the start of them, and he was also on a higher level, so that + the Germans must climb at an oblique angle to reach him. + </p> + <p> + And, thanks to this, Tom saw that, if nothing else happened, he would soon + be in comparative safety with the unconscious form of Jack. The + anti-aircraft batteries were firing in vain, as he was beyond their range, + and, far away, he could see the lines of the French armies, behind which + he soon hoped to be. + </p> + <p> + And then the unexpected happened, or, rather, it had taken place some time + since, but it was only then brought to Tom's attention. His engine began + missing, and when he sought for a cause he speedily found it. Nearly all + the gasoline had leaked out of the main tank. As he knew that there had + been plenty for the return flight, there was but one explanation of this. + A Hun bullet had pierced the petrol reservoir, letting the precious fluid + leak away. + </p> + <p> + “Now if the auxiliary tank has any in it, I'm fairly all right,” thought + Tom. “If it hasn't, I'm all in.” + </p> + <p> + His worst fears were confirmed, for the auxiliary tank had suffered a like + fate with the main one. Both were pierced. There were only a few drops + left, besides those even then being vaporized in the carburetor. + </p> + <p> + With despair in his heart, Tom looked back. If the Hun plane chose to rush + him now all would be over with him and Jack. He had only enough fuel for + another thousand meters or so, and then he must volplane. + </p> + <p> + He saw a burst of flame and smoke from the enemy plane, and realized that + he was being shot at again. But the distance was still too far for + effective aim. + </p> + <p> + And then, to his joy, Tom saw the pursuer turn and start back toward the + German territory. The firing had been a last, desperate attempt to end his + career, and it had failed. Either the Huns were almost out of petrol + themselves, or they did not relish getting too close to the French lines. + </p> + <p> + “And now, if I can volplane down the rest of the way, I'll be in a fair + position to save myself,” mused Tom, as he made a calculation of the + distance he had yet to go. It was far, but he was at a good height and + believed he could do it. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly his engine stopped, as though with a sigh of regret that it could + no longer serve him, and Tom knew that volplaning alone would save him + now. He was still over the enemy country, and had his plight been guessed + at by the Germans, undoubtedly they would have sent a machine up to attack + him. But they were in ignorance. + </p> + <p> + There was nothing to do but drift along. Gravity alone urged the craft on. + As he swept over the German trenches Tom was greeted with a burst of + shrapnel, and he was now low enough to be vulnerable to this. But luck was + with him, and though the plane was hit several times he thought he was + unharmed. But in this he was wrong. He received a glancing wound in one + leg, but in the excitement he did not notice it, and it was not until he + had landed that he saw the blood, and knew what had happened. + </p> + <p> + On and on, and down and down he volplaned until he was so near his own + lines, and so low down, that he could hear the burst of cheers from his + former comrades. + </p> + <p> + Then he aimed his craft for a level, grassy place to make a landing, and + as he came to a gradual stop, and was surrounded by a score of eager + aviators, he cried out, as soon as he could speak, “I'm all right! But + look after Jack! He's hurt!” + </p> + <p> + A surgeon bent hastily over the huddled form, and with the aid of some men + lifted it from the cockpit. Jack's legs were covered with blood, and when + the medical man saw whence it came, then and there he set hastily to work + to stop the bleeding from a large artery. + </p> + <p> + “You got back only just in time, my friend,” he said to Tom, as Jack was + carried to a hospital. “Two minutes more and he would have been bled to + death.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. A CRASH + </h2> + <p> + Not until a day or so later, when Jack was able to sit up in bed and greet + Tom with rather a pale face, did the latter learn all that had happened. + And it was a very close call that Jack had had. + </p> + <p> + As Tom had guessed, it was some of the bullets from the Hun machine gun + that had stricken down his chum. One had struck him a glancing blow on the + head, rendering Jack unconscious and sending him down, a crumpled-up heap + in the cockpit of his machine. Another bullet, coming through the machine + later, had found lodgment in Jack's leg, cutting part way through the wall + of one of the larger arteries. + </p> + <p> + It was certain that this bullet, the one in the leg, came after Jack was + hit on the head, for that first wound was the only one he remembered + receiving. + </p> + <p> + “It was just as though I saw not only stars' but moons, suns, comets, + rainbows and northern lights all at once,” he explained to his chum. + </p> + <p> + The bullet in the leg had cut only part way through the wall of an artery. + At first the tissues held the blood back from spurting out in a stream + that would soon have carried life with it. But either some unconscious + motion on Jack's part, or a jarring of the plane, broke the half-severed + wall, and, just before Tom landed, his chum began to bleed dangerously. + Then it was the surgeon had made his remark, and acted in time to save + Jack's life. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I guess we made good all right,” remarked Jack, as his chum visited + him in the hospital. + </p> + <p> + “I reckon so,” was the answer, “though the Huns haven't sent us any love + letters to say so. But we surely did drop the packages in the prison camp, + though whether Harry got them or not is another story. But we did our + part.” + </p> + <p> + “That's right,” agreed Jack. “Now the next thing is to get busy and bring + Harry out of there if we can.” + </p> + <p> + “The next thing for you to do is to keep quiet until that wound in your + leg heals,” said the doctor, with a smile. “If you don't, you won't do any + more flying, to say nothing of making any rescues. Be content with what + you did. The whole camp is talking of your exploit. It was noble!” + </p> + <p> + “Shucks!” exclaimed Tom, in English, for they had been speaking French for + the benefit of the surgeon, who was of that nationality. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, and what may that mean?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I mean it wasn't anything,” translated Tom. “Anybody could have done what + we did.” + </p> + <p> + But of this the surgeon had his doubts. + </p> + <p> + In spite of the dangerous character of his wound, Jack made a quick + recovery. He was in excellent condition, and the wound was a clean one, + so, as soon as the walls of the artery had healed, he was able to be + about, though he was weak from loss of blood. However, that was soon made + good, and he and Tom, bidding farewell to their late comrades, returned to + the American lines. They had been obliged to get an extension of leave—at + least Jack had—though Tom could report back on time, and he spent + the interim between that and Jack's return to duty, serving as instructor + to the “huns” of his own camp. They were eager to learn, and anxious to do + things for themselves. + </p> + <p> + Before long Jack returned, though he was not assigned to duty, and he and + Tom visited Paris and told Nellie, Bessie and Mrs. Gleason the result of + their mission. + </p> + <p> + “You didn't see Harry, of course?” asked Nellie, negatively, though really + hoping that the answer would be in the affirmative. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no, we couldn't make out any individual prisoner,” said Tom. “There + was a bunch of 'em—I mean a whole lot—there.” + </p> + <p> + “Poor fellows!” said Mrs. Gleason kindly, “Let us hope that they will soon + be released.” + </p> + <p> + “Tom and I have been trying to hit on some plan to rescue Harry,” put in + Jack. “And we'd help any others to get away that we could. But is isn't + going to be easy.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I don't see how you can do it!” exclaimed Nellie. “Of course I would + give anything in the world to have Harry back with me, but I must not ask + you to run into needless danger on his account. That would be too much. + Your lives are needed here to beat back the Huns. Harry may live to see + the day of victory, and then all will be well.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't believe in waiting, if anything can be done before that.” Tom + spoke grimly. “But, as Jack says, it isn't going to be easy,” he went on. + “However, we haven't given up. The only thing is to hit on some plan + that's feasible.” + </p> + <p> + They talked of this, but could arrive at nothing. They were not even sure—which + made it all the harder to bear—that Harry had received the packages + dropped in the prison camp at such risk. The only thing that could be done + was to wait and see if he wrote to his sister or his former chums. Letters + occasionally did come from German prisoners, but they were rare, and could + be depended on neither as to time of delivery nor as to authenticity of + contents. + </p> + <p> + So it was a case of waiting and hoping. + </p> + <p> + Jack was not yet permitted to fly, so Tom had to go alone. But he served + as an instructor, leaving the more dangerous work of patrol, fighting, and + reconnaissance to others until he was fit to stand the strain of flying + and of fighting once more. + </p> + <p> + “Sergeant Raymond, you will take up Martin to-day,” said the flight + lieutenant to Tom one morning. “Let him manage the plane himself unless + you see that he is going to get into trouble. And give him a good flight.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Tom, as he turned away, after saluting. + </p> + <p> + He found his pupil, a young American from the Middle West, who was not as + old as he and Jack, awaiting him impatiently. + </p> + <p> + “I'm to get my second wing soon, and I want to show that I can manage a + plane all by myself, even if you're in it,” said the lad, whose name was + Dick Martin. “They say I can make a solo flight to-morrow if I do well + to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, go to it!” exclaimed Tom with a laugh. “I'm willing.” + </p> + <p> + Soon they were in a double-seater of fairly safe construction—that + is, it was not freakish nor speedy, and was what was usually used in this + instructive work. + </p> + <p> + “I'm going to fly over the town,” declared Martin, naming the French city + nearest the camp. “Well, mind you keep the required distance up,” + cautioned Tom, for there was, a regulation making it necessary for the + aviators to fly at a certain minimum height above a town in flying across + it, so that if they developed engine trouble, they could coast safely down + and land outside the town itself. + </p> + <p> + “I'll do that,” promised Martin. + </p> + <p> + But either he forgot this, or he was unable to keep at the required + height, for he began scaling down when about over the center of the place. + Tom saw what was happening, and reached over to take the controls. But + something happened. There was a jam of one of the levers, and to his + consternation Tom saw the machine going down and heading straight for a + large greenhouse on the outskirts of the town. + </p> + <p> + “There's going to be one beautiful crash!” Tom thought, as he worked in + vain to send the craft up. But it was beyond control. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. GETTING A ZEPPELIN + </h2> + <p> + Dick Martin became frantic when he saw what was about to happen. He fairly + tore at the various levers and controls, and even increased the speed of + the motor, but this last only had the effect of sending the machine at a + faster rate toward the big expanse of glass, which was the greenhouse + roof. + </p> + <p> + “Shut it off! Shut off the motor!” cried Tom, but his words could not be + heard, so he punched Martin in the back, and when that frightened lad + looked around his teacher made him understand by signs, what was wanted. + </p> + <p> + With the motor off there was a chance to speak, and Torn cried: + </p> + <p> + “Head her up! Try to make her rise and we may clear. I can't do a thing + with the levers back here!” + </p> + <p> + Martin tried, but his efforts had little effect. For one instant the + machine rose as though to clear the fragile glass. Then it dived down + again, straight for the greenhouse roof. + </p> + <p> + “Guess it's all up with this machine!” thought Tom quickly. He was not + afraid of being killed. The distance to fall was not enough for that, and + though he and his fellow aviator might be cut by broken glass, still the + body of the aeroplane would protect them pretty well from even this + contingency. But there was sure to be considerable damage to the property + of a French civilian, and the machine, which was one of the best, was + pretty certain to be badly broken. + </p> + <p> + And then there came a terrific crash. The aeroplane settled down by the + stern, and rose by the bow, so to speak. Then the process was reversed, + and Tom felt himself being catapulted out of his seat. Only his safety + strap held him in place. The same thing happened to Dick Martin. + </p> + <p> + Then there was an ominous calm, and the aeroplane slowly settled down to + an even keel, held up on the glass-stripped frames of the greenhouse, one + of the very few in that vicinity, which was considerably in the rear of + the battle line. + </p> + <p> + Slowly Tom unbuckled his safety strap and climbed out, making his way to + the ground by means of stepping on an elevated bed of flowers inside the + now almost roofless house. + </p> + <p> + Martin followed him, and as they stood looking at the wreckage they had + made, or, rather, that had been made through no direct fault of their own, + the proprietor of the place came out, wearing a long dirt-smudged apron. + </p> + <p> + He raised his hands in horror at the sight that met his gaze, and then + broke into such a torrent of French that Tom, with all the experience he + had had of excitable Frenchmen, was unable to comprehend half of it. + </p> + <p> + The gist was, however, to the effect that a most monstrous and + unlooked-for calamity had befallen, and the inhabitants of all the earth, + outside of Germany and her allies, were called on to witness that never + hid there been such a smash of good glass. In which Torn was rather + inclined to agree. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you did something this time all right, Buddie,” Tom remarked to + Dick Martin. + </p> + <p> + “Did I—did I do that?” he asked, as though he had been walking in + his sleep, and was just now awake. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you and the old bus together,” said Tom. “And we got off lucky at + that. Didn't I tell you to keep high, if you were going to fly over one of + the towns?” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +“Yes, you did, but I forgot. Anyhow I'd have cleared the place if the +controls hadn't gone back on us.” + + “I suppose so, but that excuse won't go with the C.O. It's a bad +smash.” + </pre> + <p> + By this time quite a crowd had gathered, and Tom was trying to pacify the + excitable greenhouse owner by promising full reparation in the shape of + money damages. + </p> + <p> + How to get the machine down off the roof, where it rested in a mass of + broken glass and frames, was a problem. Tom tried to organize a wrecking + party, but the French populace which gathered, much as it admired the + Americans, was afraid of being cut with the broken glass, or else they + imagined that the machine might suddenly soar aloft, taking some of them + with it. + </p> + <p> + In the end Tom had to leave the plane where it was and hire a motor to + take him and Martin back to the aerodrome. They were only slightly cut by + flying glass, nothing to speak of considering the danger in which they had + been. + </p> + <p> + The result of the disobedience of orders was that the army officials had + rather a large bill for damages to settle with the French greenhouse + proprietor, and Tom and Dick Martin were deprived of their leave + privileges for a week for disobeying the order to keep at a certain height + in flying over a town or city. + </p> + <p> + Had they done that, when the controls jammed, they would have been able to + glide down into a vacant field, it was demonstrated. The machine was badly + damaged, though it was not beyond repair. + </p> + <p> + “And that's the last time I'm ever going to be soft with a Hun, you can + make up your mind to that,” declared Tom to Jack. “If I'd sat on him hard + when I saw he was getting too low over the village, it wouldn't have + happened. But I didn't want him to think I knew it all, and I thought I'd + take a chance and let him pull his own chestnuts out of the fire. But + never again!” + </p> + <p> + “'Tisn't safe,” agreed Jack. He was rapidly improving, so much so that he + was able to fly the next week, and he and Tom went up together, and did + some valuable scouting work for the American army. + </p> + <p> + At times they found opportunity to take short trips to Paris, where they + saw Nellie and Bessie, and were entertained by Mrs. Gleason. Nellie was + eager for some word from her brother, but none came. Whether the packages + dropped by Tom and Jack reached the prisoner was known only to the + Germans, and they did not tell. + </p> + <p> + But the daring plan undertaken by the two air service boys was soon known + a long way up and down the Allied battle line, and more than one aviator + tried to duplicate it, so that friends or comrades who were held by the + Huns might receive some comforts, and know they were not forgotten. Some + of the Allied birdmen paid the penalty of death for their daring, but + others reported that they had dropped packages within the prison camps, + though whether those for whom they were intended received them or not, was + not certain. + </p> + <p> + “But we aren't going to let it stop there, are we?” asked Tom of Jack one + day, when they were discussing the feat which had been so successful. + </p> + <p> + “Let it stop where? What do you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean are we going to do something to get Harry away from the Boche + nest?” + </p> + <p> + “I'm with you in anything like that!” exclaimed Jack. “But what can we do? + How are we going to rescue him?” + </p> + <p> + “That's what we've got to think out,” declared Tom. “Something has to be + done.” + </p> + <p> + But there was no immediate chance to proceed to that desired end because + of something vital that happened just about then. This was nothing more + nor less than secret news that filtered into the Allied lines, to the + effect that a big Zeppelin raid over Paris was planned. + </p> + <p> + It was not the first of these raids, nor, in all likelihood, would it be + the last. But this one was novel in that it was said the great German + airships would sail toward the capital over the American lines, or, + rather, the lines where the Americans were brigaded with the French and + English. Doubtless it was to “teach the Americans a lesson,” as the German + High Command might have put it. + </p> + <p> + At any rate all leaves of absence for the airmen were canceled, and they + were ordered to hold themselves in readiness to repel the “Zeps,” as they + were called, preventing them from getting across the lines to Paris. + </p> + <p> + “And we'll bring down one or two for samples, if we can!” boasted Jack. + </p> + <p> + “What makes it so sure that they are coming?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + It developed there was nothing sure about it. But the information had come + from the Allied air secret service, and doubtless had its inception when + some French or British airman saw scenes of activity near one of the + Zeppelin headquarters in the German-occupied territory. There were certain + fairly positive signs. + </p> + <p> + And, surely enough, a few nights later, the agreed-upon alarm was sounded. + </p> + <p> + “The Zeps are coming!” + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack, with others who were detailed to repel the raid, rushed from + their cats, hastily donned their fur garments, and ran to their + aeroplanes, which were a “tuned up” and waiting. + </p> + <p> + “There they are!” cried Torn, as he got into his single-seated plane, an + example followed on his part by Jack. “Look!” + </p> + <p> + Jack gazed aloft. There was a riot of fire from the anti-aircraft guns of + the French and British, but they were firing in vain, for the Zeppelins + flew high, knowing the danger from the ground batteries. + </p> + <p> + Sharp, stabbing shafts of light from the powerful electric lanterns shot + aloft, and now and then one of them would rest for an instant on a great + silvery cigar-shape—the gas bag of the big German airships that were + beating their way toward Paris, there to deal death and destruction. + </p> + <p> + “Come on!” cried Tom, as his mechanician started the motor. “I'm going to + get a Zep!” + </p> + <p> + “I'm with you!” yelled Jack, and they soared aloft side by side. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. ON PATROL + </h2> + <p> + Aloft with Tom and Jack were several other fighters, for it was not only + considered a great honor to bring down a Zeppelin, but it would save many + lives if one or more of the big gas machines could be prevented from + dropping bombs on Paris or its environs. + </p> + <p> + The machines which were used were all of the single type, though of + different makes and speeds. Each one was equipped with electric launching + tubes. These were a somewhat new device for use against captive Hun + balloons and Zeppelins and were installed in many of the fighting scout + craft of the Americans and Allies. + </p> + <p> + Between the knees of Toni and Jack, as well as each of the other pilots, + was a small metal tube. This went completely through the floor of the + cockpit, so that, had it been large enough to give good vision, one could + view through it the ground beneath. + </p> + <p> + In a little rack at the right of each scout were several small bombs of + various kinds. Some were intended to set on fire whatever they came in + contact with, being of phosphorus. Others were explosive bombs, pure and + simple, while some were flares, intended to light up the scene at night + and make getting a target easier. + </p> + <p> + Included in the rack of death and destruction was a simple stick; not + unlike a walking cane, and this seemed so comparatively harmless that an + uninitiated observer would almost invariably ask its use. + </p> + <p> + At the lower end of the launching tube, through which the bombs were + dropped, was a “trip,” or sort of catch, that caught on a trigger fastened + to each bomb. The trip pulled the trigger, so to speak, and set in + operation the firing device. + </p> + <p> + In the early days, though doubtless the defect was afterwards corrected, + the bombs sometimes stuck in the launching tube, and as they were likely + to go off in this position at any moment, it was the custom of the pilots + to push them on their way with the cane if the missiles jammed. Hence it + was an essential part of each flying machine's armament. + </p> + <p> + Higher and higher mounted the fighting scouts, with Tom and Jack among + their number. It was necessary to mount very high in order to get above + the Zeppelins, as in this position alone was it possible for the + aeroplanes to fight them to any advantage. The Zeppelins carried many + machine guns of long range, and for the pigmy planes to attack them on the + same level, meant destruction to the smaller craft. + </p> + <p> + There were several German machines in the raid toward Paris, but Tom and + Jack caught sight of only two. The others were either at too great a + height to be observed, or else were farther off, lost in the haze. + </p> + <p> + But the two silver shapes, resembling nothing so much as huge, expensive + cigars, wrapped in tinfoil, were flying on their way, now and then + dropping bombs, which exploded with dull, muffled reports—an earnest + of what they would do when they got over Paris. They were traveling fast, + under the impulse of their own powerful motors and propellers, and also + aided by a stiff breeze. + </p> + <p> + Of course conversation was out of the question among Tom, Jack and the + other aviators, but they knew the general plan of the fight. They were to + get above the Zeppelins—as many of them as could—and drop + bombs on the gas envelope. They were also to attack with machine guns if + possible, aiming at the rudder controls and machinery. It was the great + desire of the Allied commanders to have a Zeppelin brought down as nearly + intact as possible. + </p> + <p> + Up and up climbed the speedy scout machines, and it was seen that some of + them would never get in a position to do any damage. The German craft were + traveling too speedily. But Tom and Jack managed to get to a height of + about twenty thousand feet, which was above the Zeppelins, though by this + time the Germans were in advance of them, for they had climbed at rather a + steep angle. However, they knew their speed was many times that of the + German machine on a straight course. + </p> + <p> + On and on they went. Then came a mist which hid the enemy from sight. The + aviators railed at their luck, and Tom and Jack dropped down a bit, hoping + to get through the mist. It lay below them like a great, gray blanket. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly they fairly plumped through it, and saw, not far away, the two + big silver shapes, shining in the searchlights which were now giving good + illumination. It was a moonlight night, which seemed a favorite for a + German bombing expedition. + </p> + <p> + Far below them, and beneath the Zepplins, Tom and Jack could see the + lights of other aeroplanes, which were flying low to observe lanterns on + the ground, set in the shape of arrows, to indicate in which direction the + German craft were traveling. Later, if necessary, these observing machines + could climb aloft and signal to those higher up. + </p> + <p> + Nearer and nearer Jack and Tom came to one of the Zeppelins. And now, in + the semi-darkness, they became aware that they were being fired at by a + long-range gun on the German craft. The bullets sung about them, but + though their machines were hit several times, as they learned later, they + escaped injury. + </p> + <p> + Now the battle of the air was on in grim and deadly earnest. Several scout + planes flew at the big Zeppelin like hornets attacking a bear. They fired + their machine guns, and the Germans replied in kind, but with more + terrible effect, for two of the Allied planes were shot down. It was a sad + loss, but it was the fortune of war, or, rather, misfortune, for the + Zeppelin was not engaged in a fair fight, but seeking to bomb an + unfortified city. + </p> + <p> + Now Tom and Jack, though somewhat separated, were close above the + Zeppelin, and in a position where they could not be fired at. They began + to drop incendiary bombs through the tubes between their knees. + </p> + <p> + These bombs were fitted with sharp hooks, so that if they touched the gas + bag they would cling fast, and burn until they had ignited the envelope + and the vapor inside. And as they circled about, dropping bomb after bomb, + the two air service boys saw this happen. Some at least of their bombs + reached their target. + </p> + <p> + The great craft, now on fire in several places, was twisting and turning + like some wounded snake, endeavoring to escape. Tom glanced toward the + other Zeppelin and saw that this was fairly well surrounded by aeroplanes, + but was not, as yet, on fire. + </p> + <p> + The bees had fatally stung one great German bear, and, a little later, it + crashed to the ground where it was nearly all consumed, and of its crew of + thirty men, not one was left alive. + </p> + <p> + The other plane, though greatly damaged by machine gun fire, was not set + ablaze, but was forced to turn and sail for the German lines again. So + that two were prevented from bombing Paris. + </p> + <p> + Well satisfied with what they had accomplished, Torn, Jack and the others + who had set the Zeppelin on fire, descended. Later they learned, by word + from Paris, that on of the German machines was shot down over that city + and some of its crew captured. So that though the Huns did considerable + damage with their bombs, they paid dearly for that unlawful expedition. + </p> + <p> + This was the beginning of a series of fierce aerial battles between the + German forces and the Allied airmen, though for a long dine no more + Zeppelins were seen. Sometimes fortune favored the side on which Tom and + Jack fought, and again they were forced to retire, leaving some of their + friends in the hands of the enemy. + </p> + <p> + Once Tom and Tack, keeping close together doing scout work, were cut off + from their companions. They had ventured too far over the Hun lines, and + were in danger of being shot down. But a squadron of airmen from + Pershing's forces made a sortie and drove the Germans to cover, rescuing + the two air service boys from an evil fate. + </p> + <p> + Then followed some weeks of rainy and misty weather, during which there + was very little air work on either side. But the fight on land went on, + with attacks and repulses, the Allies continually advancing their lines, + though ever so little. Slowly but surely they were forcing the Germans + back. + </p> + <p> + Now and then there were night raids, and once Tom and Jack, who had not + flown for a week because of rain, were just back of the lines when a + captured German patrol was brought in, covered with mud and blood. There + had been lively fighting. + </p> + <p> + “I wish we were in on that!” exclaimed Tom. “I'm getting tired of sitting + around.”' + </p> + <p> + “So am I!” agreed Jack. “Let's ask if we can't go out on patrol some + night. It will be better than waiting for it to stop raining.” + </p> + <p> + To their delight their request was granted, as it had been in a number of + other cases of airmen. Temporarily they were allowed to go with the + infantry until the weather cleared. + </p> + <p> + The two air service boys were in the dugout one night, having served their + turns at listening post work and general scouting, when an officer came in + with a slip of paper. He began reading off some names, and when he had + finished, having mentioned Tom and Jack, he said: + </p> + <p> + “Prepare for patrol duty at once.” + </p> + <p> + “Good!” whispered Tom to his chum: “Now there'll be something doing.” + </p> + <p> + He little guessed what it was to be. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. CAPTURED + </h2> + <p> + Silently, in the darkness of their trenches, the party of which Tom and + Jack were to be members, prepared to go over the top and penetrate the + German front line of defense, in the hope of taking prisoners that + information might be had of them. It was a risky undertaking, but one + frequently accomplished by the Allies, and it often led to big results. + </p> + <p> + There were about a score in the patrol, and, to their delight, though they + rather regretted it later, Tom and Jack were given positions well in + front, two files removed, in fact, from the lieutenant commanding. + </p> + <p> + “Now I suppose you all understand what you're to do,” said the lieutenant + as he gathered his little party about him in one of the larger dugouts, + where a flickering candle gave light. “You'll all provide yourselves with + wire cutters, hand grenades and pistols. Rifles will be in the way. Take + your gas masks, of course. No telling when Fritz may send over some of + those shells. Blacken your faces, as usual. A star shell makes a beautiful + light on a white countenance, so don't be afraid of smudging yourselves. + And when we start just try to imagine you are Indians, and make no noise. + One object is to come in contact with some German post, try to hear what's + going on from their talk, and make some captures if we can. Do you all + understand German?” + </p> + <p> + It developed that they did—at least no one would confess he did not + for fear of being turned back. But, as it developed, they all had some, if + slight, acquaintance with the language. + </p> + <p> + A little period of anxious waiting followed—a sort of zero hour + effect—until finally the word was received from some source, unknown + to Tom and Jack, to proceed. The night was black, and there was a mist + over everything which did not augur for clear weather on the morrow. + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” whispered the lieutenant, for they were so near the German + lines that incautious talking was prohibited. Out of their trenches they + went, Tom and Jack well in front, and close to the leader. + </p> + <p> + As carefully as might be, though, at that, making noise which the members + of the patrol thought surely must be heard clear to Berlin, they made + their way over the shell-torn and uncertain ground in the darkness. They + went down between their own lines of barbed wire to where an opening had + been made opposite what was considered a quiet spot in the Hun defenses, + and then they started across “No Man's Land.” + </p> + <p> + It was not without mingled feelings that Tom and Jack advanced, and, + doubtless, their feelings were common to all. There was great uncertainty + as to the outcome. Death or glory might await them. They might all be + killed by a single German shell, or they might run into a German working + party, out to repair the wire cut during the day's firing. In the latter + case there would be a fight—an even chance, perhaps. They might + capture or be captured. + </p> + <p> + On and on they went, treading close together and in single file, making + little noise. Straight across the desolate stretch of land that lay + between the two lines of trenches they went, and, when half way, there + came from the German side a sudden burst of star shells. These are a sort + of war fireworks that make a brilliant illumination, and the enemy was in + the habit of sending them up every night at intervals, to reveal to his + gunners any party of the enemy approaching. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +“Down! Down!” hissed the lieutenant. But he need not have uttered +the command. All had been told what to do, and fell on their faces +literally—their smoke-blackened faces. In this position they resembled, +as nearly as might be, some of the dead bodies scattered about, and that +was their intention. + + Still each one had a nervous fear. The star shells were very +brilliant and made No Man's Land almost as bright as when bathed in +sunshine, a condition that had not prevailed of late. There was no +guarantee that the Germans would not, in their suspicious hate, turn +their rifles or machine guns on what they supposed were dead bodies. In +that case-well, Tom, Jack and the others did not like to think about it. +</pre> + <p> + But the brilliance of the star shells died away, and once more there was + darkness. The lieutenant cautiously raised his head and in a whisper + commanded: + </p> + <p> + “Forward! Is every one all right?” + </p> + <p> + “My mouth's full of mud and water—otherwise I'm all right,” said + some one. + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” commanded the officer. + </p> + <p> + Once more he led them forward. They reached the first German wire, and + instantly the cutters were at work. Though the men tried to make no noise, + it was an impossibility. The wire would send forth metallic janglings and + tangs as it was cut. But an opening was made, and the patrol party filed + through. And then, almost immediately, something happened. + </p> + <p> + There was another burst of star shells, but before the Americans had an + opportunity to throw themselves on their faces, they saw that they were + confronted by a large body of Germans who had come forward as silently as + themselves, and, doubtless, on the same sort of errand. + </p> + <p> + “At 'em, boys! At 'em!” cried the lieutenant. “The Stars and Stripes! At + 'em!” + </p> + <p> + Instantly pandemonium broke loose. In the glaring light of the star shells + the two forces rushed forward. There was a burst of pistol fire, and then + the fight went on in the darkness. + </p> + <p> + “Where are you, Tom?”' yelled Jack, as he flung a grenade full at a big, + burly German who was rushing at him with uplifted gun. + </p> + <p> + “Here!” was the answer, and in the darkness Jack felt his chum collide + with him so forcefully that both almost went down in a heap. “I jumped to + get away from a Hun bayonet,” pantingly explained Tom. + </p> + <p> + Jack's grenade exploded, blowing dirt and small stones in the faces of the + chums. There were shouts and cries, in English, French and German. The + American lieutenant tried to rally his men around him, but, as was + afterward learned, they were attacked by a much larger party of Huns than + their patrol. + </p> + <p> + “We must stick together!” cried Jack to Tom. “If we separate we're lost! + Where are the others?” + </p> + <p> + “Sam Zalbert was with me a second ago,” answered Tom, naming a lad with + whom he and Jack had become quite friendly. “But I saw him fall. I don't + know whether he slipped or was hurt. Look out!” he suddenly shouted. + </p> + <p> + He saw two Germans rushing at him and Jack, with leveled revolvers. There + was no time to get another grenade from their pockets, and Tom did the + next best thing. He made a tackle, football fashion, at the legs of the + Germans, which he could see very plainly in the light of many star shells + that were now being sent up. + </p> + <p> + Almost at the same instant Jack, seeing his chum's intention, followed his + example, and the two Huns went down in a heap, falling over the heads of + their antagonists with many a German imprecation. Their weapons flew from + their hands. + </p> + <p> + “Come on! This is getting too hot for us!” cried Jack, as he scrambled to + his feet, followed by Tom. “There'll be a barrage here in a minute.” + </p> + <p> + This seemed about to happen, for machine guns were spitting fire and death + all along that section of the German front, and the American and French + forces were replying. A general engagement might be precipitated at any + moment. + </p> + <p> + The American lieutenant tried to rally his men, but it was a hopeless + task. The Germans had overpowered them. Tom and Jack started to run back + toward their own lines, having made sure, however, of putting beyond the + power to fight any more the two Germans who had attacked them. + </p> + <p> + “Come on!” cried Tom. “We've got to have reinforcements to tackle this + bunch!” + </p> + <p> + “I guess so!” agreed Jack. + </p> + <p> + They turned, not to retreat, but to better their positions, when they both + ran full into a body of men that seemed to spring up from the very ground + in the sudden darkness that followed an unusually bright burst of star + shells. + </p> + <p> + “What is it? Who are they? What's the matter?” cried Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Give it up!” answered Jack. “Who are you?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + Instantly a guttural German voice cried: + </p> + <p> + “Ah! The American swine! We have them!” + </p> + <p> + In another moment Tom and Jack felt themselves surrounded by an + overpowering number. + </p> + <p> + Hands plucked at them toughly from all sides, and their pistols and few + remaining grenades were taken from them. + </p> + <p> + “Turn back with the prisoners!” cried a voice in German. + </p> + <p> + The two air service boys found themselves being fairly-lifted from their + feet by the rush of their captors. Where they were going they could not + see, but they knew what had happened. + </p> + <p> + They had been captured by the Germans! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. THE CLEW + </h2> + <p> + For one wild instant Tom and Jack, as they admitted to one another + afterward, felt an insane desire to attempt to break away from their + captors, to rush at them, to attack if need be with their bare hands, and + so invite death in its quickest form. They even hoped that they might + escape this way rather than live to be taken behind the German lines. + </p> + <p> + It was not only the disgrace of being captured—which really was no + disgrace considering the overwhelming numbers that attacked them—t + it was the fear of what they might have to suffer as prisoners. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack, as well as the others, might well regard with horror the + fate that lay before them. But to escape by even a desperate struggle was + out of the question. They were surrounded by a ring of Germans, several + files deep, and each was heavily armed. Then, too, their captors were + fairly rushing them along over the uneven ground as though fearful of + pursuit. The air service boys had no chance, nor did any of their comrades + of the patrol who might be left alive. How many these were, Tom and Jack + had no means of knowing. They did not see any of their comrades near them. + There were only the Huns who were bubbling over with coarse joy in the + delight of having captured two “American pigs,” as they brutally boasted. + </p> + <p> + Stumbling and half falling, Tom and Jack were dragged along. Now and then + they could see, by means of the star shells, groups of men, some near and + some farther off. There was firing all along the Hun and Allied lines, and + as the boys were dragged along the big guns began to thunder. What had + started as an ordinary night raid might end in a general engagement before + it was finished. + </p> + <p> + There seemed to be fierce lighting going on between the several detached + groups, and the air service boys did not doubt that some word of the + dispersing and virtual defeat of the party they were with had reached + their lines, resulting in the sending out of relief parties. + </p> + <p> + “This sure is tough luck!” murmured Jack to Tom, as they stumbled along in + the midst of their captors. + </p> + <p> + “You said it! If our boys would only rush this bunch and get us away.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, pigs!” cried a German officer, and with his sword he struck at + Tom, slightly injuring the lad and causing a hot wave of fierce + resentment. + </p> + <p> + “You wouldn't dare do that if I had my hands free, you dirty dog!” rasped + out Tom in fairly good German, and he tugged to free his arms from the + hold of a Hun soldier on either side. + </p> + <p> + The officer who had struck Tom seemed about to reply, for he surged + through the ranks of his men over toward the captive, but a command from + some one, evidently higher in authority halted him, and he marched on, + muttering. + </p> + <p> + There was sharp fighting between the Hun sentries and small parties, and + similar bodies from the American and Allied sides going on along the lines + now, and both armies were sending up rockets and other illuminating + devices. + </p> + <p> + The two Virginia lads felt themselves being hurried forward—or back, + whichever way you choose to look at it—and whither they were being + taken they did not know. The taunts of their captors had ceased, though + the men were talking together in low voices, and suddenly, at something + one of them said, Tom nudged Jack, beside whom he was walking. + </p> + <p> + “Did you hear that?” he asked in so low a voice that it was not heard by + the Hun next him. Or if it was heard, no attention was paid to it, for + Torn spoke in English. The tramp of the heavy boots of the Huns and the + rattle of their arms and accoutrements made noise enough, perhaps, to + cover the sound of his voice. + </p> + <p> + “Did I hear what?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “What that chap said. It was something about one of the German prison + camps having been burned by the prisoners, a lot of whom got away. The + rest were transferred to a place not far from here. Listen!” + </p> + <p> + And the Americans listened to the extent of their ability. + </p> + <p> + Then it was they blessed their lucky stars that they understood enough of + German to know what was being said, for it was then and there that they + got a clew to the whereabouts of Harry Leroy, from whom they had heard not + a word since the dropping of his glove by the German aviator. They did not + even know whether or not their packages had reached their chum. + </p> + <p> + The talk of the Germans who had captured Tom and Jack was, indeed, + concerning the burning of one of the prison camps. As the boys learned + later, the prisoners, unable to stand the terrible treatment, had risen + and set fire to the place. Many of them perished in the blaze and by the + fire of German rifles. The others were transferred to a camp nearer the + battle line as a punishment, it being argued, perhaps, that they might be + killed by the fire of the guns of their own side. + </p> + <p> + “And there are some airmen, too, in the new prison camp,” said one of the + Germans. “Our infantrymen claimed them as their meat, though our airmen + brought them down. But there was no room for them in the prison camp with + the other captured aviators, so The Butcher has them in his charge.” + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack learned later that “The Butcher” was the title bestowed, even + by his own men, on a certain brutal German colonel who had charge of this + prison camp. + </p> + <p> + Then there came to Tom and Jack in the darkness a curious piece of + information, dropped by casual talk of the Huns. One of them said to + another: + </p> + <p> + “One of the transferred airmen tried to bribe me to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “To bribe you? How and for what?” + </p> + <p> + “He is an accursed American pig, and when he heard we were opposite some + of them, he wanted me to throw a note from him over into the American + lines. He said I would be well paid, and he offered me a piece of gold he + had hidden in the sole of his shoe.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you take it?” + </p> + <p> + “The gold? Of course I did! But I tore up the note he gave me to toss into + the American lines. First I looked at it, though. It was signed with a + French name, though the prisoner claimed to be from the United States. It + was the name Leroy which means, I have been told, the king. Ha! I have his + gold, and the note is scattered over No Man's Land! But I will tell him I + sent it into the trenches of his friends. He may have more notes and + gold!” and the brute chuckled. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack, looked at one another in the darkness. Could it be possible + that it was their friend Harry Leroy who was so near to them, since he had + been transferred from a camp far behind the lines? + </p> + <p> + It seemed so. There were not many American airmen captured, and there + could hardly be two of this same rather odd name. + </p> + <p> + “It must be Harry,” murmured Tom. + </p> + <p> + “I think so,” agreed Jack. + </p> + <p> + “Silence, American pigs!” commanded man officer. + </p> + <p> + He raised his sword to strike the lad. But just then occurred an + interruption so tremendous that all thought of punishing prisoners who + dared to speak was forgotten. + </p> + <p> + A big shell rose screaming and moaning from the Allied lines and landed + not far from the party of Germans which was leading along Tom and Jack. It + burst with a tremendous noise well inside the Hug defenses, and this was + followed by a terrific explosion. As the boys learned later the shell had + landed in the midst of a concealed battery—a stroke of luck, and not + due to any good aiming on the part of the American gunner—and the + supply of ammunition had gone up. + </p> + <p> + There was great commotion behind the German lines, and two or three of + Tom's and Jack's captors were thrown down by the concussion. The air + service boys themselves were stunned. + </p> + <p> + And then there suddenly sounded a ringing American cheer, while a voice, + coming from a group of soldiers that confronted the German patrol, cried: + </p> + <p> + “Halt! Who's there? Are there any of Uncle Sam's boys?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Yes!” eagerly cried Tom and Jack. “Come on! We're captured by the + Germans!” + </p> + <p> + There was another cheer, followed by a roar of rage, and then came a rush + of feet. Gleaming bayonets glistened in the light of star shells and many + guns, and the members of the German patrol, finding themselves surrounded, + threw down their arms and cried: + </p> + <p> + “Kamerad!” + </p> + <p> + The fortunes of war had unexpectedly turned, and Tom and Jack had been + rescued and saved by a party of Pershing's gallant boys. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. NELLIE'S RESOLVE + </h2> + <p> + “What happened?” + </p> + <p> + “How'd they get you?” + </p> + <p> + “Are you hurt?” + </p> + <p> + These were a few of the questions put to Tom and Jack as they were + surrounded by the rescuing party of their friends, led, it afterward + developed, by the very lieutenant with whom the two air service boys had + started in the patrol across No Man's Land. + </p> + <p> + The German captors had either all surrendered or been killed, and the + tables were most effectively switched around. At first Tom and Jack were + too surprised and overwhelmingly grateful to answer. + </p> + <p> + But they soon understood what had happened. And then they told the story + of their fight against odds until captured. They said nothing just then of + the unexpected information that had come to them about Harry Leroy's + presence in a German camp so comparatively near their own lines. But they + resolved, at the first opportunity, to make use of the information. + </p> + <p> + The shooting of the big guns gradually ceased when it was made manifest + that neither side was ready for a general engagement. The pop-pop of the + machine weapons, too, died away and the star shells ceased rising. + </p> + <p> + “Come on you Fritzies—what's left of you,” cried the lieutenant, + when he had made sure that there were no others of his party whom he could + rescue. + </p> + <p> + Then with Tom and Jack the center of a happy, tumultuous throng of their + own comrades, the trip back to the American lines was begun. It was + without incident save that on the way a wounded British soldier was found + lying in a shell hole and carried in, ultimately to recover. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack told what had happened to them, how they had been surrounded + and led away; and then, came the story of the lieutenant who had led the + patrol party which had turned defeat into victory with the aid of + reinforcements which were sent to him. + </p> + <p> + He had seen his hopes blasted when rushed by the big crowd of the Hun + patrol, and, though slightly wounded, he realized that absolute defeat + would come to him and his men unless he could get help. He sent a runner + back with word to send relief, and then, surrounding himself with what few + men remained alive and uncaptured, the fight went on. + </p> + <p> + It was bitter and sanguinary, and at last, with only two men left beside + him, the lieutenant heard the rush of the relief guard. He was placed in + charge, as he knew the lay of the land, and the party hurried to and fro, + wiping up little knots of Germans here and there, until the main body + encountered the squad having in charge the two air service boys. + </p> + <p> + “You began to think it was all up with you, didn't you?” asked the + lieutenant, when they were all once more safely in the dugout. + </p> + <p> + “We certainly did!” admitted Tom. + </p> + <p> + “We had visions of watery soup and wheatless bread for the rest of the + war,” observed Jack. + </p> + <p> + He and Tom were slightly wounded—mere scratches they dubbed the + hurts—but they were sent to the rear to be looked over and bandaged, + as were some of the others who were more severely hurt. There were some + who could not be sent back—who were left in No Man's Land silent + figures who would never take part in a battle again. They had paid their + price toward making the world a better place to live in, and their names + were on the Honor Roll. + </p> + <p> + “Well, what do you think about it?” asked Tom of Jack. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know what to think. It seems hardly possible that Harry can be so + near to us, and yet we can't do a thing to help him.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm not so sure about that,” returned Tom. “That's what I want to talk + about.” + </p> + <p> + It was a week after the patrol raid, and clear weather had succeeded the + rain and mist, so that it was possible for the aeroplanes to operate. And + their services were much needed. + </p> + <p> + There were preparations going on back of the German lines of which General + Pershing and the Allied commanders needed to be informed. And only the + “eyes” of the armies could see them and report—the eyes being the + aeroplanes. + </p> + <p> + So it came about that, having been relieved of their temporary transfer to + the infantry, Tom and Jack were once more with their comrades of the air. + </p> + <p> + “Well, let's think it over, and talk about it when we come down,” + suggested Jack. “We've got to go upstairs for our usual tour of duty now.” + </p> + <p> + This would last three hours. They were to do scout work—report any + unusual activity back of the German lines, or give warning of the approach + of any hostile aeroplanes. After their tour of duty was ended they would + have the rest of the day to themselves, provided there was no general + attack. Of course if, while they were up, they were attacked, they must + fight. + </p> + <p> + Each lad had a plane to himself, since the young “huns” had all pretty + well passed their novitiate, and were now in the regular flying squad. + Later some other new aviators would report for instruction on the battle + front. + </p> + <p> + Up and up climbed Tom and Jack, and eagerly they scanned the German lines + for any signs of activity. But though there were some Hun planes in the + air, they did not approach to give battle. Possibly some other plans were + afoot. Afterward Tom and Jack admitted to one another that there was a + great temptation to fly over the German trenches to try to get a sight of + the prison that had been spoken of—the camp where Harry Leroy might + be held. + </p> + <p> + But to do this would be in direct violation of their orders, and they + dared not take any risks. For to do so might involve not only themselves + in danger, but others as well. And that view of the matter determined + them. They would have to await their opportunity for rescuing their chum—if + it could be accomplished. + </p> + <p> + Their tour of duty aloft that day was without incident. This is not an + usual condition at times along the long battle front. Men can not go on + fighting without stop, and there come lulls in even the fiercest battle. + Flesh and blood can stand only a certain amount of torture, and then even + the soul rebels. + </p> + <p> + So Tom and Jack drifted peacefully down to their aerodrome, noting that it + was being newly camouflaged, for the recent rain had played havoc with + some of the concealments. + </p> + <p> + As far as possible both the Germans and the Allies tried to conceal the + location of their flying camps. The aeroplanes and balloons needed large + buildings to house them, and such structures made excellent and, of + course, fair war-marks for bombing parties in aeroplanes hovering aloft. + So it was the custom to put up trees and bushes or to stretch canvas over + the aerodromes and paint it to resemble woods and fields in an effort to + conceal, or camouflage, the depots where the airships were stationed. But + this work was done by a special detail of men, and with it Tom and Jack + had nothing to do. + </p> + <p> + They turned their machines over to the mechanics, who would go carefully + over them and have the craft in readiness for the next flight. Then, being + free for several hours, the two young airmen could do as they pleased, + within certain limits. + </p> + <p> + “Well, did anything occur to you?” asked Jack, as he and Tom, having + divested themselves of their heavy fur-lined garments, went to the mess + hall, which was in an old stable, from which the horses had long since + been removed. + </p> + <p> + “You mean a plan to rescue Harry?” + </p> + <p> + “That's it.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I'm sorry to say I can't think of a thing,” Tom answered. “I thought + I would, but I didn't. Have you anything to say?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Let's go to Paris.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean to see—er—?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” interrupted Jack with a smile. “This is their day off, and we might + as well have a little enjoyment when we can. From the easy time we had + to-day we'll have some hard fighting to-morrow. This was too good to last. + Heinie is up to some mischief, I think.” + </p> + <p> + “Same here.” + </p> + <p> + So, having received permission, they went to Paris, and soon found their + way to the lodgings of Mrs. Gleason, where the air service boys were + welcomed by Bessie and Nellie. + </p> + <p> + Of course the first question had to do with the captive Harry, and to the + delight of Nellie Tom was able to say: + </p> + <p> + “We have news of him, anyhow.” + </p> + <p> + “News? You mean he is all right?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, as all right as he ever can be while the Boches have him, I + suppose,” was the answer. + </p> + <p> + “But the news didn't come direct from him. He's in another camp. I'll tell + you about it.” + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack, by turns, related what had happened on the night patrol, and + explained how they had overheard talk of Harry. + </p> + <p> + “Then he is nearer than he has been?” asked Nellie. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” admitted Tom. + </p> + <p> + “Won't it be easier to rescue him then?” Bessie queried. + </p> + <p> + “Well, that doesn't follow,” said Jack. “Of course if we could rescue him, + we'd have a shorter distance to bring him, to get him inside our lines. + But it's just as difficult getting beyond the German lines now as it was + before. Tom and I thought we'd come and talk it over, and see if you girls + have anything to suggest. We'll do the rescue work if we only get a + chance, and can find some plan. Have you any?” + </p> + <p> + He asked that question, though he hardly expected an answer. And both he + and Tom, as well as Bessie and her mother, were greatly surprised when + Nellie exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have!” + </p> + <p> + “You have?” cried Tom. “What is it? Tell us, quick!” + </p> + <p> + “I am going to save my brother by offering myself as a prisoner in his + place,” said Nellie with quiet resolve. “That's how I'll save him! I'll + exchange myself for him!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. THE BIG BATTLE + </h2> + <p> + Nellie Leroy rose from, the chair where she had been sitting, and stood + before the little party of her friends, gathered in the little Paris + apartment where Bessie Gleason and her mother made their home when they + were not actively engaged in Red Cross work. The sister of the captive + airman had a quiet but very determined air about her. + </p> + <p> + “That is what I am going to do,” she said, as no one at first answered + what had been a dramatic outbreak. “Perhaps you will tell me best how to + go about it,” and she turned to Tom and Jack. “You know something of the + German lines, and where I can best go to give myself up.” + </p> + <p> + “Why—why, you can't go at all!” burst out Tom. + </p> + <p> + “I can't go?” + </p> + <p> + “No, of course not. You mean all right, Nellie,” went on the young man, + “but it simply can't be done. To give yourself up to the Germans would + mean for yourself not only—Oh, it couldn't be done!” as he thought + of the cruelty of the Huns, not only to the soldiers of the Allied armies + but to helpless women and children. “You couldn't give yourself up to + those brutes!' he cried. + </p> + <p> + “To save my brother I could,” said Nellie simply. “I would do anything for + him!” + </p> + <p> + “I know you would,” murmured Bessie. + </p> + <p> + “But it would just be throwing yourself away!” exclaimed Jack, coming to + the help of his chum, who was gazing helplessly at him in this new crisis. + “Tell her, Mrs. Gleason,” he went on, “that it is utterly impossible, even + if the army authorities would let her. Even if she should give herself up + to the Germans, they wouldn't keep any agreement they made to exchange her + brother. They'd simply keep both of them.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think they would,” said Mrs. Gleason. “It is out of the question, + my dear,” and gently she laid her hand on the girl's shoulder. “That is + very fine and noble of you, but it would be wrong, for it would not save + your brother, and you would certainly be made a prisoner yourself. And of + the horrors of the German prison—at least some where the infantrymen + have been kept, I dare not tell you. I imagine it must be better where the + airmen are captured,” she went on, for she feared that if she painted too + black a picture of what Harry might suffer his sister would not be held + back by anything, and might sacrifice herself uselessly. + </p> + <p> + “But what am I do?” asked Nellie, helplessly. “I want Harry so much! We + all want him! Oh, isn't there something? Can't you save him?” and she held + out her hands appealingly to Torn and Jack. + </p> + <p> + There was a moment of silence, and then Tom burst out with: + </p> + <p> + “Well, I may as well speak now as later, and I'll tell you what I've made + up my mind to do. Yes, it's a new plan I've worked out,” he went on, as + Jack looked at him curiously. “I haven't told even you, old man, as it + wasn't quite ready yet. But it's a scheme that may succeed, now that we + know definitely where Harry is, from what the German patrol said. He isn't + so far away as when we dropped the packages in the prison camp, though we + don't yet know that he was there at the time we did our stunt. However, if + this new plan succeeds we may have a chance to find out.” + </p> + <p> + “How?” asked Nellie, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “By talking to Harry himself.” + </p> + <p> + “How are you going to do that?” demanded Bessie. + </p> + <p> + “What kind of game have you been cooking up behind my back?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “As desperate as the other, I guess you'll call it,” answered Tom. “But + something has to be done.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, something has to be done,” agreed Jack. “Now what is it?” + </p> + <p> + Tom arose and went to the door. He opened it, looked carefully up and down + the hall, evidently to make sure no one was listening, and then came back + to join the circle of his friends. + </p> + <p> + “I'm going to speak of something that very few know, as yet,” he said, + “and I don't want to take any chances of its getting out. There may be + German spies in Paris, though I guess by this time they're few and + scattering. + </p> + <p> + “I'm not going to tell you how I know,” he said, “but I do know that soon + there is to take place a big battle—that is, it will be big for the + American forces that are to have part in it. There has been a conference + among the Allied commanders, and it has been decided that it's time to + teach the Germans a lesson. They've been despising the American troops, as + they despised General French's 'contemptible little army,' and General + Pershing is going to show Fritz that we have a soldier or two that can + fight.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean there's to be a big offensive?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “No, I wouldn't go so far as to call it a general engagement like that. + It's to be kept within the limits, of the sector where the United States + troops are at present,” said Tom. “That is where you and I are located, + Jack, and that, as you know, is almost opposite the prison where Harry and + the others are confined.” + </p> + <p> + “I begin to see what you are driving at!” cried Nellie, her eyes shining. + “But are you sure of this?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” went on Jack, “how did you bear of this when it's supposed to be + such a secret?” + </p> + <p> + “It came to me by accident,” said Torn, “and I wouldn't speak of it to any + one but you. Soon, however, it will be more or less public on our side, as + it will have to be when we start to get ready. But it's to be kept a + secret from Fritz as long as possible. It's to be a surprise attack, and + if it doesn't develop into a big battle it won't be the fault of Uncle + Sam's boys.” + </p> + <p> + “Will the air service have any part in it?” asked Jack eagerly, as if + fearing he might be left out. + </p> + <p> + “I don't see how they can get along without us,” said Tom. “Not that we're + the whole works, but it is well established now that an army can't fight + without the use of aeroplanes, to tell not only what the other side is + doing, but also how our own guns are shooting. Oh, we'll be in it all + right!” + </p> + <p> + “When?” asked Jack. + </p> + <p> + “That I can't say,” replied his chum. “But now to get down to the thing + that concerns us, or rather, Harry. I have a scheme—and you can call + it wild if you like—that when the battle is going on, you and I, + Jack, and some other airmen if we can induce them to do it, and I think we + can, may be able to drop bombs near the prison camp. We'll have to judge + our distances pretty carefully, or we'll do more harm than good. Then, if + all goes well, and we can blow down some of the camp walls or fences, and + if the battle favors our side, we can make a descent on enemy territory + and rescue Harry and any others that are with him. What do you think of + that plan?” + </p> + <p> + “It's wonderful!” exclaimed Nellie, glaring at Tom with a strange, new + light in her eyes. + </p> + <p> + “It's very daring,” said Bessie, more calmly. + </p> + <p> + “It's crazy!” burst out Jack + </p> + <p> + “I thought you'd say that,” commented Tom calmly, “and I'd have been + disappointed if you hadn't. And just because it is crazy it may succeed. + But it's the only thing I can think of. Daring will get you further in + this war then anything else. You've got to take big chances anyhow, and + the bigger the better, I say.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm with you there all right,” agreed Jack. “But to land in hostile + territory—it hasn't been done ten times since the war began, and + have the aviator live to get away with it!” + </p> + <p> + “I know it,” said Tom, quietly. “But this may be the eleventh successful + time. Now that's my plan for rescuing Harry Leroy. If any of you have a + better one let's hear it.” + </p> + <p> + No one answered, and finally Nellie spoke. + </p> + <p> + “No,” she said, with a shake of her head, “it's very fine and noble of you + boys, but I can't allow it. If you wouldn't let me give myself up—exchange + myself for Harry, I can't let you give your lives for him this way. It + wouldn't be fair. It would be depriving the Allies of two valuable + fighters, to possibly get back one, and the possibility is so slim that—well, + it's suicidal!” she exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Not so much so as you think,” said Tom. “I've got it all figured out as + far as possible. And as for landing in hostile territory, if all goes + well, and the big battle progresses as Pershing and his aides think it + will, maybe we won't have to land in hostile territory at all. We may + drive the Germans back, and then the prison will be within our lines.” + </p> + <p> + “That's so!” cried Jack. “I didn't think of feat. Tom, old man, maybe your + scheme isn't as crazy as I thought! Anyhow, I'm in it with you. The only + thing is—will this big battle take place?” + </p> + <p> + “'It will unless the Germans decide to surrender between now and the day + set,” Tom answered grimly, “and I hardly believe they'll do that. It's a + going to be some fight!” + </p> + <p> + “Glad of it!” cried Jack. “Now we've got something to live for!” As if he + and Tom did not risk their lives every day to make life in the civilized + world something worth living for. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we must be getting back!” exclaimed Tom, as he looked at his watch. + “All leaves will be stopped in a few days—just before we start + preparations for the big battle. If we can we'll see you once more before + then.” + </p> + <p> + “And afterward?” inquired Nellie, softly and pleadingly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and afterward, too!” exclaimed Tom. “And we'll bring Harry back with + us. Now good-bye!” + </p> + <p> + It was a more solemn farewell than the friends had taken in some time, for + all felt the impending events, and Tom and Jack talked but little during + the return trip from Paris to their headquarters. + </p> + <p> + What Tom had said about the big battle was strictly true. It had been + decided in high quarters that it was time the newly arrived American + soldiers showed what they could do. That they could fight fiercely and + well was not a question, it was only a matter of getting them familiar + with the different conditions to be met with on the European battlefields, + against a ruthless foe. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack had a chance for one more hasty, flying visit to Paris, and + then all leave was withdrawn, and there began in and about the American + camp such a period of tense and intensive work as bore out what Tom had + said. The big battle was impending. + </p> + <p> + Great stores were accumulated of rations and munitions. Great guns were + brought up into position and skillfully camouflaged. Machine guns in great + numbers were prepared and a number of aeroplanes were brought from other + sectors and made ready for the flying fight. + </p> + <p> + “How are your plans coming on?” asked Jack of Tom, at the close of a day + when it seemed that every one's nerves were on edge from the strain of + preparing. + </p> + <p> + “All right,” was the answer. “I've spoken to a number of the boys, and + they're with me. You know we're pretty much 'on our own,' when we're + flying, and I think that we can drop the bombs and make a descent long + enough to pick up Harry and other refugees if we break open the prison.” + </p> + <p> + “But suppose we land, stall the engines and the Germans surround us?” + </p> + <p> + “That mustn't happen,” said Tom. “We won't stall the engines for one + thing. We'll just have to drop down, and taxi around as well as we can + until we pick up Harry, or until he sees us. The machines will carry three + as well as two, and even if we have, by some mischance to go up in + singles, they'll carry double. But I figured on your being with me. Harry + knows enough of the game to be on the lookout when he hears the bombs drop + and sees the planes hovering over him, and he'll tip off the others to be + ready for a rescue. + </p> + <p> + “Of course I don't say we can get 'em all, and maybe something will happen + that we can't get Harry away. But I think we'll teach Fritz a lesson, and + I think we can break up the prison camp so some of the poor fellows can + get away. As I said, it's a desperate chance, but one we've got to take.” + </p> + <p> + “And I'm with you!” exclaimed Jack. “And now when does the big battle take + place?” + </p> + <p> + He was answered a moment later, for an orderly arrived with instructions + to the air service boys to report at their hangars at once. + </p> + <p> + There they were told something of the impending attack—the first + public mention of it, though more than one had guessed something unusual + was in the air from the tenseness of the last few days. + </p> + <p> + The attack was to start at dawn the next morning, preceded by an intense + artillery fire. It was to be the fiercest rain of shells since the + Americans had come to the front lines. Then the infantry, supported by + tanks and aeroplanes, would follow, going over in waves which it was hoped + would overwhelm the Germans. + </p> + <p> + That night was a tense one. Suppose the enemy had guessed, or a spy had + given word of the impending battle? Then success would be jeopardized. But + the night passed with only the usual exchange of shots and the sending up + of star shells over No Man's Land. + </p> + <p> + And so, as the hour of dawn approached, the tense and nervous feeling + grew. Tom and Jack, with their comrades in their hangars, were dressed in + their fur garments and ready. Their machines had received the last touches + from the hands of the mechanics, and each one was well equipped with bombs + and machine gun ammunition. Tom and Jack were to be allowed to go up + together in a big double bombing plane. + </p> + <p> + The night passed. The hour approached. Anxious eyes watched the hands of + watches slowly revolve. + </p> + <p> + Then suddenly, as if the very earth had been blasted away from beneath + them, the batteries of big guns belched forth fire, smoke and shell. + </p> + <p> + The great battle was on! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. SILENCING THE GERMAN GUNS + </h2> + <p> + Engagements in the World War were on such a vast scale that it was + difficult for a single observer to give a word picture of them. All he + could see, stationed behind the lines, was a vast cataclysm of smoke and + fire, and his ears were deafened by so vast a sound that it was comparable + to nothing on this earth ever heard before. + </p> + <p> + An observer in the air was little better off, save for that portion + directly beneath him, and even that he could not see very much of, on + account of the smoke and dust. If he looked to the left or the right, or + backward or forward, he was at the disadvantage of distance. + </p> + <p> + To him, then, great columns of infantry appeared only as crawling worms, + and batteries of artillery merely patches of woods whence belched fire and + smoke. That he must keep high in the air when over the enemy's lines went + without saying, for he would be fired at if he came too low. So then, even + an airman's vision was limited when it came to describing a great battle. + </p> + <p> + Of course he always did what he was assigned to do. He kept in contact, or + in communication, with his own certain batteries, or his infantry + division, directing the shots of the former and the advance of the latter. + So, really, he had little time to observe anything save the effect of the + firing of his own side on a certain limited objective. + </p> + <p> + As for the soldiers in battle, they are, of course, unable to observe + anything except that which goes on immediately in their neighborhood. The + artilleryman fires his gun under the direction of some observer, often far + away, who telephones to him to lower or elevate his piece, or deflect it + to the tight or left. The infantryman advances as the barrage lifts, and + rushes forward according to orders, firing or using his bayonet as the + case may be, digging in when halted, and waiting for another rush forward. + The machine gunner and his squad aim to put as many of the advancing, + retreating, or standing enemy out of the fighting as possible, and to save + themselves. + </p> + <p> + The truck men hasten up with loads of ammunition, fortunate if they are + not sent to their death in the drive. The stretcher bearers look for the + wounded and hasten back with them. + </p> + <p> + So, all in all, no single person can observe more than a very small part + of the great battle. It is really like looking through a microscope at + some organism, while the whole great body lies beyond the field of vision. + </p> + <p> + Only the general staff-the officers in their headquarters far behind the + lines, who receive reports as to how this division or corps is retreating + or advancing—can have any real conception of the big battle, and + these persons may see it only at a distance. + </p> + <p> + So the usual process of things in general is reversed, and the person + farthest removed from the fighting may really see, or rather know, most + about it. + </p> + <p> + And so with a storm of shot and shell, manmade thunders and lightnings, + and bolts of death from the earth below and the air above, the great + battle opened and advanced. + </p> + <p> + It progressed just as other battles had progressed. There was a terrific + artillery preparation, which took the Germans evidently by surprise, for + the response was long in coming, and then it was not in proportion. After + the great cannon had done their best to level the big guns on the German + side, a barrage, or curtain of fire was started, and behind this, which + was in reality a falling hail of bullets, the Americans and their + supporting French and British comrades advanced. The curtain of steel was + to kill or push back the Germans, and to make it safe for the Americans to + go forward. By elevating the small guns the curtain fell farther and + farther into the enemy's territory, thus making it possible for the Allies + to go on farther and farther across No Man's Land. + </p> + <p> + The infantry rushed forward, fighting and dying nobly in a noble cause. + Position after position was consolidated as the Germans fell back before + the rain of shot and shell. It is always this way in an offensive, small + or large. The first rush of the attacking side, be it German, French, + British, or American, carries everything before it. It is the counter + attack that tells. If the attackers are strong enough to hold what they + gain, well and good. If not—the attack is a failure. + </p> + <p> + But this one—the first great attack of the Americans—was not + destined to fail, though once it trembled in the balance. + </p> + <p> + Tom and Jack, with their companions, had flown aloft, and, taking the + stations assigned to them, did their part in the battle. As the light grew + with the break of day, they could see the effect of the American big guns. + It was devastating. And yet some German batteries lived through it. + Several times Tom and Jack, by means of their wireless, sent back + corrections so that the American pieces might be aimed more effectively. + Below them was a maelstrom—an indescribable chaos of death and + destruction. They only had glimpses of it—glimpses of a seemingly + inextricable mixture of men and guns. + </p> + <p> + And through it all, though they did not for a moment neglect their duty, + bearing in mind their instructions to keep in contact with the batteries + they served, Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly were eagerly seeking for a sight + of the prison where Harry Leroy might be held. At one time after they had + dropped bombs on some German positions, thereby demolishing them, Tom, who + was acting as pilot, signaled to his chum that he was going far over the + enemy's lines to try to locate the prison. + </p> + <p> + Jack nodded an acquiescence. It was not entirely against orders what they + were about to do. They might obtain valuable information, and it would + take only a short time, so speedy was their machine. Then too, they had + used up all their bombs, and must return for more. Before doing this they + wished to make an observation. + </p> + <p> + Luck was with them. They managed to pass over a comparatively quiet sector + of the lines where the German resistance had been wiped out, and where, + even as they looked down, Americans were digging in and guns were being + brought up to support them. + </p> + <p> + And not many kilometers inside the German positions from this point, they + sailed over a prison camp. They, knew it in an instant, and felt sure it + must be the one spoken of by the German who had taken Leroy's gold and + then betrayed him. + </p> + <p> + “That's the place!” cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear him. + “Now to bomb it and set Harry free!” + </p> + <p> + But they must return for more ammunition, and this they set about doing. + They wished they might drop some word to the prisoners confined there, + stating that help might soon be on its way to them, but they had no chance + to send this cheering word. + </p> + <p> + Back they rushed to their own lines, and no sooner had they landed than an + orderly rushed up to them and instructed them to report immediately to + their commanding officer. + </p> + <p> + “Boys, you're just in time!” he cried, all dignity or formality having + been set aside in the excitement of the great battle. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked Tom. + </p> + <p> + “We want you to silence some big German guns—a nasty battery of them + that's playing havoc with our boys. The artillery hasn't been able to + locate 'em—probably they're too well camouflaged. And we can't + advance against 'em. Will you go up and try to put them out of business?” + </p> + <p> + Of course there could be but one answer to this. Tom and Jack hurried off + to see to the loading of their machine with bombs—an extra large + number of very powerful ones being taken. + </p> + <p> + Once more they were off on their dangerous mission, for it was dangerous, + since many American planes were brought down by German fire that day, and + by attacks from other Hun machines. + </p> + <p> + But Tom and Jack never faltered. Up and up they went, the probable + location of the guns having been made known to them on the map they + carried. Up and onward they went. For a time they must forego the chance + of rescuing their friend. + </p> + <p> + Straight for the indicated place they went, and just as they reached it + there came a burst of fire and smoke. It appeared to roll out from a + little ravine well wooded on both sides, and that accounted for the + failure of the Americans to locate it. Chance had played into the hands of + the air service boys. + </p> + <p> + There was no need of word between Tom and Jack. The former headed the + plane for the place whence the German guns had fired upon the Americans, + killing and wounding many. + </p> + <p> + Over it, for an instant, hovered the aeroplane. Then Jack touched the bomb + releasing device. Down dropped the powerful explosive. + </p> + <p> + There was a great upward blast of air which rocked the machine in which + sat the two aviators. There was a burst of smoke and flame beneath them, + tongues of fire seeming to reach up as though to pull them down. + </p> + <p> + Then came a terrific explosion which almost deafened the boys, even though + their ears were covered with the fur caps, and though their own engine + made a pandemonium of sound. + </p> + <p> + The air was filled with flying debris—debris of the German guns and + men. The bombs dropped by Tom and Jack had accomplished their mission. The + harassing battery was destroyed. The German guns were silenced. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. THE RESCUE + </h2> + <p> + Tom and Jack circled around slowly over the place where the German battery + had been. It was now no more—it could work no more havoc to the + American ranks. It did not need the wireless news to this effect, which + the aviators sent back, to apprise the Allies of what had happened. They + had seen the harassing guns blown up. + </p> + <p> + Now out swarmed the Americans, charging with savage yells over the place + that had been such a hindrance to their advance. Tom and Jack had done + their work well. + </p> + <p> + There was no need for the one to tell the other what was in his mind. + There were still two of the powerful bombs left, and there was but one + thought on this matter. They must be used to blow up, if possible, the + camp near the German prison. Doing that would create havoc and + consternation enough, the air service boys thought, to drive the captors + away, and enable Leroy and his fellow prisoners to be saved. + </p> + <p> + Jack punched Tom in the back and motioned for him to shut off the motor a + moment so that talking would be possible. Tom did this, and Jack cried: + </p> + <p> + “Shall we take a chance?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” Tom answered in return. + </p> + <p> + Strictly speaking, having accomplished the mission they were sent out on, + they should have returned to their base for orders. But the airmen were + given more liberty of action and decision than any other branch of the + Allied service. + </p> + <p> + “Go to it!” cried Jack, and once more Tom started the motor and headed the + craft for the Hun prison. + </p> + <p> + Again the air service boys were hovering over the prison camp. They could + now see that there was much more activity around it than there had been + before the big battery was destroyed. The fight was coming closer, and the + Germans evidently knew it. Whether they were trying to arrange to take + their captives farther back, or merely seeking to escape themselves from a + trap, was not then evident. + </p> + <p> + And, having reached a position where they could see below them what looked + to be a concentration of German guns, perhaps to fire on any force that + might advance against the prison. Jack let fall one of his two remaining + bombs. + </p> + <p> + It swerved to one side, and though it exploded with great force, and + created havoc and consternation among the Huns, it did not fall where it + was intended. The second battery was still intact. + </p> + <p> + “My last shot!” grimly mused Jack, as he looked at the other bomb. + </p> + <p> + Tom maneuvered the aeroplane until he had it about where he thought Jack + would want it. The latter pressed the releasing lever and the bomb + descended. It was the most powerful of the lot, and when it struck and + exploded it not only demolished the defensive battery, making a hole in + the place where it had stood, but it tore down part of the prison fence, + and made such destruction generally that the Germans were stunned. + </p> + <p> + Instantly, seeing that all had been accomplished that was possible, and + noting that hovering around him were other Allied airmen who had agreed to + help in the rescue, Tom sent his craft down. There was a burst of shrapnel + around him and Jack, but though the latter was grazed by a bullet, neither + was seriously hurt. A Hun plane darted down out of the sky to attack the + bold Americans, but quickly it was engaged by a supporting Allied craft. + However, the Hun was a good fighter, and won the battle against this + antagonist. But when two other Allied planes closed in, that was the last + of the enemy. He was sent crashing down to satisfy the vengeance in toll + for the life of the birdman he had taken. + </p> + <p> + Now Tom and Jack could see that their plan had worked better than they had + dared to hope. The boldness of the attack from the air, coupled with the + advance of the American army, started a panic in the German ranks. They + began a retreat and the regiments near the prison camp were included in + the rout. + </p> + <p> + By this time either some of the prisoners saw that there was a break in + the cordon around them, or they realized that a great battle was putting + their guards to flight, for some of them made a rush toward a side where + there were no Germans, and succeeded in breaking out—no hard task + since part of the fence was shattered by the explosion. + </p> + <p> + “Now's our chance,” cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear this. + “Harry may be among that bunch, and we want to get him and any others we + can save.” + </p> + <p> + He started the aeroplane on its downward path, while Jack, guessing the + object, got the machine gun ready for action, since there might be a squad + of Germans ready to give battle on the ground. + </p> + <p> + Several other planes of the Allies, seeing what was going on, swooped to + the aid of the two Americans, for there were no other of the Hun craft + within sight now. All had been sent crashing down, or had drawn off. + </p> + <p> + On either side of the immediate sector which included the prison camp, the + battle was still raging fiercely, mostly with success on the side of the + Americans, though in places they suffered a temporary setback. + </p> + <p> + In the vicinity of the prison itself wild scenes were now being enacted. + The prisoners were beginning to rise in force, for they saw freedom + looming before them. There were fights between them and the guards, and + terrible happenings took place, for the guards were armed and the + prisoners were not. But as fast as some of the Germans fell they were + stripped of their guns and ammunition, and the weapons turned by the + prisoners against their former captors. + </p> + <p> + All this while Tom and Jack were descending in their plane. As yet they + were uncertain whether they were to be able to rescue Leroy or not. They + could not distinguish him at that height, though from the enthusiastic + manner in which several of the newly liberated ones waved at the on-coming + aeroplanes, it would seem that they were of that arm of the service, and + appreciated what was about to happen. + </p> + <p> + Nearer and nearer to the ground flew Tom and Jack. And then, to their + horror, they saw that several Germans had set up two machine guns to rake + the prison yard, which was still filled with excited captives. The Germans + were determined that as few as possible of their late captives should find + freedom. + </p> + <p> + Tom acted on the instant, by sending the plane in a different direction, + to enable Jack to use his machine gun. And Jack understood this, for, with + a shout of defiance, he turned his weapon on the closely packed Germans + around their machine guns. + </p> + <p> + For a moment they stood and some even tried to swerve the guns about to + shatter the dropping aeroplane. But Jack's fire was too fierce. He wiped + out the nest, and this danger was averted. + </p> + <p> + A moment later Tom had the machine to earth, and it ran along the uneven + and shell-torn ground, coming to a rest not far from what had been the + outer fence of the prison camp. A group of Allied captives, newly freed, + rushed forward. Tom and Jack, removing their goggles, looked eagerly for a + sight of Harry Leroy. They did not see him, but they saw that which + rejoiced them, and this was more aeroplanes coming to their aid, and also + a column of infantry on the march across a distant valley. The stars and + stripes were in the van, and at this the rescuers and the prisoners set up + a cheer. It meant that the Germans were beaten at that point. + </p> + <p> + “Where's Harry Leroy? Is he among the prisoners?” cried Jack to several of + the liberated ones who crowded around the machine. There would be no + question now of trying to save some one, a rush by mounting to the air + with him. The advance of the Americans and the Allies was sufficiently + strong to hold the prison position wrested from the Germans. + </p> + <p> + “Was Harry Leroy among you?” asked Tom, of the joy-crazed prisoners. Many + were Americans, but there were French, Italian, Russian, Belgian and + British among the motley throng. + </p> + <p> + Before any one could answer him there was a hoarse shout, and from some + place where they had been hiding a squad of German soldiers rushed at the + group of recent prisoners about Tom and Jack. Their guns had bayonets + fixed, and it was the evident purpose of the Huns to make one last rush on + the prisoners near the aeroplane to kill as many as possible. + </p> + <p> + The Germans were a sufficiently strong force, and none of these prisoners + was armed. They began to scatter and run for shelter, and Torn and Jack + became aware that matters were not to be as easy as they had expected. + </p> + <p> + But fortunately the fixed machine gun on the aeroplane, which was near the + pilot's seat, pointed straight at the oncoming Huns. With a cry Tom sprang + to the cockpit and quickly had the weapon spitting bullets at the foe. + Then Jack saw his chance, and, climbing up to his seat, he swung his gun + about so that it, too, raked the Germans. + </p> + <p> + They came on with the desperation and courage of despair, but the steady + firing was at last too much for them. They broke and ran—what were + left of them alive—in what was a veritable rout, and this ended the + last danger for that immediate time and place. + </p> + <p> + Other aeroplanes dropped down to help consolidate the victory, and the + explosion of some American shells at a point beyond the prison camp told + its own story. The artillery had moved up to keep pace with the advancing + infantry. The big battle had been won by Pershing's men, and the air + service boys had not only done their share, but they had been instrumental + in delivering a number of prisoners. + </p> + <p> + As the last of the Germans fled and Tom and Jack leaned back, well nigh + exhausted by the strain of the fighting, a voice cried: + </p> + <p> + “Good work, old scouts! I knew you'd come for me sooner or later. At least + I hoped you would!” + </p> + <p> + They turned to see Harry Leroy walking slowly toward them. + </p> + <p> + Harry Leroy it was, but wounds, illness, and imprisonment had worked a + terrible change in him. He was but the ghost of his former sturdy self. + Still it was their chum and the brother of Nellie Leroy, and Tom and Jack + knew they had kept the promise made to the sister. They had effected the + rescue which the offensive made possible. + </p> + <p> + “Hurray!” cried Tom. “It's really you then, old scout!” + </p> + <p> + “What's left of me—yes. Oh, but it's good to see the flag again!” + and he pointed to the colors on the aeroplane and on the advancing banners + of the infantry. “And it's good to see you again! I'd about given up, and + so had most of us, when we heard the shooting and knew something was going + on. But how did it happen? How did you get here, and how did you know I + was here?” + </p> + <p> + “Go easy!” advised Tom with a grin. “One question at a time. Can you ride + in our bus? If you can we'll take you back with us. The others will be + taken care of soon, I fancy, for our boys will soon be in permanent + occupation here. Will you come back with us?” + </p> + <p> + “Will I? Say, I'll come if I have to hitch on behind, like a can to a + dog's tail!” cried Leroy, and, weak and ill-nourished as he was, it was + evident that the sight of his former comrades had already done him much + good. + </p> + <p> + So now that the position was well won by the Americans and the Allies, Tom + and Jack turned their machine about, wheeled it to a good taking off + place, and with Harry Leroy as a passenger, though it made the place + rather crowded, they flew back over the recent battleground, and to their + own aerodrome, where Harry and some other prisoners, brought through the + air by other birdmen, were well taken care of. + </p> + <p> + The great battle was not yet over, for there was fighting up and down the + line, and in distant sectors. But it was going well for Pershing's forces. + </p> + <p> + “And now,” remarked Harry, when he had had food and had washed and had + begun to smoke, “tell me all about it.” He was in the quarters assigned to + Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, being their guest. + </p> + <p> + “Well, there isn't an awful lot to tell,” Tom said, modestly enough. “We + heard you were in trouble, and came after you; that's all. How did you + like your German boarding house?” + </p> + <p> + “It was fierce! Terrible! I can't tell you what it means to be free. But + I'd like to send word to my folks that I'm all right. I suppose they have + heard I was a prisoner.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Tom. “In fact, you can talk to one of the family soon. + That is, as soon as you can go to Paris.” + </p> + <p> + “Talk to a member of the family? Go to Paris? What do you mean?” Harry + fairly shouted the words. + </p> + <p> + “Your sister Nellie is staying with friends of ours,” said Tom. “We'll + take you to her.” + </p> + <p> + “Nellie here? Great Scott! She said she was coming to the front, but I + didn't believe her! Say, she is some sister!” + </p> + <p> + “You said it!” exclaimed Tom, with as great fervor as Harry used. + </p> + <p> + “Didn't you get the bundles we dropped?” asked Jack. “The notes and the + packages of chocolate?” + </p> + <p> + “Not a one,” 'replied Harry. “I was looking for some word, but none came, + after one of the airmen told me he had dropped my glove. But I knew how it + was—you didn't get a chance to send any word.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, but we did!” cried Tom, and then he told of the dropping of the + packages. + </p> + <p> + But, as Leroy related, he had been transferred from that camp a few days + before. + </p> + <p> + Two of the packets fell among the prisoners, who, after trying in vain to + send them to Harry, partook of the good things to eat, which they much + needed themselves. They were given to the ill prisoners, and the notes + were carefully hidden away. Some time after the war Harry received them, + and treasured them greatly as souvenirs. + </p> + <p> + “But we didn't make any mistake this time,” said Tom. “We have you now.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Harry with a smile, “you have me now, and mighty glad I am + of it.” + </p> + <p> + A few days later, when Harry was better able to travel, he went to see + Nellie in Paris, a message having been sent soon after the big battle, to + tell her that he was rescued and as well as could be expected. + </p> + <p> + “But if it hadn't been for Tom and Jack I don't believe I'd be there now,” + said Harry to his sister, as he sat in the homelike apartment of the + Gleasons. + </p> + <p> + “I know you wouldn't,” said Nellie. “They said they'd rescue you and they + did. We shall never be able to thank them enough—but we can try!” + </p> + <p> + She looked at Tom, and he—well, I shall firmly but kindly have to + insist that what followed is neither your affair nor mine. + </p> + <p> + And now, though you know it as well as I do, my story has come to an end. + At least the present chronicle of the doings of the air service boys has + nothing further to offer. Their further adventures will be related in + another volume to be entitled: “Air Service Boys Flying for Victory.” + </p> + <p> + But it was not the end of the fighting, and Tom and Jack did not cease + their efforts. Harry Leroy, too, was eager to get back into the contest + again, and he did, as soon as he had sufficiently recovered. + </p> + <p> + He told some of his experiences while a prisoner among the Germans, and + some things he did not tell. They were better left untold. + </p> + <p> + However, I should like to close my story with a more pleasant scene than + that, and so I invite your attention, one beautiful Sunday morning to + Paris, when the sun was shining and war seemed very far away, though it + was not. Two couples are going down a street which is gay with flower + stands. There are two young men and two girls, the young men wear the + aviation uniforms of the Americans. They walk along, chatting and + laughing, and, as an aeroplane passes high overhead, its motors droning + out a song of progress, they all look up. + </p> + <p> + “That's what we'll be doing to-morrow,” observed Tom Raymond. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” agreed Jack Parmly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, hush!” laughed one of the girls. “Can't you stay on earth one day?” + </p> + <p> + And there on earth, in such pleasant company, we will leave the Air + Service Boys. + </p> + <p> + THE END <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + +***** This file should be named 6458-h.htm or 6458-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/4/5/6458/ + +Produced by Sean Pobuda, and David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/6458.txt b/6458.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4d9387 --- /dev/null +++ b/6458.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5798 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Air Service Boys in the Big Battle + +Author: Charles Amory Beach + +Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6458] +Posting Date: March 23, 2009 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + + + + +Produced by Sean Pobuda + + + + + + + +AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE + +Or SILENCING THE BIG GUNS + + +By Charles Amory Beach + + + + + +CHAPTER I. BAD NEWS FROM THE AIR + + +"Well, Tom, how's your head now?" + +"How's my head? What do you mean? There's nothing the matter with +my head," and the speaker, who wore the uniform of a French aviator, +glanced up in surprise from the cot on which he was reclining in his +tent near the airdromes that stretched around a great level field, not +far from Paris. + +"Oh, isn't there?" questioned Jack Parmly, with a smile. "Then I +beg your pardon for asking, my cabbage! I beg your pardon, Sergeant +Raymond!" + +Tom Raymond, whose, chum had addressed him by the military title, looked +curiously at his companion, and smiled at the appellation of the term +cabbage. It was one of the many little tricks picked up by association +with their French flying comrades, of speaking to a friend by some odd, +endearing term. It might be cucumber or rose, cabbage or cart wheel--the +words mattered not, it was the meaning back of them. + +"Say, is anything the matter?" went on Tom, as his chum, attired +like himself', but wearing an old blouse covered with oil and grease, +continued to smile. "What gave you the notion that my head hurt?" + +"I didn't say it hurt. I only asked how it was. The swelling hasn't +begun to subside in mine yet, and I was wondering if it had in yours." + +"Swelling? Subside? What in the world--" + +Jack Parmly brought to a sudden termination the rapid torrent of words +from the mouth of his churn by silently pointing to a small medal +fastened to the uniform jacket of his friend. It was the coveted croix +de guerre. + +"Oh, that!" exclaimed Tom. + +"Nothing else, my pickled beet!" answered Jack. "Doesn't it make your +head swell up as if it would burst every time you look at it? Now don't +say it doesn't, for that's the way it affects me, and I'm sure you're +not very different. And every time I read the citation that goes with +the medal--well, I'm just aching for a chance to show it to the folks +back home, aren't you, Sergeant?" + +Tom Raymond started a bit at the second use of the title. + +"I see you aren't any more used to it than I am!" exclaimed Jack. "Well, +it'll be a little time before we stop looking around to see if it isn't +some one behind us they're talking to. So I thought I'd practice it +a bit on you. And you can do the same for me. I should think, out of +common politeness, you'd get up, salute and call me the same." + +"Oh! Now I see what you're driving at," voiced Tom, as he glanced up +from a momentary look at his medal to the face of his comrade-in-arms, +or perhaps in flying would be more appropriate. "The wind's in that +quarter, is it?" + +"No wind at all to speak of," broke in Jack. "If you'd like to go for a +fly, and see if we can bag a Boche or two, I'm with you." + +"Against orders, Jack. I'd like to, but we were ordered here for rest +and observation work; and you know, as well as I do, that obeying orders +is just as important as sending a member of the Hun Flying Circus down +where he can't do any more of his grandstand stunts. But I'm hoping the +time will come when we can climb up back of our machine guns again, and +do our bit to show that the little old U. S. A. is still on the map." + +"I guess that time'll soon come, Tom, old man. I heard rumors that a +lot of us were to be sent up nearer the front shortly, and if they don't +include you and me, there'll be something doing in this camp!" + +"That's what I say. So you thought I'd have a swelled head, did you, +because they gave us the croix de guerre?" + +"I confess I had a faint suspicion that way," admitted Jack. "Both of us +being advanced to sergeants was a big step, too." + +"It was," agreed Tom. "I almost wish they hadn't done it, for there are +lots of others in the escadrille that deserve it fully as much, and some +more, than we do." + +"That's right. But you can't make these delightful Frenchmen see +anything the way you want 'em to. Once they get a notion in their heads +that you've done something for la belle Frame, they're your friends +for life, kissing you on both cheeks and pinning medals on you wherever +they'll stick." + +"Well, they mean all right, Jack," said Tom. "And there aren't any +braver or more lovable people on the face of the earth than these same +French. They've done more and suffered more for their country than we +dream of. And it's only natural that they should say 'much obliged,' in +their own particular way, to any one they think is helping to free them +from the Germans." + +"I suppose you're right. But advancing us to sergeants would have been +enough, without pinning the decorations on us and mentioning us in the +order of the day, as well as giving us as fine a citation as ever was +signed by a commanding general. However, it's all in the day's work, +though when we flew over the German super cannons, and did our bit in +helping demolish them so they couldn't shell Paris any more, we didn't +think--or, at least, I didn't--that we'd be sitting here talking about +it." + +"Me either," agreed Tom. "But, to get down to brass tacks, what have you +been doing to get into such a mess? You look like a chauffeur of the +old days they tell of when they had to climb under the car to see if it +needed oiling--" + +"That's just about what I have been doing," admitted Jack. "When I heard +the rumor that our escadrille might get orders to move at any hour, I +decided that it was up to me to look MY machine over. It didn't make +that nose dive just the way I wanted it to the last time I was up, and +I'm not taking any chances. So I've been crawling in and around and +under it--" + +"While I've been lying here I taking it easy!" broke in Tom. "I don't +call that fair of you, Jack," and he seemed genuinely hurt. + +"Go easy now, my pickled onion!" laughed his chum. "I wasn't going to +leave you out in the cold. I just came to tell you that you'd better +stop looking like a moving picture of an airman, and put on some old +duds to look over your own craft. And here you go and--" + +"All right, old ham sandwich!" laughed Tom. + + "I'll forgive you. I'm going to do the same as you, and tinker +with my machine. If, as you say, we're likely to be on the job again +soon, I don't want too take any chances either. Where's that mechanician +of mine? There was something wrong with my joy stick, he said, the last +time I came down out of the clouds to take an enforced rest, and I might +as well start with that, if there's any repairing to be done--" + +Tom flung off his uniform jacket, with the two silver wings, denoting +that he was a full-fledged airman, and sent an orderly to summon his +chief mechanician, for each aviator had several helpers to run messages +for him, as well as to see that his machine is in perfect trim. + +Experts are needed to see to it that the machine and the aviator are in +perfect trim, leaving for the airman himself the trying and difficult +task, sometimes, of flying upside down, while he is making observations +of the enemy with one eye, and fighting off a Boche with the +other--ready to kill or be killed. + +Sergeants Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, chums and fellow airmen flying +for France, started toward the aerodromes where their machines were kept +when not in use. They were both attired now for hard and not very clean +work, though the more laborious part would be done by mechanics at their +orders. Still the lads themselves would leave nothing to chance. Indeed +no airman does, for in very, truth his He and the success of an army +may, at times, depend on the strength or weakness of a seemingly +insignificant bit of wire or the continuity of a small gasoline pipe. + +"Well, it'll seem good to get up in the air again," remarked Jack. "A +little rest is all right, but too much is more than enough." + +"Right O, my sliced liberty bond!" laughed Tom. "And now--" + +Their talk was interrupted by a cheer that broke out in front of a +recreation house, in reality a YMCA hut, or le Foyer du Soldat as it +was called. It was where the airmen went when not on duty to read the +papers, write letters and buy chocolate. + +"What's up now?" asked Jack, as he and his chum looked toward the +cheering squad of aviators and their assistants. + +"Give it up. Let's go over and find out." + +They broke into a run as the cheering continued, and then they saw hats +being thrown into the air and men capering about with every evidence of +joy. + +"We must have won a big battle!" cried Jack. + +"Seems so," agreed Tom. "Hi there! what is it?" he asked in French of a +fellow aviator. + +"What is it? You ask me what? Ah, joy of my life! It is you who ought to +know first! It is you who should give thanks! Ah!" + +"Yes, that's all right, old man," returned Jack in English. "We'll give +thanks right as soon as we know what it is; but we aren't mind readers, +you know, and there are so many things to guess at that there's no use +in wasting the time. Tell us, like a good chap!" he begged in French, +for he saw the puzzled look on the face of the aviator Tom had +addressed. + +"It is the best news ever!" was the answer. "The first of your brave +countrymen have arrived to help us drive the Boche from France! The +first American Expeditionary Force, to serve under your brave General +Pershing, has reached the shores of France safely, in spite of the +U-boats, and are even now marching to show themselves in Paris! Ah, is +it any wonder that we rejoice? How is it you say in your own delightful +country? Two cheers and a lion! Ah!" + +"Tiger, my dear boy! Tiger!" laughed Jack. "And, while you're about it, +you might as well make it three cheers and done with it. Not that it +makes any great amount of difference in this case, but it's just the +custom, my stuffed olive!" + +And then he and Tom were fairly carried off their feet by the rush of +enthusiastic Frenchmen to congratulate them on the good news, and to +share it with them. + +"Is it really true?" asked Tom. "Has any substantial part of Uncle Sam's +boys really got here at last?" + +He was told that such was the case. The news had just been received +at the headquarters of the flying squad to which Tom and Jack were +attached. About ten thousand American soldiers were even then on French +soil. Their coming had long been waited for, and the arrangements sailed +in secret, and the news was known in American cities scarcely any sooner +than it was in France, so careful had the military authorities been +not to give the lurking German submarines a chance to torpedo the +transports. + +"Is not that glorious news, my friend?" asked the Frenchman who had +given it to Tom and Jack. + +"The best ever!" was the enthusiastic reply. And then Jack, turning +to his chum, said in a low voice, as the Frenchman hurried back to the +cheering throng: "You know what this means for us, of course?" + +"Rather guess I do!" was the response. "It means we've got to apply for +a transfer and fight under Pershing!" + +"Exactly. Now how are we going to do it?" + +"Oh, I fancy it will be all right. Merely a question of detail and +procedure. They can't object to our wanting to fight among our own +countrymen, now that enough of them are over here to make a showing. I +suppose this is the first of the big army that's coming." + +"I imagine so," agreed Jack. "Hurray! this is something like. There's +going to be hard fighting. I realize that. But this is the beginning of +the end, as I see it." + +"That's what! Now, instead of tinkering over our machines, let's see the +commandant and---" + +Jack motioned to his chum to cease talking. Then he pointed up to the +sky. There was a little speck against the blue, a speck that became +larger as the two Americans watched. + +"One of our fliers coming bark," remarked Tom in a low voice. + +"I hope he brings more good news," returned Jack. + +The approaching airman came rapidly nearer, and then the throngs that +had gathered about the headquarters building to discuss the news of the +arrival of the first American forces turned to watch the return of the +flier. + +"It's Du Boise," remarked Tom, naming an intrepid French fighter. He was +one of the "aces," and had more than a score of Boche machines to +his credit. "He must have been out 'on his own,' looking for a stray +German." + +"Yes, he and Leroy went out together," assented Jack. "But I don't see +Harry's machine," and anxiously he scanned the heavens. + +Harry Leroy was, like Tom and Jack, an American aviator who had lately +joined the force in which the two friends had rendered such valiant +service. Tom and Jack had known him on the other side--had, in fact, +first met and become friendly with him at a flying school in Virginia. +Leroy had suffered a slight accident which had put him out of the flying +service for a year, but he had persisted, had finally been accepted, and +was welcomed to France by his chums who had preceded him. + +"I hope nothing has happened to Harry," murmured Tom; "but I don't see +him, and it's queer Du Boise would come back without him." + +"Maybe he had to--for gasoline or something," suggested Jack. + +"I hope it isn't any worse than that," went on Tom. But his voice did +not carry conviction. + +The French aviator landed, and as he climbed out of his machine, helped +by orderlies and others who rushed up, he was seen to stagger. + +"Are you hurt?" asked Tom, hurrying up. + +"A mere scratch-nothing, thank you," was the answer. + +"Where's Harry Leroy?" Jack asked. "Did you have to leave him?" + +"Ah, monsieur, I bring you bad news from the air," was the answer. "We +were attacked by seven Boche machines. We each got one, and then--well, +they got me--but what matters that? It is a mere nothing." + +"What of Harry?" persisted Tom. + +"Ah, it is of him I would speak. He is--he fell inside the enemy lines; +and I had to come back for help. My petrol gave out, and I--"' + +And then, pressing his hands over his breast, the brave airman staggered +and fell, as a stream of blood issued from beneath his jacket. + + + + + +CHAPTER II. A GIRL'S APPEAL + + +At once half a score of hands reached out to render aid to the stricken +airman, whose blood was staining the ground where he had fallen. + +Tom, seeing that his fellow aviator was more desperately wounded than +the brave man had admitted, at once summoned stretcher-bearers, and he +was carried to the hospital. Then all anxiously awaited the report of +the surgeons, who quickly prepared to render aid to the fighter of the +air. + +"How is he?" asked Jack, as he and Tom, lingering near the hospital, saw +one of the doctors emerge. + +"He is doing very nicely," was the answer, given in French, for the two +boys of the air spoke this language now with ease, if not always with +absolute correctness. + +"Then he isn't badly hurt?" asked Jack. + +"No. The wound in his chest was only a flesh one, but it bled +considerably. Two bullets from an aircraft machine gun struck ribs, and +glanced off from them, but tore the flesh badly. The bleeding was held +in check by the pressure DU Boise exerted on the wounds underneath +his jacket, but at last he grew faint from loss of blood, and then the +stream welled out. With rest and care he will be all right in a few +days." + +"How soon could we talk with him?" asked Tom. + +"Talk with him?" asked the surgeon. "Is that necessary? He is doing very +well, and--" + +"Tom means ask him some questions," explained Jack. "You see, he started +to tell us about our chum, Harry Leroy, who was out scouting with him. +Harry was shot down, so Du Boise said, but he didn't get a chance to +give any particulars, and we thought--" + +"It will be a day or so before he will be able to talk to you," the +surgeon said. "He is very weak, and must not be disturbed." + +"Well, may we talk with him just as soon as possible?" eagerly asked +Jack. "We want to find out where it was that Harry went down in his +machine--out of control very likely--and if we get a chance--" + +"We'd like to take it out on those that shot him down!" interrupted +Torn. "Du Boise must have noticed the machines that fought him and +Harry, and if we could get any idea of the Boches who were in them--" + +"I see," and the surgeon bowed and smiled approval of their idea. "You +want revenge. I hope you get it. As soon as we think he is able to +talk," and he nodded in the direction of the hospital, "we will let you +see him. Good luck to you, and confusion to the Huns!" + +"Gee, but this is tough luck!" murmured Tom, as he and his chum turned +away. "Just as we were getting ready to go back into the game, too! Had +it all fixed up for Harry to fly with us in a sort of a triangle scheme +to down the Boches, and they have to go and plump him off the map. Well, +it is tough!" + +"Yes, sort of takes the fun out of the good news we heard a while ago," +agreed Jack. "I mean about Pershing's boys getting over here to France. +I hope Harry's only wounded, instead of killed. But if the Huns have him +a prisoner--good-night!" + +"There's only one consolation," added Tom. "Their airmen are the best of +the lot Of course that isn't saying much, but they behave a little more +like human beings than the rest of the Boche gang; and if Harry has +fallen a prisoner to them he'll get a bit of decent treatment, anyhow." + +"That's so. We'll hope for that. And now let's go on with what we +started when we saw Du Boise coming back--let's see what chance we have +of being transferred to an All American escadrille." + +The boys started across the field again toward the headquarters, and, +nearing it, they saw, in a small motor car, a girl sitting beside the +military driver. She was a pretty girl, and it needed only one glance to +show that she was an American. + +"Hello!" exclaimed Tom, with a low whistle. "Look who's here!" + +"Do you know her?" asked Jack. + +"No. Wish I did, though." + +Jack glanced quickly and curiously at his chum. + +"Oh, you needn't think you're the only chap that has a drag with the +girls," went on Tom. "Just because Bessie Gleason--" + +"Cut it out!" exclaimed Jack. "Look, she acts as though she wanted to +speak to us." + +The military chauffeur had alighted from the machine and was talking +to one of the French aviation officers. Meanwhile the girl, left to +herself, was looking about the big aviation field, with a look of +wonder, mixed with alarm and nervousness. She caught sight of Tom and +Jack, and a smile came to her face, making her, as Tom said afterward, +the prettiest picture he had seen in a long while. + +"You're Americans, aren't you?" began the girl, turning frankly to them. +"I know you are! And, oh, I'm in such trouble!" + +Tom stepped ahead of Jack, who was taking off his cap and bowing. + +"Let me have a show for my white alley," Tom murmured to his chum. +"You've got one girl." + +"You win," murmured Jack. + +"Yes, we're from the United States," said Tom. "But it's queer to see +a girl here--from America or anywhere else. How'd you get through the +lines, and what can we do for you?" + +"I am looking for my brother," was the answer. "I understood he was +stationed here, and I managed to get passes to come to see him, but it +wasn't easy work. I met this officer in his motor car, and he brought +me along the last stage of the journey. Can you tell me where my brother +is? His name is Harry Leroy." + +Torn said afterward that he felt as though he had gone into a spinning +nose dive with a Boche aviator on his tail, while Jack admitted that he +felt somewhat as he did the time his gasoline pipe was severed by a Hun +bullet when he was high in the air and several miles behind the enemy's +lines. + +"Your--your brother!" Tom managed to mutter. + +"Yes, Harry Leroy. He's from the United States, too. Perhaps you know +him, as I notice you are both aviators. He told me if I ever got to +France to come to see him, and he mentioned the names of two young +men--I have them here somewhere--" + +She began to search in the depths of a little leather valise she +carried, and, at that moment, the military chauffeur who had brought her +to the aviation field turned to her, and spoke rapidly in French. + +She understood the language, as did Tom and Jack, and at the first words +her face went white. For the chauffeur informed her that her brother, +Harry Leroy, whom she had come so far to see, was, even then, lying dead +or wounded within the German lines. + +"Oh!" the girl murmured, her fare becoming whiter and more white. +"Oh--Harry!" + +Then she would have fallen from the seat, only Tom leaped forward and +caught her in his arms. + +And while efforts were being made to restore the girl to consciousness, +may I not take this opportunity of telling my new readers something of +the previous books of this series, so that they may read this one more +intelligently? + +Torn Raymond and Jack Parmly, as related in the initial volume, "Air +Service Boys Flying for France; or The Young Heroes of the Lafayette +Escadrille," were Virginians. Soon after the great world conflict +started, they burned with a desire to fight on the side of freedom, and +it was as aviators that they desired to help. + +Accordingly they went to an aviation school in Virginia, under the +auspices of the Government, and there learned the rudiments of flying. +Tom's father had invented an aeroplane stabilizer, but, as told in the +story, the plans and other papers had been stolen by a German spy. + +Tom and his chum resolved to get possession of the documents, and they +kept up the search after they reached France and were made members +of the Lafayette Escadrille. It was in France that they met Adolph +Tuessing, the German spy. + +The second volume, entitled "Air Service Boys Over the Enemy's Lines; +or The German Spy's Secret," takes the two young men through further +adventures. They had become acquainted on the steamer with a girl named +Bessie Gleason and her mother. Carl Potzfeldt, a German sailing under +false colors, claimed to be a friend of Bessie and her mother, but Jack, +who was more than casually interested in the girl, was suspicious of +this man. And his suspicions proved correct, for Potzfeldt had planned a +daring trick. + +After some strenuous happenings, in which the Air Service Boys assisted, +Bessie and her mother were rescued from the clutches of Potzfeldt, +and went to Paris, Mrs. Gleason engaging in Red Cross work, and Bessie +helping her as best she could. + + Immediately preceding this present volume is the third, called "Air +Service Boys Over the Rhine; or Fighting Above the Clouds." + +By this time the United States had entered the great war on the side of +humanity and democracy. + +Then the world was startled by the news that a great German cannon was +firing on Paris seventy miles away, and consternation reigned for a +time. Tom and Jack had a hand in silencing the great gun, for it was +they who discovered where it was hidden. Also in the third volume is +related how Tom's father, who had disappeared, was found again. + +The boys passed through many startling experiences with their usual +bravery, so that, when the present story opens, they were taking a +much needed and well-earned rest. Mr. Raymond, having accomplished his +mission, had returned to the United States. + +Then, as we have seen, came the news of the arrival of the first of +Pershing's forces, and with it came the sad message that Harry Leroy, +the chum of Torn and Jack, had fallen behind the German lines. And +whether he was alive now, though wounded, or was another victim of the +Hun machine guns, could not be told. + +"Harry's sister couldn't have come at a worse time," remarked Tom, as he +rejoined Jack, having carried the unconscious girl to the same hospital +where Du Boise lay wounded. + +"I should say not!" agreed Jack. "Do you really suppose she's Harry's +sister?" + +"I don't see Any reason to doubt it. She said so, didn't she?" + +"Oh, yes, of course. I was just wondering. Say, it's going to be tough +when she wakes up and realizes what's happened." + +"You bet it is! This has been a tough day all around, and if it wasn't +for the good news that our boys are in France I'd feel pretty rocky. But +now we've got all the more incentive to get busy!" exclaimed Tom. + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean get our machines in fighting trim. I'm going out and get a few +Germans to make up for what they did to Harry." + +"You're right! I'm with you! But what about what's her name--I mean +Harry's sister?" + +"I didn't hear her name. Some of the Red Cross nurses are looking after +her. They promised to let me know when she came to. We can offer to help +her, I suppose, being, as you might say, neighbors." + +"Sure!" agreed Jack. "I'm with you. But let's go and--" + +However they did not go at once, wherever it was that Jack was going to +propose, for, at that moment, one of the Red Cross nurses attached to +the aviation hospital came to the door and beckoned to the boys. + +"Miss Leroy is conscious now," was the message. "She wants to see you +two," and the nurse smiled at them. + +Tom and Jack found Miss Leroy, looking pale, but prettier than ever, +sitting up in a chair. She leaned forward eagerly as they entered, and, +holding out her hands, exclaimed: + +"They tell me you are my brother's chums! Oh, can you not get me some +news of him? Can you not let him know that I have come so far to see +him? I am anxious! Oh, where is he?" and she looked from Tom to Jack, +and then to Tom again. + + + + + +CHAPTER III. ANXIOUS WAITING + + +Nellie Leroy--for such the boys learned was her name--broke the silence, +that was growing tense, by asking: + +"Is there any hope? Tell me, do you think there is a chance that my +brother may be alive?" + +"Yes, there is, certainly!" exclaimed Tom quickly, before Jack had an +opportunity to give, possibly, a less hopeful answer. + +"And if he is alive, is there a chance that he may be rescued--that I +may go to him?" she went on. + +"Hardly that," said Tom, slowly. "It's a wonder you ever got as near to +the front as this. But as for getting past the German lines--" + +"Then what can I do?" asked Nellie Leroy, eagerly. "Oh, tell me +something that I can do. I'm used to hard work," she went on. "I've been +a Red Cross nurse for some time, and I helped in one big explosion of a +munitions plant in New Jersey before I came over. That's one reason they +let me come--because I proved that I could do things!" and she did +look very efficient, in spite of her paleness, in spite of her, seeming +frailness. There was an indefinable air about her which showed that +she would carry through whatever she undertook. "I never fainted +before--never." + +"It's like this," said Tom, and Jack seemed content, now, to let his +chum play the chief role. "When one of us goes down in his machine back +of the enemy's lines, those left over here never really know what has +happened for a few days." + +"And how do they know then?' she asked. + +"The German airmen are more decent than some of the other Hun forces +we're fighting," explained Torn. "Generally after they capture one of +our escadrille members, dead or alive, they fly over our lines a few +days later and drop a cap, or a glove, or something that belongs to the +prisoner. Sometimes they attach a note, written by one of their airmen +or from the prisoner, giving news of his condition." + +"And you think they may do this in my brother's case?" asked Nellie. + +"They are very likely to," assented Tom, and Jack, to whom the girl +looked for confirmation, nodded, his agreement. + +"How long shall we have to wait?" Harry's sister asked. + +"There is no telling," said Tom "Sometimes it's a week before their +airmen get a chance to fly over our lines. It all depends." + +"On what?" + +"On how the battle goes," answered Tom. "If there is much fighting, and +many engagements in the air, the Boches don't get a chance to fly over +and drop tokens of our men they may have shot down. We do the same for +them, so it's six of one and a half dozen of the other. Often for a week +we don't get a chance to let them know about prisoners we have, because +the fighting is so severe." + +"Will it be that way now?" the girl went on. + +"Hard to say--we don't have the ordering of battles," replied Jack. "But +it's been rather quiet for a few days, and it's likely to continue so. +If it does one of their men may fly over to-morrow, or the next day, and +drop something your brother wore--or even a note from him." + +"Oh, I hope they do the last!" she murmured. "If I could have a note +from him I'd be the happiest girl alive I I'd know, then, that he was +all right." + +"He may be," said Tom, trying to be hopeful. "You see Du Boise, who was +with Harry when the fight took place, is himself wounded, so he can't +tell us much about it." + +"Yes, they told me that my brother's companion reached here badly +hurt. He is so brave! I wish they would let me help take care of him. I +understand a great deal about wounds, and I'm not at all afraid of the +sight of blood. It was silly of me to faint just now, but--I--I couldn't +help it. I'd been counting so much on seeing Harry, and when they told +me he was gone--" + +She covered her face with her hands, and endeavored to repress her +emotion. + +"You're not Harry's little sister, are you?" asked Jack, hoping to +change the current of talk into other and happier channels. + +"No; that's Mabel--Mab he calls her. She's younger than I. Did he often +speak of her?" + +"Oh, yes; and you too!" exclaimed Tom, so warmly that Nellie blushed, +and the damask tint in her hitherto pale cheeks was most becoming. + +"We've seen your picture, and Mab's too," went on Tom. "Harry keeps them +just over his cot in the barracks. But I didn't recognize you when I saw +you a little while ago in the machine. Though I might have, if so many +things hadn't happened all at once, and made me sort of hazy," Tom +explained. + +"Then are you and my brother good friends?" asked Nellie. + +"The best ever!" exclaimed Tom, and Jack warmly assented. "Not so many +Americans are in this branch of the escadrille as are in others," Torn +went on; "so Harry and Jack and I are a sort of little trio all by +ourselves. He hardly ever goes up without us, but we are on a rest +billet; and to-day he went up with Du Boise." + +"If he had only come back!" sighed Nellie. "But there! I mustn't +complain. Harry wouldn't let me if he were here. We both have to do our +duty. Now I'm going to see what I can do to help, and not be silly and +do any more fainting. I hope you'll pardon me," and she smiled at the +two boys. + +"Of course!" exclaimed Tom, with great emphasis, and again Miss Leroy +blushed. + +"Then, is to wait the only thing we can do?" she asked. + +"That's all," assented Tom. "We may get a message from the clouds any +day." + +"And, oh! I shall pray that it may be favorable!" murmured the girl. +"Perhaps I may question this Mr. Du Boise, and learn from him just what +happened?" she interrogated. + +"Yes, we want to talk to him ourselves, as soon as he's able to sit up," +said Jack. "We want to get a shot at the Boche who downed Harry." + +"So you are as fond of Harry as all that! I am glad!" exclaimed his +sister. "Have you known him long?" + +"We knew him slightly before we went to the flying school in +Virginia with him," said Tom. "But down there, when we started in at +'grass-cutting,' and worked our way up, we grew to know him better. Then +Jack and I got our chance to come over. But Harry had a smash, and he +had to wait a year." + +"Yes, I know. It almost broke his heart," said Miss Leroy. "I was away +at school at the time, which accounts for my not knowing more of you +boys, since Harry always wrote me, or told me, about his chums. Then, +when I came back after my graduation, I found that he had sailed for +France." + +"And maybe we weren't glad to see him!" exclaimed Tom. "It was like +getting letters from home." + +"Yes, I recall, now, his mentioning that he had met over here some +students from the Virginia school," said Miss Leroy. "Well, after Harry +sailed I was wild to go, but father and mother would not hear of it at +first. Then, when the war grew worse, and I showed them that I could do +hard work for the Red Cross, they consented. So I sailed, but I never +expected to get like this." + +"Oh, well, everything may come out all right," said Tom, as cheerfully +as he could. But, in very truth, he was not very hopeful in his heart. + +For once an aviator succumbs to the hail of bullets from the German +machine guns in an aircraft, and his own creature of steel and wings +goes hurtling down, there is only a scant chance that the disabled +airman will land alive. + +Of course some have done it, and, even with their machines out of +control and on fire, they have lived through the awful experience. But +the chances were and are against them. + +Harry Leroy had been seen to go down, apparently with his machine out of +control, after a fusillade of Boche bullets. This much Du Boise had said +before his collapse. As to what the fallen aviator's real fate was, time +alone could disclose. + +"I can only wait!" sighed Nellie, as the boys took their leave. "The +days will be anxious ones--days of waiting. I shall help here all I +can. You'll let me know the moment there is any news--good or bad--won't +you?" she begged; and her eyes filled with tears. + +"We'll bring you the news at once--night or day!" exclaimed Tom, +vigorously. + +As he and Jack walked out of the hospital, the latter remarked: + +"You seem to be a favorite there, all right, Tom, my boy. If we weren't +such good chums I might be a bit jealous." + +"If you feel that way I'll drop Bessie Gleason a note!" suggested Tom, +quickly. + +"Don't!" begged Jack. "I'll be good!" + + + + +CHAPTER IV. TRANSFERRED + + +One glance at the bulletin board, erected just outside their quarters at +the aerodrome, told Tom and Jack what they were detailed for that day. +It was the day following the arrival of Nellie Leroy at that particular +place in France, only to find that her brother was missing--either dead, +or alive and a prisoner behind the German lines. + +"Sergeant Thomas Raymond will report to headquarters at eight o'clock, +to do patrol work." + +"Sergeant Jack Parmly will report to headquarters at eight o'clock for +reconnaissance with a photographer, who will be detailed." + +Thus read the bulletin board, and Tom and Jack, looking at it, nodded to +one another, while Tom remarked: + +"Got our work cut out for us all right." + +"Yes," agreed Jack. "Only I wish I could change places with you. I don't +like those big, heavy machines." + +But orders are orders, nowhere more so than in the aviation squad, and +soon the two lads, after a hearty if hasty breakfast, were ready for the +day's work. They each realized that when the sun set they might either +be dead, wounded or prisoners. It was a life full of eventualities. + +A little later the two young airmen, in common with their comrades, were +ready. Some were to do patrol work, like Tom--that is fly over and +along the German lines in small swift, fighting planes, to attack a Hun +machine, if any showed, and to give notice of any attack, either from +the air or on the ground. The latter attacks the airmen would observe in +progress and report to the commanders of infantry or batteries who could +take steps to meet the attack, or even frustrate it. + +Tom was assigned to a speedy Spad machine, one of great power and +lightness into which he climbed. He was to fly alone, and on his +machine was a machine gun of the Vickers type, which had to be aimed by +directing, or pointing, the aeroplane itself at the enemy. + +After Tom had given a hasty but careful look at his craft, and had +assured himself of the accuracy of the report of his mechanician that +it had oil and petrol, his starter took his place in front of the +propeller. + +"Well, Jack," called Tom to his chum, across the field, where Jack was +making his preparations for taking up a photographer in a big two-seated +machine, "I wish you luck." + +"Same to you, old man. If you see anything of Harry, and he's alive, +tell him we'll bring him back home as soon as we get a chance." + +"Do you think there is any chance?" asked Tom eagerly. "I wouldn't want +anything better than to get Harry away from those Boches--and make his +sister happy." + +"Well, there's a chance, but it's a slim one, I'm afraid," remarked +Jack. "We'll talk about it after we get back. Maybe there'll be a +message from the Huns about him before the day is over." + +"I hope so," murmured Tom. "If those Huns only act as decently toward us +as we do toward them, we'll have some news soon." + +For it is true, in a number of instances that the German aviators do +drop within the allied lines news of any British, French or American +birdman who is captured or killed inside the German lines. + +"All ready?" asked Tom of his helper. + +"Switch off, gas on," was the answer. + +Tom made sure that the electrical switch was disconnected. If it was +left on, in "contact" as it is called, and the mechanician turned the +propeller blades, there might have been a sudden starting of the engine +that would have instantly kill the man. But with the switch off there +could be no ignition in the cylinders. + +Slowly the man turned the big blades until each cylinder was sucked full +of the explosive mixture of gasoline and air. + +"Contact!" he cried, and Tom threw over the switch. + +Then, stepping once more up to the propeller, the man gave it a pull, +and quickly released it, jumping back out of harm's way. + +With a throbbing roar the engine awoke to life and the propeller spun +around, a blur of indistinctness. The motor was working sweetly. Toni +throttled down, assured himself that everything was working well, and +then, with a wave of his hand toward Jack, began to taxi across the +field, to head up into the wind. All aeroplanes are started this +way--directly into the wind, to rise against it and not with it. On and +on he went and then he began to climb into the air. With him climbed +other birdmen who were to do patrol and contact work with him, the +latter being the term used when the airship keeps in contact through +signaling with infantry or artillery forces on the ground, directing +their efforts against the enemy. + +Having seen Tom on his way, Jack turned to his own machine. As his chum +had been, Jack was dressed warmly in fur garments, even to his helmet, +which was fur lined. He had on two pairs of gloves and his eyes were +protected with heavy goggles. For it is very cold in the upper regions, +and the swift speed of the machine sends the wind cutting into one's +face so that it is impossible to see from the eyes unless they are +protected. + +Jack's machine was a two-seater, of a heavy and comparatively safe +type--that is it was safe as long as it was not shot down by a Hun. +Jack was to occupy the front seat and act as pilot, while Harris, the +photographer he was to take up, sat behind him, with camera, map, pencil +and paper ready at hand for the making of observations. + +On either side of the photographer's seat were six loaded drums of +ammunition for the Lewis gun, for use against the ruthless Hun machines. +Jack had a fixed Vicker machine weapon for his use. + +"Hope I get a chance to use 'em," said Harris with a grin, as he climbed +into his seat, patted the loaded drums, and nodded to Jack that he was +ready. + +The same procedure was gone through as in the case of Tom. The man spun +the propeller, and they were ready to set off. Accompanying them were +two other reconnaissance planes, and four experienced fighting pilots, +two of them "aces," that is men who, alone, had each brought down five +or more Hun planes. The big planes, used for obtaining news, pictures, +and maps of the enemy's territory, are always accompanied by fighting +planes, which look out for the attacking Germans, while the other, +and less speedy, craft carry the men who are to bring back vital +information. + +"Let her go!" exclaimed Harris to Jack, and the latter nodded to the +mechanician, who, after the order of "contact," spun the blades again +and they were really off, together with the others. + +Up and up went Jack, sending his machine aloft in big circles as the +others were doing. Before him on a support was clamped a map, similar to +the one supported in front of Harris, and by consulting this Jack knew, +from the instructions he had received before going up, just what part of +the enemy's territory he was to cover. He was under the direction of +the photographer and map-maker, for the two duties were combined in this +instance. + +Up and up they went. There was no talking, for though this is possible +in an aeroplane when the engine is shut off, such was not now the case. +But Jack knew his business. + +His indicator soon showed them to be up about fourteen thousand feet, +and below them an artillery duel was in progress. It was a wonderful, +but terrible sight. Immediately under them, and rather too near +for comfort, shrapnel was bursting all around. The "Archies," or +anti-aircraft guns of the Germans, were trying to reach the French +planes, and, in addition to the bullets, "woolly bears" and "flaming +onions" were sent up toward them. These are two types of bursting +shells, the first so named because when it explodes it does so with a +cloud of black smoke and a flaming center. I have never been able to +learn how the "onions" got their name, unless it is from the stench let +loose by the exploding gases. + +Though they were fired at viciously, neither Jack nor his companion was +hit, and they continued on their way, keeping at a good height, as did +their associates, until they were well over the front German lines. + +Jack noticed that some of the other planes were dropping lower, to give +their observers a chance to do their work, and, in response to a shove +in his back from the powerful field glasses carried by Harris, Jack sent +his machine down to about the nine-thousand-foot level. By a glance at +the map he could see that they were now over the territory concerning +which a report was wanted. + +They were now under a heavy fire from the German anti-aircraft guns, but +Jack was too old a hand to let this needlessly worry him. He sent his +machine slipping from side to side, holding it on a level keel now and +then, to enable Harris to get the photographs he wanted. In addition, +the observer was also making a hasty, rough, but serviceable map of what +he saw. + +Jack glanced down, and noted a German supply train puffing its way along +toward some depot, and he headed toward this to give Harris a chance to +note whether there were any supplies of ammunition, or anything else, +that might profitably be bombed later. He also saw several columns of +German infantry on the march, but as they were not out to make an attack +now, they had to watch the Huns moving up to the front line trenches, +there later, doubtless, to give battle. + +Back and forth over the German lines flew Jack, Harris meanwhile doing +important observation work. As Jack went lower he came under a fiercer +fire of the batteries, until, it became so hot, from the shrapnel +bursts, that he fain would have turned and made for home. But orders +were orders, and Harris had not yet indicated that he had enough. + +Twisting and turning, to make as poor a mark as possible for the enemy +guns, Jack sent his machine here and there. The other pilots were doing +the same. Machine guns were now opening up on them, and once the burst +of fire came so close that Jack began to "zoom." That is he sent his +craft up and down sharply, like the curves and bumps in a roller-coaster +railway track. + +By this time the leading plane gave the signal for the return, and, +thankful enough that they had not been hit, Jack swung about. But the +danger was not over. They had yet to pass across the enemy's front line +trenches, and when Harris signaled Jack to go down low in crossing the +lad wondered what the order was for. It was merely that the observer +wanted to see what was going on there so he could report. + +They went down to within a mile of the earth, and several times the +plane was struck by pieces of shrapnel or bullets from machine guns. +Twice flying bits of metal came uncomfortably close to Jack, but he was +kept too busy with the management of his machine to more than notice +them. Harris was working hard at the camera and the maps. + +Then, suddenly, came the danger signal from the leading plane, and only +just in time. Out from the German hangars came several battle machines. +Harris dropped his pencil and got ready the automatic gun, but it was +not needed, for, after approaching as though about to attack, the Huns +suddenly veered off. Later the reason for this became known. A squadron +of French planes had arisen as swiftly to give battle, and however brave +the Hun may be when he outnumbers the enemy, he had yet to be known to +take on a combat against odds. + +So Jack and his observer safely reached the aerodrome again, bringing +back much valuable information. + +"Is Tom here yet?" was Jack's first inquiry after he had divested +himself of his togs and men had rushed to the developing room the camera +with its precious plates. + +"Not yet," some of his chums told him. "They're having a fight upstairs +I guess." + +Jack nodded and looked anxiously in the direction in which Tom was last +seen. + +It was an hour before the scouting airplanes came back, and one was so +badly shot up and its pilot so wounded that it only just managed to get +over the French lines before almost crashing to earth. + +"Are you all right, Tom?" cried Jack, as he rushed up to his chum, when +he saw the latter getting out of his craft, rather stiff from the cold. + +"Yes. They went at me hard--two of 'em but I think I accounted for one, +unless he went into a spinning nose dive just to fool me." + +"Oh, they'll do that if they get the chance." + +"I know," assented Tom. "Hello!" he exclaimed as he noticed a splintered +strut near his head. "That came rather close." + +And indeed it had. For a bullet, or a piece of shrapnel, has plowed a +furrow in the bit of supporting wood, not two inches away from Tom's +head, though in the excitement of the fight he had not noticed it. + +There had been a fight in the upper air and one of the French machines +had not come home. + +"Another man to await news of," said the flight lieutenant sadly, when +the report reached him. "That's two in two days." + +"No news of Leroy yet?" asked Tom and Jack, as they went out of +headquarters after reporting. + +"None, I am sorry to say. It is barely possible that he landed in +some lonely spot and is still hiding out--if he is not killed. But I +understand you two young men had something to request of me. I can give +you some attention now," went on the commander of their squadron. + +"We want to be transferred!" exclaimed Tom. "Now, that Pershing's men +are here--" + +"I understand," was the answer. "You want to fight with your countrymen. +Well, I would do the same. I will see if I can get you transferred, +though I shall much regret losing you." + +He was as good as his word, and a week later, following some strenuous +fights in the air, Tom and Jack received notice that they could report +to the first United States air squadron, which was then being formed on +that part of the front where the first of Pershing's men were brigaded +with, the French and British armies. + +Du Boise, who had brought word back of the fate that had befallen Harry +Leroy, sent for Tom and Jack when it became known that they were to +leave. + +"Shall I ever see you again?" he asked wistfully. + +"To be sure," was Tom's hearty answer. "We aren't going far away, and +we'll fly over to see you the first chance we get. Besides, we're going +to depend on you to give us some information regarding Leroy. If the +Huns drop any message at all they'll do it at this aerodrome." + +"Yes, I believe you're right," assented Du Boise, trying not to show the +pain that racked him. "But it's so long, now, I begin to believe he +must be dead, and either the Huns don't know it or they aren't going +to bother to send us word. But I'll let you know as soon as I hear +anything." + +"Is his sister here yet?" asked Jack, for Tom and he had been too busy +the last two days, getting ready to shift their quarters, to call on +Nellie Leroy. + +"She has gone back to Paris," answered Du Boise. "There was no place for +her here. I can give you her address. I promised to let her know in case +I got word about her brother." + +"I wish you would give me the address!" exclaimed Tom eagerly, and his +chum smiled at his show of interest. + + + + + +CHAPTER V. THE RESOLVE + + +"Well, to-morrow, if all goes well, we'll be with Pershing's boys," +remarked Jack, as he and Tom were sitting in their quarters after +breakfast, the last day but one they were to spend in the Lafayette +Escadrille with which they had so long been associated. + +"That's so. We'll soon be on the firing line with Uncle Sam," agreed +Tom. "Of course we've been with him, in a way, ever since we've been +fighting, for it's all in the same cause. But there'll be a little more +satisfaction in being 'on our own,' as the English say." + +"You're right. What's on for to-day?" asked Jack. + +"Haven't the least idea. But here comes a messenger now." + +As Tom spoke he glanced from a window and saw an orderly coming toward +their quarters. The man seemed in a hurry. + +"Something's up!" decided Jack. "Maybe they've got word from poor +Harry." + + "I'm beginning to give him up," said Tom. "If they were going to +let us have any news of him they'd have done it long ago--the beasts!" +and he fairly snarled out the words. + +"Still I'm not giving up," returned Jack. "I can't explain why, but I +have a feeling that, some day, we'll see Harry Leroy again." + +Tom shook his head. + +"I wish I could be as hopeful as you," he said. "Maybe we'll see him +again--or his grave. But I want to say, right now, that if ever I have +a chance at the Hun who shot him down, that Hun Will get no mercy from +me!" + +"Same here!" echoed Jack. "But here comes the orderly." + +The man entered and handed Jack a slip of paper. It was from the +commander of their squadron, and said, in effect, that though Tom and +Jack were no longer under his orders, having been duly transferred to +another sector, yet he would be obliged if they would call on him, at +his quarters. + +"Maybe he has news!" exclaimed Jack, eagerly. + +Again Tom shook his head. + +"He'd have said so if that was the case," he remarked as he and his chum +prepared to report at headquarters, telling the messenger they would +soon follow him. + +"Ah, young gentlemen, I am glad to see, you!" exclaimed the commander, +and it was as friends that he greeted Tom and Jack and not as military +subordinates. "Do you want to do me one last favor?" + +"A thousand if we can!" exclaimed Jack, for he and Tom had caught +something of the French enthusiasm of manner, from having associated +with the brave airmen so long. + +"Good! Then I shall feel free to ask. Know then, that I am a little +short-handed in experienced airmen. The Huns have taken heavy toll of +us these last few days," he went on sorrowfully, and Torn and Jack knew +this to be so, for two aces, as well as some pilots of lesser magnitude, +had been shot down. But ample revenge had been taken. + +"By all rights you are entitled to a holiday before you join your +new command, under the great Pershing," went on the flight commander. +"However, as I need the services of two brave men to do patrol duty, +I appeal to you. There is a machine gun nest, somewhere in the Boche +lines, that has been doing terrible execution. If you could find +the battery, and signal its location, we might destroy it with our +artillery, and so save many brave lives for France," he went on. "I do +not like to ask you--" + +"Tell 'em to get out the machines!" interrupted Jack. "We were just +wishing we could do something to make up for the loss of Harry Leroy, +and this may give it to us. You haven't heard anything of him, have +you?" he asked. + +The commander shook his head. + +"I fear we shall never hear from him," he said. "Though only yesterday +we received back some of the effects of one of our men who was shot down +behind their lines. I can not understand in Leroy's case." + +"Well, we'll make 'em pay a price all right!" declared Tom. "And now +what about this machine gun nest?" + +The commander gave them such information as he had. It was not unusual, +such work as Tom and Jack were about to undertake. As the officer +had said, they were practically exempt now that they were about to be +transferred. But they had volunteered, as he probably knew they would. + +Two speedy Spad machines were run out for the use of Tom and Jack, each +one to have his own, for the work they were to do was dangerous and they +would have need of speed. + +They looked over the machine guns to see that they were in shape for +quick work, and as the one on the machine Tom selected had congealed +oil on the mechanism, having lately returned from a high flight, another +weapon was quickly attached. Nothing receives more care and attention +at an aerodrome than the motor of the plane and the mechanism of the +machine gun. The latter are constructed so as to be easily and quickly +mounted and dismounted, and at the close of each day's flight the guns +are carefully inspected and cleaned ready for the morrow. + +"Locate the machine gun battery if you can," was the parting request to +Tom and Jack as they prepared to ascend. "Send back word of the location +as nearly as you can to our batteries, and the men there will see to the +rest." + +"We will!" cried the Americans. + +Locating a machine gun nest is not as easy as picking out a hostile +battery of heavier guns, for the former, being smaller, are more easily +concealed. + +But Tom and Jack would, of course, do their best to help out their +friends, the French. Over toward the German lines they flew, and began +to scan with eager eyes the ground below them. They could not fly at a +very great height, as they needed to be low down in order to see, and in +this position they were a mark for the anti-aircraft guns of the Huns. + +They had no sooner got over the enemy trenches, and were peering about +for the possible location of the machine gun emplacement, when they +were greeted with bursts of fire. But by skillfully dodging they escaped +being hit themselves, though their machines were struck. The two chums +were separated by about a mile, for they wanted to cover as much ground +as possible. + +At last, to his great delight, Tom saw a burst of smoke from a building +that had been so demolished by shell fire that it seemed nothing could +now inhabit it. But the truth was soon apparent. The machine gun nest +was in the cellar, and from there, well hidden, had been doing terrible +execution on the allied forces. Pausing only to make sure of his +surmise, Tom began to tap out on his wireless key the location of the +hidden machine gun nest. + +Most of the aeroplanes carry a wireless outfit. An aerial trails after +them, and the electric impulses, dripping off this, so to speak, reach +the battery headquarters. Owing to the noise caused by the motor of the +airship, no message can be sent to the airman in return, and he has to +depend on signs made on the ground, arrows or circles in white by day +and lighted signals at night, to make sure that his messages are being +received and understood. + +The Allies, of course, possess maps of every sector of the enemy's +front, so that by reference to these maps the aircraft observer can send +back word as to almost the precise location of the battery which it is +desired to destroy. + +Quickly tapping out word where the battery was located, Tom awaited +developments, circling around the spot in his machine. He was fired at +from guns on the ground below, but, to his delight, no hostile planes +rose to give him combat. A glance across the expanse, however, showed +that Jack was engaging two. + +"He's keeping them from me!" thought Tom, and his heart was heavy, for +he realized that Jack might be killed. However, it was the fortune of +war. As long as the Hun planes were fighting Jack they would not molest +him, and he might have time to send word to the French battery that +would result in the destruction of the Hun machine nest. + +There came a burst of fire from the Allied lines he had left, and Tom +saw a shell land to the left and far beyond the Hun battery hidden in +the old ruins. He at once sent back a correcting signal. + +The more a gun is elevated up to a certain point, the farther it shoots. +Forty-three degrees is about the maximum elevation. Again, if a gun is +elevated too high it shoots over instead of directly at the target aimed +at. It is then necessary to lower the elevation. Tom has seen that the +guns of the French battery, which were seeking to destroy the machine +gun nest were shooting beyond the mark. Accordingly they were told to +depress their muzzles. + +This was done, but still the shells fell to the left, and an additional +correction was necessary. It is comparatively easy to make corrections +in elevation or depression that will rectify errors in shooting short +of or beyond a mark. It is not so easy to make the same corrections in +what, for the sake of simplicity, may be called right or left errors, +that is horizontal firing. To make these corrections it becomes needful +to inscribe imaginary circles about the target, in this case the machine +gun nest. + +These circles are named from the letters of the alphabet. For instance, +a circle drawn three hundred yards around a Hun battery as a center +might be designated A. The next circle, two hundred yards less in size, +would be B and so on, down to perhaps five yards, and that is getting +very close. + +The circles are further divided, as a piece of pie is cut, into twelve +sectors, and numbered from 1 to 12. The last sector is due north, while +6 would be due south, 3 east, and 9 west, with the other figures for +northeast, southwest, and so on. + +If a shot falls in the fifty-yard circle, indicated by the letter D, +but to the southwest of the mark, it is necessary to indicate that by +sending the message "D-7," which would mean that, speaking according to +the points of the compass, the missile had fallen within fifty yards of +the mark, but to the south-southwest of it, and correction must be made +accordingly. + +Tom watched the falling shells. They came nearer and nearer to the +hidden battery and at last he saw one fall plump where it was needed. +There was a great puff of smoke, and when it had blown away there was +only a hole in the ground where the ruins had been hiding the machine +guns. + +Tom's work was done, and he flew off to the aid of Jack, who had +overcome one Hun, sending his plane crashing to earth. But the other, +an expert fighter, was pressing him hard until Ton opened up on him with +his machine gun. Then the German, having no stomach for odds, turned +tail and flew toward his own lines. + +"Good for you, Tom!" yelled Jack, though he knew his chum could not hear +him because of the noise of the motor. + +Together the two lads, who had engaged in their last battle strictly +with the French, made for their aerodrome, reaching it safely, though, +as it was learned when Jack dismounted, he had received a slight bullet +wound in one side from a missile sent by one of the attacking planes. +But the hurt was only a flesh wound; though, had it gone an inch to one +side, it would have ended Jack's fighting days. + +Hearty and enthusiastic were the congratulations that greeted the +exploit of Torn in finding the German machine gun nest that had been +such a menace, nor were the thanks to Jack any less warm, for without +his help Tom could never have maintained his position, and sent back +corrections to the battery which brought about the desired result. + +"It is a glorious end to your stay with us," said the commander, with +shining eyes, as he congratulated them. + +There was a little impromptu banquet in the quarters that night, and Tom +and Jack were bidden God-speed to their new quarters. + +"There's only one thing I want to say!" said Jack quietly, as he rose in +response to a demand that he talk. + +"Let us hear it, my slice of bacon!" called a jolly ace. + +"It's this," went on Jack. "That I hereby resolve that if we--I mean Tom +and I--can't rescue our comrade, Harry Leroy, from the Huns--provided +he's alive--that we'll take a toll of five Germans for him--or as many, +up to that number, as we can shoot down before they get us. Five German +fliers is the price of Harry Leroy, who was worth a hundred of them!" + +"Bravo! Hurrah! So he was! Death to the Huns!" were the cries. + +Torn Raymond sprang to his feet + +"What Jack says I say!" he cried. "But I double the toll. If Harry Leroy +is dead he leaves a sister. You all saw her here! Well, I'll get five +Huns for her, and that makes ten between Jack and me!" + +"Success to you!" cried several. + +With this resolve to spur them on, Tom and Jack bade their bravo +comrades farewell and started for Paris, whence they were to journey to +the headquarters of General Pershing and his men. + + + + + +CHAPTER VI. IN PARIS + + +Attired in their natty uniforms of the La Fayette Escadrille, which they +had not discarded, with the double wings showing that they were fully +qualified pilots and aviators, Jack Parmly and Tom Raymond attracted +no little attention as, several hours after leaving their places on the +battle front, they arrived in Paris. They were to have a few days rest +before joining the newly formed American aviation section which, as yet, +was hardly ready for active work. + +"Well, they're here!" suddenly cried Tom, as he and Jack made their way +out of the station to seek a modest hotel where they might stay until +time for them to report. + +"Who? Where? I don't see 'em!" exclaimed Jack, as he crowded to the side +of his chum, murmurs from a group of French persons testifying to the +esteem in which the American lads were held. + +"There!" went on Tom, pointing. "See some of our doughboys! And maybe +the crowds aren't glad to have 'em here! It's great, I tell you, great!" + +As he spoke he pointed to several khaki-clad infantrymen, some of the +first of the ten thousand Americans lads that were sent over to "take +the germ out of Germany." The Americans were rather at a loss, but they +seemed masters of themselves, and laughed and talked with glee as they +gazed on the unfamiliar scenes. They, too, were enjoying a holiday +before being sent on to be billeted with the French or British troops. + +"Come on, let's talk to 'em!" cried Tom, enthusiastically. "It's as good +as a letter from home to see 'em!" + +"I thought you meant you saw--er--Bessie and her mother," returned Jack, +and there was a little disappointment in his voice. + +"Oh, we'll see them soon enough, if they're still in Paris," said Tom, +gazing curiously at his chum. "But they don't know we are coming here." + +"Yes, they do," said Jack, quietly. + +"They do? Then you must have written." + +"Of course. Don't you want to see them before we get shipped off to a +new sector?" + +"Why, yes. Just now, though, I'm anxious to hear some good, old United +States talk. Come on, let's speak to 'em. There's one bunch that seems +to be in trouble." + +But the trouble was only because some of Pershing's boys--as they were +generally called wanted to make some purchases at a candy shop and did +not know enough of the language to make their meaning clear. It was a +good-natured misunderstanding, and both the French shop-keeper and his +helper and the doughboys were laughing over it. + +"Hello, boys! Glad to see you! Can we help you out?" asked Tom, as he +and Jack joined the group. + +The infantrymen whirled about. + +"Well, for the love of the Mason an' Dixon line! is there somebody heah +who can speak our talk?" cried one lad, his accent unmistakably marking +him as Southern. + +"Guess we can help you out," said Jack. "We're from God's country, too," +and in an instant the were surrounded and being shaken hands with on all +sides, while a perfect barrage of questions was fired at them. + +Then, when the little misunderstanding at the candy shop had been +straightened out, Tom and Jack told something of who they were, +mentioning the fact that they were soon to fight directly under the +stars and stripes, information which drew whoops of delight from the +enthusiastic infantrymen. + +"But say, friend," called out one of the new American soldiers, "can you +sling enough of this lingo to lead us to a place where we can get ham +and eggs? I mean a real eating place, not just a coffee stand. I've +been opening my mouth, champing my jaws and rubbing my stomach all day, +trying to tell these folks that I'm hungry and want a square meal, and +half the time they think I need a doctor. Lead me to a hash foundry." + +"All right, come on with us!" laughed Tom. "We're going to eat, too. I +guess we can fix you up." + +The two aviators had been in Paris before and they knew their way about, +as well as being able to speak the language fairly well. Soon, with +their new friends from overseas, they were seated in a quiet restaurant, +where substantial food could be had in spite of war prices. And then it +was give and take, question and answer, until a group of Parisians that +had gathered about turned away shaking their heads at their inability to +understand the strange talk. But they were well aware of the spirit of +it all, and more than one silently blessed the Americans as among the +saviors of France. + +The wonderful city seemed filled with soldiers of all the Allied +nations, and most conspicuous, because of recent events, were the +khaki-clad boys who were soon to fight under Pershing. Having seen that +the little contingent they had taken under their protection got what +they wanted, Tom and Jack, bidding them farewell, but promising to see +them again soon, went to their hotel. + +And, their baggage arriving, Jack proceeded to get ready for a bath and +a general furbishing. He seemed very particular. + +"Going out?" asked Tom. + +"Why--er--yes. Thought I'd go to call on Bessie Gleason. This is her +night off duty--hers and her mother's." + +"How do you know?" + +"Well--er--she said so. Want to come?" + +"Nixy. Two's company and you know what three is." + +"Oh, come on! Mrs. Gleason will be glad to see you." + +"Well, I suppose I might," assented Tom, who, truth to tell, did not +relish spending the evening alone. + +Bessie and her mother had, of late, been assigned as Red Cross workers +to a hospital in the environs of Paris, and ant times they could come +into the city for a rest. They maintained a modest apartment not far +from the hotel where Tom and Jack had put up, and soon the two lads +found themselves at the place where their friends lived. + +"Oh, I'm so glad you both came!" exclaimed Bessie as she greeted them. +"We have company and--" + +"Company!" exclaimed Jack, drawing back. + +"Yes, the dearest, most delightful girl you ever--" + +"Girl!" exclaimed Tom. + +"Yes. But come on in and meet her. I'm sure you'll both fall in love +with her." + +Jack was on the point of saying something, but thought better of it, +and a moment later, to the great surprise of himself and Torn, they were +facing Nellie Leroy. + + + + + +CHAPTER VII. THE AMERICAN FRONT + + +Tom and Jack bowed. In fact, so great was their surprise at first that +this was all they could do. Then they stared first at Bessie and then at +the other girl--the sister of Harry, their chum, who was somewhere, dead +or alive, behind the German lines. + +"Well, aren't you glad to see her?" demanded Bessie. "I thought I'd +surprise you." + +"You have," said Jack. "Very much!" + +"Glad to see her--why--of course. But--but--how--" + +Tom found himself stuttering and stammering, so he stopped, and stared +so hard at Nellie Leroy that she smiled, though rather sadly, for it +was plain to be seen her grief over the possible death of her brother +weighed down on her. And then she went on: + +"Well, I'm real--I'm not a dream, Mr. Raymond." + +"So I see--I mean I'm glad to see it--I mean--oh, I don't know what I do +mean!" he finished desperately. "Did you know she was going to be here? +Was that the reason you asked me to come?" he inquired of Jack. + +"Hadn't the least notion in the world," answered Jack. "I'm as much +surprised as you are." + +"Well, we'll take pity on you and tell you all about it," said Bessie. +"Mother, here are the boys," she called; and Mrs. Gleason, who had +suffered so much since having been saved from the Lusitania and +afterward rescued by air craft from the lonely castle, came out of her +room to greet the boys. + +They were as glad to see her as she was to meet them again, and for a +time there was an interchange of talk. Then Mrs. Gleason withdrew to +leave the young people to themselves. + +"Well, go on, tell us all about it!" begged Tom, who could not take his +eyes off Nellie Leroy. "How did she get here?" and he indicated Harry's +sister. + +"He talks of me as though I were some specimen!" laughed the girl. "But +go on--tell him, Bessie." + +"Well, it isn't much of a story," said Bessie Gleason. "Nellie started +to do Red Cross work, as mother and I are doing, and she was assigned to +the hospital where we were." + +"This was after I heard the terrible news about poor Harry at your +escadrille," Nellie broke in, to say to Tom and Jack. "I--I suppose you +haven't had any--word?" she faltered. + +"Not yet," Jack answered. "But we may get it any day now--or they may, +back there," and he nodded to indicate the air headquarters he and Tom +had left. "You know we're going to be under Pershing soon," he added. + +"So you wrote me," said Bessie. "I'm glad, though it's all in the same +good cause. Well, as I was saying, Nellie came to our hospital-I call it +ours though I have such a small part in it," she interjected. "She was +introduced to us as an American, and of course we made friends at once." + +"No one could help making friends with Bessie and her mother!" exclaimed +Nellie. + +"Don't flatter us too much," warned Bessie. "Now please don't interrupt +any more. As I say, Nellie came to us to do her share in helping care +for the wounded, and, as mother and I found she had settled on no +regular place in Paris, we asked her to share our rooms. Then we got to +talking, and of course I found she had met you two boys in her search +for her brother. After that we were better friends than ever." + +"Glad to know it," said Tom. "There's nothing like having friends. +I hadn't any notion that I'd meet any when I started out with him +tonight," and he motioned to Jack. + +"Well, I like that!" cried Bessie in feigned indignation. "I like to +know how you class my mother and me?" and she looked at Tom. + +"Oh,--er--well, of course--you and your mother, and Jack. But he and +you--" + +"Better swim out before you get into deep water," advised Jack quickly, +and he nudged Tom with his foot. + +Then the boys had to tell about their final experiences before leaving +the Lafayette Escadrille with which many trying, as well as many happy, +hours were associated, and the girls told of their adventures, which +were not altogether tame. + +Since Mrs. Gleason had been freed from the plotting of the spy, +Potzfeldt, she had lived a happy life--that is as happy as one could +amid the scenes of war and its attendant horrors. She and Bessie were +throwing themselves heart and soul into the immortal work of the Red +Cross, and now Nellie bad joined them. + +"It's the only way I can stop thinking about poor Harry," she said with +a sigh. "Oh, if I could only hear some good news about him, that I might +send it to the folks at home. Do you think it will ever come--the good +news, I mean?" she asked wistfully of Tom. + +"All we can do is to hope," he said. He knew better than to buoy up +false hopes, for he had seen too much of the terrible side of war. In +his heart he knew that there was but little chance for Harry Leroy, +after the latter's aeroplane had been shot down behind the German lines. +Yet there was that one, slender hope to which all of us cling when it +seems that everything else is lost. + +"He may be a prisoner, and, in that case, there is a chance," said Tom, +while Jack and Bessie were conversing on the other side of the room. + +"You mean a chance to escape?" + +"Hardly that, though it has been done. A few aviators have got away from +German prison camps. But it's only one chance in many thousand. No, what +I meant was that--well, it's too small and slim a chance to talk about, +I'm afraid." + +"Oh, no!" she hastened to assure him. "Do tell me! No chance is too +small. What do you mean?" + +"Well, sometimes rescues have been made," went on Tom. "They are even +more rare than escapes, but they have been done. I was thinking that +perhaps after Jack and I get in with Pershing's boys we might be in some +big raid on the Hun lines, and then, if we could get any information as +to your brother's whereabouts, we might plan to rescue him." + +"Oh, do you think you could?" + +"I certainly can and will try!" exclaimed Tom, earnestly. + +"Oh, will you? Oh, I can't thank you enough!" and she clasped his hand +in both hers and Tom blushed deeply. + +"Please don't count too much on it," Tom warned Nellie. "It's a +desperate chance at best, but it's the only one I can see that we can +take. First of all, though, we've got to get some word as to where Harry +is." + +"How can you do that?" + +"Some of the Hun airmen are almost human, that is compared to the +other Boche fighters. They may drop a cap of Harry's or a glove, or +something," and Tom told of the practice in such cases. + +"Oh, if they only will!" sighed Nellie. "But it is almost too much to +hope." + +And so they talked until late in the evening, when the time came for +Nellie, Bessie and her mother to report back for their Red Cross work. +The boys returned to their hotel, promising to write often and to see +their friends at the next opportunity. + +"I won't forget!" said Tom, on parting from Nellie. + +"Forget what?" asked Jack, as they were going down the street together. + +"I'm going to do my best to rescue her brother," said Tom, in a low +voice. + +"Good! I'm with you!" declared Jack. + +The stay of the two boys in Paris was all too short, but they were +anxious to get back to their work. They wanted to be fighting under +their own flag. Not that they had not been doing all they could for +liberty, but it was different, being with their own countrymen. And so, +when their leaves of absence were up, they took the train that was to +drop them at the place assigned, where the newly arrived Americans were +beginning their training. + +"The American front!" cried Tom, as he and Jack reached the headquarters +of General Pershing and his associate officers. "The American front at +last!" + +"And it's the happiest day of my life that I can fight on it!" cried +Jack. + + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. A BATTLE IN THE AIR + + +Strictly speaking there was at that time no American front. That did +not come until later, for the American soldiers, as was proper, were +brigaded with the French and British, to enable our troops, who were +unused to European war conditions, to become acquainted with the needful +measures to meet and overcome the brutality of the Huns. + +But even with this brigading of the United States' troops with the +seasoned veterans, which, in plain language, meant a mingling of the +two forces, there was much that was strictly American among the new +arrivals. + +Not only were the khaki-clad soldiers real Americans to the backbone, +but their equipment and the supplies that had come over with them in the +transports were such as might be seen at any army camp in this country, +as distinguished from a French or a British camp. + +"Well, the boys are here all right," remarked Jack, as he and Tom made +their way toward the headquarters at which they were to report. + +"Yes, and it makes me feel good to see them!" said Tom. "This is the +beginning of the end of Kaiserism, if I'm any judge." + +"Oh, it isn't going to be so easy as all that," returned Jack. "We'll +see some hard fighting. Germany isn't licked yet by any means; but +those, are the boys that can bring the thing to a finish," and he +pointed to a company of the lean, stem, brown figures that were swinging +along with characteristic stride. + +The place at which Tom and Jack had been ordered to report was an +interior city of France, not far from the port at which the first +transport from America had arrived. A first glance at the scenes on +every hand would have given a person not familiar with war a belief +that hopeless confusion existed. Wagons, carts, mule teams and motor +trucks-"lorries," the English call them--were dashing to and fro. Men +were marching, countermarching, unloading some vehicles, loading others. +Soldiers were being marched into the interior to be billeted, others +were being directed to their respective French or English units. +Officers were shouting commands, and privates were carrying them out to +the best of their ability. + +But though it all seemed chaos, out of it order was coming. There was a +system, though a civilian would not have understood it. + +"Well, let's find out where we're at," suggested Torn, to his chum. + +"Right O, my pickled grapefruit!" agreed Jack with a laugh. "Let's get +into the game." + +They were about to ask their direction from a non-commissioned officer +who was directing a squad of men in the unloading of a truck which +seemed filled with canned goods, when some one said: + +"There goes Black Jack now!" + +The two air service boys looked, and saw, passing along not far away, +a tall man, faultlessly attired, who looked "every inch a soldier," and +whose square jaw was indicative of his fighting qualities, if the rest +of his face had not been. + +"Is that General Pershing?" asked Tom, in a low voice of the +non-commissioned officer. + +"That's who he is, buddy," was the smiling answer. "The best man in the +world for the job, too. Come on there now, you with the red hair. This +isn't a croquet game. Lay into those cases, and get 'em off some time +before New Year's. We want to have our Christmas dinner in Berlin, +remember!" + +"So that's Pershing," commented Jack, as he looked at the American +commander, who, with his staff officers, was on a trip of inspection. +"Well, he suits me all right!" + +"The next thing for us to do is to find out if we suit him," remarked +Tom. "Wonder if he knows we're here?" + +"I don't even believe he knows we're alive!" exclaimed Jack, for the +moment taking Tom's joke quite seriously. + +As General Pershing passed on, receiving and returning many salutes, Tom +and Jack made their inquiries, learned where they were to report, and +went on their way, longing for the time when they could get into action +with the American troops. + +"Oh, so you're the two aviators from the Lafayette Escadrille," +commented the commanding officer, or the C.O., of the newly formed +American squadron, as Tom and Jack, drawing themselves up as straight +as they could, saluted when he looked over their papers and their log +books. These last are the personal records of aviators in which they +note the details of each flight made. They are official documents, but +when a birdman is honorably discharged he may take his log book with +him. + +"We were told to report to you, sir," said Tom. + +"Yes. And I'm glad to see you. We're going to establish a purely +American air force, but as yet it is in its infancy. I need some +experienced fliers, and I'm glad you're going to be with us. Of course +I have a number who have made good records over there," and he nodded to +indicate the United States, "But they haven't been under fire yet, and I +understand you have." + +"Some," admitted Jack, modestly enough. + +"Good! Well, I'm to have some more of our own boys, who are to be +transferred from the French forces, and some from the Royal Flying +Corps, so with that as a start I guess we can build up an air service +that will make Fritz step lively. But we've got to go slow. One thing +I'm sorry for is that we haven't, as yet, any American planes. We'll +have to depend on the French and English for them, as we have to, at +first, for our artillery and shells." + +"We can fly French or British planes," remarked Tom. + +And, as my old readers know, the air service boys had had experience +with a number of different models. + +"We can fly a Gotha if we have to," said Jack. "One came down back of +our lines last month, and we patched it up and flew it for practice." + +"I hope you can get some more of that practice," said the commanding +officer with a smile. + +"But, now that you're here, I'll swear you in and see what the orders +are regarding you. I'm afraid there won't be much fighting for you at +first--that is strictly as Americans. I understand our air front, if +I may use that term, will have to grow out of a nucleus of French and +English fighters." + +"That's all right, as long as we get the right start," commented Tom. + +It was necessary to swear the boys into the service of the United +States, even though they were natives of it; since, on entering the +Lafayette Escadrille, they had been obliged to swear allegiance +to France. But this was a matter of routine where the Allies were +concerned, and soon Tom and Jack were back again where they longed to +be--enrolled among the distinctive fighters of their own country. + +They were assigned to barracks, and found themselves among some other +airmen, many of whom were student fliers from the various aviation camps +of the United States. Few of these youths had had much practice, though +some had been to the Canadian schools. And none of them had, as yet, +fought an enemy in the air. + +To aid and instruct them, however, were such fighters as Tom and Jack, +and some even more experienced from the French, Italian and British +camps, who had been detailed to help out the United States in the +emergency. + +The next few weeks was an instruction and reconstruction period, with +Tom and Jack often filling the roles of teachers. They found their +pupils apt, eager and willing, however, and among them they discovered +some excellent material. As the commanding officer of the new American +air forces had said, the planes used were all of English or French make. +It was too early in the war for America to have sent any over equipped +with the Liberty motor, though production was under way. + +After this period had passed, Tom and Jack, with a squadron of other +birdmen were sent to a certain section of the front held largely by +American troops, supported by veteran French and British regiments. + +It was the first wholly American aircraft camp established since the +beginning of the World War, and it was not even yet as wholly American +as it was destined to be later, for the aviators were, as regards +veterans, largely French and English. Torn and Jack were, in point of +service, the ranking American fliers for a time. + +There had been several sharp engagements across No Man's Land between +the mingled French, British and French forces and the Huns, and honors +were on the side of the former. There had been one or two combats in the +air, in which Tom and Jack had taken part, when one day word came from +an observation balloon on the American side that a flock of German +aircraft was on the way from a camp located a few miles within the Boche +lines. + +There was a harried consultation of the officers, and then orders were +given for a half score of the Allied machines to get ready. Two veteran +French aces were to be in command, with Tom and Jack as helpers, and +some of the American aviators were to go into the battle of the air for +the first time. + +"The Huns are evidently going to try to bomb some of our ammunition +dumps behind our lines,"' said one officer, speaking to Tom. "It's up to +you boys to drive 'em back." + +"We'll try, sir," was the answer. "We owe the Huns something we haven't +been able to pay off as yet." + +Tom referred to the loss of Harry Leroy. So far no word had been +received from him, either directly or through the German aviators, as to +whether he was dead or a prisoner. Letters had passed between Bessie and +Nellie and Jack and Tom, and the sister of the missing youth begged for +news. + +But there was none to give her. + +"Unless we get some to-day," observed Tom as he and his chum hurried +toward the hangars where their machines were being made ready for them. + +"Get news to-day? What makes you think we shall?" asked Jack. + +"Well, we might bring down a Fritzie or two who'd know something about +poor Harry," was the answer. "You never can tell." + +"No, that's so," agreed Jack. "Well, here's hoping we'll have luck." + +By this time there was great excitement in the American aviation +headquarters. Word of the oncoming Hun planes had spread, and not a +flier of Pershing's forces but was eager to get into his plane and go +aloft to give battle. But only the best were selected, and if there were +heart-burnings of disappointment it could not be helped. + +Two classes of planes were to be used, the single seaters for the aces, +who fought alone, and the double craft, each one of which carried a +pilot and an observer. In the latter cases the observers were the new +men, who had yet to receive their baptism of fire above the clouds. + +Tom and Jack were each detailed to take up one of the new men, and the +air service boys were glad to find that, assigned to each of them, +was the very man he would have picked had he had his choice. They were +eager, intrepid lads, anxious to do their share in the great adventure. + +Quickly the machines were made ready, and quickly the fighters climbed +into them. The roar of the motors was heard all over the aerodrome, and +soon the machines began to mount. Up and up they climbed, and none too +soon, for on reaching elevations averaging ten thousand feet, there was +seen, over the German lines, a flock of the Hun planes led by two or +three machines painted a bright red. These were some of the machines +that had belonged to the celebrated "flying circus," organized by a +daring Hun aviator and ace who was killed after he had inflicted great +damage and loss on the Allied service. He and his men had their machines +painted red, perhaps on the theory that they would thus inspire terror. +These were some of the former members of the "circus," it was evident. + +"It's going to be a real fight!" cried Tom, as he headed his machine +toward one of the red craft. Whether the green man Tom was taking up +relished this or not, knowing, as he must, the reputation of these red +aviators, Tom did not stop to consider. + +Then, as the two hostile air fleets approached, there began a battle +of the clouds--a conflict destined to end fatally for more than one +aviator. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. THE FALLING GLOVE + + +Numerically the Hun planes, were superior to the American fleet of +airships that quickly rose to oppose them. That probably accounted +for fact that the Germans did not turn tail and scurry back beyond the +protection of their own anti-aircraft guns and batteries. For it was +seldom, if ever, they went into a fight when the odds were against them. + +On came the Fokkers and Gothas, the black iron crosses painted on the +wings of the machines standing out in bold relief in the clear air. The +sun glinted on the red craft which were in the lead, and besides Tom, +who headed for one of these, a French ace darted down from a height to +engage the red planes. + +"See if you can plug him when I put you near enough!" cried Tom to his +observer, who had the reputation of being a good shot with the Lewis +gun. Practice with the machine weapons in aeroplanes had been going +on, for some time among the new American aviators. "Let him have a good +dose!" cried Tom. "If you miss him, then I'll try!" + +Of course Tom had to shut off the engine when he said this, as no voice +could have been heard above the roaring of the powerful motor. But when +he had given his companion these instructions and had ascertained, by +a glance over his shoulder, that the lad understood for he nodded his +head, Tom again turned on the gasoline, and the propeller, that had been +revolving by momentum and because of the pressure of air against it, +took up its speed again. + +Straight for the red machine rushed Tom, and a quick glance told him +that his companion was ready with the gun. The weapon to be worked by +the latter was mounted so that it could be aimed independently of the +aeroplane. Tom also had a gun in front of him, but it was fixed and +could be aimed only by pointing the whole craft. Once this was done Tom +could operate the weapon with one hand, steering with the other, and, at +times, with his feet and knees. + +There came several sharp pops near Tom's head, and he knew these were +machine bullets from the Hun aviator's gun, breaking through the tightly +stretched linen fabric of the wings of his own plane. + +"Let him have it before he plugs us!" cried Tom to his companion, though +of course the latter could not hear a word. An instant later Tom heard +the Lewis gun behind him firing, and he saw several tracer bullets +strike the Hun machine. But they were not near the aviator himself, and +did no material damage. + +"Guess he's too nervous to shoot straight," reasoned Tom. "I'll have to +try my own gun," he decided. + +Tom noticed that the Hun was climbing up, trying to get into a position +above the American plane, which is always an advantage. And the air +service boy knew he must not let this happen. Quickly he shifted the +rudder and began to climb himself. But he was at a disadvantage as his +machine carried double, while the red plane had only one man in it, an +ace beyond a doubt. + +"I've got to get him now or never!" thought Tom. Once more he shifted +his direction, and then, as he had his gun aimed just where he wanted +it, he pressed the lever and a burst of bullets shot out and fairly +riddled the red plane. It seemed to stop for an instant in the air, and +then, quivering, turned and went down in a nose dive, spinning around. + +"No fake about that!" mused Tom, as he leaned over and looked down from +the height. "He's done for!" + +And so, the Hun was, for he crashed to the ground behind the American +lines. The incident did not affect Tom Raymond greatly. It was not his +first killing. But when he, glanced back toward his companion, he saw +that the other was shrinking back as if in horror. + +"He'll get over that soon enough. All he has to do is to think of what +the Huns have done--crucifying men and babies--to make his heart hard," +thought Tom. + +Whether his companion did this or not, did not disclose itself, but the +fact remains that when Tom flew off to engage another Hun machine the +lad back of him rose to the occasion and shot so well that Fritz veered +off and flew back over his own lines, wounded and with his craft barely +able to fly. + +Not all the American machines fared as well as this, however. Jack was +in poor luck. The first burst of bullets from the German he engaged +punctured his gasoline tank, and he was obliged to coast back to his own +aerodrome to get another machine, if possible. He was also hit once in +the leg, the wound being painful though not dangerous. He received first +aid treatment and wanted to get back into the fight, but this was not +allowed, and he had to watch the battle from the ground. + +The fight was fast and stubborn, and in the end the American forces won, +for at a signal from the remaining red plane, which seemed to bear a +charmed existence, as it did not appear to be hit, the others remaining +of the Hun forces, turned tail and scooted back to safety. + +But they had left a toll of five machines sent crashing to earth, four +of them each containing two men. The leading French ace was killed, a +severe loss to the Allied forces, and three of the American machines +were damaged and their operators severely wounded, though with a chance +of recovery. By American machines is meant those assigned for use to +Pershing's forces, though the craft used up to that time were of French +or English make. The real American machines came into use a little +later. + +"Well, I think we can call it one to our credit," said Tom, as he +rejoined Jack after the battle. + +"Yes. But you had all the luck!" complained his chum. "It went against +me, and the lad I took up. It--" + +"Never mind; it'll be your turn next," replied Tom, consolingly. + +And so the new American aviators received their baptism of fire, and, to +their credit, longed for more. + +More credit was really due the American forces than would be indicated +by the mere citation of the losses inflicted on the German side in this +first air battle. For many of the American fighters were "green," while +not one of the Huns, as was learned later, but what had several Allied +machines to his score. And so there was rejoicing in General Pershing's +camp, even though it was mingled with sorrow at the losses inflicted. + +Busy days followed, Tom and Jack were in the air much of the time. And +when they were not flying they were delivering talks to new students, +who were constantly arriving. They found time once to run into Paris on +their day of leave, to see Bessie and Nellie, and they went on a little +picnic together, which was as jolly as such an affair could be in the +midst of the terrible war. Nellie had received no word of her missing +brother, and Jack and Tom had no encouragement for her. + +Then came more hard work at camp, and another battle of the air in +which the American forces more than equaled matters, for they fairly +demolished a German plane squadron, sending ten of the machines crashing +to earth and the others back over the Hun lines, more or less damaged. +That was a great day. And, as a sort of reward for their work, Tom and +Jack were given three days' leave. At first they thought to spend them +in Paris, but, learning that neither Bessie nor her mother nor Nellie +could leave their Red Cross work to join them, the two lads made other +arrangements. + +"Let's go back and see the fellows in the Lafayette Escadrille," +suggested Tom. + +"All right," agreed Jack. + +And thither they went. + +That they were welcomed need not be said. It was comparatively quiet on +this sector just then, though there had, a few days before, been a great +battle with victory perching on the Allied banners. The air conflicts, +too, had been desperate, and many a brave man of the French, English +or American fliers had met his death. But toll had been taken of the +Boches--ample toll, too. + +The first inquiry Tom and Jack had made on their arrival at their former +aerodrome had been for news of Harry Leroy, but none had been received. + +It was when Tom and Jack were about to conclude their visit to their +former comrades of the air that an incident occurred which made a great +change in their lives. One sunny afternoon there suddenly appeared, a +mere speck in the blue, a single aeroplane. + +"Some one of your men must have gone a long way over Heinie's lines," +remarked Jack to one of the French officers. + +"He is not one of our men. Either they were all back long ago or they +will not come back until after the war--if ever. That is a Hun machine." + +"What is he doing--challenging to single combat?" asked Tom, as the lone +plane came on steadily. + +"No," answered the officer, after a look through his glasses. "I think +he brings some messages. We sent some to the Germans yesterday, and I +think this is a return courtesy. We will wait and see." + +Nearer and nearer came the German plane. Soon it was circling around the +French camp. Hundreds came out to watch, for now the object of the lone +aviator was apparent. He contemplated no raid. It was to drop news of +captured, or dead, Allied airmen. + +Then, as Tom, and the others watched, a little package was seen to +fall from the hovering aeroplane. It landed on the roof of one of the +hangars, bounced off and was picked up by an orderly, who presented it +to the commanding officer. + +Quickly and eagerly it was opened. It contained some personal belongings +of Allied airmen who had been missing for the past week. Some of them, +the message from the German lines said, had been killed by their falls +after being shot down, and it was stated that they had been decently +buried. Others were wounded and in hospitals. + +"No word from Harry," said Tom, sadly, as the last of the relics from +the dead and the living were gone over. + +"Well, I guess we may as well give him up," added Jack. "But we can +avenge him. That's all we have left, now." + +"Yes," agreed Tom. "If we only--?" + +A cry from some of those watching the German plane interrupted him. The +two air service boys looked up. Another small object was falling. It +landed with a thud, almost at the feet of Tom and Jack, and the latter +picked it up. + +It was an aviator's glove; and as Jack held it up a note dropped +out. Quickly it was read, and the import of it was given to all in a +simultaneous shout of joy from Tom and Jack. + +"It's word from Harry Leroy! Word from Harry at last!" + + + + + +CHAPTER X. STUNTS + + +Truly enough, word had come from the missing aviator, or, if not +directly from him, at least from his captors. The German airmen, falling +in with the chivalry which had been initiated by the French and English, +and later followed by the Americans, had seen fit to inform the comrades +of the captured man of his whereabouts. + +"Where is he? What happened to him?" asked several, as all crowded +around Tom and Jack to hear the news. + +Jack, reading the note, told them. The missive was written in very good +English, though in a German hand. It stated that Harry Leroy had been +shot down in his plane while over the German lines, and had fallen in a +lonely spot, wounded. + +The wound was not serious, it was stated, and the prisoner was doing +as well as could be expected, but he would remain in the hands of his +captors until the end of the war. The reason his whereabouts was not +mentioned before was that the Germans did not know they had one of the +Allied aviators in their midst. + +Leroy had not only fallen in a lonely spot, but he was made unconscious +by his fall and injuries, and when he recovered he was lying near his +almost demolished plane. + +He managed to get out his log book and other confidential papers, and +set fire to them and the plane with the gasoline that still remained in +the tank. He destroyed them so they might not fall into the hands of the +Germans, a fate he knew would be his own shortly. + +But Harry Leroy was not doomed to instant capture. The blaze caused by +his burning aeroplane attracted the attention of a peasant, who had not +been deported when the enemy overran his country, for the young aviator +had fallen in a spot well back of the front lines. This French peasant +took Harry to his little farm and hid him in the barn. There the man, +his wife, and his granddaughters, looked after the injured aviator, +feeding him and binding up his hurts. It was a great risk they took, +and Harry Leroy knew it as well as they. But for nearly two weeks he +remained hidden, and this probably saved his life, for he got better +treatment at the farmhouse than he would, as an enemy, have received in +a German hospital. + +But such good luck could not last. Suspicion that Americans were hidden +in the Frenchman's barn began to spread through the country, and rather +than bring discovery on his friends, Leroy left the barn one night. + +He had a desperate hope that he might reach his own lines, as he was now +pretty well recovered from his 'Injuries, but it was not to be. He was +captured by a German patrol. But by his quick action Harry Leroy had +removed suspicion from the farmer, which was exactly what he wished to +do. + +The Germans, rejoicing over their capture, took the young aviator to the +nearest prison camp, and there he was put in custody, together with some +unfortunate French and English. The tide of war had turned against Harry +Leroy. + +So it came about that, some time after he had been posted as missing and +when it was surely thought that he was dead, Harry Leroy was found to be +among the living, though a prisoner. + +"This will be great news for his sister!" exclaimed Jack, as the note +dropped by the German airman was read over and over again. + +"Yes, she'll be delighted," agreed Tom. "We must hurry back and tell +her." + +"And that isn't all," went on Jack. "We must try to figure out a way to +rescue Harry." + +"You can't do that," declared a French ace, one with whom the air +service boys had often flown. + +"Why not?" asked Tom. + +"It's out of the question," was the answer. "There has never been a +rescue yet from behind the German lines. Or, if there has been, it's +like a blue moon." + +"Well, we can try," declared Jack, and Tom nodded his head in agreement. + +"Don't count too much on it," added another of their friends. "Harry may +not even be where this note says he is." + +"Do you mean that the Germans would say what isn't so?" asked Tom. + +"Of course! Naturally!" was the answer. "But even if they did not in +this case, even if they have truly said where Leroy is, he may be moved +at any time--sent to some other prison, or made to work in the mines or +at perhaps something far worse." + +Tom and Jack realized that this might be so, and they felt that there +was no easy task ahead of them in trying to rescue their chum from the +hands of the Germans. But they were not youths who gave up easily. + +"May we keep this note?" asked Tom, as he and Jack got ready to depart. +Having fallen on the camp of the escadrille with which they were +formerly quartered, it was, strictly speaking, the property of the +airmen there. But having been told how much the sister of the prisoner +would appreciate it, the commanding officer gave permission for Tom and +Jack to take the glove and note with them. + +"Let us know if you rescue him, Comrades!" called the Frenchmen to the +two lads, as they started back for their own camp. + +"We will," was the answer. + +Nellie Leroy's joy in the news that her brother was alive was tempered +by the fact that he was a German prisoner. + +"But we're going to get him!" declared Tom even though he realized, as +he said it, that it with almost a forlorn hope. + +"You are so good," murmured the girl. + +Jack and Tom spent a few happy hours in Paris, with Nellie and +Bessie--the last of their leave--and then, bidding the girls and Mrs. +Gleason farewell, they reported back to the American aerodrome, where +the young airmen were cordially welcomed. + +There they found much to do, and events followed one another so rapidly +at this stage of the World War that Tom and Jack, after their return, +had little time for anything but flying and teaching others what they +knew of air work. They had no opportunity to do anything toward the +rescue of Harry Leroy; and, indeed, they were at a loss how to proceed. +They were just hoping that something would transpire to give them a +starting point. + +"We'll have to leave it to luck for a while," said Torn. + +"Or fate," added Jack. + +"Well, fate plays no small part in an airman's life," returned Tom. +"While we are no more superstitions than any other soldiers, yet there +are few airmen who do not carry some sort of mascot or good-luck piece. +You know that, Jack." + +And even the casual reader of the exploits of the aviators must have +been impressed with the fact that often the merest incident--or accident +is responsible for life or death. + +Death often passes within hair's breadth of the intrepid fliers, and +some of them do not know it until after they have made a landing and +have seen the bullet holes in their machine--holes that indicate how +close the missiles have passed to them. + +So, in a way, both Tom and Jack believed in luck, and they both believed +that this same luck might point out to them a way of rescuing Harry +Leroy. + +Meanwhile they were kept busy. After the big battle in the air matters +were quiet for a time on their sector of the front. The arrival of new +fliers from America made it necessary to instruct them, and to this Tom, +Jack and other veterans were detailed. + +Then began a series of what Jack called "stunts." In order to inspire +the new pupils with confidence, the older flying men--not always older +in years--would go aloft in their single planes and do all sorts of +trick flying. Some of the pupils--the more daring, of course--wished to +imitate these, but of course they were not allowed. + +The pupils were first allowed merely to go with an experienced man. +This, of course, they had done at the flying schools in the United +States, and had flown alone. But they had to start all over again when +on French soil, for here they were exposed, any time, to an attack from +a Hun plane. + +After they had, it was thought, got sufficient experience to undertake +these trick features by themselves, they were allowed to make trial +flights, but not over the enemy lines. + +Tom and Jack gave the best that was in them to these enthusiastic +pupils, and there was much good material. + +"What are you going to do to-day, Jack?" asked Tom one morning, as they +went out after breakfast to get into their "busses," as they dubbed +their machines. + +"Oh, got orders to do some spiral and somersault stunts for the benefit +of some huns." ("Hun," used in this connection, not referring to the +Germans. "Hun" is the slang term for student aviators, tacked on them by +more experienced fliers.) + +"Same here. Good little bunch of huns in camp now." + +Tom nodded in agreement, and the two were soon preparing to climb aloft. + +With a watching group of eager young men on the ground below, in company +with an instructor who would point out the way certain feats were done, +Torn and Jack began climbing. Presently they were fairly tumbling about +like pigeons, seeming to fall, but quickly straightening out on a level +keel and coming to the ground almost as lightly as feathers. + +"A good landing is essential if one would become a good airman," stated +the instructor. "In fact I may say it is the hardest half of the game. +For it is comparatively easy to leave the earth. It is the coming back +that is difficult, like the Irishman who said it wasn't the fall that +hurts, it was the stopping." + +"Give 'em a bit of zooming now," the instructor said to Tom and Jack. +"The boys may have to use that any time they're up and a Boche comes at +them." + +"Zooming," he went on to the pupils, "is rising and falling in a series +of abrupt curves like those in a roller-coaster railway. It is a very +useful stunt to be master of, for it enables one to rise quickly when +confronting a field barrier, or to get out of range of a Hun machine +gun." + +Tom undertook this feature of the instruction, as Jack signaled that his +aeroplane was out of gasoline, and soon the former was rolling across +the aviation field, seemingly straight toward a row of tall trees. + +"He'll hit 'em sure!" cried one student. + +"Watch him," ordered the instructor. + +With a quick pull on the lever that controlled the rudder, Tom sent +himself aloft, but not before a curious thing happened. + +On the ground where it had been dropped was a tunic, or airman's +fur-lined jacket. As Tom's machine "zoomed," the tail skid caught this +jacket and took it aloft. + +Tom did not seem to be aware of this, though he must have felt that his +machine was a bit sluggish in the climbs. However, he went through with +his performance, doing some beautiful "zooming," and then, as he was +flying high and getting ready to do a spiral nose dive, the tunic +detached itself from his skid and fell. + +Just at this moment Jack came out from the hangar and, looking aloft and +noting Tom's machine, saw the falling jacket. His heart turned sick +and faint, for, unaware of what had happened, he thought his chum had +tumbled out while at a great height. For the tunic, turning over and +over as it sailed earthward, did resemble a falling body. + +"Oh, Tom! Tom! How did it happen?" murmured Jack. + +The others, laughing, told him that it was nothing serious, but Jack +looked a bit worried until the empty jacket fell on the grass and, a +little later, Tom himself came down smiling from aloft, all unaware of +the excitement he had caused. + + + + + +CHAPTER XI. OVER THE LINES + + +"Well, I guess we stay downstairs, to-day," remarked Tom to Jack, +the day following their exhibition flights for the benefit of the air +students. + +"Yes, it doesn't look very promising," returned his chum. + +Jack looked aloft where the sky--or what took its place--was represented +by a gray mist that seemed ready to drip water at any moment. It was +a day of "low visibility," and one when air work was almost totally +suspended. This applied to the enemy as well as to the Yankees. For even +though it is feasible to go up in an aeroplane in fog, or even rain or +snow, it is not always safe to come down again in like conditions. + +There is nothing worse than rain, snow or fog for clouding an aviator's +goggles, making it impossible for him to see more than a plane's length +ahead, if, indeed, he can see that far. Then, too, little, if anything, +can be accomplished by going aloft in a storm or fog. No observations +of any account can be made, and the aviator, once he gets aloft, is as +likely to come down behind the German lines as he is to descend safely +within his own. + +That being the case, Tom and Jack, in common with their comrades of the +air, had a vacation period. Some of them obtained leave and went to the +nearest town, while some put in their time going over their guns and +glasses and equipment and machines. + +Jack and Tom elected to do the latter. There was one very fast and +powerful Spad which they often used together, taking turns at piloting +it and acting as observer. They thought they might have a chance soon to +go over the German lines in this, their favorite craft, so they decided +to put in their spare time seeing that it was in perfect shape, and that +the two machine guns were ready for action when needed. + +"'Would you rather do this than fly, Jack?" asked Tom, as they went +over, in detail, each part of the powerful Spad. + +"I should say not! But, after all, one is just as important as the +other. I hope we get a good day to-morrow. I'd like to do something +toward seeing if we can't get Harry out of the Boche's clutches," and he +nodded in the direction of the German lines. + +"'Tisn't going to be easy doing that," remarked Tom. "I'd ask nothing +better than to have a hand in getting him away, but I haven't yet been +able to figure out a shadow of a plan. Have you?" + +"The only thing, I can think of is to organize a big raid on the section +where he's held--I mean somewhere near the German prison--and if we +bombed the place enough, and created enough excitement, some of us might +land and get Harry and any others that might be with him." + +Tom shook his head. + +"That'd be a pretty risky way of doing it," he said. + +"Can you think of a better?" Jack demanded quickly. + +"Not off hand," came the reply. "We've got to stew over it a bit. One +thing's sure--we've got to get Harry out, or his sister never will feel +like going back home and facing the folks." + +"That's right!" agreed Jack. "We've got a double motive for this. But +I'm afraid it's going to be too hard." + +"That's what we thought when we rescued Mrs. Gleason from the old castle +where Potzfeldt had her caged," retorted Tom. "But you made out all +right." + +"Yes; thanks to your help." + +"Well, we'll both work together again," declared Tom. "And now let's +try this Lewis gun. The last time we were up it jammed on me, and yet it +worked all right on the ground." So they tested the guns, looked to the +motor, and in general made ready for a flight when the weather should +clear. + +This happened two days later, when the fog and mist were blown away and +the blue sky could be seen. In the interim the artillery and infantry +on both sides had not been idle, and there had been some desperate +engagements, with the brigaded American troops making a new name for +themselves. + +"I guess there'll be something doing to-day," remarked Tom, as he and +Jack tumbled out of bed at the usual early hour. "Clear as a bell," he +announced, after a glance from the window. "Shouldn't wonder but what we +went over their lines to-day." + +"And I suppose, by the same token, they'll be coming over ours," and +Jack nodded to indicate the Germans. + +"Let 'em come!" exclaimed Tom. "It takes two sides to make a fight, and +that's what we're here for." + +Hardly had the two air service boys finished their breakfast, than an +orderly came to tell them the commanding officer wanted them to report +to him. They hurried across the aviation ground, toward the headquarters +building, noting on the way that there were signs of unusual activity +among the newer members of the American air forces, as well as among the +French and British veterans. + +"Must be going to make a raid," observed Jack. + +"Something like that--yes," assented Tom. + +"Hope we're in on it, and the commanding officer doesn't have us take +some huns up to show 'em what makes the wheels go around," went on Jack. +"Of course that's part of the game, but we've done our share." + +However, they need have felt no fear, for when they stood before the +commanding officer, saluting, they quickly learned that they were to go +on a special mission that day--in fact as soon as they could get ready. + +"I want you two to see if you can discover a battery of small guns that +have been playing havoc with our men," he said, as he looked up from a +table covered with maps. "They're located somewhere along this front, +but they're so well camouflaged that no one has yet been able to +discover them. + +"I want you boys to see if you can turn the trick. The guns have killed +a lot of our men, as well as the French and English. We've tried to rush +the emplacement, but we can't get a line on where it is for it's well +hidden. I asked permission of the British commanding general to send up +two American scouts, and he mentioned you boys. Get your orders from the +major, and good luck to you." + +"Do you want us to go together or separately?" asked Tom. + +"Together--in a double plane. I might say that we are going to try a +raid on a big scale over the enemy's lines, and you two will thus have a +better chance to carry out your observations unmolested. The Hun planes +will have their hands full attending to our fighters, and they may not +attack a single plane off by itself. We'll try to draw them away from +you. + +"At the same time I might point out that there is nothing sure in this, +and that you may have to fight also," concluded the commanding officer, +as he waved a dismissal. + +"Oh, were ready for anything," announced Tom. And as he and Jack got +outside he clapped his chum on the back, crying: "That's the stuff! Good +old C.O. to send us! That's what we've been looking for! Maybe we'll +have time to drop down and shoot some of the Huns that are guarding +Harry." + +"No chance of that--forget it now," urged Jack. "We'll clean up this +location trick first, and then think of a plan to get Harry away. It +sounds hard to say it, but it's all we can do. Orders are orders." + +They were glad they had made ready the speedy Spad plane, for it was +in this that they would try to locate the hidden battery, and, having +received detailed instructions from the major in command, the two lads +climbed into their air plane and started off. + +The day was clear and bright, just the sort for aeroplane activity; and +it was evident there would be plenty of it, since, even as they began +climbing, Tom and Jack saw planes from their own aerodrome skirting +ahead of and behind them, while, in the distance and over German-held +territory, were Fokkers and Gothas with the iron cross conspicuously +painted on each. + +Tom and Jack had been given a map of the front, their own and the German +lines being shown, and the probable location of the hidden Hun battery +marked. This they now studied as they started over the front, Jack being +in front, while Tom sat behind him, to work the swivel Lewis gun. + +Their Spad machine was one that could be controlled from either seat, so +that if one rider was disabled the other could take charge. There +were two guns, one fixed and the other movable, and a good supply of +ammunition. + +"Well, I guess there'll be some fighting to-day," observed Tom, as Jack +shut off the motor for a moment, to see if it would respond readily when +the throttle was opened again. "They're closing in from both sides." + +And indeed the Allied planes were sailing forth to meet a squadron of +the enemy. But none of the Hun craft seemed to pay any attention to Tom +and Jack. Steadily they flew on until an exclamation from Jack caused +Tom to look down. He noted that they were over the German lines, and +headed for the probable location of the battery that had been such a +thorn in the side of the Allies. + + + + + +CHAPTER XII. A PERFECT SHOT + + +The plane in which Tom and Jack had gone aloft to make observations +which, it was hoped, would result in the discovery of the hidden +battery, was a special machine. While very powerful and swift and +equipped for air-fighting, it was also one that had been used by one of +the French photographers and his pilot. The photographer, was a daring +man, and had, not long before, gone to his death in fighting three +Hun planes. But he had peculiar ideas regarding his car, and under his +orders it had been fitted with a glass floor in the two cockpits, or +what corresponded to them. + +Thus he and his pilot could look down and observe the nature of the +enemy country over which they were traveling without having to lean +over, not always a safe act where anti-aircraft guns below are shooting +up shrapnel. + +So as Torn and Jack flew on and on, over the enemy's first and +succeeding line trenches, they looked down through the glass windows in +the plane to make their observations. There was a camera attached to +the plane, and though they could each make use of it, but they were not +skilled in this work. + +It was impossible for them to talk to one another now, as Jack had the +motor going almost full speed, and the noise it made was deafening, or +it would have been except for the warm, fur hoods that covered the ears +of the fliers. They were warmly dressed for they did not know how high +they might ascend, and it is always cold up above, no matter how hot it +is on the earth. + +Up and up they climbed, and then they flew on and over the enemy lines, +keeping close lookout for anything unusual below that would indicate +the presence of the battery. Behind them, and off to one side, a fierce +aerial battle was going on. + +Tom and Jack were eager to get into this and do their share. But they +had orders to make their observations, and they dared not 'refuse. They +could tell by looking back every now and then that the affair was going +well for the Allies, including some of the American airmen, even if the +Huns outnumbered them. + +Back and forth over the German lines swept the glass-bottomed Spad, and +at a certain point Tom, who was looking down, uttered an exclamation. Of +course Jack could not hear, but he could feel the punch in the back his +chum administered a moment later. + +Jack turned his head, and saw his chum eagerly pointing downward. A +moment later he motioned over his left shoulder, pointing backward, as +though they had just passed over something which would warrant a second +inspection. + +Jack swung the machine about in a big circle, banking sharply, and then, +as he passed over the ground covered a little while before, he, too, +looked down, and with sharper glance than he had used at first. + +What he saw was the ruins of a small French chateau. It had been under +heavy fire from the Allied guns, for it had sheltered a German machine +gun nest, and some accurate shooting on the part of the American gunners +had demolished it a day or so before. + +But what attracted the attention of Tom and Jack was that whereas the +chateau before the bombardment had stood on a little hill without a +tree near it, now there was a miniature forest surrounding it. It was +as though trees and bushes had sprung up in the night. As soon as he +had seen this, Jack turned to Tom, nodded comprehendingly, and at once +started back over the American lines. They had no easy time reaching +them, for by this time the fleet of Hun planes had been defeated by the +Allies, and had turned tail to run for safety--that is what were left of +them, several having been shot down, and at no small cost to the French, +English and American forces. + +But the defeat of their airmen seemed to anger the Germans, and they +opened up with their antiaircraft batteries on the machine in which Tom +and Jack were flying homeward. "Woolly bears" and "flaming onions," as +well as shrapnel, was used against them, and they were in considerable +danger. Jack had to "zoom" several times to get out of reach of the +shells. + +They finally reached their aerodrome, however, and as soon as they had +landed and their plane was taken in charge by the mechanics the two lads +hurried to the commanding officer. + +"Well?" he asked sharply, as they saluted. "Did you discover anything?" + +"I think so, sir," returned Tom, for Jack had told his chum to do +the talking, since the discovery was his. "You remember, sir, the old +chateau we put out of business the other day?" + +"Yes, I recall it. What about it?" + +"This: It seems suddenly to have grown a wooded park around it, and +the trees and bushes don't seem to be as fresh as natural ones ought to +look." + +"You mean they camouflaged the ruins, and have put another battery in +the old, chateau?" + +"I think so, sir. It wouldn't do any harm to drop a few shells there. +If it's still a ruin the worst will be that we've wasted a little +ammunition and may start the German guns up. And if it is what we think +it is, we may blow up the battery." + +The commander thought for a moment. + +"I'll try it!" he suddenly said. "It's worth all it will cost." + +He called an orderly and issued his instructions. Tom and Jack had not +yet been dismissed, and now the commanding officer turned to them and +said: + +"Since you boys were sharp enough to discover this, I'll let you have a +front seat at the show which will start soon. Go up and do contact work. +Let the gunners know when they make a hit." + +The air service boys could not have wished for anything better. + +"Once more for our bus!" exclaimed Jack delightedly, when they were +outside. + +Their Spad had been refilled with gasoline, or "petrol," as it is called +on the other side, and oil had been put in, while the machine guns had +been looked to. + +"You seem to have spotted it all right, Tom," went on Jack, just as +they were about to start, for word came that the American batteries were +ready. + +"Yes, I was looking down through the glass, and when I saw the old +chateau it struck me that it had suddenly grown a beard. I remembered +it before, as being on a bare hill. I thought it was funny, and that I +might be mistaken. But when you agreed with me I knew I was right." + +"Oh, the Huns have brought up trees and bushes to disguise the place all +right," declared, Jack. "The only question is whether or not the battery +is hidden there." + +But there was not long a question about that. Their machine was equipped +with wireless to signal back the result of the shots, and Jack and +Tom were soon in position. From the maps used when they had previously +shelled the place to drive out the German gunners, the American +artillery forces knew just about where to plant the shells. + +There was a burst of fire from the designated battery. Up aloft Jack and +Tom watched the shell fall. It was a trifle over, and a correction was +signaled back. + +A moment later the second shell--a big one sailed over the German first +lines, and fell directly on the chateau partly hidden in the woods. + +There was a burst of smoke, and with it mingled clouds of dust and +flying particles. Faintly to Tom and Jack, above the noise of their +motor, came the sound of a terrific explosion. + +There had been a direct hit on the old ruins, as was proved by the fact +that not only was the German battery put out of commission, but a great +quantity of ammunition hidden in the trees and bushes was blown up, and +with it a considerable number of Germans. + +And that it was a place well garrisoned was evident to the air service +boys as they saw a few Huns, who were not killed by the shell and +resultant explosion of the ammunition dump, running away from the place +of destruction. + +"That was it all right," said Jack, as he and Tom landed back of their +own lines. + +"Yes, and it couldn't have been hit better. I hope that was the battery +they wanted put out of business." + +And it was, for no more shells came from that vicinity of the Hun +positions for a long time. The aeroplane observations had given the very +information needed, and Tom and Jack were congratulated, not only by +their comrades, but by the commanding officer himself, which counted for +a great deal. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. A DARING SCHEME + + +Tom sat up on his bunk and looked across at Jack, who was just showing +signs of returning consciousness--that is, he was getting awake. It was +the morning after the successful discovery of the hidden German battery, +and since this exploit the two lads had not been required to go on duty. + +"What's the matter?" asked Jack, opening his eyes and looking at his +chum. "Has the mail come in? Any letters?" + +"No. I was just thinking," remarked Tom, and though his eyes were fixed +on Jack it was clear that his thoughts were somewhere else. + +"Thinking, Tom? That's bad business. Have you seen the doctor?" + +"Oh, shut off your gas!" ordered Tom. "You're side slipping. First you +know you'll come down in a tail spin and I'll have to be looking for a +new partner." + +"It's as serious as all that, is it?" asked Jack, as he began to dress. +"Well, in that case I withdraw my observation. Go ahead. How's the +visibility?" + +"Low. We won't have to go up to-day, unless it clears." + +"Um. And I was counting on getting a few Huns right after breakfast. +Well, what's your think about, if you really were indulging in that +expensive pastime?" + +"I was," said Tom, and he got up and also proceeded to put on his +clothes. "I was thinking about Harry." + +"Oh!" and Jack's voice was decidedly different. It had lost all its +flippant tone. "Say, he certainly is in tough luck. I wish we could do +something for him--and his sister. Doubtless you were thinking of her, +too," and a little smile curled his lips. + +"Yes, I was thinking of Nellie," conceded Tom, and he was so bold and +frank about it that Jack choked back the joke that he was about to make. +"I was thinking that we haven't done very much to redeem our promise." + +"But how can we?" asked Jack. "We haven't had a chance to do anything to +rescue Harry. Of course I want to do that as much as you do, but how is +it to be done? Can you answer me that?" + +"We can't do it by just talking," said Tom. "That's what I've been +thinking about. A scheme came to me in the night, and I've been waiting +to tell you about it." + +"Shoot then, my pickled blunderbuss," returned Jack. "I'm with you to +the last drop of petrol." + +"Well, I don't know that it's so much," said Tom. "It's only that we +ought to get word to Harry, somehow, that we're thinking of him and +trying to plan some way of rescuing him. We ought to tell him his sister +is here, too, and, at the same time we might drop him something to smoke +and a cake or two of chocolate." + +Jack looked at his chum in amazement. Then he burst out with: + +"Say, while you're at it why don't you send him a piano, and an +automobile, too, so he can ride home when he wants to? What do you +mean--getting word to him? Don't you know that the beastly Huns will +hold up the mail as they please, and anything else we might send. They +don't even let the Red Cross packages go through until they get good and +ready. Talk about your barbarians!" + +"Oh, I wasn't thinking of the mail," replied Tom. + +"No? What then?" + +"Why, we know where he is held a prisoner--at least we have the name of +the prison camp, and he may be there unless he's been transferred. Of +course that's possible, but it's worth taking a chance on." + +"A chance on what?" asked Jack, "You haven't explained yet. What do you +plan to do?" + +"Fly over the place where Harry is held a prisoner and drop down a +package and some letters to him," said Tom. "Now wait until you hear +it all before you say it can't be done!" he went on quickly, for Jack +seemed about to interrupt. + +"If Harry is held where he was first made a prisoner, it's a big place, +and there are thousands of our captives there, as well as French and +British. Well, where there are so many they have to have a big stockade +to pen 'em in, worse luck. And dropping a bomb on a big place is easier +than dropping one on a small object." + +"Say! Suffering snuffle-boxes!" cried Jack. "You don't mean to drop a +bomb in Harry's prison, camp, do you? Do you think he might possibly +escape in the confusion?" + +"Nothing like that," said Tom. "I mean drop a package containing some +smokes, some chocolate and a letter telling him we haven't forgotten +him and that we're going to try to rescue him, and for him to be on the +lookout. That could be done." + +"How?" + +"By us flying over the place in our speedy Spad. We needn't make a very +big package, though the more of something to eat we can give him the +better, for those Boches starve our men. Let's get a week off--the +commanding officer will let us go. We can go to our old escadrille and +make arrangements to start from there. The boys will help us all they +can." + +"Oh, there's no doubt about that," assented Jack. "They all liked Harry +as much as we did. But I can't see that your scheme will succeed. It's a +risky one." + +"All the more reason why it ought to succeed," declared Tom. "It's the +fellows who take chances who get by. Now let's see if we can get a few +hours off to go to Paris." + +"Go to Paris? What for?" + +"To see Nellie Leroy and have her write her brother a letter. It will be +better to have one come direct from her than for us merely to give him +news of her in one of our notes." + +"Yes," agreed Jack, "I guess it would. And I begin to see which way the +wind blows. You wish to see Nellie." + +"Oh, you make me tired!" exclaimed Tom. "All you can think of is girls! +I tell you I'm doing this for Harry!" + +"And I believe you, old top, and what's more, I'm with you from the word +go. It's a crazy scheme and a desperate one, but for that very reason it +may succeed. The only thing is that we may not get permission to carry +it out." + +"Oh, I don't intend that anyone shall know what our game is," returned +Tom. "Of course the authorities would squash it in a minute. No, we'll +have to keep dark about that. All we need is permission to do a little +flying 'on our own,' for a while." + +"Suppose they won't let us do that?" + +"Oh, I think they will, after what we did yesterday," said Tom. "Come +on, let's get ready to go to Paris." + + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. WILL THEY SUCCEED? + + +The scheme evolved, or, perhaps, dreamed of by Tom Raymond in his +anxiety to get some word to the captive Harry Leroy worked well at the +start. When he and Jack asked permission to have half a day off to make +the trip to Paris it was readily granted. Perhaps it was because of +their exploit of the day before, when their sharp eyes had discovered +the camouflaged German battery and brought about its destruction, or +maybe it was because the day was a misty one,+ when no flying could be +done. + +At any rate, soon after breakfast saw the two boys on their way to the +wonderful city--wonderful in spite of war and the German "super cannon," +which had itself been destroyed. + +Tom and Jack knew that unless their plans were changed, the two girls +and Mrs. Gleason would be at home in Paris, for they had a holiday once +in every seven, and it was their custom to come to their lodging for +a rest from the merciful, though none the less exceedingly trying, Red +Cross work. + +Nor had the boys guessed in vain, for when they presented themselves +at the Gleason lodging, where Nellie Leroy was also staying, they were +greeted with exclamations of delight. + +"We were just thinking of you," said Bessie, as she shook hands with +Jack. + +"And so we were of you," Jack replied, gallantly. + +"I thought of it first," said Tom. "He'll have to give me credit for +that." + +"Yes," agreed Jack, "I will. He's got a great scheme," he added, as Mrs. +Gleason came in to greet the boys. "Tell 'em, Tom." + +"Is it anything about--oh, have you any news for me about Harry?" asked +Nellie eagerly. + +"Not exactly news from him, but we're going to send some news to him!" +exclaimed Tom. "I want you to write him a letter-a real, nice, sisterly +letter." + +"What good will that do?" asked Nellie. "I've sent him a lot, but I +can't be sure that he gets them. I don't even know that he is alive." + +"Oh, I think he is," said Tom, hopefully. "If the German airmen were +decent enough to let us know he was a prisoner of theirs, they would +tell us if--if--well, if anything had happened to him." + +"I think," he went on, "that you, can count on his being alive, though +he isn't having the best time in the world--none of the Hun prisoners +do. That's why I thought it would cheer him up to let him know we +are thinking of him, and if we can send him some smokes, and some +chocolate." + +"Oh, he is so fond of chocolate!" exclaimed Nellie. "He used to love the +fudge I made. I wonder if I could send him any of that?" + +Tom shook his head. + +"It would be better," he said, "to send only hard chocolate--the kind +that can stand hard knocks. Fudge is too soft. It would get all mussed +up with what Jack and I have planned to do to it." + +"What is that?" asked Bessie Gleason. "You haven't told us yet. How are +you going to get anything to Harry through those horrid German lines?" + +"We're not going through the German lines we're going above 'em; in an +aeroplane. And when we get over the prison camp where Harry is held, +we're going to drop down a package to him, with the letters, the +chocolate and other things inside." + +"Oh, that's perfectly wonderful!" exclaimed Bessie. "But will the +Germans let you do it?" + +"Well," remarked Jack, "they'll probably try to stop us, but we don't +mind a little thing like that. We're used to it. Of course, as I tell +Torn, it's a long chance, but it's worth taking. Of course it isn't easy +to drop any object from a moving aeroplane and have it land at a certain +spot. We may miss the mark." + +"For that reason I'm going to take several packages," put in Tom. "If +one doesn't land another may." + +"But if you do succeed in dropping a package for Harry in the midst of +the German stockade, won't the guards see it and confiscate it?" +asked Mrs. Gleason. "You know they'll be as brutal as they dare to the +prisoners--though of course,"' she added quickly, as she saw a look of +pain on Nellie's face, "Harry may be in a half-way decent camp. But, +even then, won't the Germans keep the package themselves?" + +"I've thought of that," replied Tom. "We've got to take that chance +also. But I figure that, in the confusion, Harry, or some of his fellow +prisoners, may pick up the package, or packages, unobserved. Of course +there's only a slim chance that Harry himself will pick up the bundle. +But it will be addressed to him, and if any of the French, British, or +American prisoners get it, they'll see that it goes to Harry all right." + +"Oh, of course," murmured Mrs. Gleason. "But what was that you said +about the 'confusion?'" + +"That's something different," said Tom. "I'm counting on dropping a few +bombs on the German works outside the camp, to--er--well, to sort of +take their attention off the packages we'll try to drop inside the +stockade. Of course while we're doing this we may be and probably shall +be, under fire ourselves. But we've got to take that chance. It's a +mad scheme, Jack says, and I realize that it is. But we've got to do +something." + +"Yes," said Nellie in a low voice, "we must do something. This suspense +is terrible. Oh, if I only could get word to Harry!" + +"You write the letter and I'll take it!" declared Tom. + +"And I'll help!" exclaimed Jack. + +And then the letters--several of them, for each one wrote a few lines +and made triplicates of it, since three packages were to be dropped. The +letters, to begin again, were written and the bundles were made up. +They contained cigarettes, cakes of hard chocolate, soap and a few other +little comforts and luxuries that it was certain Harry would be glad to +get. + +The rest of the plan would have to be left to Tom and Jack to work out, +and, having talked it over with their friends, they found it was time +for them to start to their station, since their leave was up at eleven +o'clock that night. + +Getting permission for a week's absence was not as easy as securing +permission to go to Paris. But Tom and Jack waited until after a sharp +engagement, during which they distinguished themselves by bravery in. +the air, assisting in bringing down some Hun planes, and then their +petition was favorably acted on. + +Behold them next, as a Frenchman might say, on their way to their former +squadron, where they were welcomed with open arms. They had to take the +commanding officer into their confidence, but he offered no objection +to their scheme. They must go alone, however, and without his official +knowledge or sanction, since it was not strictly a military matter. + +And so Tom and Jack were furnished with the best and speediest machine +in their former camp, and one bright day, following a hard air battle +in which the Huns were worsted, they set out to drop the letters and +packages over the prison camp where Harry Leroy was held. + +"Well, how do you feel about it?" asked Jack, as he and his chum stepped +into their trim machine. + +"Not at all afraid, if that's what you mean." + +"No. And you know I didn't. I mean do you think we'll pull it off?" + +"I have a sneaking suspicion that we shall." + +"And so have I. It's a desperate chance, but it may succeed. Only if it +does, and we get Harry's hopes raised for a rescue, how are we going to +pull that off?" + +"That's another story," remarked Tom. "Another story." + +They mounted into the clear, bright air, and proceeded toward the German +lines. Would they reach their objective, or would they be shot down, to +be either killed or made prisoners themselves? Those were questions they +could not answer. But they hoped for the best. + + + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XV. BADLY HIT + + +Before undertaking their kindly though dangerous mission, Tom and Jack +had carefully studied it from all angles. At first Jack had been frankly +skeptical, and he said as much to his chum. + +"You'll never get over the place where Harry is held a prisoner," +declared Jack. "And, if you do, and start to dropping packages, they'll +never land within a mile of the place you intend, and Harry'll have the +joy of seeing some fat German eat his chocolate cake." + +"Well, maybe," Tom had agreed, "But I'm going to try." + +To this end they had secured the best map possible of the ground in and +around the prison camp. Its location they knew from the dropped glove of +the aviator, which contained a note telling about Leroy. + +It was not uncommon for Germany to disclose to her enemies the names +of prisons where certain of the Allies were confined, and this was also +done by England and France. The prison camps were located far enough +behind the defense lines to make it impossible for them to be reached +in the course of ordinary fighting. + +Then, too, the airmen of Germany seemed a step above her other fighters +in that they were more chivalrous. So Tom and Jack felt reasonably +certain as to Leroy's whereabouts. Of course it was possible that he had +been moved since the note was written, but on this point they would have +to take a chance. + +To this end they had provided themselves not only with the best maps +obtainable showing the character of the ground and the nature of the +defenses around the prison, where Harry and other Allied men were held, +but inquiries had also been made by those in authority, at the request +of Tom and Jack, of German prisoners, and from them had come information +of value about the place. + +Of course the two air service boys had no hope of inflicting much damage +on batteries or works outside the prison. By the dropping of some bombs +they carried they hoped to distract attention from themselves long +enough to drop the packages to Leroy. The bombs were a sort of feint. + +And now they were on their way, winging a path over their own lines, and +soon they would be above those of the Hun. + +Some of the former comrades of Tom and Jack, having been apprised of +what the lads were to attempt, had, without waiting for official orders, +decided to do what they could to help. This took the form of a daring +challenge to the German airmen to come out and give battle. + +After their thorough drubbing of the day before, however, the Boche +aviators did not seem much inclined to venture forth for another cloud +fight. But the French and some English fliers who were acting with them, +laid a sort of trap, which, in a way, aided the two Americans. + +A half dozen swift Spads took the air soon after Tom and Jack ascended, +but instead of flying over the German lines they went in the opposite +direction, making their way to the west. They got out of sight, and then +mounted to a great height. + +Shortly after this some heavy, double-seated planes set out for the +German territory as though to make observations or take photographs. +It was the belief of the French airmen that the Huns would swarm out to +attack these planes, or else to give battle to the machine in which Tom +and Jack rode. And, in such an event, the swift Spads would swoop down +out of a great height and engage in the conflict. + +And that is exactly what occurred. Torn and Jack had flown only a little +way over the trenches of the enemy when they saw some Hun planes coming +up to meet them. It was in the minds of both lads that they were in for +a fight, but before they had a chance to sight their guns, some French +planes of the slow type appeared in their rear. + +To these the Huns at once turned their attention, and then the Spads +swooped down, and there was a sharp engagement in the air, which +ultimately resulted in victory for the Allied forces, though two of the +French fliers were wounded. + +But the feint had its effect, and attention was drawn away from Tom and +Jack, who flew on toward the prison camp. + +Had their mission been solely to carry words of cheer with some material +comforts to Harry Leroy, it is doubtful if Tom and Jack would have +received permission to make the trip. But it was known they were both +daring aviators and good observers, and it was this latter ability on +their part which counted in their favor. For it was thought they might +bring back information concerning matters well back of the German front +lines, information which would be of service to the Allies. + +And in furtherance of this scheme Jack and Tom made maps of the country +over which they were flying. They had been provided with materials for +this before leaving. + +On and on they flew, changing their height occasionally, and, when they +were fired at, which was the case not infrequently, they "zoomed" to +escape the flying shrapnel. + +But on the whole, they fared very well, and in a comparatively short +time they found themselves over the country where, on the maps, was +marked the location of Harry Leroy's prison camp. + +"There it is!" suddenly exclaimed Tom, but of course Jack could not hear +him. However, a punch in Jack's back served the same purpose, and he +took his eyes from his instruments long enough to look down. Then a +confirmatory glance at the map made him agree with Tom. The air service +boys were directly over the prison camp. + +This, like so many other dreary places set up by the Germans, consisted +of a number of shacks, in barrack fashion, with a central parade, or +exercise ground. About it all was a barbed wire stockade and, though the +character of these wires did not show, there were also some carrying a +deadly electric current. + +This was to discourage escapes on the part of prisoners, and it +succeeded only too well. + +But the camp was in plain sight, and in the central space could be seen +a number of ant-like figures which the boys knew were prisoners. + +Whether one of them was Leroy or not, they were unable to say. + +But they had reached their objective, and now it was time to act. High +time, indeed, for below them batteries began sending up shells which +burst uncomfortably close to them. They were of all varieties, from +plain shrapnel to "flaming onions" and "woolly bears," the latter a most +unpleasant object to meet in mid-air. + +For the Germans were taking no chances. They knew the vulnerable +points of their prison camp lay above, and they had provided a ring of +anti-aircraft guns to take care of any Allied, machines that might fly +over the place. Whether any such daring scheme had been tried before or +not, Tom and Jack could not say. + +Of course it was out of the question that any great damage could be done +in the vicinity of the camp without endangering the inmates, so it was +not thought, in all likelihood, that any very heavy air raids would have +to be repelled. But in any case, the Huns were ready for whatever might +happen. + +"Better drop the bombs, hadn't we?" cried Jack to Tom, as he slowed down +the motor a moment to enable his voice to be heard. + +"I guess so--yes. Drop 'em and then shoot over the camp again and let +the packages fall. It's getting pretty hot here." + +And indeed it was. Guns were shooting at the two daring air service boys +from all sides of the camp. + +In the camp itself great excitement prevailed, for the prisoners knew, +now, that it was some of their friends flying above them. + +There was another danger, too. Not many miles away from the prison camp +was a German aerodrome, and scenes of activity could now be noticed +there. The Huns were getting ready to send up a machine--perhaps more +than one--to attack Tom and Jack. + +It was, then, high time they acted, and as Jack again started the +engine, he guided the machine over a spot where the anti-aircraft guns +were most active. + +"There's a battery there I may put out of business," he argued. + +Flying fast, Jack was soon over the spot, or, rather, not so much over +it, as in range of it. For when an aeroplane drops a bomb on a given +objective, it does not do so when directly above, but just before it +reaches it. The momentum of the plane, going at great speed, carries +any object dropped from it forward. It is as when a mail pouch is thrown +from a swiftly moving express train or a bundle of newspapers is tossed +off. In both instances the man in the train tosses the pouch or his +bundle before his car gets to the station platform, and the momentum +does the rest. + +It was that way with the bomb Jack released by a touch of his foot on +the lever in the cockpit of the machine. Down it darted, and, wheeling +sharply after he had let it go, the lad saw a great puff of smoke +hovering directly over the spot where, but a moment before, Hun gums had +been belching at him. + +"Good! A sure hit!" cried Tom, but he alone heard his own words. Jack's +ears were filled with the throb of the motor. He had two more bombs, +and these were quickly dropped at different points on German territory +outside the camp. + +At the time, aside from the evidences they saw, Jack and Tom were +not aware of the damage they inflicted, but later they learned it was +considerable and effective. However, they guessed that they had created +enough of a diversion to try now to deliver the packages containing the +letters and other comforts. + +Jack swung the machine at a sharp angle over the prison camp, and as +he cleared the barbed wire fence Tom, who had been given charge of the +packets, let one go. It fell just outside the barrier, caused by some +freak of the wind perhaps, and the lad could not keep back a sigh of +dismay. One of the three precious packages had fallen short of the mark, +and would doubtless be picked up by some German guard. + +But Tom had the satisfaction of seeing the two other bundles fall +fairly within the prison fence, and there was a rush on the part of the +unfortunate men to pick them up. + +"I only hope Harry's there," mused Tom. "That's tough luck to wish a +man, I know," he reflected, "but I mean I hope he gets the letters and +things." + +However, he and Jack had done all that lay in their power to make this +possible, and it was now time to get back to their own lines if they +could. The place was getting too dangerous for them. + +Swinging about in a big circle, and noting that groups of prisoners were +now gathered about the place where the packets had fallen, Jack sent +the machine toward that part of France where they had spent so many +strenuous days. + +"They're going to make it lively for us!" cried Jack, as he noted two +swift German planes mounting into the air. "It's going to be a fight." + +But he and Tom were ready for this. Their Lewis and Vickers guns were in +position, and they only awaited the approach of the nearest Hun plane to +unlimber them. They mounted steadily upward to get beyond the range of +the anti-aircraft batteries and were soon in comparative safety, since +the Huns, at this particular sector at least, were notoriously bad +marksmen. + +With the German planes, that would be a different story, and Tom and +Jack soon found this out to their cost. + +For one of the Boche machines came on speedily, and much more quickly +than the boys had believed possible was within range. The German machine +guns--for it was a double plane--began spitting fire and bullets at +them. They replied, but did not seem to inflict much damage. + +Suddenly Tom saw Jack give a jump, as though in an agony of pain, and +then the young pilot crumpled up in his seat. + +"Badly hit!" exclaimed Tom with a pang at his own heart. "Poor Jack is +out of it!" + +The machine, out of control for a moment, started to go into a nose +dive, but Tom let go the lever of his machine gun, and took charge of +the craft, since it was one capable of dual manipulation. Tom now had +to become the pilot and gunner, too, and he had yet a long way to go to +reach his own lines, while Jack was huddled, before him, either dead or +badly wounded. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. JUST IN TIME + + +It was with mingled feelings of alarm and sorrow that Tom Raymond sent +the speedy Spad aeroplane on its homeward way toward the French lines. +He was worried, not chiefly about his own safety, but on account of +Jack; and his sorrow was in the thought that perhaps he had taken his +last flight with his beloved chum and comrade in arms. He could not see +where Jack had been hit, but this was because the other lad lay in such +a huddled position in the cockpit. Jack had slumped from his seat, the +safety straps alone holding him in position, though he would not have +fallen out when the machine was upright as it was at present. + +"One of those machine gun bullets must have got him," mused Tom, as he +started the craft on an upward climb, for it had darted downward when +Jack's nerveless hands and feet ceased their control. For part of the +steering in an aeroplane is done by the feet of the pilot, leaving his +hands free, at times, to fire the machine gun or draw maps. + +Tom had a double object in starting to rise. One was to get into a +better position to make the homeward flight, and another was to have +a better chance not only to ward off the attack of the Hun planes, of +which there were now three in the air, but also to return their fire. +It is the machine that is higher up that stands the best chance in an +aerial duel, for not only can one maneuver to better advantage, but the +machine can be aimed more easily with reference to the fixed gun. + +In Tom's case he did not have access to this weapon, which was fixed +on the rim of the cockpit where Jack could, and where he had been +controlling, it. With Jack out of the fight, through one or more German +bullets, it was up to Tom to return the fire of the Huns from his swivel +mounted Lewis gun. He was going to have difficulty in doing this and +also guiding the craft, but he had had harder problems than this to meet +since becoming an aviator in the great war, and now he quickly conquered +his worrying over Jack, and began to look to himself. + +He gave one more fleeting glance at the crumpled-up figure of his +chum, seeking for a sign of life, but he saw none. Then he swung about, +turning in toward the nearest Hun airman, and not away from him, and +opened up with the machine gun, using both hands on that for a moment, +while he steered with his knees. + +It was not easy work, and Tom hardly expected to make a direct hit, +but he must have come uncomfortably close to the Boche, for the latter +swerved off, and for an instant his plane seemed beyond control. Whether +this was due to a wound received by the aviator, or to a trick on his +part was not disclosed to Tom. But the machine darted downward and +seemed to be content to veer off for a while. + +The third plane Tom soon saw was not going to trouble him, as it had not +speed equal to his own, so that he really had left only one antagonist +with whom to deal. And this plane, containing two men, with whom he had +not yet come to close quarters, was racing toward him at great speed. + +"I guess there's only one thing to do," mused Tom, "and that's to run +for it. I won't stand any show at all with two of them shooting at me, +while I have to manage the machine and the gun too. If I can beat 'em to +our lines I'd better do it and run the chance of some of our boys coming +out to take care of 'em. I'd better get Jack to a doctor as soon as I +can." + +And abandoning the gun to give all his attention to the motor, Tom +opened it full and sped on his way. The other machine's occupants saw +his plan and tried to stop it with a burst of bullets, but the range was +a little too far for effective work. + +"Now for a race!" thought Tom, and that is what it turned out to be. +Seeing that he was going to try to get away, the Hun plane, which was +almost as speedy as the one Tom and Jack had started out in, took after +them. The other German craft was left far in the rear, and the one Tom +had shot at appeared to be in such difficulties that it was practically +out of the fight. + +Thus the odds, once so greatly against our heroes, were now greatly +reduced, though not yet equal, since Jack was completely out of the +game--for how long Tom could only guess, and he seemed to feel cold +fingers clutching at his heart when he thought of this. + +But Tom soon discovered, by a backward glance over his shoulder now and +then, that his machine, barring accidents, would distance the other, and +this was what his aim now was. So on and on he sped, watching the German +occupied French territory unrolling itself below him, coming nearer and +nearer each minute to his own lines and safety. + +Behind them, he and Jack--for the latter had done his share before being +wounded--had left consternation in the German ranks. The bombs had done +considerable damage--as was learned later--and the dropping of packages +within the prison camp was fraught with potential danger to an extent at +which the Boches could only guess. + +On and on sped Tom, sparing time, now and then, to look back at his +pursuers, who were, it could not be doubted, doing their best to get +within effective range. And, every now and again, Tom would glance at +the motionless form of his churn. + +But poor Jack never stirred, and Tom was fearing more and more that his +chum had made his last flight. As for the Hun aviators, after using up +a drum or so of bullets uselessly, they ceased firing and urged their +machine on to the uttermost. + +But Tom had the start of them, and he was also on a higher level, so +that the Germans must climb at an oblique angle to reach him. + +And, thanks to this, Tom saw that, if nothing else happened, he would +soon be in comparative safety with the unconscious form of Jack. The +anti-aircraft batteries were firing in vain, as he was beyond their +range, and, far away, he could see the lines of the French armies, +behind which he soon hoped to be. + +And then the unexpected happened, or, rather, it had taken place some +time since, but it was only then brought to Tom's attention. His engine +began missing, and when he sought for a cause he speedily found it. +Nearly all the gasoline had leaked out of the main tank. As he knew +that there had been plenty for the return flight, there was but one +explanation of this. A Hun bullet had pierced the petrol reservoir, +letting the precious fluid leak away. + +"Now if the auxiliary tank has any in it, I'm fairly all right," thought +Tom. "If it hasn't, I'm all in." + +His worst fears were confirmed, for the auxiliary tank had suffered a +like fate with the main one. Both were pierced. There were only a few +drops left, besides those even then being vaporized in the carburetor. + +With despair in his heart, Tom looked back. If the Hun plane chose to +rush him now all would be over with him and Jack. He had only enough +fuel for another thousand meters or so, and then he must volplane. + +He saw a burst of flame and smoke from the enemy plane, and realized +that he was being shot at again. But the distance was still too far for +effective aim. + +And then, to his joy, Tom saw the pursuer turn and start back toward the +German territory. The firing had been a last, desperate attempt to end +his career, and it had failed. Either the Huns were almost out of petrol +themselves, or they did not relish getting too close to the French +lines. + +"And now, if I can volplane down the rest of the way, I'll be in a fair +position to save myself," mused Tom, as he made a calculation of the +distance he had yet to go. It was far, but he was at a good height and +believed he could do it. + +Suddenly his engine stopped, as though with a sigh of regret that it +could no longer serve him, and Tom knew that volplaning alone would save +him now. He was still over the enemy country, and had his plight been +guessed at by the Germans, undoubtedly they would have sent a machine up +to attack him. But they were in ignorance. + +There was nothing to do but drift along. Gravity alone urged the craft +on. As he swept over the German trenches Tom was greeted with a burst of +shrapnel, and he was now low enough to be vulnerable to this. But luck +was with him, and though the plane was hit several times he thought he +was unharmed. But in this he was wrong. He received a glancing wound +in one leg, but in the excitement he did not notice it, and it was not +until he had landed that he saw the blood, and knew what had happened. + +On and on, and down and down he volplaned until he was so near his own +lines, and so low down, that he could hear the burst of cheers from his +former comrades. + +Then he aimed his craft for a level, grassy place to make a landing, +and as he came to a gradual stop, and was surrounded by a score of eager +aviators, he cried out, as soon as he could speak, "I'm all right! But +look after Jack! He's hurt!" + +A surgeon bent hastily over the huddled form, and with the aid of some +men lifted it from the cockpit. Jack's legs were covered with blood, and +when the medical man saw whence it came, then and there he set hastily +to work to stop the bleeding from a large artery. + +"You got back only just in time, my friend," he said to Tom, as Jack was +carried to a hospital. "Two minutes more and he would have been bled to +death." + + +CHAPTER XVII. A CRASH + + +Not until a day or so later, when Jack was able to sit up in bed and +greet Tom with rather a pale face, did the latter learn all that had +happened. And it was a very close call that Jack had had. + +As Tom had guessed, it was some of the bullets from the Hun machine gun +that had stricken down his chum. One had struck him a glancing blow on +the head, rendering Jack unconscious and sending him down, a crumpled-up +heap in the cockpit of his machine. Another bullet, coming through +the machine later, had found lodgment in Jack's leg, cutting part way +through the wall of one of the larger arteries. + +It was certain that this bullet, the one in the leg, came after Jack +was hit on the head, for that first wound was the only one he remembered +receiving. + +"It was just as though I saw not only stars' but moons, suns, comets, +rainbows and northern lights all at once," he explained to his chum. + +The bullet in the leg had cut only part way through the wall of an +artery. At first the tissues held the blood back from spurting out in +a stream that would soon have carried life with it. But either some +unconscious motion on Jack's part, or a jarring of the plane, broke the +half-severed wall, and, just before Tom landed, his chum began to bleed +dangerously. Then it was the surgeon had made his remark, and acted in +time to save Jack's life. + +"Well, I guess we made good all right," remarked Jack, as his chum +visited him in the hospital. + +"I reckon so," was the answer, "though the Huns haven't sent us any love +letters to say so. But we surely did drop the packages in the prison +camp, though whether Harry got them or not is another story. But we did +our part." + +"That's right," agreed Jack. "Now the next thing is to get busy and +bring Harry out of there if we can." + +"The next thing for you to do is to keep quiet until that wound in your +leg heals," said the doctor, with a smile. "If you don't, you won't do +any more flying, to say nothing of making any rescues. Be content with +what you did. The whole camp is talking of your exploit. It was noble!" + +"Shucks!" exclaimed Tom, in English, for they had been speaking French +for the benefit of the surgeon, who was of that nationality. + +"Ah, and what may that mean?" he asked. + +"I mean it wasn't anything," translated Tom. "Anybody could have done +what we did." + +But of this the surgeon had his doubts. + +In spite of the dangerous character of his wound, Jack made a quick +recovery. He was in excellent condition, and the wound was a clean one, +so, as soon as the walls of the artery had healed, he was able to be +about, though he was weak from loss of blood. However, that was soon +made good, and he and Tom, bidding farewell to their late comrades, +returned to the American lines. They had been obliged to get an +extension of leave--at least Jack had--though Tom could report back on +time, and he spent the interim between that and Jack's return to duty, +serving as instructor to the "huns" of his own camp. They were eager to +learn, and anxious to do things for themselves. + +Before long Jack returned, though he was not assigned to duty, and +he and Tom visited Paris and told Nellie, Bessie and Mrs. Gleason the +result of their mission. + +"You didn't see Harry, of course?" asked Nellie, negatively, though +really hoping that the answer would be in the affirmative. + +"Oh, no, we couldn't make out any individual prisoner," said Tom. "There +was a bunch of 'em--I mean a whole lot--there." + +"Poor fellows!" said Mrs. Gleason kindly, "Let us hope that they will +soon be released." + +"Tom and I have been trying to hit on some plan to rescue Harry," put in +Jack. "And we'd help any others to get away that we could. But is isn't +going to be easy." + +"Oh, I don't see how you can do it!" exclaimed Nellie. "Of course I +would give anything in the world to have Harry back with me, but I must +not ask you to run into needless danger on his account. That would be +too much. Your lives are needed here to beat back the Huns. Harry may +live to see the day of victory, and then all will be well." + +"I don't believe in waiting, if anything can be done before that." Tom +spoke grimly. "But, as Jack says, it isn't going to be easy," he went +on. "However, we haven't given up. The only thing is to hit on some plan +that's feasible." + +They talked of this, but could arrive at nothing. They were not even +sure--which made it all the harder to bear--that Harry had received the +packages dropped in the prison camp at such risk. The only thing that +could be done was to wait and see if he wrote to his sister or his +former chums. Letters occasionally did come from German prisoners, but +they were rare, and could be depended on neither as to time of delivery +nor as to authenticity of contents. + +So it was a case of waiting and hoping. + +Jack was not yet permitted to fly, so Tom had to go alone. But he served +as an instructor, leaving the more dangerous work of patrol, fighting, +and reconnaissance to others until he was fit to stand the strain of +flying and of fighting once more. + +"Sergeant Raymond, you will take up Martin to-day," said the flight +lieutenant to Tom one morning. "Let him manage the plane himself unless +you see that he is going to get into trouble. And give him a good +flight." + +"Yes, sir," answered Tom, as he turned away, after saluting. + +He found his pupil, a young American from the Middle West, who was not +as old as he and Jack, awaiting him impatiently. + +"I'm to get my second wing soon, and I want to show that I can manage a +plane all by myself, even if you're in it," said the lad, whose name was +Dick Martin. "They say I can make a solo flight to-morrow if I do well +to-day." + +"Well, go to it!" exclaimed Tom with a laugh. "I'm willing." + +Soon they were in a double-seater of fairly safe construction--that is, +it was not freakish nor speedy, and was what was usually used in this +instructive work. + +"I'm going to fly over the town," declared Martin, naming the French +city nearest the camp. "Well, mind you keep the required distance up," +cautioned Tom, for there was, a regulation making it necessary for +the aviators to fly at a certain minimum height above a town in flying +across it, so that if they developed engine trouble, they could coast +safely down and land outside the town itself. + +"I'll do that," promised Martin. + +But either he forgot this, or he was unable to keep at the required +height, for he began scaling down when about over the center of +the place. Tom saw what was happening, and reached over to take the +controls. But something happened. There was a jam of one of the levers, +and to his consternation Tom saw the machine going down and heading +straight for a large greenhouse on the outskirts of the town. + +"There's going to be one beautiful crash!" Tom thought, as he worked in +vain to send the craft up. But it was beyond control. + + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. GETTING A ZEPPELIN + + +Dick Martin became frantic when he saw what was about to happen. He +fairly tore at the various levers and controls, and even increased the +speed of the motor, but this last only had the effect of sending the +machine at a faster rate toward the big expanse of glass, which was the +greenhouse roof. + +"Shut it off! Shut off the motor!" cried Tom, but his words could not +be heard, so he punched Martin in the back, and when that frightened lad +looked around his teacher made him understand by signs, what was wanted. + +With the motor off there was a chance to speak, and Torn cried: + +"Head her up! Try to make her rise and we may clear. I can't do a thing +with the levers back here!" + +Martin tried, but his efforts had little effect. For one instant the +machine rose as though to clear the fragile glass. Then it dived down +again, straight for the greenhouse roof. + +"Guess it's all up with this machine!" thought Tom quickly. He was not +afraid of being killed. The distance to fall was not enough for that, +and though he and his fellow aviator might be cut by broken glass, still +the body of the aeroplane would protect them pretty well from even +this contingency. But there was sure to be considerable damage to the +property of a French civilian, and the machine, which was one of the +best, was pretty certain to be badly broken. + +And then there came a terrific crash. The aeroplane settled down by the +stern, and rose by the bow, so to speak. Then the process was reversed, +and Tom felt himself being catapulted out of his seat. Only his safety +strap held him in place. The same thing happened to Dick Martin. + +Then there was an ominous calm, and the aeroplane slowly settled down +to an even keel, held up on the glass-stripped frames of the greenhouse, +one of the very few in that vicinity, which was considerably in the rear +of the battle line. + +Slowly Tom unbuckled his safety strap and climbed out, making his way to +the ground by means of stepping on an elevated bed of flowers inside the +now almost roofless house. + +Martin followed him, and as they stood looking at the wreckage they had +made, or, rather, that had been made through no direct fault of their +own, the proprietor of the place came out, wearing a long dirt-smudged +apron. + +He raised his hands in horror at the sight that met his gaze, and then +broke into such a torrent of French that Tom, with all the experience he +had had of excitable Frenchmen, was unable to comprehend half of it. + +The gist was, however, to the effect that a most monstrous and +unlooked-for calamity had befallen, and the inhabitants of all the +earth, outside of Germany and her allies, were called on to witness +that never hid there been such a smash of good glass. In which Torn was +rather inclined to agree. + +"Well, you did something this time all right, Buddie," Tom remarked to +Dick Martin. + +"Did I--did I do that?" he asked, as though he had been walking in his +sleep, and was just now awake. + +"Well, you and the old bus together," said Tom. "And we got off lucky at +that. Didn't I tell you to keep high, if you were going to fly over one +of the towns?" + +"Yes, you did, but I forgot. Anyhow I'd have cleared the place if the +controls hadn't gone back on us." + + "I suppose so, but that excuse won't go with the C.O. It's a bad +smash." + +By this time quite a crowd had gathered, and Tom was trying to pacify +the excitable greenhouse owner by promising full reparation in the shape +of money damages. + +How to get the machine down off the roof, where it rested in a mass of +broken glass and frames, was a problem. Tom tried to organize a wrecking +party, but the French populace which gathered, much as it admired the +Americans, was afraid of being cut with the broken glass, or else they +imagined that the machine might suddenly soar aloft, taking some of them +with it. + +In the end Tom had to leave the plane where it was and hire a motor to +take him and Martin back to the aerodrome. They were only slightly cut +by flying glass, nothing to speak of considering the danger in which +they had been. + +The result of the disobedience of orders was that the army officials +had rather a large bill for damages to settle with the French greenhouse +proprietor, and Tom and Dick Martin were deprived of their leave +privileges for a week for disobeying the order to keep at a certain +height in flying over a town or city. + +Had they done that, when the controls jammed, they would have been able +to glide down into a vacant field, it was demonstrated. The machine was +badly damaged, though it was not beyond repair. + +"And that's the last time I'm ever going to be soft with a Hun, you can +make up your mind to that," declared Tom to Jack. "If I'd sat on him +hard when I saw he was getting too low over the village, it wouldn't +have happened. But I didn't want him to think I knew it all, and I +thought I'd take a chance and let him pull his own chestnuts out of the +fire. But never again!" + +"'Tisn't safe," agreed Jack. He was rapidly improving, so much so that +he was able to fly the next week, and he and Tom went up together, and +did some valuable scouting work for the American army. + +At times they found opportunity to take short trips to Paris, where they +saw Nellie and Bessie, and were entertained by Mrs. Gleason. Nellie +was eager for some word from her brother, but none came. Whether the +packages dropped by Tom and Jack reached the prisoner was known only to +the Germans, and they did not tell. + +But the daring plan undertaken by the two air service boys was soon +known a long way up and down the Allied battle line, and more than one +aviator tried to duplicate it, so that friends or comrades who were +held by the Huns might receive some comforts, and know they were not +forgotten. Some of the Allied birdmen paid the penalty of death for +their daring, but others reported that they had dropped packages within +the prison camps, though whether those for whom they were intended +received them or not, was not certain. + +"But we aren't going to let it stop there, are we?" asked Tom of +Jack one day, when they were discussing the feat which had been so +successful. + +"Let it stop where? What do you mean?" + +"I mean are we going to do something to get Harry away from the Boche +nest?" + +"I'm with you in anything like that!" exclaimed Jack. "But what can we +do? How are we going to rescue him?" + +"That's what we've got to think out," declared Tom. "Something has to be +done." + +But there was no immediate chance to proceed to that desired end because +of something vital that happened just about then. This was nothing more +nor less than secret news that filtered into the Allied lines, to the +effect that a big Zeppelin raid over Paris was planned. + +It was not the first of these raids, nor, in all likelihood, would it +be the last. But this one was novel in that it was said the great German +airships would sail toward the capital over the American lines, or, +rather, the lines where the Americans were brigaded with the French +and English. Doubtless it was to "teach the Americans a lesson," as the +German High Command might have put it. + +At any rate all leaves of absence for the airmen were canceled, and they +were ordered to hold themselves in readiness to repel the "Zeps," as +they were called, preventing them from getting across the lines to +Paris. + +"And we'll bring down one or two for samples, if we can!" boasted Jack. + +"What makes it so sure that they are coming?" asked Tom. + +It developed there was nothing sure about it. But the information had +come from the Allied air secret service, and doubtless had its inception +when some French or British airman saw scenes of activity near one of +the Zeppelin headquarters in the German-occupied territory. There were +certain fairly positive signs. + +And, surely enough, a few nights later, the agreed-upon alarm was +sounded. + +"The Zeps are coming!" + +Tom and Jack, with others who were detailed to repel the raid, rushed +from their cats, hastily donned their fur garments, and ran to their +aeroplanes, which were a "tuned up" and waiting. + +"There they are!" cried Torn, as he got into his single-seated plane, an +example followed on his part by Jack. "Look!" + +Jack gazed aloft. There was a riot of fire from the anti-aircraft +guns of the French and British, but they were firing in vain, for the +Zeppelins flew high, knowing the danger from the ground batteries. + +Sharp, stabbing shafts of light from the powerful electric lanterns shot +aloft, and now and then one of them would rest for an instant on a great +silvery cigar-shape--the gas bag of the big German airships that were +beating their way toward Paris, there to deal death and destruction. + +"Come on!" cried Tom, as his mechanician started the motor. "I'm going +to get a Zep!" + +"I'm with you!" yelled Jack, and they soared aloft side by side. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. ON PATROL + + +Aloft with Tom and Jack were several other fighters, for it was not only +considered a great honor to bring down a Zeppelin, but it would save +many lives if one or more of the big gas machines could be prevented +from dropping bombs on Paris or its environs. + +The machines which were used were all of the single type, though +of different makes and speeds. Each one was equipped with electric +launching tubes. These were a somewhat new device for use against +captive Hun balloons and Zeppelins and were installed in many of the +fighting scout craft of the Americans and Allies. + +Between the knees of Toni and Jack, as well as each of the other pilots, +was a small metal tube. This went completely through the floor of the +cockpit, so that, had it been large enough to give good vision, one +could view through it the ground beneath. + +In a little rack at the right of each scout were several small bombs of +various kinds. Some were intended to set on fire whatever they came in +contact with, being of phosphorus. Others were explosive bombs, pure and +simple, while some were flares, intended to light up the scene at night +and make getting a target easier. + +Included in the rack of death and destruction was a simple stick; not +unlike a walking cane, and this seemed so comparatively harmless that an +uninitiated observer would almost invariably ask its use. + +At the lower end of the launching tube, through which the bombs were +dropped, was a "trip," or sort of catch, that caught on a trigger +fastened to each bomb. The trip pulled the trigger, so to speak, and set +in operation the firing device. + +In the early days, though doubtless the defect was afterwards corrected, +the bombs sometimes stuck in the launching tube, and as they were likely +to go off in this position at any moment, it was the custom of the +pilots to push them on their way with the cane if the missiles jammed. +Hence it was an essential part of each flying machine's armament. + +Higher and higher mounted the fighting scouts, with Tom and Jack among +their number. It was necessary to mount very high in order to get +above the Zeppelins, as in this position alone was it possible for the +aeroplanes to fight them to any advantage. The Zeppelins carried many +machine guns of long range, and for the pigmy planes to attack them on +the same level, meant destruction to the smaller craft. + +There were several German machines in the raid toward Paris, but Tom +and Jack caught sight of only two. The others were either at too great a +height to be observed, or else were farther off, lost in the haze. + +But the two silver shapes, resembling nothing so much as huge, expensive +cigars, wrapped in tinfoil, were flying on their way, now and then +dropping bombs, which exploded with dull, muffled reports--an earnest of +what they would do when they got over Paris. They were traveling fast, +under the impulse of their own powerful motors and propellers, and also +aided by a stiff breeze. + +Of course conversation was out of the question among Tom, Jack and the +other aviators, but they knew the general plan of the fight. They were +to get above the Zeppelins--as many of them as could--and drop bombs +on the gas envelope. They were also to attack with machine guns if +possible, aiming at the rudder controls and machinery. It was the great +desire of the Allied commanders to have a Zeppelin brought down as +nearly intact as possible. + +Up and up climbed the speedy scout machines, and it was seen that some +of them would never get in a position to do any damage. The German craft +were traveling too speedily. But Tom and Jack managed to get to a height +of about twenty thousand feet, which was above the Zeppelins, though by +this time the Germans were in advance of them, for they had climbed at +rather a steep angle. However, they knew their speed was many times that +of the German machine on a straight course. + +On and on they went. Then came a mist which hid the enemy from sight. +The aviators railed at their luck, and Tom and Jack dropped down a bit, +hoping to get through the mist. It lay below them like a great, gray +blanket. + +Suddenly they fairly plumped through it, and saw, not far away, the two +big silver shapes, shining in the searchlights which were now giving +good illumination. It was a moonlight night, which seemed a favorite for +a German bombing expedition. + +Far below them, and beneath the Zepplins, Tom and Jack could see the +lights of other aeroplanes, which were flying low to observe lanterns on +the ground, set in the shape of arrows, to indicate in which direction +the German craft were traveling. Later, if necessary, these observing +machines could climb aloft and signal to those higher up. + +Nearer and nearer Jack and Tom came to one of the Zeppelins. And now, in +the semi-darkness, they became aware that they were being fired at by +a long-range gun on the German craft. The bullets sung about them, but +though their machines were hit several times, as they learned later, +they escaped injury. + +Now the battle of the air was on in grim and deadly earnest. Several +scout planes flew at the big Zeppelin like hornets attacking a bear. +They fired their machine guns, and the Germans replied in kind, but with +more terrible effect, for two of the Allied planes were shot down. It +was a sad loss, but it was the fortune of war, or, rather, misfortune, +for the Zeppelin was not engaged in a fair fight, but seeking to bomb an +unfortified city. + +Now Tom and Jack, though somewhat separated, were close above the +Zeppelin, and in a position where they could not be fired at. They began +to drop incendiary bombs through the tubes between their knees. + +These bombs were fitted with sharp hooks, so that if they touched +the gas bag they would cling fast, and burn until they had ignited the +envelope and the vapor inside. And as they circled about, dropping bomb +after bomb, the two air service boys saw this happen. Some at least of +their bombs reached their target. + +The great craft, now on fire in several places, was twisting and turning +like some wounded snake, endeavoring to escape. Tom glanced toward +the other Zeppelin and saw that this was fairly well surrounded by +aeroplanes, but was not, as yet, on fire. + +The bees had fatally stung one great German bear, and, a little later, +it crashed to the ground where it was nearly all consumed, and of its +crew of thirty men, not one was left alive. + +The other plane, though greatly damaged by machine gun fire, was not set +ablaze, but was forced to turn and sail for the German lines again. So +that two were prevented from bombing Paris. + +Well satisfied with what they had accomplished, Torn, Jack and the +others who had set the Zeppelin on fire, descended. Later they learned, +by word from Paris, that on of the German machines was shot down over +that city and some of its crew captured. So that though the Huns did +considerable damage with their bombs, they paid dearly for that unlawful +expedition. + +This was the beginning of a series of fierce aerial battles between +the German forces and the Allied airmen, though for a long dine no more +Zeppelins were seen. Sometimes fortune favored the side on which Tom and +Jack fought, and again they were forced to retire, leaving some of their +friends in the hands of the enemy. + +Once Tom and Tack, keeping close together doing scout work, were cut off +from their companions. They had ventured too far over the Hun lines, +and were in danger of being shot down. But a squadron of airmen from +Pershing's forces made a sortie and drove the Germans to cover, rescuing +the two air service boys from an evil fate. + +Then followed some weeks of rainy and misty weather, during which there +was very little air work on either side. But the fight on land went on, +with attacks and repulses, the Allies continually advancing their lines, +though ever so little. Slowly but surely they were forcing the Germans +back. + +Now and then there were night raids, and once Tom and Jack, who had not +flown for a week because of rain, were just back of the lines when a +captured German patrol was brought in, covered with mud and blood. There +had been lively fighting. + +"I wish we were in on that!" exclaimed Tom. "I'm getting tired of +sitting around."' + +"So am I!" agreed Jack. "Let's ask if we can't go out on patrol some +night. It will be better than waiting for it to stop raining." + +To their delight their request was granted, as it had been in a number +of other cases of airmen. Temporarily they were allowed to go with the +infantry until the weather cleared. + +The two air service boys were in the dugout one night, having served +their turns at listening post work and general scouting, when an officer +came in with a slip of paper. He began reading off some names, and when +he had finished, having mentioned Tom and Jack, he said: + +"Prepare for patrol duty at once." + +"Good!" whispered Tom to his chum: "Now there'll be something doing." + +He little guessed what it was to be. + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XX. CAPTURED + + +Silently, in the darkness of their trenches, the party of which Tom and +Jack were to be members, prepared to go over the top and penetrate +the German front line of defense, in the hope of taking prisoners that +information might be had of them. It was a risky undertaking, but one +frequently accomplished by the Allies, and it often led to big results. + +There were about a score in the patrol, and, to their delight, though +they rather regretted it later, Tom and Jack were given positions well +in front, two files removed, in fact, from the lieutenant commanding. + +"Now I suppose you all understand what you're to do," said the +lieutenant as he gathered his little party about him in one of the +larger dugouts, where a flickering candle gave light. "You'll all +provide yourselves with wire cutters, hand grenades and pistols. Rifles +will be in the way. Take your gas masks, of course. No telling when +Fritz may send over some of those shells. Blacken your faces, as usual. +A star shell makes a beautiful light on a white countenance, so don't be +afraid of smudging yourselves. And when we start just try to imagine you +are Indians, and make no noise. One object is to come in contact with +some German post, try to hear what's going on from their talk, and make +some captures if we can. Do you all understand German?" + +It developed that they did--at least no one would confess he did not for +fear of being turned back. But, as it developed, they all had some, if +slight, acquaintance with the language. + +A little period of anxious waiting followed--a sort of zero hour +effect--until finally the word was received from some source, unknown to +Tom and Jack, to proceed. The night was black, and there was a mist over +everything which did not augur for clear weather on the morrow. + +"Forward!" whispered the lieutenant, for they were so near the German +lines that incautious talking was prohibited. Out of their trenches they +went, Tom and Jack well in front, and close to the leader. + +As carefully as might be, though, at that, making noise which the +members of the patrol thought surely must be heard clear to Berlin, they +made their way over the shell-torn and uncertain ground in the darkness. +They went down between their own lines of barbed wire to where an +opening had been made opposite what was considered a quiet spot in the +Hun defenses, and then they started across "No Man's Land." + +It was not without mingled feelings that Tom and Jack advanced, +and, doubtless, their feelings were common to all. There was great +uncertainty as to the outcome. Death or glory might await them. They +might all be killed by a single German shell, or they might run into +a German working party, out to repair the wire cut during the day's +firing. In the latter case there would be a fight--an even chance, +perhaps. They might capture or be captured. + +On and on they went, treading close together and in single file, making +little noise. Straight across the desolate stretch of land that lay +between the two lines of trenches they went, and, when half way, there +came from the German side a sudden burst of star shells. These are a +sort of war fireworks that make a brilliant illumination, and the enemy +was in the habit of sending them up every night at intervals, to reveal +to his gunners any party of the enemy approaching. + +"Down! Down!" hissed the lieutenant. But he need not have uttered +the command. All had been told what to do, and fell on their faces +literally--their smoke-blackened faces. In this position they resembled, +as nearly as might be, some of the dead bodies scattered about, and that +was their intention. + + Still each one had a nervous fear. The star shells were very +brilliant and made No Man's Land almost as bright as when bathed in +sunshine, a condition that had not prevailed of late. There was no +guarantee that the Germans would not, in their suspicious hate, turn +their rifles or machine guns on what they supposed were dead bodies. In +that case-well, Tom, Jack and the others did not like to think about it. + +But the brilliance of the star shells died away, and once more there +was darkness. The lieutenant cautiously raised his head and in a whisper +commanded: + +"Forward! Is every one all right?" + +"My mouth's full of mud and water--otherwise I'm all right," said some +one. + +"Silence!" commanded the officer. + +Once more he led them forward. They reached the first German wire, and +instantly the cutters were at work. Though the men tried to make no +noise, it was an impossibility. The wire would send forth metallic +janglings and tangs as it was cut. But an opening was made, and the +patrol party filed through. And then, almost immediately, something +happened. + +There was another burst of star shells, but before the Americans had an +opportunity to throw themselves on their faces, they saw that they were +confronted by a large body of Germans who had come forward as silently +as themselves, and, doubtless, on the same sort of errand. + +"At 'em, boys! At 'em!" cried the lieutenant. "The Stars and Stripes! At +'em!" + +Instantly pandemonium broke loose. In the glaring light of the star +shells the two forces rushed forward. There was a burst of pistol fire, +and then the fight went on in the darkness. + +"Where are you, Tom?"' yelled Jack, as he flung a grenade full at a big, +burly German who was rushing at him with uplifted gun. + +"Here!" was the answer, and in the darkness Jack felt his chum collide +with him so forcefully that both almost went down in a heap. "I jumped +to get away from a Hun bayonet," pantingly explained Tom. + +Jack's grenade exploded, blowing dirt and small stones in the faces of +the chums. There were shouts and cries, in English, French and German. +The American lieutenant tried to rally his men around him, but, as was +afterward learned, they were attacked by a much larger party of Huns +than their patrol. + +"We must stick together!" cried Jack to Tom. "If we separate we're lost! +Where are the others?" + +"Sam Zalbert was with me a second ago," answered Tom, naming a lad with +whom he and Jack had become quite friendly. "But I saw him fall. I don't +know whether he slipped or was hurt. Look out!" he suddenly shouted. + +He saw two Germans rushing at him and Jack, with leveled revolvers. +There was no time to get another grenade from their pockets, and Tom did +the next best thing. He made a tackle, football fashion, at the legs of +the Germans, which he could see very plainly in the light of many star +shells that were now being sent up. + +Almost at the same instant Jack, seeing his chum's intention, followed +his example, and the two Huns went down in a heap, falling over the +heads of their antagonists with many a German imprecation. Their weapons +flew from their hands. + +"Come on! This is getting too hot for us!" cried Jack, as he scrambled +to his feet, followed by Tom. "There'll be a barrage here in a minute." + +This seemed about to happen, for machine guns were spitting fire and +death all along that section of the German front, and the American and +French forces were replying. A general engagement might be precipitated +at any moment. + +The American lieutenant tried to rally his men, but it was a hopeless +task. The Germans had overpowered them. Tom and Jack started to run back +toward their own lines, having made sure, however, of putting beyond the +power to fight any more the two Germans who had attacked them. + +"Come on!" cried Tom. "We've got to have reinforcements to tackle this +bunch!" + +"I guess so!" agreed Jack. + +They turned, not to retreat, but to better their positions, when they +both ran full into a body of men that seemed to spring up from the very +ground in the sudden darkness that followed an unusually bright burst of +star shells. + +"What is it? Who are they? What's the matter?" cried Tom. + +"Give it up!" answered Jack. "Who are you?" he asked. + +Instantly a guttural German voice cried: + +"Ah! The American swine! We have them!" + +In another moment Tom and Jack felt themselves surrounded by an +overpowering number. + +Hands plucked at them toughly from all sides, and their pistols and few +remaining grenades were taken from them. + +"Turn back with the prisoners!" cried a voice in German. + +The two air service boys found themselves being fairly-lifted from their +feet by the rush of their captors. Where they were going they could not +see, but they knew what had happened. + +They had been captured by the Germans! + + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. THE CLEW + + +For one wild instant Tom and Jack, as they admitted to one another +afterward, felt an insane desire to attempt to break away from their +captors, to rush at them, to attack if need be with their bare hands, +and so invite death in its quickest form. They even hoped that they +might escape this way rather than live to be taken behind the German +lines. + +It was not only the disgrace of being captured--which really was no +disgrace considering the overwhelming numbers that attacked them--t it +was the fear of what they might have to suffer as prisoners. + +Tom and Jack, as well as the others, might well regard with horror the +fate that lay before them. But to escape by even a desperate struggle +was out of the question. They were surrounded by a ring of Germans, +several files deep, and each was heavily armed. Then, too, their captors +were fairly rushing them along over the uneven ground as though fearful +of pursuit. The air service boys had no chance, nor did any of their +comrades of the patrol who might be left alive. How many these were, Tom +and Jack had no means of knowing. They did not see any of their comrades +near them. There were only the Huns who were bubbling over with coarse +joy in the delight of having captured two "American pigs," as they +brutally boasted. + +Stumbling and half falling, Tom and Jack were dragged along. Now and +then they could see, by means of the star shells, groups of men, some +near and some farther off. There was firing all along the Hun and Allied +lines, and as the boys were dragged along the big guns began to thunder. +What had started as an ordinary night raid might end in a general +engagement before it was finished. + +There seemed to be fierce lighting going on between the several detached +groups, and the air service boys did not doubt that some word of the +dispersing and virtual defeat of the party they were with had reached +their lines, resulting in the sending out of relief parties. + +"This sure is tough luck!" murmured Jack to Tom, as they stumbled along +in the midst of their captors. + +"You said it! If our boys would only rush this bunch and get us away." + +"Silence, pigs!" cried a German officer, and with his sword he struck +at Tom, slightly injuring the lad and causing a hot wave of fierce +resentment. + +"You wouldn't dare do that if I had my hands free, you dirty dog!" +rasped out Tom in fairly good German, and he tugged to free his arms +from the hold of a Hun soldier on either side. + +The officer who had struck Tom seemed about to reply, for he surged +through the ranks of his men over toward the captive, but a command from +some one, evidently higher in authority halted him, and he marched on, +muttering. + +There was sharp fighting between the Hun sentries and small parties, +and similar bodies from the American and Allied sides going on along +the lines now, and both armies were sending up rockets and other +illuminating devices. + +The two Virginia lads felt themselves being hurried forward--or back, +whichever way you choose to look at it--and whither they were being +taken they did not know. The taunts of their captors had ceased, though +the men were talking together in low voices, and suddenly, at something +one of them said, Tom nudged Jack, beside whom he was walking. + +"Did you hear that?" he asked in so low a voice that it was not heard by +the Hun next him. Or if it was heard, no attention was paid to it, for +Torn spoke in English. The tramp of the heavy boots of the Huns and the +rattle of their arms and accoutrements made noise enough, perhaps, to +cover the sound of his voice. + +"Did I hear what?" asked Jack. + +"What that chap said. It was something about one of the German prison +camps having been burned by the prisoners, a lot of whom got away. The +rest were transferred to a place not far from here. Listen!" + +And the Americans listened to the extent of their ability. + +Then it was they blessed their lucky stars that they understood enough +of German to know what was being said, for it was then and there that +they got a clew to the whereabouts of Harry Leroy, from whom they had +heard not a word since the dropping of his glove by the German aviator. +They did not even know whether or not their packages had reached their +chum. + +The talk of the Germans who had captured Tom and Jack was, indeed, +concerning the burning of one of the prison camps. As the boys learned +later, the prisoners, unable to stand the terrible treatment, had risen +and set fire to the place. Many of them perished in the blaze and by the +fire of German rifles. The others were transferred to a camp nearer the +battle line as a punishment, it being argued, perhaps, that they might +be killed by the fire of the guns of their own side. + +"And there are some airmen, too, in the new prison camp," said one of +the Germans. "Our infantrymen claimed them as their meat, though our +airmen brought them down. But there was no room for them in the prison +camp with the other captured aviators, so The Butcher has them in his +charge." + +Tom and Jack learned later that "The Butcher" was the title bestowed, +even by his own men, on a certain brutal German colonel who had charge +of this prison camp. + +Then there came to Tom and Jack in the darkness a curious piece of +information, dropped by casual talk of the Huns. One of them said to +another: + +"One of the transferred airmen tried to bribe me to-day." + +"To bribe you? How and for what?" + +"He is an accursed American pig, and when he heard we were opposite some +of them, he wanted me to throw a note from him over into the American +lines. He said I would be well paid, and he offered me a piece of gold +he had hidden in the sole of his shoe." + +"Did you take it?" + +"The gold? Of course I did! But I tore up the note he gave me to toss +into the American lines. First I looked at it, though. It was signed +with a French name, though the prisoner claimed to be from the United +States. It was the name Leroy which means, I have been told, the king. +Ha! I have his gold, and the note is scattered over No Man's Land! But +I will tell him I sent it into the trenches of his friends. He may have +more notes and gold!" and the brute chuckled. + +Tom and Jack, looked at one another in the darkness. Could it be +possible that it was their friend Harry Leroy who was so near to them, +since he had been transferred from a camp far behind the lines? + +It seemed so. There were not many American airmen captured, and there +could hardly be two of this same rather odd name. + +"It must be Harry," murmured Tom. + +"I think so," agreed Jack. + +"Silence, American pigs!" commanded man officer. + +He raised his sword to strike the lad. But just then occurred an +interruption so tremendous that all thought of punishing prisoners who +dared to speak was forgotten. + +A big shell rose screaming and moaning from the Allied lines and landed +not far from the party of Germans which was leading along Tom and Jack. +It burst with a tremendous noise well inside the Hug defenses, and this +was followed by a terrific explosion. As the boys learned later the +shell had landed in the midst of a concealed battery--a stroke of luck, +and not due to any good aiming on the part of the American gunner--and +the supply of ammunition had gone up. + +There was great commotion behind the German lines, and two or three of +Tom's and Jack's captors were thrown down by the concussion. The air +service boys themselves were stunned. + +And then there suddenly sounded a ringing American cheer, while a voice, +coming from a group of soldiers that confronted the German patrol, +cried: + +"Halt! Who's there? Are there any of Uncle Sam's boys?" + +"Yes! Yes!" eagerly cried Tom and Jack. "Come on! We're captured by the +Germans!" + +There was another cheer, followed by a roar of rage, and then came a +rush of feet. Gleaming bayonets glistened in the light of star shells +and many guns, and the members of the German patrol, finding themselves +surrounded, threw down their arms and cried: + +"Kamerad!" + +The fortunes of war had unexpectedly turned, and Tom and Jack had been +rescued and saved by a party of Pershing's gallant boys. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. NELLIE'S RESOLVE + + +"What happened?" + +"How'd they get you?" + +"Are you hurt?" + +These were a few of the questions put to Tom and Jack as they were +surrounded by the rescuing party of their friends, led, it afterward +developed, by the very lieutenant with whom the two air service boys had +started in the patrol across No Man's Land. + +The German captors had either all surrendered or been killed, and the +tables were most effectively switched around. At first Tom and Jack were +too surprised and overwhelmingly grateful to answer. + +But they soon understood what had happened. And then they told the story +of their fight against odds until captured. They said nothing just then +of the unexpected information that had come to them about Harry Leroy's +presence in a German camp so comparatively near their own lines. But +they resolved, at the first opportunity, to make use of the information. + +The shooting of the big guns gradually ceased when it was made manifest +that neither side was ready for a general engagement. The pop-pop of the +machine weapons, too, died away and the star shells ceased rising. + +"Come on you Fritzies--what's left of you," cried the lieutenant, when +he had made sure that there were no others of his party whom he could +rescue. + +Then with Tom and Jack the center of a happy, tumultuous throng of their +own comrades, the trip back to the American lines was begun. It was +without incident save that on the way a wounded British soldier was +found lying in a shell hole and carried in, ultimately to recover. + +Tom and Jack told what had happened to them, how they had been +surrounded and led away; and then, came the story of the lieutenant who +had led the patrol party which had turned defeat into victory with the +aid of reinforcements which were sent to him. + +He had seen his hopes blasted when rushed by the big crowd of the Hun +patrol, and, though slightly wounded, he realized that absolute defeat +would come to him and his men unless he could get help. He sent a runner +back with word to send relief, and then, surrounding himself with what +few men remained alive and uncaptured, the fight went on. + +It was bitter and sanguinary, and at last, with only two men left beside +him, the lieutenant heard the rush of the relief guard. He was placed +in charge, as he knew the lay of the land, and the party hurried to and +fro, wiping up little knots of Germans here and there, until the main +body encountered the squad having in charge the two air service boys. + +"You began to think it was all up with you, didn't you?" asked the +lieutenant, when they were all once more safely in the dugout. + +"We certainly did!" admitted Tom. + +"We had visions of watery soup and wheatless bread for the rest of the +war," observed Jack. + +He and Tom were slightly wounded--mere scratches they dubbed the +hurts--but they were sent to the rear to be looked over and bandaged, as +were some of the others who were more severely hurt. There were some who +could not be sent back--who were left in No Man's Land silent figures +who would never take part in a battle again. They had paid their price +toward making the world a better place to live in, and their names were +on the Honor Roll. + +"Well, what do you think about it?" asked Tom of Jack. + +"I don't know what to think. It seems hardly possible that Harry can be +so near to us, and yet we can't do a thing to help him." + +"I'm not so sure about that," returned Tom. "That's what I want to talk +about." + +It was a week after the patrol raid, and clear weather had succeeded the +rain and mist, so that it was possible for the aeroplanes to operate. +And their services were much needed. + +There were preparations going on back of the German lines of which +General Pershing and the Allied commanders needed to be informed. And +only the "eyes" of the armies could see them and report--the eyes being +the aeroplanes. + +So it came about that, having been relieved of their temporary transfer +to the infantry, Tom and Jack were once more with their comrades of the +air. + +"Well, let's think it over, and talk about it when we come down," +suggested Jack. "We've got to go upstairs for our usual tour of duty +now." + +This would last three hours. They were to do scout work--report any +unusual activity back of the German lines, or give warning of the +approach of any hostile aeroplanes. After their tour of duty was ended +they would have the rest of the day to themselves, provided there was +no general attack. Of course if, while they were up, they were attacked, +they must fight. + +Each lad had a plane to himself, since the young "huns" had all pretty +well passed their novitiate, and were now in the regular flying squad. +Later some other new aviators would report for instruction on the battle +front. + +Up and up climbed Tom and Jack, and eagerly they scanned the German +lines for any signs of activity. But though there were some Hun planes +in the air, they did not approach to give battle. Possibly some other +plans were afoot. Afterward Tom and Jack admitted to one another that +there was a great temptation to fly over the German trenches to try to +get a sight of the prison that had been spoken of--the camp where Harry +Leroy might be held. + +But to do this would be in direct violation of their orders, and they +dared not take any risks. For to do so might involve not only themselves +in danger, but others as well. And that view of the matter determined +them. They would have to await their opportunity for rescuing their +chum--if it could be accomplished. + +Their tour of duty aloft that day was without incident. This is not an +usual condition at times along the long battle front. Men can not go on +fighting without stop, and there come lulls in even the fiercest battle. +Flesh and blood can stand only a certain amount of torture, and then +even the soul rebels. + +So Tom and Jack drifted peacefully down to their aerodrome, noting that +it was being newly camouflaged, for the recent rain had played havoc +with some of the concealments. + +As far as possible both the Germans and the Allies tried to conceal the +location of their flying camps. The aeroplanes and balloons needed large +buildings to house them, and such structures made excellent and, of +course, fair war-marks for bombing parties in aeroplanes hovering aloft. +So it was the custom to put up trees and bushes or to stretch canvas +over the aerodromes and paint it to resemble woods and fields in an +effort to conceal, or camouflage, the depots where the airships were +stationed. But this work was done by a special detail of men, and with +it Tom and Jack had nothing to do. + +They turned their machines over to the mechanics, who would go carefully +over them and have the craft in readiness for the next flight. Then, +being free for several hours, the two young airmen could do as they +pleased, within certain limits. + +"Well, did anything occur to you?" asked Jack, as he and Tom, having +divested themselves of their heavy fur-lined garments, went to the mess +hall, which was in an old stable, from which the horses had long since +been removed. + +"You mean a plan to rescue Harry?" + +"That's it." + +"No, I'm sorry to say I can't think of a thing," Tom answered. "I +thought I would, but I didn't. Have you anything to say?" + +"Yes. Let's go to Paris." + +"You mean to see--er--?" + +"Yes!" interrupted Jack with a smile. "This is their day off, and we +might as well have a little enjoyment when we can. From the easy time we +had to-day we'll have some hard fighting to-morrow. This was too good to +last. Heinie is up to some mischief, I think." + +"Same here." + +So, having received permission, they went to Paris, and soon found their +way to the lodgings of Mrs. Gleason, where the air service boys were +welcomed by Bessie and Nellie. + +Of course the first question had to do with the captive Harry, and to +the delight of Nellie Tom was able to say: + +"We have news of him, anyhow." + +"News? You mean he is all right?" + +"Well, as all right as he ever can be while the Boches have him, I +suppose," was the answer. + +"But the news didn't come direct from him. He's in another camp. I'll +tell you about it." + +Tom and Jack, by turns, related what had happened on the night patrol, +and explained how they had overheard talk of Harry. + +"Then he is nearer than he has been?" asked Nellie. + +"Yes," admitted Tom. + +"Won't it be easier to rescue him then?" Bessie queried. + +"Well, that doesn't follow," said Jack. "Of course if we could rescue +him, we'd have a shorter distance to bring him, to get him inside our +lines. But it's just as difficult getting beyond the German lines now as +it was before. Tom and I thought we'd come and talk it over, and see if +you girls have anything to suggest. We'll do the rescue work if we only +get a chance, and can find some plan. Have you any?" + +He asked that question, though he hardly expected an answer. And both he +and Tom, as well as Bessie and her mother, were greatly surprised when +Nellie exclaimed: + +"Yes, I have!" + +"You have?" cried Tom. "What is it? Tell us, quick!" + +"I am going to save my brother by offering myself as a prisoner in his +place," said Nellie with quiet resolve. "That's how I'll save him! I'll +exchange myself for him!" + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. THE BIG BATTLE + + +Nellie Leroy rose from, the chair where she had been sitting, and stood +before the little party of her friends, gathered in the little Paris +apartment where Bessie Gleason and her mother made their home when they +were not actively engaged in Red Cross work. The sister of the captive +airman had a quiet but very determined air about her. + +"That is what I am going to do," she said, as no one at first answered +what had been a dramatic outbreak. "Perhaps you will tell me best how to +go about it," and she turned to Tom and Jack. "You know something of the +German lines, and where I can best go to give myself up." + +"Why--why, you can't go at all!" burst out Tom. + +"I can't go?" + +"No, of course not. You mean all right, Nellie," went on the young man, +"but it simply can't be done. To give yourself up to the Germans would +mean for yourself not only--Oh, it couldn't be done!" as he thought of +the cruelty of the Huns, not only to the soldiers of the Allied armies +but to helpless women and children. "You couldn't give yourself up to +those brutes!' he cried. + +"To save my brother I could," said Nellie simply. "I would do anything +for him!" + +"I know you would," murmured Bessie. + +"But it would just be throwing yourself away!" exclaimed Jack, coming +to the help of his chum, who was gazing helplessly at him in this +new crisis. "Tell her, Mrs. Gleason," he went on, "that it is utterly +impossible, even if the army authorities would let her. Even if she +should give herself up to the Germans, they wouldn't keep any agreement +they made to exchange her brother. They'd simply keep both of them." + +"Yes, I think they would," said Mrs. Gleason. "It is out of the +question, my dear," and gently she laid her hand on the girl's shoulder. +"That is very fine and noble of you, but it would be wrong, for it +would not save your brother, and you would certainly be made a prisoner +yourself. And of the horrors of the German prison--at least some where +the infantrymen have been kept, I dare not tell you. I imagine it must +be better where the airmen are captured," she went on, for she feared +that if she painted too black a picture of what Harry might suffer his +sister would not be held back by anything, and might sacrifice herself +uselessly. + +"But what am I do?" asked Nellie, helplessly. "I want Harry so much! We +all want him! Oh, isn't there something? Can't you save him?" and she +held out her hands appealingly to Torn and Jack. + +There was a moment of silence, and then Tom burst out with: + +"Well, I may as well speak now as later, and I'll tell you what I've +made up my mind to do. Yes, it's a new plan I've worked out," he went +on, as Jack looked at him curiously. "I haven't told even you, old man, +as it wasn't quite ready yet. But it's a scheme that may succeed, now +that we know definitely where Harry is, from what the German patrol +said. He isn't so far away as when we dropped the packages in the prison +camp, though we don't yet know that he was there at the time we did our +stunt. However, if this new plan succeeds we may have a chance to find +out." + +"How?" asked Nellie, eagerly. + +"By talking to Harry himself." + +"How are you going to do that?" demanded Bessie. + +"What kind of game have you been cooking up behind my back?" asked Jack. + +"As desperate as the other, I guess you'll call it," answered Tom. "But +something has to be done." + +"Yes, something has to be done," agreed Jack. "Now what is it?" + +Tom arose and went to the door. He opened it, looked carefully up and +down the hall, evidently to make sure no one was listening, and then +came back to join the circle of his friends. + +"I'm going to speak of something that very few know, as yet," he said, +"and I don't want to take any chances of its getting out. There may +be German spies in Paris, though I guess by this time they're few and +scattering. + +"I'm not going to tell you how I know," he said, "but I do know that +soon there is to take place a big battle--that is, it will be big +for the American forces that are to have part in it. There has been a +conference among the Allied commanders, and it has been decided that +it's time to teach the Germans a lesson. They've been despising the +American troops, as they despised General French's 'contemptible little +army,' and General Pershing is going to show Fritz that we have a +soldier or two that can fight." + +"You mean there's to be a big offensive?" asked Jack. + +"No, I wouldn't go so far as to call it a general engagement like that. +It's to be kept within the limits, of the sector where the United States +troops are at present," said Tom. "That is where you and I are located, +Jack, and that, as you know, is almost opposite the prison where Harry +and the others are confined." + +"I begin to see what you are driving at!" cried Nellie, her eyes +shining. "But are you sure of this?" + +"Yes," went on Jack, "how did you bear of this when it's supposed to be +such a secret?" + +"It came to me by accident," said Torn, "and I wouldn't speak of it to +any one but you. Soon, however, it will be more or less public on our +side, as it will have to be when we start to get ready. But it's to +be kept a secret from Fritz as long as possible. It's to be a surprise +attack, and if it doesn't develop into a big battle it won't be the +fault of Uncle Sam's boys." + +"Will the air service have any part in it?" asked Jack eagerly, as if +fearing he might be left out. + +"I don't see how they can get along without us," said Tom. "Not that +we're the whole works, but it is well established now that an army can't +fight without the use of aeroplanes, to tell not only what the other +side is doing, but also how our own guns are shooting. Oh, we'll be in +it all right!" + +"When?" asked Jack. + +"That I can't say," replied his chum. "But now to get down to the thing +that concerns us, or rather, Harry. I have a scheme--and you can call it +wild if you like--that when the battle is going on, you and I, Jack, and +some other airmen if we can induce them to do it, and I think we can, +may be able to drop bombs near the prison camp. We'll have to judge our +distances pretty carefully, or we'll do more harm than good. Then, if +all goes well, and we can blow down some of the camp walls or fences, +and if the battle favors our side, we can make a descent on enemy +territory and rescue Harry and any others that are with him. What do you +think of that plan?" + +"It's wonderful!" exclaimed Nellie, glaring at Tom with a strange, new +light in her eyes. + +"It's very daring," said Bessie, more calmly. + +"It's crazy!" burst out Jack + +"I thought you'd say that," commented Tom calmly, "and I'd have been +disappointed if you hadn't. And just because it is crazy it may succeed. +But it's the only thing I can think of. Daring will get you further in +this war then anything else. You've got to take big chances anyhow, and +the bigger the better, I say." + +"I'm with you there all right," agreed Jack. "But to land in hostile +territory--it hasn't been done ten times since the war began, and have +the aviator live to get away with it!" + +"I know it," said Tom, quietly. "But this may be the eleventh successful +time. Now that's my plan for rescuing Harry Leroy. If any of you have a +better one let's hear it." + +No one answered, and finally Nellie spoke. + +"No," she said, with a shake of her head, "it's very fine and noble +of you boys, but I can't allow it. If you wouldn't let me give myself +up--exchange myself for Harry, I can't let you give your lives for him +this way. It wouldn't be fair. It would be depriving the Allies of two +valuable fighters, to possibly get back one, and the possibility is so +slim that--well, it's suicidal!" she exclaimed. + +"Not so much so as you think," said Tom. "I've got it all figured out +as far as possible. And as for landing in hostile territory, if all goes +well, and the big battle progresses as Pershing and his aides think it +will, maybe we won't have to land in hostile territory at all. We may +drive the Germans back, and then the prison will be within our lines." + +"That's so!" cried Jack. "I didn't think of feat. Tom, old man, maybe +your scheme isn't as crazy as I thought! Anyhow, I'm in it with you. The +only thing is--will this big battle take place?" + +"'It will unless the Germans decide to surrender between now and the day +set," Tom answered grimly, "and I hardly believe they'll do that. It's a +going to be some fight!" + +"Glad of it!" cried Jack. "Now we've got something to live for!" As +if he and Tom did not risk their lives every day to make life in the +civilized world something worth living for. + +"Well, we must be getting back!" exclaimed Tom, as he looked at his +watch. "All leaves will be stopped in a few days--just before we start +preparations for the big battle. If we can we'll see you once more +before then." + +"And afterward?" inquired Nellie, softly and pleadingly. + +"Yes, and afterward, too!" exclaimed Tom. "And we'll bring Harry back +with us. Now good-bye!" + +It was a more solemn farewell than the friends had taken in some time, +for all felt the impending events, and Tom and Jack talked but little +during the return trip from Paris to their headquarters. + +What Tom had said about the big battle was strictly true. It had been +decided in high quarters that it was time the newly arrived American +soldiers showed what they could do. That they could fight fiercely and +well was not a question, it was only a matter of getting them +familiar with the different conditions to be met with on the European +battlefields, against a ruthless foe. + +Tom and Jack had a chance for one more hasty, flying visit to Paris, and +then all leave was withdrawn, and there began in and about the American +camp such a period of tense and intensive work as bore out what Tom had +said. The big battle was impending. + +Great stores were accumulated of rations and munitions. Great guns were +brought up into position and skillfully camouflaged. Machine guns in +great numbers were prepared and a number of aeroplanes were brought from +other sectors and made ready for the flying fight. + +"How are your plans coming on?" asked Jack of Tom, at the close of a day +when it seemed that every one's nerves were on edge from the strain of +preparing. + +"All right," was the answer. "I've spoken to a number of the boys, and +they're with me. You know we're pretty much 'on our own,' when we're +flying, and I think that we can drop the bombs and make a descent long +enough to pick up Harry and other refugees if we break open the prison." + +"But suppose we land, stall the engines and the Germans surround us?" + +"That mustn't happen," said Tom. "We won't stall the engines for one +thing. We'll just have to drop down, and taxi around as well as we can +until we pick up Harry, or until he sees us. The machines will carry +three as well as two, and even if we have, by some mischance to go up +in singles, they'll carry double. But I figured on your being with me. +Harry knows enough of the game to be on the lookout when he hears the +bombs drop and sees the planes hovering over him, and he'll tip off the +others to be ready for a rescue. + +"Of course I don't say we can get 'em all, and maybe something will +happen that we can't get Harry away. But I think we'll teach Fritz a +lesson, and I think we can break up the prison camp so some of the poor +fellows can get away. As I said, it's a desperate chance, but one we've +got to take." + +"And I'm with you!" exclaimed Jack. "And now when does the big battle +take place?" + +He was answered a moment later, for an orderly arrived with instructions +to the air service boys to report at their hangars at once. + +There they were told something of the impending attack--the first public +mention of it, though more than one had guessed something unusual was in +the air from the tenseness of the last few days. + +The attack was to start at dawn the next morning, preceded by an intense +artillery fire. It was to be the fiercest rain of shells since the +Americans had come to the front lines. Then the infantry, supported by +tanks and aeroplanes, would follow, going over in waves which it was +hoped would overwhelm the Germans. + +That night was a tense one. Suppose the enemy had guessed, or a spy had +given word of the impending battle? Then success would be jeopardized. +But the night passed with only the usual exchange of shots and the +sending up of star shells over No Man's Land. + +And so, as the hour of dawn approached, the tense and nervous feeling +grew. Tom and Jack, with their comrades in their hangars, were dressed +in their fur garments and ready. Their machines had received the last +touches from the hands of the mechanics, and each one was well equipped +with bombs and machine gun ammunition. Tom and Jack were to be allowed +to go up together in a big double bombing plane. + +The night passed. The hour approached. Anxious eyes watched the hands of +watches slowly revolve. + +Then suddenly, as if the very earth had been blasted away from beneath +them, the batteries of big guns belched forth fire, smoke and shell. + +The great battle was on! + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. SILENCING THE GERMAN GUNS + + +Engagements in the World War were on such a vast scale that it was +difficult for a single observer to give a word picture of them. All he +could see, stationed behind the lines, was a vast cataclysm of smoke +and fire, and his ears were deafened by so vast a sound that it was +comparable to nothing on this earth ever heard before. + +An observer in the air was little better off, save for that portion +directly beneath him, and even that he could not see very much of, on +account of the smoke and dust. If he looked to the left or the right, or +backward or forward, he was at the disadvantage of distance. + +To him, then, great columns of infantry appeared only as crawling worms, +and batteries of artillery merely patches of woods whence belched fire +and smoke. That he must keep high in the air when over the enemy's lines +went without saying, for he would be fired at if he came too low. So +then, even an airman's vision was limited when it came to describing a +great battle. + +Of course he always did what he was assigned to do. He kept in contact, +or in communication, with his own certain batteries, or his infantry +division, directing the shots of the former and the advance of the +latter. So, really, he had little time to observe anything save the +effect of the firing of his own side on a certain limited objective. + +As for the soldiers in battle, they are, of course, unable to observe +anything except that which goes on immediately in their neighborhood. +The artilleryman fires his gun under the direction of some observer, +often far away, who telephones to him to lower or elevate his piece, or +deflect it to the tight or left. The infantryman advances as the barrage +lifts, and rushes forward according to orders, firing or using his +bayonet as the case may be, digging in when halted, and waiting for +another rush forward. The machine gunner and his squad aim to put as +many of the advancing, retreating, or standing enemy out of the fighting +as possible, and to save themselves. + +The truck men hasten up with loads of ammunition, fortunate if they are +not sent to their death in the drive. The stretcher bearers look for the +wounded and hasten back with them. + +So, all in all, no single person can observe more than a very small part +of the great battle. It is really like looking through a microscope +at some organism, while the whole great body lies beyond the field of +vision. + +Only the general staff-the officers in their headquarters far behind +the lines, who receive reports as to how this division or corps is +retreating or advancing--can have any real conception of the big battle, +and these persons may see it only at a distance. + +So the usual process of things in general is reversed, and the person +farthest removed from the fighting may really see, or rather know, most +about it. + +And so with a storm of shot and shell, manmade thunders and lightnings, +and bolts of death from the earth below and the air above, the great +battle opened and advanced. + +It progressed just as other battles had progressed. There was a terrific +artillery preparation, which took the Germans evidently by surprise, +for the response was long in coming, and then it was not in proportion. +After the great cannon had done their best to level the big guns on the +German side, a barrage, or curtain of fire was started, and behind this, +which was in reality a falling hail of bullets, the Americans and their +supporting French and British comrades advanced. The curtain of steel +was to kill or push back the Germans, and to make it safe for the +Americans to go forward. By elevating the small guns the curtain fell +farther and farther into the enemy's territory, thus making it possible +for the Allies to go on farther and farther across No Man's Land. + +The infantry rushed forward, fighting and dying nobly in a noble cause. +Position after position was consolidated as the Germans fell back before +the rain of shot and shell. It is always this way in an offensive, small +or large. The first rush of the attacking side, be it German, French, +British, or American, carries everything before it. It is the counter +attack that tells. If the attackers are strong enough to hold what they +gain, well and good. If not--the attack is a failure. + +But this one--the first great attack of the Americans--was not destined +to fail, though once it trembled in the balance. + +Tom and Jack, with their companions, had flown aloft, and, taking the +stations assigned to them, did their part in the battle. As the light +grew with the break of day, they could see the effect of the American +big guns. It was devastating. And yet some German batteries lived +through it. Several times Tom and Jack, by means of their wireless, +sent back corrections so that the American pieces might be aimed more +effectively. Below them was a maelstrom--an indescribable chaos of death +and destruction. They only had glimpses of it--glimpses of a seemingly +inextricable mixture of men and guns. + +And through it all, though they did not for a moment neglect their duty, +bearing in mind their instructions to keep in contact with the batteries +they served, Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly were eagerly seeking for a +sight of the prison where Harry Leroy might be held. At one time after +they had dropped bombs on some German positions, thereby demolishing +them, Tom, who was acting as pilot, signaled to his chum that he was +going far over the enemy's lines to try to locate the prison. + +Jack nodded an acquiescence. It was not entirely against orders what +they were about to do. They might obtain valuable information, and it +would take only a short time, so speedy was their machine. Then too, +they had used up all their bombs, and must return for more. Before doing +this they wished to make an observation. + +Luck was with them. They managed to pass over a comparatively quiet +sector of the lines where the German resistance had been wiped out, and +where, even as they looked down, Americans were digging in and guns were +being brought up to support them. + +And not many kilometers inside the German positions from this point, +they sailed over a prison camp. They, knew it in an instant, and felt +sure it must be the one spoken of by the German who had taken Leroy's +gold and then betrayed him. + +"That's the place!" cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear him. +"Now to bomb it and set Harry free!" + +But they must return for more ammunition, and this they set about doing. +They wished they might drop some word to the prisoners confined there, +stating that help might soon be on its way to them, but they had no +chance to send this cheering word. + +Back they rushed to their own lines, and no sooner had they landed than +an orderly rushed up to them and instructed them to report immediately +to their commanding officer. + +"Boys, you're just in time!" he cried, all dignity or formality having +been set aside in the excitement of the great battle. + +"What is it?" asked Tom. + +"We want you to silence some big German guns--a nasty battery of them +that's playing havoc with our boys. The artillery hasn't been able to +locate 'em--probably they're too well camouflaged. And we can't advance +against 'em. Will you go up and try to put them out of business?" + +Of course there could be but one answer to this. Tom and Jack hurried +off to see to the loading of their machine with bombs--an extra large +number of very powerful ones being taken. + +Once more they were off on their dangerous mission, for it was +dangerous, since many American planes were brought down by German fire +that day, and by attacks from other Hun machines. + +But Tom and Jack never faltered. Up and up they went, the probable +location of the guns having been made known to them on the map they +carried. Up and onward they went. For a time they must forego the chance +of rescuing their friend. + +Straight for the indicated place they went, and just as they reached +it there came a burst of fire and smoke. It appeared to roll out from +a little ravine well wooded on both sides, and that accounted for the +failure of the Americans to locate it. Chance had played into the hands +of the air service boys. + +There was no need of word between Tom and Jack. The former headed the +plane for the place whence the German guns had fired upon the Americans, +killing and wounding many. + +Over it, for an instant, hovered the aeroplane. Then Jack touched the +bomb releasing device. Down dropped the powerful explosive. + +There was a great upward blast of air which rocked the machine in which +sat the two aviators. There was a burst of smoke and flame beneath them, +tongues of fire seeming to reach up as though to pull them down. + +Then came a terrific explosion which almost deafened the boys, even +though their ears were covered with the fur caps, and though their own +engine made a pandemonium of sound. + +The air was filled with flying debris--debris of the German guns and +men. The bombs dropped by Tom and Jack had accomplished their mission. +The harassing battery was destroyed. The German guns were silenced. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. THE RESCUE + + +Tom and Jack circled around slowly over the place where the German +battery had been. It was now no more--it could work no more havoc to the +American ranks. It did not need the wireless news to this effect, which +the aviators sent back, to apprise the Allies of what had happened. They +had seen the harassing guns blown up. + +Now out swarmed the Americans, charging with savage yells over the place +that had been such a hindrance to their advance. Tom and Jack had done +their work well. + +There was no need for the one to tell the other what was in his mind. +There were still two of the powerful bombs left, and there was but one +thought on this matter. They must be used to blow up, if possible, +the camp near the German prison. Doing that would create havoc and +consternation enough, the air service boys thought, to drive the captors +away, and enable Leroy and his fellow prisoners to be saved. + +Jack punched Tom in the back and motioned for him to shut off the motor +a moment so that talking would be possible. Tom did this, and Jack +cried: + +"Shall we take a chance?" + +"Yes!" Tom answered in return. + +Strictly speaking, having accomplished the mission they were sent out +on, they should have returned to their base for orders. But the airmen +were given more liberty of action and decision than any other branch of +the Allied service. + +"Go to it!" cried Jack, and once more Tom started the motor and headed +the craft for the Hun prison. + +Again the air service boys were hovering over the prison camp. They +could now see that there was much more activity around it than there had +been before the big battery was destroyed. The fight was coming closer, +and the Germans evidently knew it. Whether they were trying to arrange +to take their captives farther back, or merely seeking to escape +themselves from a trap, was not then evident. + +And, having reached a position where they could see below them what +looked to be a concentration of German guns, perhaps to fire on any +force that might advance against the prison. Jack let fall one of his +two remaining bombs. + +It swerved to one side, and though it exploded with great force, and +created havoc and consternation among the Huns, it did not fall where it +was intended. The second battery was still intact. + +"My last shot!" grimly mused Jack, as he looked at the other bomb. + +Tom maneuvered the aeroplane until he had it about where he thought +Jack would want it. The latter pressed the releasing lever and the bomb +descended. It was the most powerful of the lot, and when it struck and +exploded it not only demolished the defensive battery, making a hole in +the place where it had stood, but it tore down part of the prison fence, +and made such destruction generally that the Germans were stunned. + +Instantly, seeing that all had been accomplished that was possible, and +noting that hovering around him were other Allied airmen who had agreed +to help in the rescue, Tom sent his craft down. There was a burst of +shrapnel around him and Jack, but though the latter was grazed by a +bullet, neither was seriously hurt. A Hun plane darted down out of +the sky to attack the bold Americans, but quickly it was engaged by a +supporting Allied craft. However, the Hun was a good fighter, and won +the battle against this antagonist. But when two other Allied planes +closed in, that was the last of the enemy. He was sent crashing down to +satisfy the vengeance in toll for the life of the birdman he had taken. + +Now Tom and Jack could see that their plan had worked better than they +had dared to hope. The boldness of the attack from the air, coupled with +the advance of the American army, started a panic in the German ranks. +They began a retreat and the regiments near the prison camp were +included in the rout. + +By this time either some of the prisoners saw that there was a break in +the cordon around them, or they realized that a great battle was putting +their guards to flight, for some of them made a rush toward a side where +there were no Germans, and succeeded in breaking out--no hard task since +part of the fence was shattered by the explosion. + +"Now's our chance," cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear +this. "Harry may be among that bunch, and we want to get him and any +others we can save." + +He started the aeroplane on its downward path, while Jack, guessing the +object, got the machine gun ready for action, since there might be a +squad of Germans ready to give battle on the ground. + +Several other planes of the Allies, seeing what was going on, swooped to +the aid of the two Americans, for there were no other of the Hun craft +within sight now. All had been sent crashing down, or had drawn off. + +On either side of the immediate sector which included the prison camp, +the battle was still raging fiercely, mostly with success on the side of +the Americans, though in places they suffered a temporary setback. + +In the vicinity of the prison itself wild scenes were now being enacted. +The prisoners were beginning to rise in force, for they saw freedom +looming before them. There were fights between them and the guards, +and terrible happenings took place, for the guards were armed and the +prisoners were not. But as fast as some of the Germans fell they were +stripped of their guns and ammunition, and the weapons turned by the +prisoners against their former captors. + +All this while Tom and Jack were descending in their plane. As yet they +were uncertain whether they were to be able to rescue Leroy or not. They +could not distinguish him at that height, though from the enthusiastic +manner in which several of the newly liberated ones waved at the +on-coming aeroplanes, it would seem that they were of that arm of the +service, and appreciated what was about to happen. + +Nearer and nearer to the ground flew Tom and Jack. And then, to their +horror, they saw that several Germans had set up two machine guns to +rake the prison yard, which was still filled with excited captives. The +Germans were determined that as few as possible of their late captives +should find freedom. + +Tom acted on the instant, by sending the plane in a different direction, +to enable Jack to use his machine gun. And Jack understood this, for, +with a shout of defiance, he turned his weapon on the closely packed +Germans around their machine guns. + +For a moment they stood and some even tried to swerve the guns about to +shatter the dropping aeroplane. But Jack's fire was too fierce. He wiped +out the nest, and this danger was averted. + +A moment later Tom had the machine to earth, and it ran along the uneven +and shell-torn ground, coming to a rest not far from what had been the +outer fence of the prison camp. A group of Allied captives, newly freed, +rushed forward. Tom and Jack, removing their goggles, looked eagerly for +a sight of Harry Leroy. They did not see him, but they saw that which +rejoiced them, and this was more aeroplanes coming to their aid, and +also a column of infantry on the march across a distant valley. The +stars and stripes were in the van, and at this the rescuers and the +prisoners set up a cheer. It meant that the Germans were beaten at that +point. + +"Where's Harry Leroy? Is he among the prisoners?" cried Jack to several +of the liberated ones who crowded around the machine. There would be no +question now of trying to save some one, a rush by mounting to the air +with him. The advance of the Americans and the Allies was sufficiently +strong to hold the prison position wrested from the Germans. + +"Was Harry Leroy among you?" asked Tom, of the joy-crazed prisoners. +Many were Americans, but there were French, Italian, Russian, Belgian +and British among the motley throng. + +Before any one could answer him there was a hoarse shout, and from some +place where they had been hiding a squad of German soldiers rushed +at the group of recent prisoners about Tom and Jack. Their guns had +bayonets fixed, and it was the evident purpose of the Huns to make +one last rush on the prisoners near the aeroplane to kill as many as +possible. + +The Germans were a sufficiently strong force, and none of these +prisoners was armed. They began to scatter and run for shelter, and Torn +and Jack became aware that matters were not to be as easy as they had +expected. + +But fortunately the fixed machine gun on the aeroplane, which was near +the pilot's seat, pointed straight at the oncoming Huns. With a cry Tom +sprang to the cockpit and quickly had the weapon spitting bullets at the +foe. Then Jack saw his chance, and, climbing up to his seat, he swung +his gun about so that it, too, raked the Germans. + +They came on with the desperation and courage of despair, but the steady +firing was at last too much for them. They broke and ran--what were left +of them alive--in what was a veritable rout, and this ended the last +danger for that immediate time and place. + +Other aeroplanes dropped down to help consolidate the victory, and the +explosion of some American shells at a point beyond the prison camp +told its own story. The artillery had moved up to keep pace with the +advancing infantry. The big battle had been won by Pershing's men, and +the air service boys had not only done their share, but they had been +instrumental in delivering a number of prisoners. + +As the last of the Germans fled and Tom and Jack leaned back, well nigh +exhausted by the strain of the fighting, a voice cried: + +"Good work, old scouts! I knew you'd come for me sooner or later. At +least I hoped you would!" + +They turned to see Harry Leroy walking slowly toward them. + +Harry Leroy it was, but wounds, illness, and imprisonment had worked a +terrible change in him. He was but the ghost of his former sturdy self. +Still it was their chum and the brother of Nellie Leroy, and Tom +and Jack knew they had kept the promise made to the sister. They had +effected the rescue which the offensive made possible. + +"Hurray!" cried Tom. "It's really you then, old scout!" + +"What's left of me--yes. Oh, but it's good to see the flag again!" and +he pointed to the colors on the aeroplane and on the advancing banners +of the infantry. "And it's good to see you again! I'd about given up, +and so had most of us, when we heard the shooting and knew something was +going on. But how did it happen? How did you get here, and how did you +know I was here?" + +"Go easy!" advised Tom with a grin. "One question at a time. Can you +ride in our bus? If you can we'll take you back with us. The others will +be taken care of soon, I fancy, for our boys will soon be in permanent +occupation here. Will you come back with us?" + +"Will I? Say, I'll come if I have to hitch on behind, like a can to a +dog's tail!" cried Leroy, and, weak and ill-nourished as he was, it was +evident that the sight of his former comrades had already done him much +good. + +So now that the position was well won by the Americans and the Allies, +Tom and Jack turned their machine about, wheeled it to a good taking +off place, and with Harry Leroy as a passenger, though it made the place +rather crowded, they flew back over the recent battleground, and to +their own aerodrome, where Harry and some other prisoners, brought +through the air by other birdmen, were well taken care of. + +The great battle was not yet over, for there was fighting up and down +the line, and in distant sectors. But it was going well for Pershing's +forces. + +"And now," remarked Harry, when he had had food and had washed and had +begun to smoke, "tell me all about it." He was in the quarters assigned +to Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, being their guest. + +"Well, there isn't an awful lot to tell," Tom said, modestly enough. "We +heard you were in trouble, and came after you; that's all. How did you +like your German boarding house?" + +"It was fierce! Terrible! I can't tell you what it means to be free. +But I'd like to send word to my folks that I'm all right. I suppose they +have heard I was a prisoner." + +"Yes," answered Tom. "In fact, you can talk to one of the family soon. +That is, as soon as you can go to Paris." + +"Talk to a member of the family? Go to Paris? What do you mean?" Harry +fairly shouted the words. + +"Your sister Nellie is staying with friends of ours," said Tom. "We'll +take you to her." + +"Nellie here? Great Scott! She said she was coming to the front, but I +didn't believe her! Say, she is some sister!" + +"You said it!" exclaimed Tom, with as great fervor as Harry used. + +"Didn't you get the bundles we dropped?" asked Jack. "The notes and the +packages of chocolate?" + +"Not a one," 'replied Harry. "I was looking for some word, but none +came, after one of the airmen told me he had dropped my glove. But I +knew how it was--you didn't get a chance to send any word." + +"Oh, but we did!" cried Tom, and then he told of the dropping of the +packages. + +But, as Leroy related, he had been transferred from that camp a few days +before. + +Two of the packets fell among the prisoners, who, after trying in vain +to send them to Harry, partook of the good things to eat, which they +much needed themselves. They were given to the ill prisoners, and the +notes were carefully hidden away. Some time after the war Harry received +them, and treasured them greatly as souvenirs. + +"But we didn't make any mistake this time," said Tom. "We have you now." + +"Yes," agreed Harry with a smile, "you have me now, and mighty glad I am +of it." + +A few days later, when Harry was better able to travel, he went to see +Nellie in Paris, a message having been sent soon after the big battle, +to tell her that he was rescued and as well as could be expected. + +"But if it hadn't been for Tom and Jack I don't believe I'd be there +now," said Harry to his sister, as he sat in the homelike apartment of +the Gleasons. + +"I know you wouldn't," said Nellie. "They said they'd rescue you and +they did. We shall never be able to thank them enough--but we can try!" + +She looked at Tom, and he--well, I shall firmly but kindly have to +insist that what followed is neither your affair nor mine. + +And now, though you know it as well as I do, my story has come to an +end. At least the present chronicle of the doings of the air service +boys has nothing further to offer. Their further adventures will be +related in another volume to be entitled: "Air Service Boys Flying for +Victory." + +But it was not the end of the fighting, and Tom and Jack did not cease +their efforts. Harry Leroy, too, was eager to get back into the contest +again, and he did, as soon as he had sufficiently recovered. + +He told some of his experiences while a prisoner among the Germans, and +some things he did not tell. They were better left untold. + +However, I should like to close my story with a more pleasant scene than +that, and so I invite your attention, one beautiful Sunday morning to +Paris, when the sun was shining and war seemed very far away, though it +was not. Two couples are going down a street which is gay with flower +stands. There are two young men and two girls, the young men wear +the aviation uniforms of the Americans. They walk along, chatting and +laughing, and, as an aeroplane passes high overhead, its motors droning +out a song of progress, they all look up. + +"That's what we'll be doing to-morrow," observed Tom Raymond. + +"Yes," agreed Jack Parmly. + +"Oh, hush!" laughed one of the girls. "Can't you stay on earth one day?" + +And there on earth, in such pleasant company, we will leave the Air +Service Boys. + +THE END + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle, by +Charles Amory Beach + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + +***** This file should be named 6458.txt or 6458.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/4/5/6458/ + +Produced by Sean Pobuda + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/6458.zip b/6458.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..17f053c --- /dev/null +++ b/6458.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d8bb3f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #6458 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6458) diff --git a/old/asbbb10.txt b/old/asbbb10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..980853a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/asbbb10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6037 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Air Service Boys in the Big Battle +by Charles Amory Beach + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Air Service Boys in the Big Battle + +Author: Charles Amory Beach + +Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6458] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on December 15, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + + + + +Scanned by Sean Pobuda (jpobuda@adelphia.net) +One of a series. + + + +AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE + +Or SILENCING THE BIG GUNS + + +By Charles Amory Beach + + + + + +CHAPTER I + +BAD NEWS FROM THE AIR + + +"Well, Tom, how's your head now?" + +"How's my head? What do you mean? There's nothing the matter with +my head," and the speaker, who wore the uniform of a French aviator, +glanced up in surprise from the cot on which he was reclining in his +tent near the airdromes that stretched around a great level field, +not far from Paris. + +"Oh, isn't there?" questioned Jack Parmly, with a smile. "Then I +beg your pardon for asking, my cabbage! I beg your pardon, Sergeant +Raymond!" + +Tom Raymond, whose, chum had addressed him by the military title, +looked curiously at his companion, and smiled at the appellation of +the term cabbage. It was one of the many little tricks picked up by +association with their French flying comrades, of speaking to a +friend by some odd, endearing term. It might be cucumber or rose, +cabbage or cart wheel--the words mattered not, it was the meaning +back of them. + +"Say, is anything the matter?" went on Tom, as his chum, attired +like himself', but wearing an old blouse covered with oil and +grease, continued to smile. "What gave you the notion that my head +hurt?" + +"I didn't say it hurt. I only asked how it was. The swelling +hasn't begun to subside in mine yet, and I was wondering if it had +in yours." + +"Swelling? Subside? What in the world--" + +Jack Parmly brought to a sudden termination the rapid torrent of +words from the mouth of his churn by silently pointing to a small +medal fastened to the uniform jacket of his friend. It was the +coveted croix de guerre. + +"Oh, that!" exclaimed Tom. + +"Nothing else, my pickled beet!" answered Jack. "Doesn't it make +your head swell up as if it would burst every time you look at it? +Now don't say it doesn't, for that's the way it affects me, and I'm +sure you're not very different. And every time I read the citation +that goes with the medal--well, I'm just aching for a chance to show +it to the folks back home, aren't you, Sergeant?" + +Tom Raymond started a bit at the second use of the title. + +"I see you aren't any more used to it than I am!" exclaimed Jack. +"Well, it'll be a little time before we stop looking around to see +if it isn't some one behind us they're talking to. So I thought I'd +practice it a bit on you. And you can do the same for me. I should +think, out of common politeness, you'd get up, salute and call me +the same." + +"Oh! Now I see what you're driving at," voiced Tom, as he glanced +up from a momentary look at his medal to the face of his +comrade-in-arms, or perhaps in flying would be more appropriate. +"The wind's in that quarter, is it?" + +"No wind at all to speak of," broke in Jack. "If you'd like to go +for a fly, and see if we can bag a Boche or two, I'm with you." + +"Against orders, Jack. I'd like to, but we were ordered here for +rest and observation work; and you know, as well as I do, that +obeying orders is just as important as sending a member of the Hun +Flying Circus down where he can't do any more of his grandstand +stunts. But I'm hoping the time will come when we can climb up back +of our machine guns again, and do our bit to show that the little +old U. S. A. is still on the map." + +"I guess that time'll soon come, Tom, old man. I heard rumors that +a lot of us were to be sent up nearer the front shortly, and if they +don't include you and me, there'll be something doing in this camp!" + +"That's what I say. So you thought I'd have a swelled head, did +you, because they gave us the croix de guerre?" + +"I confess I had a faint suspicion that way," admitted Jack. "Both +of us being advanced to sergeants was a big step, too." + +"It was," agreed Tom. "I almost wish they hadn't done it, for there +are lots of others in the escadrille that deserve it fully as much, +and some more, than we do." + +"That's right. But you can't make these delightful Frenchmen see +anything the way you want 'em to. Once they get a notion in their +heads that you've done something for la belle Frame, they're your +friends for life, kissing you on both cheeks and pinning medals on +you wherever they'll stick." + +"Well, they mean all right, Jack," said Tom. "And there aren't any +braver or more lovable people on the face of the earth than these +same French. They've done more and suffered more for their country +than we dream of. And it's only natural that they should say 'much +obliged,' in their own particular way, to any one they think is +helping to free them from the Germans." + +"I suppose you're right. But advancing us to sergeants would have +been enough, without pinning the decorations on us and mentioning us +in the order of the day, as well as giving us as fine a citation as +ever was signed by a commanding general. However, it's all in the +day's work, though when we flew over the German super cannons, and +did our bit in helping demolish them so they couldn't shell Paris +any more, we didn't think--or, at least, I didn't--that we'd be +sitting here talking about it." + +"Me either," agreed Tom. "But, to get down to brass tacks, what +have you been doing to get into such a mess? You look like a +chauffeur of the old days they tell of when they had to climb under +the car to see if it needed oiling--" + +"That's just about what I have been doing," admitted Jack. "When I +heard the rumor that our escadrille might get orders to move at any +hour, I decided that it was up to me to look MY machine over. It +didn't make that nose dive just the way I wanted it to the last time +I was up, and I'm not taking any chances. So I've been crawling in +and around and under it--" + +"While I've been lying here I taking it easy!" broke in Tom. "I +don't call that fair of you, Jack," and he seemed genuinely hurt. + +"Go easy now, my pickled onion!" laughed his chum. "I wasn't going +to leave you out in the cold. I just came to tell you that you'd +better stop looking like a moving picture of an airman, and put on +some old duds to look over your own craft. And here you go and--" + +"All right, old ham sandwich!" laughed Tom. + + "I'll forgive you. I'm going to do the same as you, and tinker +with my machine. If, as you say, we're likely to be on the job +again soon, I don't want too take any chances either. Where's that +mechanician of mine? There was something wrong with my joy stick, +he said, the last time I came down out of the clouds to take an +enforced rest, and I might as well start with that, if there's any +repairing to be done--" + +Tom flung off his uniform jacket, with the two silver wings, +denoting that he was a full-fledged airman, and sent an orderly to +summon his chief mechanician, for each aviator had several helpers +to run messages for him, as well as to see that his machine is in +perfect trim. + +Experts are needed to see to it that the machine and the aviator are +in perfect trim, leaving for the airman himself the trying and +difficult task, sometimes, of flying upside down, while he is making +observations of the enemy with one eye, and fighting off a Boche +with the other--ready to kill or be killed. + +Sergeants Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, chums and fellow airmen +flying for France, started toward the aerodromes where their +machines were kept when not in use. They were both attired now for +hard and not very clean work, though the more laborious part would +be done by mechanics at their orders. Still the lads themselves +would leave nothing to chance. Indeed no airman does, for in very, +truth his He and the success of an army may, at times, depend on the +strength or weakness of a seemingly insignificant bit of wire or the +continuity of a small gasoline pipe. + +"Well, it'll seem good to get up in the air again," remarked Jack. +"A little rest is all right, but too much is more than enough." + +"Right 0, my sliced liberty bond!" laughed Tom. "And now--" + +Their talk was interrupted by a cheer that broke out in front of a +recreation house, in reality a YMCA hut, or le Foyer du Soldat as it +was called. It was where the airmen went when not on duty to read +the papers, write letters and buy chocolate. + +"What's up now?" asked Jack, as he and his chum looked toward the +cheering squad of aviators and their assistants. + +"Give it up. Let's go over and find out." + +They broke into a run as the cheering continued, and then they saw +hats being thrown into the air and men capering about with every +evidence of joy. + +"We must have won a big battle!" cried Jack. + +"Seems so," agreed Tom. "Hi there! what is it?" he asked in French +of a fellow aviator. + +"What is it? You ask me what? Ah, joy of my life! It is you who +ought to know first! It is you who should give thanks! Ah!" + +"Yes, that's all right, old man," returned Jack in English. "We'll +give thanks right as soon as we know what it is; but we aren't +mind readers, you know, and there are so many things to guess at +that there's no use in wasting the time. Tell us, like a good +chap!" he begged in French, for he saw the puzzled look on the face +of the aviator Tom had addressed. + +"It is the best news ever!" was the answer. "The first of your +brave countrymen have arrived to help us drive the Boche from +France! The first American Expeditionary Force, to serve under your +brave General Pershing, has reached the shores of France safely, in +spite of the U-boats, and are even now marching to show themselves +in Paris! Ah, is it any wonder that we rejoice? How is it you say +in your own delightful country? Two cheers and a lion! Ah!" + +"Tiger, my dear boy! Tiger!" laughed Jack. "And, while you're +about it, you might as well make it three cheers and done with it. +Not that it makes any great amount of difference in this case, but +it's just the custom, my stuffed olive!" + +And then he and Tom were fairly carried off their feet by the rush +of enthusiastic Frenchmen to congratulate them on the good news, and +to share it with them. + +"Is it really true?" asked Tom. "Has any substantial part of Uncle +Sam's boys really got here at last?" + +He was told that such was the case. The news had just been received +at the headquarters of the flying squad to which Tom and Jack were +attached. About ten thousand American soldiers were even then on +French soil. Their coming had long been waited for, and the +arrangements sailed in secret, and the news was known in American +cities scarcely any sooner than it was in France, so careful had the +military authorities been not to give the lurking German submarines +a chance to torpedo the transports. + +"Is not that glorious news, my friend?" asked the Frenchman who had +given it to Tom and Jack. + +"The best ever!" was the enthusiastic reply. And then Jack, turning +to his chum, said in a low voice, as the Frenchman hurried back to +the cheering throng: "You know what this means for us, of course?" + +"Rather guess I do!" was the response. "It means we've got to apply +for a transfer and fight under Pershing!" + +"Exactly. Now how are we going to do it?" + +"Oh, I fancy it will be all right. Merely a question of detail and +procedure. They can't object to our wanting to fight among our own +countrymen, now that enough of them are over here to make a showing. +I suppose this is the first of the big army that's coming." + +"I imagine so," agreed Jack. "Hurray! this is something like. +There's going to be hard fighting. I realize that. But this is the +beginning of the end, as I see it." + +"That's what! Now, instead of tinkering over our machines, let's +see the commandant and---" + +Jack motioned to his chum to cease talking. Then he pointed up to +the sky. There was a little speck against the blue, a speck that +became larger as the two Americans watched. + +"One of our fliers coming bark," remarked Tom in a low voice. + +"I hope he brings more good news," returned Jack. + +The approaching airman came rapidly nearer, and then the throngs +that had gathered about the headquarters building to discuss the +news of the arrival of the first American forces turned to watch the +return of the flier. + +"It's Du Boise," remarked Tom, naming an intrepid French fighter. +He was one of the "aces," and had more than a score of Boche +machines to his credit. "He must have been out 'on his own,' +looking for a stray German." + +"Yes, he and Leroy went out together," assented Jack. "But I don't +see Harry's machine," and anxiously he scanned the heavens. + +Harry Leroy was, like Tom and Jack, an American aviator who had +lately joined the force in which the two friends had rendered such +valiant service. Tom and Jack had known him on the other side--had, +in fact, first met and become friendly with him at a flying school +in Virginia. Leroy had suffered a slight accident which had put him +out of the flying service for a year, but he had persisted, had +finally been accepted, and was welcomed to France by his chums who +had preceded him. + +"I hope nothing has happened to Harry," murmured Tom; "but I don't +see him, and it's queer Du Boise would come back without him." + +"Maybe he had to--for gasoline or something," suggested Jack. + +"I hope it isn't any worse than that," went on Tom. But his voice +did not carry conviction. + +The French aviator landed, and as he climbed out of his machine, +helped by orderlies and others who rushed up, he was seen to +stagger. + +"Are you hurt?" asked Tom, hurrying up. + +"A mere scratch-nothing, thank you," was the answer. + +"Where's Harry Leroy?" Jack asked. "Did you have to leave him?" + +"Ah, monsieur, I bring you bad news from the air," was the answer. +"We were attacked by seven Boche machines. We each got one, and +then--well, they got me--but what matters that? It is a mere +nothing." + +"What of Harry?" persisted Tom. + +"Ah, it is of him I would speak. He is--he fell inside the enemy +lines; and I had to come back for help. My petrol gave out, and +I--"' + +And then, pressing his hands over his breast, the brave airman +staggered and fell, as a stream of blood issued from beneath his +jacket. + + + + + +CHAPTER II + +A GIRI'S APPEAL + + +At once half a score of hands reached out to render aid to the +stricken airman, whose blood was staining the ground where he had +fallen. + +Tom, seeing that his fellow aviator was more desperately wounded +than the brave man had admitted, at once summoned stretcher-bearers, +and he was carried to the hospital. Then all anxiously awaited the +report of the surgeons, who quickly prepared to render aid to the +fighter of the air. + +"How is he?" asked Jack, as he and Tom, lingering near the hospital, +saw one of the doctors emerge. + +"He is doing very nicely," was the answer, given in French, for the +two boys of the air spoke this language now with ease, if not always +with absolute correctness. + +"Then he isn't badly hurt?" asked Jack. + +"No. The wound in his chest was only a flesh one, but it bled +considerably. Two bullets from an aircraft machine gun struck ribs, +and glanced off from them, but tore the flesh badly. The bleeding +was held in check by the pressure DU Boise exerted on the wounds +underneath his jacket, but at last he grew faint from loss of blood, +and then the stream welled out. With rest and care he will be all +right in a few days." + +"How soon could we talk with him?" asked Tom. + +"Talk with him?" asked the surgeon. "Is that necessary? He is +doing very well, and--" + +"Tom means ask him some questions," explained Jack. "You see, he +started to tell us about our chum, Harry Leroy, who was out scouting +with him. Harry was shot down, so Du Boise said, but he didn't get +a chance to give any particulars, and we thought--" + +"It will be a day or so before he will be able to talk to you," the +surgeon said. "He is very weak, and must not be disturbed." + +"Well, may we talk with him just as soon as possible?" eagerly asked +Jack. "We want to find out where it was that Harry went down in his +machine--out of control very likely--and if we get a chance--" + +"We'd like to take it out on those that shot him down!" interrupted +Torn. "Du Boise must have noticed the machines that fought him and +Harry, and if we could get any idea of the Boches who were in them-- +" + +"I see," and the surgeon bowed and smiled approval of their idea. +"You want revenge. I hope you get it. As soon as we think he is +able to talk," and he nodded in the direction of the hospital, "we +will let you see him. Good luck to you, and confusion to the Huns!" + +"Gee, but this is tough luck I" murmured Tom, as he and his chum +turned away. "Just as we were getting ready to go back into the +game, too! Had it all fixed up for Harry to fly with us in a sort +of a triangle scheme to down the Boches, and they have to go and +plump him off the map. Well, it is tough!" + +"Yes, sort of takes the fun out of the good news we heard a while +ago," agreed Jack. "I mean about Pershing's boys getting over here +to France. I hope Harry's only wounded, instead of killed. But if +the Huns have him a prisoner--good-night!" + +"There's only one consolation," added Tom. "Their airmen are the +best of the lot Of course that isn't saying much, but they behave a +little more like human beings than the rest of the Boche gang; and +if Harry has fallen a prisoner to them he'll get a bit of decent +treatment, anyhow." + +"That's so. We'll hope for that. And now let's go on with what we +started when we saw Du Boise coming back--let's see what chance we +have of being transferred to an All American escadrille." + +The boys started across the field again toward the headquarters, +and, nearing it, they saw, in a small motor car, a girl sitting +beside the military driver. She was a pretty girl, and it needed +only one glance to show that she was an American. + +"Hello!" exclaimed Tom, with a low whistle. "Look who's here!" + +"Do you know her?" asked Jack. + +"No. Wish I did, though." + +Jack glanced quickly and curiously at his chum. + +"Oh, you needn't think you're the only chap that has a drag with the +girls," went on Tom. "Just because Bessie Gleason--" + +"Cut it out!" exclaimed Jack. "Look, she acts as though she wanted +to speak to us." + +The military chauffeur had alighted from the machine and was talking +to one of the French aviation officers. Meanwhile the girl, left to +herself, was looking about the big aviation field, with a look of +wonder, mixed with alarm and nervousness. She caught sight of Tom +and Jack, and a smile came to her face, making her, as Tom said +afterward, the prettiest picture he had seen in a long while. + +"You're Americans, aren't you?" began the girl, turning frankly to +them. "I know you are! And, oh, I'm in such trouble!" + +Tom stepped ahead of Jack, who was taking off his cap and bowing. + +"Let me have a show for my white alley," Tom murmured to his chum. +"You've got one girl." + +"You win," murmured Jack. + +"Yes, we're from the United States," said Tom. "But it's queer to +see a girl here--from America or anywhere else. How'd you get +through the lines, and what can we do for you?" + +"I am looking for my brother," was the answer. "I understood he was +stationed here, and I managed to get passes to come to see him, but +it wasn't easy work. I met this officer in his motor car, and he +brought me along the last stage of the journey. Can you tell me +where my brother is? His name is Harry Leroy." + +Torn said afterward that he felt as though he had gone into a +spinning nose dive with a Boche aviator on his tail, while Jack +admitted that he felt somewhat as he did the time his gasoline pipe +was severed by a Hun bullet when he was high in the air and several +miles behind the enemy's lines, + +"Your--your brother!" Tom managed to mutter. + +"Yes, Harry Leroy. He's from the United States, too. Perhaps you +know him, as I notice you are both aviators. He told me if I ever +got to France to come to see him, and he mentioned the names of two +young men--I have them here somewhere--" + +She began to search in the depths of a little leather valise she +carried, and, at that moment, the military chauffeur who had brought +her to the aviation field turned to her, and spoke rapidly in +French. + +She understood the language, as did Tom and Jack, and at the first +words her face went white. For the chauffeur informed her that her +brother, Harry Leroy, whom she had come so far to see, was, even +then, lying dead or wounded within the German lines. + +"Oh!" the girl murmured, her fare becoming whiter and more white. +"Oh--Harry!" + +Then she would have fallen from the seat, only Tom leaped forward +and caught her in his arms. + +And while efforts were being made to restore the girl to +consciousness, may I not take this opportunity of telling my new +readers something of the previous books of this series, so that they +may read this one more intelligently? + +Torn Raymond and Jack Parmly, as related in the initial volume, "Air +Service Boys Flying for France; or The Young Heroes of the Lafayette +Escadrille," were Virginians. Soon after the great world conflict +started, they burned with a desire to fight on the side of freedom, +and it was as aviators that they desired to help. + +Accordingly they went to an aviation school in Virginia, under the +auspices of the Government, and there learned the rudiments of +flying. Tom's father had invented an aeroplane stabilizer, but, as +told in the story, the plans and other papers had been stolen by a +German spy. + +Tom and his chum resolved to get possession of the documents, and +they kept up the search after they reached France and were made +members of the Lafayette Escadrille. It was in France that they met +Adolph Tuessing, the German spy. + +The second volume, entitled "Air Service Boys Over the Enemy's +Lines; or The German Spy's Secret," takes the two young men through +further adventures. They had become acquainted on the steamer with +a girl named Bessie Gleason and her mother. Carl Potzfeldt, a +German sailing under false colors, claimed to be a friend of Bessie +and her mother, but Jack, who was more than casually interested in +the girl, was suspicious of this man. And his suspicions proved +correct, for Potzfeldt had planned a daring trick. + +After some strenuous happenings, in which the Air Service Boys +assisted, Bessie and her mother were rescued from the clutches of +Potzfeldt, and went to Paris, Mrs. Gleason engaging in Red Cross +work, and Bessie helping her as best she could. + + Immediately preceding this present volume is the third, called "Air +Service Boys Over the Rhine; or Fighting Above the Clouds." + +By this time the United States had entered the great war on the side +of humanity and democracy. + +Then the world was startled by the news that a great German cannon +was firing on Paris seventy miles away, and consternation reigned +for a time. Tom and Jack had a hand in silencing the great gun, for +it was they who discovered where it was hidden. Also in the third +volume is related how Tom's father, who had disappeared, was found +again. + +The boys passed through many startling experiences with their usual +bravery, so that, when the present story opens, they were taking a +much needed and well-earned rest. Mr. Raymond, having accomplished +his mission, had returned to the United States. + +Then, as we have seen, came the news of the arrival of the first of +Pershing's forces, and with it came the sad message that Harry +Leroy, the chum of Torn and Jack, had fallen behind the German +lines. And whether he was alive now, though wounded, or was another +victim of the Hun machine guns, could not be told. + +"Harry's sister couldn't have come at a worse time," remarked Tom, +as he rejoined Jack, having carried the unconscious girl to the same +hospital where Du Boise lay wounded. + +"I should say not!" agreed Jack. "Do you really suppose she's +Harry's sister?" + +"I don't see Any reason to doubt it. She said so, didn't she?" + +"Oh, yes, of course. I was just wondering. Say, it's going to be +tough when she wakes up and realizes what's happened." + +"You bet it is! This has been a tough day all around, and if it +wasn't for the good news that our boys are in France I'd feel pretty +rocky. But now we've got all the more incentive to get busy!" +exclaimed Tom. + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean get our machines in fighting trim. I'm going out and get a +few Germans to make up for what they did to Harry." + +"You're right! I'm with you! But what about what's her name--I +mean Harry's sister?" + +"I didn't hear her name. Some of the Red Cross nurses are looking +after her. They promised to let me know when she came to. We can +offer to help her, I suppose, being, as you might say, neighbors." + +"Sure!" agreed Jack. "I'm with you. But let's go and--" + +However they did not go at once, wherever it was that Jack was going +to propose, for, at that moment, one of the Red Cross nurses +attached to the aviation hospital carne to the door and beckoned to +the boys. + +"Miss Leroy is conscious now," was the message. "She wants to see +you two," and the nurse smiled at them. + +Tom and Jack found Miss Leroy, looking pale, but prettier than ever, +sitting up in a chair. She leaned forward eagerly as they entered, +and, holding out her hands, exclaimed: + +"They tell me you are my brother's chums! Oh, can you not get me +some news of him? Can you not let him know that I have come so far +to see him? I am anxious! Oh, where is he?" and she looked from +Tom to Jack, and then to Tom again. + + + + + +CHAPTER III + +ANXIOUS WAITING + + +Nellie Leroy--for such the boys learned was her name--broke the +silence, that was growing tense, by asking: + +"Is there any hope? Tell me, do you think there is a chance that my +brother may be alive?" + +"Yes, there is, certainly!" exclaimed Tom quickly, before Jack had +an opportunity to give, possibly, a less hopeful answer. + +"And if he is alive, is there a chance that he may be rescued--that +I may go to him?" she went on. + +"Hardly that," said Tom, slowly. "It's a wonder you ever got as +near to the front as this. But as for getting past the German +lines--" + +"Then what can I do?" asked Nellie Leroy, eagerly. "Oh, tell me +something that I can do. I'm used to hard work," she went on. +"I've been a Red Cross nurse for some time, and I helped in one big +explosion of a munitions plant in New Jersey before I came over. +That's one reason they let me come--because I proved that I could do +things I" and she did look very efficient, in spite of her paleness, +in spite of her, seeming frailness. There was an indefinable air +about her which showed that she would carry through whatever she +undertook. "I never fainted before--never." + +"It's like this," said Tom, and Jack seemed content, now, to let his +chum play the chief role. "When one of us goes down in his machine +back of the enemy's lines, those left over here never really know +what has happened for a few days." + +"And how do they know then?' she asked. + +"The German airmen are more decent than some of the other Hun forces +we're fighting," explained Torn. "Generally after they capture one +of our escadrille members, dead or alive, they fly over our lines a +few days later and drop a cap, or a glove, or something that belongs +to the prisoner. Sometimes they attach a note, written by one of +their airmen or from the prisoner, giving news of his condition." + +"And you think they may do this in my brother's case?" asked Nellie. + +"They are very likely to," assented Tom, and Jack, to whom the girl +looked for confirmation, nodded, his agreement. + +"How long shall we have to wait?" Harry's sister asked. + +"There is no telling," said Tom "Sometimes it's a week before their +airmen get a chance to fly over our lines. It all depends." + +"On what?" + +"On how the battle goes," answered Tom. "If there is much fighting, +and many engagements in the air, the Boches don't get a chance to +fly over and drop tokens of our men they may have shot down. We do +the same for them, so it's six of one and a half dozen of the other. +Often for a week we don't get a chance to let them know about +prisoners we have, because the fighting is so severe." + +"Will it be that way now?" the girl went on. + +"Hard to say--we don't have the ordering of battles," replied Jack. +"But it's been rather quiet for a few days, and it's likely to +continue so. If it does one of their men may fly over to-morrow, or +the next day, and drop something your brother wore--or even a note +from him." + +"Oh, I hope they do the last!" she murmured. "If I could have a +note from him I'd be the happiest girl alive I I'd know, then, that +he was all right." + +"He may be," said Tom, trying to be hopeful. "You see Du Boise, who +was with Harry when the fight took place, is himself wounded, so he +can't tell us much about it." + +"Yes, they told me that my brother's companion reached here badly +hurt. He is so brave! I wish they would let me help take care of +him. I understand a great deal about wounds, and I'm not at all +afraid of the sight of blood. It was silly of me to faint just now, +but--I--I couldn't help it. I'd been counting so much on seeing +Harry, and when they told me he was gone--" + +She covered her face with her hands, and endeavored to repress her +emotion. + +"You're not Harry's little sister, are you?" asked Jack, hoping to +change the current of talk into other and happier channels. + +"No; that's Mabel--Mab he calls her. She's younger than I. Did he +often speak of her?" + +"Oh, yes; and you too!" exclaimed Tom, so warmly that Nellie +blushed, and the damask tint in her hitherto pale cheeks was most +becoming. + +"We've seen your picture, and Mab's too," went on Tom. "Harry keeps +them just over his cot in the barracks. But I didn't recognize you +when I saw you a little while ago in the machine. Though I might +have, if so many things hadn't happened all at once, and made me +sort of hazy," Tom explained. + +"Then are you and my brother good friends?" asked Nellie. + +"The best ever!" exclaimed Tom, and Jack warmly assented. "Not so +many Americans are in this branch of the escadrille as are in +others," Torn went on; "so Harry and Jack and I are a sort of little +trio all by ourselves. He hardly ever goes up without us, but we +are on a rest billet; and to-day he went up with Du Boise." + +"If he had only come back!" sighed Nellie. "But there! I mustn't +complain. Harry wouldn't let me if he were here. We both have to +do our duty. Now I'm going to see what I can do to help, and not be +silly and do any more fainting. I hope you'll pardon me," and she +smiled at the two boys. + +"Of course!" exclaimed Tom, with great emphasis, and again Miss +Leroy blushed. + +"Then, is to wait the only thing we can do?" she asked. + +"That's all," assented Tom. "We may get a message from the clouds +any day." + +"And, oh! I shall pray that it may be favorable!" murmured the girl. +"Perhaps I may question this Mr. Du Boise, and learn from him just +what happened?" she interrogated. + +"Yes, we want to talk to him ourselves, as soon as he's able to sit +up," said Jack. "We want to get a shot at the Boche who downed +Harry." + +"So you are as fond of Harry as all that! I am glad!" exclaimed his +sister. "Have you known him long?" + +"We knew him slightly before we went to the flying school in +Virginia with him," said Tom. "But down there, when we started in +at 'grass-cutting,' and worked our way up, we grew to know him +better. Then Jack and I got our chance to come over. But Harry had +a smash, and he had to wait a year." + +"Yes, I know. It almost broke his heart," said Miss Leroy. "I was +away at school at the time, which accounts for my not knowing more +of you boys, since Harry always wrote me, or told me, about his +chums. Then, when I came back after my graduation, I found that he +had sailed for France." + +"And maybe we weren't glad to see him!" exclaimed Tom. "It was like +getting letters from home." + +"Yes, I recall, now, his mentioning that he had met over here some +students from the Virginia school," said Miss Leroy. "Well, after +Harry sailed I was wild to go, but father and mother would not hear +of it at first. Then, when the war grew worse, and I showed them +that I could do hard work for the Red Cross, they consented. So I +sailed, but I never expected to get like this." + +"Oh, well, everything may come out all right," said Tom, as +cheerfully as he could. But, in very truth, he was not very hopeful +in his heart. + +For once an aviator succumbs to the hail of bullets from the German +machine guns in an aircraft, and his own creature of steel and wings +goes hurtling down, there is only a scant chance that the disabled +airman will land alive. + +Of course some have done it, and, even with their machines out of +control and on fire, they have lived through the awful experience. +But the chances were and are against them. + +Harry Leroy had been seen to go down, apparently with his machine +out of control, after a fusillade of Boche bullets. This much Du +Boise had said before his collapse. As to what the fallen aviator's +real fate was, time alone could disclose. + +"I can only wait!" sighed Nellie, as the boys took their leave. +"The days will be anxious ones--days of waiting. I shall help here +all I can. You'll let me know the moment there is any news--good or +bad--won't you?" she begged; and her eyes filled with tears. + +"We'll bring you the news at once--night or day!" exclaimed Tom, +vigorously. + +As he and Jack walked out of the hospital, the latter remarked: + +"You seem to be a favorite there, all right, Tom, my boy. If we +weren't such good chums I might be a bit jealous." + +"If you feel that way I'll drop Bessie Gleason a note!" suggested +Tom, quickly. + +"Don't!" begged Jack. "I'll be good!" + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +TRANSFERRED + + +One glance at the bulletin board, erected just outside their +quarters at the aerodrome, told Tom and Jack what they were detailed +for that day. It was the day following the arrival of Nellie Leroy +at that particular place in France, only to find that her brother +was missing--either dead, or alive and a prisoner behind the German +lines. + +"Sergeant Thomas Raymond will report to headquarters at eight +o'clock, to do patrol work." + +"Sergeant Jack Parmly will report to headquarters at eight o'clock +for reconnaissance with a photographer, who will be detailed." + +Thus read the bulletin board, and Tom and Jack, looking at it, +nodded to one another, while Tom remarked: + +"Got our work cut out for us all right." + +"Yes," agreed Jack. "Only I wish I could change places with you. I +don't like those big, heavy machines." + +But orders are orders, nowhere more so than in the aviation squad, +and soon the two lads, after a hearty if hasty breakfast, were ready +for the day's work. They each realized that when the sun set they +might either be dead, wounded or prisoners. It was a life full of +eventualities. + +A little later the two young airmen, in common with their comrades, +were ready. Some were to do patrol work, like Tom--that is fly over +and along the German lines in small swift, fighting planes, to +attack a Hun machine, if any showed, and to give notice of any +attack, either from the air or on the ground. The latter attacks +the airmen would observe in progress and report to the commanders of +infantry or batteries who could take steps to meet the attack, or +even frustrate it. + +Tom was assigned to a speedy Spad machine, one of great power and +lightness into which he climbed. He was to fly alone, and on his +machine was a machine gun of the Vickers type, which had to be aimed +by directing, or pointing, the aeroplane itself at the enemy. + +After Tom had given a hasty but careful look at his craft, and had +assured himself of the accuracy of the report of his mechanician +that it had oil and petrol, his starter took his place in front of +the propeller. + +"Well, Jack," called Tom to his chum, across the field, where Jack +was making his preparations for taking up a photographer in a big +two-seated machine, "I wish you luck." + +"Same to you, old man. If you see anything of Harry, and he's +alive, tell him we'll bring him back home as soon as we get a +chance." + +"Do you think there is any chance?" asked Tom eagerly. "I wouldn't +want anything better than to get Harry away from those Boches--and +make his sister happy." + +"Well, there's a chance, but it's a slim one, I'm afraid," remarked +Jack. "We'll talk about it after we get back. Maybe there'll be a +message from the Huns about him before the day is over." + +"I hope so," murmured Tom. "If those Huns only act as decently +toward us as we do toward them, we'll have some news soon." + +For it is true, in a number of instances that the German aviators do +drop within the allied lines news of any British, French or American +birdman who is captured or killed inside the German lines. + +"All ready?" asked Tom of his helper. + +"Switch off, gas on," was the answer. + +Tom made sure that the electrical switch was disconnected. If it +was left on, in "contact" as it is called, and the mechanician +turned the propeller blades, there might have been a sudden starting +of the engine that would have instantly kill the man. But with the +switch off there could be no ignition in the cylinders. + +Slowly the man turned the big blades until each cylinder was sucked +full of the explosive mixture of gasoline and air. + +"Contact!" he cried, and Tom threw over the switch. + +Then, stepping once more up to the propeller, the man gave it a +pull, and quickly released it, jumping back out of harm's way. + +With a throbbing roar the engine awoke to life and the propeller +spun around, a blur of indistinctness. The motor was working +sweetly. Toni throttled down, assured himself that everything was +working well, and then, with a wave of his hand toward Jack, began +to taxi across the field, to head up into the wind. All aeroplanes +are started this way--directly into the wind, to rise against it and +not with it. On and on he went and then he began to climb into the +air. With him climbed other birdmen who were to do patrol and +contact work with him, the latter being the term used when the +airship keeps in contact through signaling with infantry or artillery +forces on the ground, directing their efforts against the enemy. + +Having seen Tom on his way, Jack turned to his own machine. As his +chum had been, Jack was dressed warmly in fur garments, even to his +helmet, which was fur lined. He had on two pairs of gloves and his +eyes were protected with heavy goggles. For it is very cold in the +upper regions, and the swift speed of the machine sends the wind +cutting into one's face so that it is impossible to see from the +eyes unless they are protected. + +Jack's machine was a two-seater, of a heavy and comparatively safe +type--that is it was safe as long as it was not shot down by a Hun. +Jack was to occupy the front seat and act as pilot, while Harris, +the photographer he was to take up, sat behind him, with camera, +map, pencil and paper ready at hand for the making of observations. + +On either side of the photographer's seat were six loaded drums of +ammunition for the Lewis gun, for use against the ruthless Hun +machines. Jack had a fixed Vicker machine weapon for his use. + +"Hope I get a chance to use 'em," said Harris with a grin, as he +climbed into his seat, patted the loaded drums, and nodded to Jack +that he was ready. + +The same procedure was gone through as in the case of Tom. The man +spun the propeller, and they were ready to set off. Accompanying +them were two other reconnaissance planes, and four experienced +fighting pilots, two of them "aces," that is men who, alone, had +each brought down five or more Hun planes. The big planes, used for +obtaining news, pictures, and maps of the enemy's territory, are +always accompanied by fighting planes, which look out for the +attacking Germans, while the other, and less speedy, craft carry the +men who are to bring back vital information. + +"Let her go!" exclaimed Harris to Jack, and the latter nodded to the +mechanician, who, after the order of "contact," spun the blades +again and they were really off, together with the others. + +Up and up went Jack, sending his machine aloft in big circles as the +others were doing. Before him on a support was clamped a map, +similar to the one supported in front of Harris, and by consulting +this Jack knew, from the instructions he had received before going +up, just what part of the enemy's territory he was to cover. He was +under the direction of the photographer and map-maker, for the two +duties were combined in this instance. + +Up and up they went. There was no talking, for though this is +possible in an aeroplane when the engine is shut off, such was not +now the case. But Jack knew his business. + +His indicator soon showed them to be up about fourteen thousand +feet, and below them an artillery duel was in progress. It was a +wonderful, but terrible sight. Immediately under them, and rather +too near for comfort, shrapnel was bursting all around. The +"Archies," or anti-aircraft guns of the Germans, were trying to +reach the French planes, and, in addition to the bullets, "woolly +bears" and "flaming onions" were sent up toward them. These are two +types of bursting shells, the first so named because when it +explodes it does so with a cloud of black smoke and a flaming +center. I have never been able to learn how the "onions" got their +name, unless it is from the stench let loose by the exploding gases. + +Though they were fired at viciously, neither Jack nor his companion +was hit, and they continued on their way, keeping at a good height, +as did their associates, until they were well over the front German +lines. + +Jack noticed that some of the other planes were dropping lower, to +give their observers a chance to do their work, and, in response to +a shove in his back from the powerful field glasses carried by +Harris, Jack sent his machine down to about the nine-thousand-foot +level. By a glance at the map he could see that they were now over +the territory concerning which a report was wanted. + +They were now under a heavy fire from the German anti-aircraft guns, +but Jack was too old a hand to let this needlessly worry him. He +sent his machine slipping from side to side, holding it on a level +keel now and then, to enable Harris to get the photographs he +wanted. In addition, the observer was also making a hasty, rough, +but serviceable map of what he saw. + +Jack glanced down, and noted a German supply train puffing its way +along toward some depot, and he headed toward this to give Harris a +chance to note whether there were any supplies of ammunition, or +anything else, that might profitably be bombed later. He also saw +several columns of German infantry on the march, but as they were +not out to make an attack now, they had to watch the Huns moving up +to the front line trenches, there later, doubtless, to give battle. + +Back and forth over the German lines flew Jack, Harris meanwhile +doing important observation work. As Jack went lower he came under +a fiercer fire of the batteries, until, it became so hot, from the +shrapnel bursts, that he fain would have turned and made for home. +But orders were orders, and Harris had not yet indicated that he had +enough. + +Twisting and turning, to make as poor a mark as possible for the +enemy guns, Jack sent his machine here and there. The other pilots +were doing the same. Machine guns were now opening up on them, and +once the burst of fire came so close that Jack began to "zoom." +That is he sent his craft up and down sharply, like the curves and +bumps in a roller-coaster railway track. + +By this time the leading plane gave the signal for the return, and, +thankful enough that they had not been hit, Jack swung about. But +the danger was not over. They had yet to pass across the enemy's +front line trenches, and when Harris signaled Jack to go down low in +crossing the lad wondered what the order was for. It was merely +that the observer wanted to see what was going on there so he could +report. + +They went down to within a mile of the earth, and several times the +plane was struck by pieces of shrapnel or bullets from machine guns. +Twice flying bits of metal came uncomfortably close to Jack, but he +was kept too busy with the management of his machine to more than +notice them. Harris was working hard at the camera and the maps. + +Then, suddenly, came the danger signal from the leading plane, and +only just in time. Out from the German hangars came several battle +machines. Harris dropped his pencil and got ready the automatic +gun, but it was not needed, for, after approaching as though about +to attack, the Huns suddenly veered off. Later the reason for this +became known. A squadron of French planes had arisen as swiftly to +give battle, and however brave the Hun may be when he outnumbers the +enemy, he had yet to be known to take on a combat against odds. + +So Jack and his observer safely reached the aerodrome again, +bringing back much valuable information. + +"Is Tom here yet?" was Jack's first inquiry after he had divested +himself of his togs and men had rushed to the developing room the +camera with its precious plates. + +"Not yet," some of his chums told him. "They're having a fight +upstairs I guess." + +Jack nodded and looked anxiously in the direction in which Tom was +last seen. + +It was an hour before the scouting airplanes came back, and one was +so badly shot up and its pilot so wounded that it only just managed +to get over the French lines before almost crashing to earth. + +"Are you all right, Tom?" cried Jack, as he rushed up to his chum, +when he saw the latter getting out of his craft, rather stiff from +the cold. + +"Yes. They went at me hard--two of 'em but I think I accounted for +one, unless he went into a spinning nose dive just to fool me." + +"Oh, they'll do that if they get the chance." + +"I know," assented Tom. "Hello!" he exclaimed as he noticed a +splintered strut near his head. "That came rather close." + +And indeed it had. For a bullet, or a piece of shrapnel, has plowed +a furrow in the bit of supporting wood, not two inches away from +Tom's head, though in the excitement of the fight he had not noticed +it. + +There had been a fight in the upper air and one of the French +machines had not come home. + +"Another man to await news of," said the flight lieutenant sadly, +when the report reached him. "That's two in two days." + +"No news of Leroy yet?" asked Tom and Jack, as they went out of +headquarters after reporting. + +"None, I am sorry to say. It is barely possible that he landed in +some lonely spot and is still hiding out--if he is not killed. But +I understand you two young men had something to request of me. I +can give you some attention now," went on the commander of their +squadron. + +"We want to be transferred!" exclaimed Tom. "Now, that Pershing's +men are here--" + +"I understand," was the answer. "You want to fight with your +countrymen. Well, I would do the same. I will see if I can get you +transferred, though I shall much regret losing you." + +He was as good as his word, and a week later, following some +strenuous fights in the air, Tom and Jack received notice that they +could report to the first United States air squadron, which was then +being formed on that part of the front where the first of Pershing's +men were brigaded with, the French and British armies. + +Du Boise, who had brought word back of the fate that had befallen +Harry Leroy, sent for Tom and Jack when it became known that they +were to leave. + +"Shall I ever see you again?" he asked wistfully. + +"To be sure," was Tom's hearty answer. "We aren't going far away, +and we'll fly over to see you the first chance we get. Besides, +we're going to depend on you to give us some information regarding +Leroy. If the Huns drop any message at all they'll do it at this +aerodrome." + +"Yes, I believe you're right," assented Du Boise, trying not to show +the pain that racked him. "But it's so long, now, I begin to +believe he must be dead, and either the Huns don't know it or they +aren't going to bother to send us word. But I'll let you know as +soon as I hear anything." + +"Is his sister here yet?" asked Jack, for Tom and he had been too +busy the last two days, getting ready to shift their quarters, to +call on Nellie Leroy. + +"She has gone back to Paris," answered Du Boise. "There was no +place for her here. I can give you her address. I promised to let +her know in case I got word about her brother." + +"I wish you would give me the address!" exclaimed Tom eagerly, and +his chum smiled at his show of interest. + + + + + +CHAPTER V + +THE RESOLVE + + +"Well, to-morrow, if all goes well, we'll be with Pershing's boys," +remarked Jack, as he and Tom were sitting in their quarters after +breakfast, the last day but one they were to spend in the Lafayette +Escadrille with which they had so long been associated. + +"That's so. We'll soon be on the firing line with Uncle Sam," +agreed Tom. "Of course we've been with him, in a way, ever since +we've been fighting, for it's all in the same cause. But there'll +be a little more satisfaction in being 'on our own,' as the English +say." + +"You're right. What's on for to-day?" asked Jack. + +"Haven't the least idea. But here comes a messenger now." + +As Tom spoke he glanced from a window and saw an orderly coming +toward their quarters. The man seemed in a hurry. + +"Something's up!" decided Jack. "Maybe they've got word from poor +Harry." + + "I'm beginning to give him up," said Tom. "If they were going to +let us have any news of him they'd have done it long ago--the +beasts!" and he fairly snarled out the words. + +"Still I'm not giving up," returned Jack. "I can't explain why, but +I have a feeling that, some day, we'll see Harry Leroy again." + +Tom shook his head. + +"I wish I could be as hopeful as you," he said. "Maybe we'll see +him again--or his grave. But I want to say, right now, that if ever +I have a chance at the Hun who shot him down, that Hun Will get no +mercy from me!" + +"Same here!" echoed Jack. "But here comes the orderly." + +The man entered and handed Jack a slip of paper. It was from the +commander of their squadron, and said, in effect, that though Tom +and Jack were no longer under his orders, having been duly +transferred to another sector, yet he would be obliged if they would +call on him, at his quarters. + +"Maybe he has news!" exclaimed Jack, eagerly. + +Again Tom shook his head. + +"He'd have said so if that was the case," he remarked as he and his +chum prepared to report at headquarters, telling the messenger they +would soon follow him. + +"Ah, young gentlemen, I am glad to see, you!" exclaimed the +commander, and it was as friends that he greeted Tom and Jack and +not as military subordinates. "Do you want to do me one last +favor?" + +"A thousand if we can!" exclaimed Jack, for he and Tom had caught +something of the French enthusiasm of manner, from having associated +with the brave airmen so long. + +"Good! Then I shall feel free to ask. Know then, that I am a +little short-handed in experienced airmen. The Huns have taken +heavy toll of us these last few days," he went on sorrowfully, and +Torn and Jack knew this to be so, for two aces, as well as some +pilots of lesser magnitude, had been shot down. But ample revenge +had been taken. + +"By all rights you are entitled to a holiday before you join your +new command, under the great Pershing," went on the flight +commander. "However, as I need the services of two brave men to do +patrol duty, I appeal to you. There is a machine gun nest, +somewhere in the Boche lines, that has been doing terrible +execution. If you could find the battery, and signal its location, +we might destroy it with our artillery, and so save many brave lives +for France," he went on. "I do not like to ask you--" + +"Tell 'em to get out the machines!" interrupted Jack. "We were just +wishing we could do something to make up for the loss of Harry +Leroy, and this may give it to us. You haven't heard anything of +him, have you?" he asked. + +The commander shook his head. + +"I fear we shall never hear from him," he said. "Though only +yesterday we received back some of the effects of one of our men who +was shot down behind their lines. I can not understand in Leroy's +case." + +"Well, we'll make 'em pay a price all right!" declared Tom. "And +now what about this machine gun nest?" + +The commander gave them such information as he had. It was not +unusual, such work as Tom and Jack were about to undertake. As the +officer had said, they were practically exempt now that they were +about to be transferred. But they had volunteered, as he probably +knew they would. + +Two speedy Spad machines were run out for the use of Tom and Jack, +each one to have his own, for the work they were to do was dangerous +and they would have need of speed. + +They looked over the machine guns to see that they were in shape for +quick work, and as the one on the machine Tom selected had congealed +oil on the mechanism, having lately returned from a high flight, +another weapon was quickly attached. Nothing receives more care and +attention at an aerodrome than the motor of the plane and the +mechanism of the machine gun. The latter are constructed so as to +be easily and quickly mounted and dismounted, and at the close of +each day's flight the guns are carefully inspected and cleaned ready +for the morrow. + +"Locate the machine gun battery if you can," was the parting request +to Tom and Jack as they prepared to ascend. "Send back word of the +location as nearly as you can to our batteries, and the men there +will see to the rest." + +"We will!" cried the Americans. + +Locating a machine gun nest is not as easy as picking out a hostile +battery of heavier guns, for the former, being smaller, are more +easily concealed. + +But Tom and Jack would, of course, do their best to help out their +friends, the French. Over toward the German lines they flew, and +began to scan with eager eyes the ground below them. They could not +fly at a very great height, as they needed to be low down in order +to see, and in this position they were a mark for the anti-aircraft +guns of the Huns. + +They had no sooner got over the enemy trenches, and were peering +about for the possible location of the machine gun emplacement, when +they were greeted with bursts of fire. But by skillfully dodging +they escaped being hit themselves, though their machines were +struck. The two chums were separated by about a mile, for they +wanted to cover as much ground as possible. + +At last, to his great delight, Tom saw a burst of smoke from a +building that had been so demolished by shell fire that it seemed +nothing could now inhabit it. But the truth was soon apparent. The +machine gun nest was in the cellar, and from there, well hidden, had +been doing terrible execution on the allied forces. Pausing only to +make sure of his surmise, Tom began to tap out on his wireless key +the location of the hidden machine gun nest. + +Most of the aeroplanes carry a wireless outfit. An aerial trails +after them, and the electric impulses, dripping off this, so to +speak, reach the battery headquarters. Owing to the noise caused by +the motor of the airship, no message can be sent to the airman in +return, and he has to depend on signs made on the ground, arrows or +circles in white by day and lighted signals at night, to make sure +that his messages are being received and understood. + +The Allies, of course, possess maps of every sector of the enemy's +front, so that by reference to these maps the aircraft observer can +send back word as to almost the precise location of the battery +which it is desired to destroy. + +Quickly tapping out word where the battery was located, Tom awaited +developments, circling around the spot in his machine. He was fired +at from guns on the ground below, but, to his delight, no hostile +planes rose to give him combat. A glance across the expanse, +however, showed that Jack was engaging two. + +"He's keeping them from me!" thought Tom, and his heart was heavy, +for he realized that Jack might be killed. However, it was the +fortune of war. As long as the Hun planes were fighting Jack they +would not molest him, and he might have time to send word to the +French battery that would result in the destruction of the Hun +machine nest. + +There came a burst of fire from the Allied lines he had left, and +Tom saw a shell land to the left and far beyond the Hun battery +hidden in the old ruins. He at once sent back a correcting signal. + +The more a gun is elevated up to a certain point, the farther it +shoots. Forty-three degrees is about the maximum elevation. Again, +if a gun is elevated too high it shoots over instead of directly at +the target aimed at. It is then necessary to lower the elevation. +Tom has seen that the guns of the French battery, which were seeking +to destroy the machine gun nest were shooting beyond the mark. +Accordingly they were told to depress their muzzles. + +This was done, but still the shells fell to the left, and an +additional correction was necessary. It is comparatively easy to +make corrections in elevation or depression that will rectify errors +in shooting short of or beyond a mark. It is not so easy to make +the same corrections in what, for the sake of simplicity, may be +called right or left errors, that is horizontal firing. To make +these corrections it becomes needful to inscribe imaginary circles +about the target, in this case the machine gun nest. + +These circles are named from the letters of the alphabet. For +instance, a circle drawn three hundred yards around a Hun battery as +a center might be designated A. The next circle, two hundred yards +less in size, would be B and so on, down to perhaps five yards, and +that is getting very close. + +The circles are further divided, as a piece of pie is cut, into +twelve sectors, and numbered from 1 to 12. The last sector is due +north, while 6 would be due south, 3 east, and 9 west, with the +other figures for northeast, southwest, and so on. + +If a shot falls in the fifty-yard circle, indicated by the letter D, +but to the southwest of the mark, it is necessary to indicate that +by sending the message "D-7," which would mean that, speaking +according to the points of the compass, the missile had fallen +within fifty yards of the mark, but to the south-southwest of it, +and correction must be made accordingly. + +Tom watched the falling shells. They came nearer and nearer to the +hidden battery and at last he saw one fall plump where it was +needed. There was a great puff of smoke, and when it had blown away +there was only a hole in the ground where the ruins had been hiding +the machine guns. + +Tom's work was done, and he flew off to the aid of Jack, who had +overcome one Hun, sending his plane crashing to earth. But the +other, an expert fighter, was pressing him hard until Ton opened up +on him with his machine gun. Then the German, having no stomach for +odds, turned tail and flew toward his own lines. + +"Good for you, Tom!" yelled Jack, though he knew his chum could not +hear him because of the noise of the motor. + +Together the two lads, who had engaged in their last battle strictly +with the French, made for their aerodrome, reaching it safely, +though, as it was learned when Jack dismounted, he had received a +slight bullet wound in one side from a missile sent by one of the +attacking planes. But the hurt was only a flesh wound; though, had +it gone an inch to one side, it would have ended Jack's fighting +days. + +Hearty and enthusiastic were the congratulations that greeted the +exploit of Torn in finding the German machine gun nest that had been +such a menace, nor were the thanks to Jack any less warm, for +without his help Tom could never have maintained his position, and +sent back corrections to the battery which brought about the desired +result. + +"It is a glorious end to your stay with us," said the commander, +with shining eyes, as he congratulated them. + +There was a little impromptu banquet in the quarters that night, and +Tom and Jack were bidden God-speed to their new quarters. + +"There's only one thing I want to say!" said Jack quietly, as he +rose in response to a demand that he talk. + +"Let us hear it, my slice of bacon!" called a jolly ace. + +"It's this," went on Jack. "That I hereby resolve that if we--I +mean Tom and I--can't rescue our comrade, Harry Leroy, from the +Huns--provided he's alive--that we'll take a toll of five Germans +for him--or as many, up to that number, as we can shoot down before +they get us. Five German fliers is the price of Harry Leroy, who +was worth a hundred of them!" + +"Bravo! Hurrah! So he was! Death to the Huns!" were the cries. + +Torn Raymond sprang to his feet + +"What Jack says I say!" he cried. "But I double the toll. If Harry +Leroy is dead he leaves a sister. You all saw her here! Well, I'll +get five Huns for her, and that makes ten between Jack and me!" + +"Success to you!" cried several. + +With this resolve to spur them on, Tom and Jack bade their bravo +comrades farewell and started for Paris, whence they were to journey +to the headquarters of General Pershing and his men. + + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +IN PARIS + + +Attired in their natty uniforms of the La Fayette Escadrille, which +they had not discarded, with the double wings showing that they were +fully qualified pilots and aviators, Jack Parmly and Tom Raymond +attracted no little attention as, several hours after leaving their +places on the battle front, they arrived in Paris. They were to +have a few days rest before joining the newly formed American +aviation section which, as yet, was hardly ready for active work. + +"Well, they're here!" suddenly cried Tom, as he and Jack made their +way out of the station to seek a modest hotel where they might stay +until time for them to report. + +"Who? Where? I don't see 'em!" exclaimed Jack, as he crowded to +the side of his chum, murmurs from a group of French persons +testifying to the esteem in which the American lads were held. + +"There!" went on Tom, pointing. "See some of our doughboys! And +maybe the crowds aren't glad to have 'em here! It's great, I tell +you, great!" + +As he spoke he pointed to several khaki-clad infantrymen, some of +the first of the ten thousand Americans lads that were sent over to +"take the germ out of Germany." The Americans were rather at a +loss, but they seemed masters of themselves, and laughed and talked +with glee as they gazed on the unfamiliar scenes. They, too, were +enjoying a holiday before being sent on to be billeted with the +French or British troops. + +"Come on, let's talk to 'em!" cried Tom, enthusiastically. "It's as +good as a letter from home to see 'em!" + +"I thought you meant you saw--er--Bessie and her mother," returned +Jack, and there was a little disappointment in his voice. + +"Oh, we'll see them soon enough, if they're still in Paris," said +Tom, gazing curiously at his chum. "But they don't know we are +coming here." + +"Yes, they do," said Jack, quietly. + +"They do? Then you must have written." + +"Of course. Don't you want to see them before we get shipped off to +a new sector?" + +"Why, yes. Just now, though, I'm anxious to hear some good, old +United States talk. Come on, let's speak to 'em. There's one bunch +that seems to be in trouble." + +But the trouble was only because some of Pershing's boys--as they +were generally called wanted to make some purchases at a candy shop +and did not know enough of the language to make their meaning clear. +It was a good-natured misunderstanding, and both the French +shop-keeper and his helper and the doughboys were laughing over it. + +"Hello, boys! Glad to see you! Can we help you out?" asked Tom, as +he and Jack joined the group. + +The infantrymen whirled about. + +"Well, for the love of the Mason an' Dixon line! is there somebody +heah who can speak our talk?" cried one lad, his accent unmistakably +marking him as Southern. + +"Guess we can help you out," said Jack. "We're from God's country, +too," and in an instant the were surrounded and being shaken hands +with on all sides, while a perfect barrage of questions was fired at +them. + +Then, when the little misunderstanding at the candy shop had been +straightened out, Tom and Jack told something of who they were, +mentioning the fact that they were soon to fight directly under the +stars and stripes, information which drew whoops of delight from the +enthusiastic infantrymen. + +"But say, friend," called out one of the new American soldiers, "can +you sling enough of this lingo to lead us to a place where we can +get ham and eggs? I mean a real eating place, not just a coffee +stand. I've been opening my mouth, champing my jaws and rubbing my +stomach all day, trying to tell these folks that I'm hungry and want +a square meal, and half the time they think I need a doctor. Lead +me to a hash foundry." + +"All right, come on with us!" laughed Tom. "We're going to eat, +too. I guess we can fix you up." + +The two aviators had been in Paris before and they knew their way +about, as well as being able to speak the language fairly well. +Soon, with their new friends from overseas, they were seated in a +quiet restaurant, where substantial food could be had in spite of +war prices. And then it was give and take, question and answer, +until a group of Parisians that had gathered about turned away +shaking their heads at their inability to understand the strange +talk. But they were well aware of the spirit of it all, and more +than one silently blessed the Americans as among the saviors of +France. + +The wonderful city seemed filled with soldiers of all the Allied +nations, and most conspicuous, because of recent events, were the +khaki-clad boys who were soon to fight under Pershing. Having seen +that the little contingent they had taken under their protection got +what they wanted, Tom and Jack, bidding them farewell, but promising +to see them again soon, went to their hotel. + +And, their baggage arriving, Jack proceeded to get ready for a bath +and a general furbishing. He seemed very particular. + +"Going out?" asked Tom. + +"Why--er--yes. Thought I'd go to call on Bessie Gleason. This is +her night off duty--hers and her mother's." + +"How do you know?" + +"Well--er--she said so. Want to come?" + +"Nixy. Two's company and you know what three is." + +"Oh, come on! Mrs. Gleason will be glad to see you." + +"Well, I suppose I might," assented Tom, who, truth to tell, did not +relish spending the evening alone. + +Bessie and her mother had, of late, been assigned as Red Cross +workers to a hospital in the environs of Paris, and ant times they +could come into the city for a rest. They maintained a modest +apartment not far from the hotel where Tom and Jack had put up, and +soon the two lads found themselves at the place where their friends +lived. + +"Oh, I'm so glad you both came!" exclaimed Bessie as she greeted +them. "We have company and--" + +"Company!" exclaimed Jack, drawing back. + +"Yes, the dearest, most delightful girl you ever--" + +"Girl!" exclaimed Tom. + +"Yes. But come on in and meet her. I'm sure you'll both fall in +love with her." + +Jack was on the point of saying something, but thought better of it, +and a moment later, to the great surprise of himself and Torn, they +were facing Nellie Leroy. + + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +THE AMERICAN FRONT + + +Tom and Jack bowed. In fact, so great was their surprise at first +that this was all they could do. Then they stared first at Bessie +and then at the other girl--the sister of Harry, their chum, who was +somewhere, dead or alive, behind the German lines. + +"Well, aren't you glad to see her?" demanded Bessie. "I thought I'd +surprise you." + +"You have," said Jack. "Very much!" + +"Glad to see her--why--of course. But--but--how--" + +Tom found himself stuttering and stammering, so he stopped, and +stared so hard at Nellie Leroy that she smiled, though rather sadly, +for it was plain to be seen her grief over the possible death of her +brother weighed down on her. And then she went on: + +"Well, I'm real--I'm not a dream, Mr. Raymond." + +"So I see--I mean I'm glad to see it--I mean--oh, I don't know what +I do mean!" he finished desperately. "Did you know she was going to +be here? Was that the reason you asked me to come?" he inquired of +Jack. + +"Hadn't the least notion in the world," answered Jack. "I'm as much +surprised as you are." + +"Well, we'll take pity on you and tell you all about it," said +Bessie. "Mother, here are the boys," she called; and Mrs. Gleason, +who had suffered so much since having been saved from the Lusitania +and afterward rescued by air craft from the lonely castle, came out +of her room to greet the boys. + +They were as glad to see her as she was to meet them again, and for +a time there was an interchange of talk. Then Mrs. Gleason withdrew +to leave the young people to themselves. + +"Well, go on, tell us all about it!" begged Tom, who could not take +his eyes off Nellie Leroy. "How did she get here?" and he indicated +Harry's sister. + +"He talks of me as though I were some specimen!" laughed the girl. +"But go on--tell him, Bessie." + +"Well, it isn't much of a story," said Bessie Gleason. "Nellie +started to do Red Cross work, as mother and I are doing, and she was +assigned to the hospital where we were." + +"This was after I heard the terrible news about poor Harry at your +escadrille," Nellie broke in, to say to Tom and Jack. "I--I suppose +you haven't had any--word?" she faltered. + +"Not yet," Jack answered. "But we may get it any day now--or they +may, back there," and he nodded to indicate the air headquarters he +and Tom had left. "You know we're going to be under Pershing soon," +he added. + +"So you wrote me," said Bessie. "I'm glad, though it's all in the +same good cause. Well, as I was saying, Nellie came to our +hospital-I call it ours though I have such a small part in it," she +interjected. "She was introduced to us as an American, and of +course we made friends at once." + +"No one could help making friends with Bessie and her mother!" +exclaimed Nellie. + +"Don't flatter us too much," warned Bessie. "Now please don't +interrupt any more. As I say, Nellie came to us to do her share in +helping care for the wounded, and, as mother and I found she had +settled on no regular place in Paris, we asked her to share our +rooms. Then we got to talking, and of course I found she had met +you two boys in her search for her brother. After that we were +better friends than ever." + +"Glad to know it," said Tom. "There's nothing like having friends. +I hadn't any notion that I'd meet any when I started out with him +tonight," and he motioned to Jack. + +"Well, I like that!" cried Bessie in feigned indignation. "I like +to know how you class my mother and me?" and she looked at Tom. + +"Oh,--er--well, of course--you and your mother, and Jack. But he +and you--" + +"Better swim out before you get into deep water," advised Jack +quickly, and he nudged Tom with his foot. + +Then the boys had to tell about their final experiences before +leaving the Lafayette Escadrille with which many trying, as well as +many happy, hours were associated, and the girls told of their +adventures, which were not altogether tame. + +Since Mrs. Gleason had been freed from the plotting of the spy, +Potzfeldt, she had lived a happy life--that is as happy as one could +amid the scenes of war and its attendant horrors. She and Bessie +were throwing themselves heart and soul into the immortal work of +the Red Cross, and now Nellie bad joined them. + +"It's the only way I can stop thinking about poor Harry," she said +with a sigh. "Oh, if I could only hear some good news about him, +that I might send it to the folks at home. Do you think it will +ever come--the good news, I mean?" she asked wistfully of Tom. + +"All we can do is to hope," he said. He knew better than to buoy up +false hopes, for he had seen too much of the terrible side of war. +In his heart he knew that there was but little chance for Harry +Leroy, after the latter's aeroplane had been shot down behind the +German lines. Yet there was that one, slender hope to which all of +us cling when it seems that everything else is lost. + +"He may be a prisoner, and, in that case, there is a chance," said +Tom, while Jack and Bessie were conversing on the other side of the +room. + +"You mean a chance to escape?" + +"Hardly that, though it has been done. A few aviators have got away +from German prison camps. But it's only one chance in many +thousand. No, what I meant was that--well, it's too small and slim +a chance to talk about, I'm afraid." + +"Oh, no!" she hastened to assure him. "Do tell me! No chance is +too small. What do you mean?" + +"Well, sometimes rescues have been made," went on Tom. "They are +even more rare than escapes, but they have been done. I was +thinking that perhaps after Jack and I get in with Pershing's boys +we might be in some big raid on the Hun lines, and then, if we could +get any information as to your brother's whereabouts, we might plan +to rescue him." + +"Oh, do you think you could?" + +"I certainly can and will try!" exclaimed Tom, earnestly. + +"Oh, will you? Oh, I can't thank you enough!" and she clasped his +hand in both hers and Tom blushed deeply. + +"Please don't count too much on it," Tom warned Nellie. "It's a +desperate chance at best, but it's the only one I can see that we +can take. First of all, though, we've got to get some word as to +where Harry is." + +"How can you do that?" + +"Some of the Hun airmen are almost human, that is compared to the +other Boche fighters. They may drop a cap of Harry's or a glove, or +something," and Tom told of the practice in such cases. + +"Oh, if they only will!" sighed Nellie. "But it is almost too much +to hope." + +And so they talked until late in the evening, when the time came for +Nellie, Bessie and her mother to report back for their Red Cross +work. The boys returned to their hotel, promising to write often +and to see their friends at the next opportunity. + +"I won't forget!" said Tom, on parting from Nellie. + +"Forget what?" asked Jack, as they were going down the street +together. + +"I'm going to do my best to rescue her brother," said Tom, in a low +voice. + +"Good! I'm with you!" declared Jack. + +The stay of the two boys in Paris was all too short, but they were +anxious to get back to their work. They wanted to be fighting under +their own flag. Not that they had not been doing all they could for +liberty, but it was different, being with their own countrymen. And +so, when their leaves of absence were up, they took the train that +was to drop them at the place assigned, where the newly arrived +Americans were beginning their training. + +"The American front!" cried Tom, as he and Jack reached the +headquarters of General Pershing and his associate officers. "The +American front at last!" + +"And it's the happiest day of my life that I can fight on it!" cried +Jack. + + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +A BATTLE IN THE AIR + + +Strictly speaking there was at that time no American front. That +did not come until later, for the American soldiers, as was proper, +were brigaded with the French and British, to enable our troops, who +were unused to European war conditions, to become acquainted with +the needful measures to meet and overcome the brutality of the Huns. + +But even with this brigading of the United States' troops with the +seasoned veterans, which, in plain language, meant a mingling of the +two forces, there was much that was strictly American among the new +arrivals. + +Not only were the khaki-clad soldiers real Americans to the +backbone, but their equipment and the supplies that had come over +with them in the transports were such as might be seen at any army +camp in this country, as distinguished from a French or a British +camp. + +"Well, the boys are here all right," remarked Jack, as he and Tom +made their way toward the headquarters at which they were to report. + +"Yes, and it makes me feel good to see them!" said Tom. "This is +the beginning of the end of Kaiserism, if I'm any judge." + +"Oh, it isn't going to be so easy as all that," returned Jack. +"We'll see some hard fighting. Germany isn't licked yet by any +means; but those, are the boys that can bring the thing to a +finish," and he pointed to a company of the lean, stem, brown +figures that were swinging along with characteristic stride. + +The place at which Tom and Jack had been ordered to report was an +interior city of France, not far from the port at which the first +transport from America had arrived. A first glance at the scenes on +every hand would have given a person not familiar with war a belief +that hopeless confusion existed. Wagons, carts, mule teams and +motor trucks-"lorries," the English call them--were dashing to and +fro. Men were marching, countermarching, unloading some vehicles, +loading others. Soldiers were being marched into the interior to be +billeted, others were being directed to their respective French or +English units. Officers were shouting commands, and privates were +carrying them out to the best of their ability. + +But though it all seemed chaos, out of it order was coming. There +was a system, though a civilian would not have understood it. + +"Well, let's find out where we're at," suggested Torn, to his chum. + +"Right 0, my pickled grapefruit!" agreed Jack with a laugh. "Let's +get into the game." + +They were about to ask their direction from a non-commissioned +officer who was directing a squad of men in the unloading of a truck +which seemed filled with canned goods, when some one said: + +"There goes Black Jack now!" + +The two air service boys looked, and saw, passing along not far +away, a tall man, faultlessly attired, who looked "every inch a +soldier," and whose square jaw was indicative of his fighting +qualities, if the rest of his face had not been. + +"Is that General Pershing?" asked Tom, in a low voice of the +non-commissioned officer. + +"That's who he is, buddy," was the smiling answer. "The best man in +the world for the job, too. Come on there now, you with the red +hair. This isn't a croquet game. Lay into those cases, and get 'em +off some time before New Year's. We want to have our Christmas +dinner in Berlin, remember!" + +"So that's Pershing," commented Jack, as he looked at the American +commander, who, with his staff officers, was on a trip of +inspection. "Well, he suits me all right!" + +"The next thing for us to do is to find out if we suit him," +remarked Tom. "Wonder if he knows we're here?" + +"I don't even believe he knows we're alive!" exclaimed Jack, for the +moment taking Tom's joke quite seriously. + +As General Pershing passed on, receiving and returning many salutes, +Tom and Jack made their inquiries, learned where they were to +report, and went on their way, longing for the time when they could +get into action with the American troops. + +"Oh, so you're the two aviators from the Lafayette Escadrille," +commented the commanding officer, or the C. 0., of the newly formed +American squadron, as Tom and Jack, drawing themselves up as +straight as they could, saluted when he looked over their papers and +their log books. These last are the personal records of aviators in +which they note the details of each flight made. They are official +documents, but when a birdman is honorably discharged he may take +his log book with him. + +"We were told to report to you, sir," said Tom. + +"Yes. And I'm glad to see you. We're going to establish a purely +American air force, but as yet it is in its infancy. I need some +experienced fliers, and I'm glad you're going to be with us. Of +course I have a number who have made good records over there," and +he nodded to indicate the United States, "But they haven't been +under fire yet, and I understand you have." + +"Some," admitted Jack, modestly enough. + +"Good! Well, I'm to have some more of our own boys, who are to be +transferred from the French forces, and some from the Royal Flying +Corps, so with that as a start I guess we can build up an air +service that will make Fritz step lively. But we've got to go slow. +One thing I'm sorry for is that we haven't, as yet, any American +planes. We'll have to depend on the French and English for them, as +we have to, at first, for our artillery and shells." + +"We can fly French or British planes," remarked Tom. + +And, as my old readers know, the air service boys had had experience +with a number of different models. + +"We can fly a Gotha if we have to," said Jack. "One came down back +of our lines last month, and we patched it up and flew it for +practice." + +"I hope you can get some more of that practice," said the commanding +officer with a smile. + +"But, now that you're here, I'll swear you in and see what the +orders are regarding you. I'm afraid there won't be much fighting +for you at first--that is strictly as Americans. I understand our +air front, if I may use that term, will have to grow out of a +nucleus of French and English fighters." + +"That's all right, as long as we get the right start," commented +Tom. + +It was necessary to swear the boys into the service of the United +States, even though they were natives of it; since, on entering the +Lafayette Escadrille, they had been obliged to swear allegiance to +France. But this was a matter of routine where the Allies were +concerned, and soon Tom and Jack were back again where they longed +to be--enrolled among the distinctive fighters of their own country. + +They were assigned to barracks, and found themselves among some +other airmen, many of whom were student fliers from the various +aviation camps of the United States. Few of these youths had had +much practice, though some had been to the Canadian schools. And +none of them had, as yet, fought an enemy in the air. + +To aid and instruct them, however, were such fighters as Tom and +Jack, and some even more experienced from the French, Italian and +British camps, who had been detailed to help out the United States +in the emergency. + +The next few weeks was an instruction and reconstruction period, +with Tom and Jack often filling the roles of teachers. They found +their pupils apt, eager and willing, however, and among them they +discovered some excellent material. As the commanding officer of +the new American air forces had said, the planes used were all of +English or French make. It was too early in the war for America to +have sent any over equipped with the Liberty motor, though +production was under way. + +After this period had passed, Tom and Jack, with a squadron of other +birdmen were sent to a certain section of the front held largely by +American troops, supported by veteran French and British regiments. + +It was the first wholly American aircraft camp established since the +beginning of the World War, and it was not even yet as wholly +American as it was destined to be later, for the aviators were, as +regards veterans, largely French and English. Torn and Jack were, +in point of service, the ranking American fliers for a time. + +There had been several sharp engagements across No Man's Land +between the mingled French, British and French forces and the Huns, +and honors were on the side of the former. There had been one or +two combats in the air, in which Tom and Jack had taken part, when +one day word came from an observation balloon on the American side +that a flock of German aircraft was on the way from a camp located a +few miles within the Boche lines. + +There was a harried consultation of the officers, and then orders +were given for a half score of the Allied machines to get ready. +Two veteran French aces were to be in command, with Tom and Jack as +helpers, and some of the American aviators were to go into the +battle of the air for the first time. + +"The Huns are evidently going to try to bomb some of our ammunition +dumps behind our lines,"' said one officer, speaking to Tom. "It's +up to you boys to drive 'em back." + +"We'll try, sir," was the answer. "We owe the Huns something we +haven't been able to pay off as yet." + +Tom referred to the loss of Harry Leroy. So far no word had been +received from him, either directly or through the German aviators, +as to whether he was dead or a prisoner. Letters had passed between +Bessie and Nellie and Jack and Tom, and the sister of the missing +youth begged for news. + +But there was none to give her. + +"Unless we get some to-day," observed Tom as he and his chum hurried +toward the hangars where their machines were being made ready for +them. + +"Get news to-day? What makes you think we shall?" asked Jack. + +"Well, we might bring down a Fritzie or two who'd know something +about poor Harry," was the answer. "You never can tell." + +"No, that's so," agreed Jack. "Well, here's hoping we'll have +luck." + +By this time there was great excitement in the American aviation +headquarters. Word of the oncoming Hun planes had spread, and not a +flier of Pershing's forces but was eager to get into his plane and +go aloft to give battle. But only the best were selected, and if +there were heart-burnings of disappointment it could not be helped. + +Two classes of planes were to be used, the single seaters for the +aces, who fought alone, and the double craft, each one of which +carried a pilot and an observer. In the latter cases the observers +were the new men, who had yet to receive their baptism of fire above +the clouds. + +Tom and Jack were each detailed to take up one of the new men, and +the air service boys were glad to find that, assigned to each of +them, was the very man he would have picked had he had his choice. +They were eager, intrepid lads, anxious to do their share in the +great adventure. + +Quickly the machines were made ready, and quickly the fighters +climbed into them. The roar of the motors was heard all over the +aerodrome, and soon the machines began to mount. Up and up they +climbed, and none too soon, for on reaching elevations averaging ten +thousand feet, there was seen, over the German lines, a flock of the +Hun planes led by two or three machines painted a bright red. These +were some of the machines that had belonged to the celebrated +"flying circus," organized by a daring Hun aviator and ace who was +killed after he had inflicted great damage and loss on the Allied +service. He and his men had their machines painted red, perhaps on +the theory that they would thus inspire terror. These were some of +the former members of the circus," it was evident. + +"It's going to be a real fight!" cried Tom, as he headed his machine +toward one of the red craft. Whether the green man Tom was taking +up relished this or not, knowing, as he must, the reputation of +these red aviators, Tom did not stop to consider. + +Then, as the two hostile air fleets approached, there began a battle +of the clouds--a conflict destined to end fatally for more than one +aviator. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE FALLING GLOVE + + +Numerically the Hun planes, were superior to the American fleet of +airships that quickly rose to oppose them. That probably accounted +for fact that the Germans did not turn tail and scurry back beyond +the protection of their own anti-aircraft guns and batteries. For +it was seldom, if ever, they went into a fight when the odds were +against them. + +On came the Fokkers and Gothas, the black iron crosses painted on +the wings of the machines standing out in bold relief in the clear +air. The sun glinted on the red craft which were in the lead, and +besides Tom, who headed for one of these, a French ace darted down +from a height to engage the red planes. + +"See if you can plug him when I put you near enough!" cried Tom to +his observer, who had the reputation of being a good shot with the +Lewis gun. Practice with the machine weapons in aeroplanes had been +going on, for some time among the new American aviators. "Let him +have a good dose!" cried Tom. "If you miss him, then I'll try!" + +Of course Tom had to shut off the engine when he said this, as no +voice could have been heard above the roaring of the powerful motor. +But when he had given his companion these instructions and had +ascertained, by a glance over his shoulder, that the lad understood +for he nodded his head, Tom again turned on the gasoline, and the +propeller, that had been revolving by momentum and because of the +pressure of air against it, took up its speed again. + +Straight for the red machine rushed Tom, and a quick glance told him +that his companion was ready with the gun. The weapon to be worked +by the latter was mounted so that it could be aimed independently of +the aeroplane. Tom also had a gun in front of him, but it was fixed +and could be aimed only by pointing the whole craft. Once this was +done Tom could operate the weapon with one hand, steering with the +other, and, at times, with his feet and knees. + +There came several sharp pops near Tom's head, and he knew these +were machine bullets from the Hun aviator's gun, breaking through +the tightly stretched linen fabric of the wings of his own plane. + +"Let him have it before he plugs us!" cried Tom to his companion, +though of course the latter could not hear a word. An instant later +Tom heard the Lewis gun behind him firing, and he saw several tracer +bullets strike the Hun machine. But they were not near the aviator +himself, and did no material damage. + +"Guess he's too nervous to shoot straight," reasoned Tom. "I'll have +to try my own gun," he decided. + +Tom noticed that the Hun was climbing up, trying to get into a +position above the American plane, which is always an advantage. +And the air service boy knew he must not let this happen. Quickly +he shifted the rudder and began to climb himself. But he was at a +disadvantage as his machine carried double, while the red plane had +only one man in it, an ace beyond a doubt. + +"I've got to get him now or never!" thought Tom. Once more he +shifted his direction, and then, as he had his gun aimed just where +he wanted it, he pressed the lever and a burst of bullets shot out +and fairly riddled the red plane. It seemed to stop for an instant +in the air, and then, quivering, turned and went down in a nose +dive, spinning around. + +"No fake about that!" mused Tom, as he leaned over and looked down +from the height. "He's done for I" + +And so, the Hun was, for he crashed to the ground behind the +American lines. The incident did not affect Tom Raymond greatly. +It was not his first killing. But when he, glanced back toward his +companion, he saw that the other was shrinking back as if in horror. + +"He'll get over that soon enough. All he has to do is to think of +what the Huns have done--crucifying men and babies--to make his +heart hard," thought Tom. + +Whether his companion did this or not, did not disclose itself, but +the fact remains that when Tom flew off to engage another Hun +machine the lad back of him rose to the occasion and shot so well +that Fritz veered off and flew back over his own lines, wounded and +with his craft barely able to fly. + +Not all the American machines fared as well as this, however. Jack +was in poor luck. The first burst of bullets from the German he +engaged punctured his gasoline tank, and he was obliged to coast +back to his own aerodrome to get another machine, if possible. He +was also hit once in the leg, the wound being painful though not +dangerous. He received first aid treatment and wanted to get back +into the fight, but this was not allowed, and he had to watch the +battle from the ground. + +The fight was fast and stubborn, and in the end the American forces +won, for at a signal from the remaining red plane, which seemed to +bear a charmed existence, as it did not appear to be hit, the others +remaining of the Hun forces, turned tail and scooted back to safety. + +But they had left a toll of five machines sent crashing to earth, +four of them each containing two men. The leading French ace was +killed, a severe loss to the Allied forces, and three of the +American machines were damaged and their operators severely wounded, +though with a chance of recovery. By American machines is meant +those assigned for use to Pershing's forces, though the craft used +up to that time were of French or English make. The real American +machines came into use a little later. + +"Well, I think we can call it one to our credit," said Tom, as he +rejoined Jack after the battle. + +"Yes. But you had all the luck!" complained his chum. "It went +against me, and the lad I took up. It--" + +"Never mind; it'll be your turn next," replied Tom, consolingly. + +And so the new American aviators received their baptism of fire, +and, to their credit, longed for more. + +More credit was really due the American forces than would be +indicated by the mere citation of the losses inflicted on the German +side in this first air battle. For many of the American fighters +were "green," while not one of the Huns, as was learned later, but +what had several Allied machines to his score. And so there was +rejoicing in General Pershing's camp, even though it was mingled +with sorrow at the losses inflicted. + +Busy days followed, Tom and Jack were in the air much of the time. +And when they were not flying they were delivering talks to new +students, who were constantly arriving. They found time once to run +into Paris on their day of leave, to see Bessie and Nellie, and they +went on a little picnic together, which was as jolly as such an +affair could be in the midst of the terrible war. Nellie had +received no word of her missing brother, and Jack and Tom had no +encouragement for her. + +Then came more hard work at camp, and another battle of the air in +which the American forces more than equaled matters, for they fairly +demolished a German plane squadron, sending ten of the machines +crashing to earth and the others back over the Hun lines, more or +less damaged. That was a great day. And, as a sort of reward for +their work, Tom and Jack were given three days' leave. At first +they thought to spend them in Paris, but, learning that neither +Bessie nor her mother nor Nellie could leave their Red Cross work to +join them, the two lads made other arrangements. + +"Let's go back and see the fellows in the Lafayette Escadrille," +suggested Tom. + +"All right," agreed Jack. + +And thither they went. + +That they were welcomed need not be said. It was comparatively +quiet on this sector just then, though there had, a few days before, +been a great battle with victory perching on the Allied banners. +The air conflicts, too, had been desperate, and many a brave man of +the French, English or American fliers had met his death. But toll +had been taken of the Boches--ample toll, too. + +The first inquiry Tom and Jack had made on their arrival at their +former aerodrome had been for news of Harry Leroy, but none had been +received. + +It was when Tom and Jack were about to conclude their visit to their +former comrades of the air that an incident occurred which made a +great change in their lives. One sunny afternoon there suddenly +appeared, a mere speck in the blue, a single aeroplane. + +"Some one of your men must have gone a long way over Heinie's +lines," remarked Jack to one of the French officers. + +"He is not one of our men. Either they were all back long ago or +they will not come back until after the war--if ever. That is a Hun +machine." + +"What is he doing--challenging to single combat?" asked Tom, as the +lone plane came on steadily. + +"No," answered the officer, after a look through his glasses. "I +think he brings some messages. We sent some to the Germans +yesterday, and I think this is a return courtesy. We will wait and +see." + +Nearer and nearer came the German plane. Soon it was circling +around the French camp. Hundreds came out to watch, for now the +object of the lone aviator was apparent. He contemplated no raid. +It was to drop news of captured, or dead, Allied airmen. + +Then, as Tom, and the others watched, a little package was seen to +fall from the hovering aeroplane. It landed on the roof of one of +the hangars, bounced off and was picked up by an orderly, who +presented it to the commanding officer. + +Quickly and eagerly it was opened. It contained some personal +belongings of Allied airmen who had been missing for the past week. +Some of them, the message from the German lines said, had been +killed by their falls after being shot down, and it was stated that +they had been decently buried. Others were wounded and in +hospitals. + +"No word from Harry," said Tom, sadly, as the last of the relics +from the dead and the living were gone over. + +"Well, I guess we may as well give him up," added Jack. "But we can +avenge him. That's all we have left, now." + +"Yes," agreed Tom. "If we only--?" + +A cry from some of those watching the German plane interrupted him. +The two air service boys looked up. Another small object was +falling. It landed with a thud, almost at the feet of Tom and Jack, +and the latter picked it up. + +It was an aviator's glove; and as Jack held it up a note dropped +out. Quickly it was read, and the import of it was given to all in +a simultaneous shout of joy from Tom and Jack. + +"It's word from Harry Leroy! Word from Harry at last!" + + + + + +CHAPTER X + +STUNTS + + +Truly enough, word had come from the missing aviator, or, if not +directly from him, at least from his captors. The German airmen, +falling in with the chivalry which had been initiated by the French +and English, and later followed by the Americans, had seen fit to +inform the comrades of the captured man of his whereabouts. + +"Where is he? What happened to him?" asked several, as all crowded +around Tom and Jack to hear the news. + +Jack, reading the note, told them. The missive was written in very +good English, though in a German hand. It stated that Harry Leroy +had been shot down in his plane while over the German lines, and had +fallen in a lonely spot, wounded. + +The wound was not serious, it was stated, and the prisoner was doing +as well as could be expected, but he would remain in the hands of +his captors until the end of the war. The reason his whereabouts +was not mentioned before was that the Germans did not know they had +one of the Allied aviators in their midst. + +Leroy had not only fallen in a lonely spot, but he was made +unconscious by his fall and injuries, and when he recovered he was +lying near his almost demolished plane. + +He managed to get out his log book and other confidential papers, +and set fire to them and the plane with the gasoline that still +remained in the tank. He destroyed them so they might not fall into +the hands of the Germans, a fate he knew would be his own shortly. + +But Harry Leroy was not doomed to instant capture. The blaze caused +by his burning aeroplane attracted the attention of a peasant, who +had not been deported when the enemy overran his country, for the +young aviator had fallen in a spot well back of the front lines. +This French peasant took Harry to his little farm and hid him in the +barn. There the man, his wife, and his granddaughters, looked after +the injured aviator, feeding him and binding up his hurts. It was a +great risk they took, and Harry Leroy knew it as well as they. But +for nearly two weeks he remained hidden, and this probably saved his +life, for he got better treatment at the farmhouse than he would, as +an enemy, have received in a German hospital. + +But such good luck could not last. Suspicion that Americans were +hidden in the Frenchman's barn began to spread through the country, +and rather than bring discovery on his friends, Leroy left the barn +one night. + +He had a desperate hope that he might reach his own lines, as he was +now pretty well recovered from his 'Injuries, but it was not to be. +He was captured by a German patrol. But by his quick action Harry +Leroy had removed suspicion from the farmer, which was exactly what +he wished to do. + +The Germans, rejoicing over their capture, took the young aviator to +the nearest prison camp, and there he was put in custody, together +with some unfortunate French and English. The tide of war had +turned against Harry Leroy. + +So it came about that, some time after he had been posted as missing +and when it was surely thought that he was dead, Harry Leroy was +found to be among the living, though a prisoner. + +"This will be great news for his sister!" exclaimed Jack, as the +note dropped by the German airman was read over and over again. + +"Yes, she'll be delighted," agreed Tom. "We must hurry back and +tell her." + +"And that isn't all," went on Jack. "We must try to figure out a +way to rescue Harry." + +"You can't do that," declared a French ace, one with whom the air +service boys had often flown. + +"Why not?" asked Tom. + +"It's out of the question," was the answer. "There has never been a +rescue yet from behind the German lines. Or, if there has been, +it's like a blue moon." + +"Well, we can try," declared Jack, and Tom nodded his head in +agreement. + +"Don't count too much on it," added another of their friends. +"Harry may not even be where this note says he is." + +"Do you mean that the Germans would say what isn't so?" asked Tom. + +"Of course! Naturally!" was the answer. "But even if they did not +in this case, even if they have truly said where Leroy is, he may be +moved at any time--sent to some other prison, or made to work in the +mines or at perhaps something far worse." + +Tom and Jack realized that this might be so, and they felt that +there was no easy task ahead of them in trying to rescue their chum +from the hands of the Germans. But they were not youths who gave up +easily. + +"May we keep this note?" asked Tom, as he and Jack got ready to +depart. Having fallen on the camp of the escadrille with which they +were formerly quartered, it was, strictly speaking, the property of +the airmen there. But having been told how much the sister of the +prisoner would appreciate it, the commanding officer gave permission +for Tom and Jack to take the glove and note with them. + +"Let us know if you rescue him, Comrades!" called the Frenchmen to +the two lads, as they started back for their own camp. + +"We will," was the answer. + +Nellie Leroy's joy in the news that her brother was alive was +tempered by the fact that he was a German prisoner. + +"But we're going to get him!" declared Tom even though he realized, +as he said it, that it with almost a forlorn hope. + +"You are so good," murmured the girl. + +Jack and Tom spent a few happy hours in Paris, with Nellie and +Bessie--the last of their leave--and then, bidding the girls and +Mrs. Gleason farewell, they reported back to the American aerodrome, +where the young airmen were cordially welcomed. + +There they found much to do, and events followed one another so +rapidly at this stage of the World War that Tom and Jack, after +their return, had little time for anything but flying and teaching +others what they knew of air work. They had no opportunity to do +anything toward the rescue of Harry Leroy; and, indeed, they were at +a loss how to proceed. They were just hoping that something would +transpire to give them a starting point. + +"We'll have to leave it to luck for a while," said Torn. + +"Or fate," added Jack. + +"Well, fate plays no small part in an airman's life," returned Tom. +"While we are no more superstitions than any other soldiers, yet +there are few airmen who do not carry some sort of mascot or +good-luck piece. You know that, Jack." + +And even the casual reader of the exploits of the aviators must have +been impressed with the fact that often the merest incident--or +accident is responsible for life or death. + +Death often passes within hair's breadth of the intrepid fliers, and +some of them do not know it until after they have made a landing and +have seen the bullet holes in their machine--holes that indicate how +close the missiles have passed to them. + +So, in a way, both Tom and Jack believed in luck, and they both +believed that this same luck might point out to them a way of +rescuing Harry Leroy. + +Meanwhile they were kept busy. After the big battle in the air +matters were quiet for a time on their sector of the front. The +arrival of new fliers from America made it necessary to instruct +them, and to this Tom, Jack and other veterans were detailed. + +Then began a series of what Jack called "stunts." In order to +inspire the new pupils with confidence, the older flying men--not +always older in years--would go aloft in their single planes and do +all sorts of trick flying. Some of the pupils--the more daring, of +course--wished to imitate these, but of course they were not +allowed. + +The pupils were first allowed merely to go with an experienced man. +This, of course, they had done at the flying schools in the United +States, and had flown alone. But they had to start all over again +when on French soil, for here they were exposed, any time, to an +attack from a Hun plane. + +After they had, it was thought, got sufficient experience to +undertake these trick features by themselves, they were allowed to +make trial flights, but not over the enemy lines. + +Tom and Jack gave the best that was in them to these enthusiastic +pupils, and there was much good material. + +"What are you going to do to-day, Jack?" asked Tom one morning, as +they went out after breakfast to get into their "busses," as they +dubbed their machines. + +"Oh, got orders to do some spiral and somersault stunts for the +benefit of some huns." ("Hun," used in this connection, not +referring to the Germans. "Hun" is the slang term for student +aviators, tacked on them by more experienced fliers.) + +"Same here. Good little bunch of huns in camp now." + +Tom nodded in agreement, and the two were soon preparing to climb +aloft. + +With a watching group of eager young men on the ground below, in +company with an instructor who would point out the way certain feats +were done, Torn and Jack began climbing. Presently they were fairly +tumbling about like pigeons, seeming to fall, but quickly +straightening out on a level keel and coming to the ground almost as +lightly as feathers. + +"A good landing is essential if one would become a good airman," +stated the instructor. "In fact I may say it is the hardest half +of the game. For it is comparatively easy to leave the earth. It +is the coining back that is difficult, like the Irishman who said it +wasn't the fall that hurts, it was the stopping." + +"Give 'em a bit of zooming now," the instructor said to Tom and +Jack. "The boys may have to use that any time they're up and a +Boche comes at them." + +"Zooming," he went on to the pupils, "is rising and falling in a +series of abrupt curves like those in a roller-coaster railway. It +is a very useful stunt to be master of, for it enables one to rise +quickly when confronting a field barrier, or to get out of range of +a Hun machine gun." + +Tom undertook this feature of the instruction, as Jack signaled that +his aeroplane was out of gasoline, and soon the former was rolling +across the aviation field, seemingly straight toward a row of tall +trees. + +"He'll hit 'em sure!" cried one student. + +"Watch him," ordered the instructor. + +With a quick pull on the lever that controlled the rudder, Tom sent +himself aloft, but not before a curious thing happened. + +On the ground where it had been dropped was a tunic, or airman's +fur-lined jacket. As Tom's machine "zoomed," the tail skid caught +this jacket and took it aloft. + +Tom did not seem to be aware of this, though he must have felt that +his machine was a bit sluggish in the climbs. However, he went +through with his performance, doing some beautiful "zooming," and +then, as he was flying high and getting ready to do a spiral nose +dive, the tunic detached itself from his skid and fell. + +Just at this moment Jack came out from the hangar and, looking aloft +and noting Tom's machine, saw the falling jacket. His heart turned +sick and faint, for, unaware of what had happened, he thought his +chum had tumbled out while at a great height. For the tunic, +turning over and over as it sailed earthward, did resemble a falling +body. + +"Oh, Tom! Tom! How did it happen?" murmured Jack. + +The others, laughing, told him that it was nothing serious, but Jack +looked a bit worried until the empty jacket fell on the grass and, a +little later, Tom himself came down smiling from aloft, all unaware +of the excitement he had caused. + + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +OVER THE LINES + + +"Well, I guess we stay downstairs, to-day," remarked Tom to Jack, +the day following their exhibition flights for the benefit of the +air students. + +"Yes, it doesn't look very promising," returned his chum. + +Jack looked aloft where the sky--or what took its place--was +represented by a gray mist that seemed ready to drip water at any +moment. It was a day of "low visibility," and one when air work was +almost totally suspended. This applied to the enemy as well as to +the Yankees. For even though it is feasible to go up in an +aeroplane in fog, or even rain or snow, it is not always safe to +come down again in like conditions. + +There is nothing worse than rain, snow or fog for clouding an +aviator's goggles, making it impossible for him to see more than a +plane's length ahead, if, indeed, he can see that far. Then, too, +little, if anything, can be accomplished by going aloft in a storm +or fog. No observations of any account can be made, and the +aviator, once he gets aloft, is as likely to come down behind the +German lines as he is to descend safely within his own. + +That being the case, Tom and Jack, in common with their comrades of +the air, had a vacation period. Some of them obtained leave and +went to the nearest town, while some put in their time going over +their guns and glasses and equipment and machines. + +Jack and Tom elected to do the latter. There was one very fast and +powerful Spad which they often used together, taking turns at +piloting it and acting as observer. They thought they might have a +chance soon to go over the German lines in this, their favorite +craft, so they decided to put in their spare time seeing that it was +in perfect shape, and that the two machine guns were ready for +action when needed. + +"'Would you rather do this than fly, Jack?" asked Tom, as they went +over, in detail, each part of the powerful Spad. + +"I should say not! But, after all, one is just as important as the +other. I hope we get a good day to-morrow. I'd like to do +something toward seeing if we can't get Harry out of the Boche's +clutches," and he nodded in the direction of the German lines. + +"'Tisn't going to be easy doing that," remarked Tom. "I'd ask +nothing better than to have a hand in getting him away, but I +haven't yet been able to figure out a shadow of a plan. Have you?" + +"The only thing, I can think of is to organize a big raid on the +section where he's held--I mean somewhere near the German prison--and +if we bombed the place enough, and created enough excitement, some of us +might land and get Harry and any others that might be with him." + +Tom shook his head. + +"That'd be a pretty risky way of doing it," he said. + +"Can you think of a better?" Jack demanded quickly. + +"Not off hand," came the reply. "We've got to stew over it a bit. +One thing's sure--we've got to get Harry out, or his sister never +will feel like going back home and facing the folks." + +"That's right!" agreed Jack. "We've got a double motive for this. +But I'm afraid it's going to be too hard." + +"That's what we thought when we rescued Mrs. Gleason from the old +castle where Potzfeldt had her caged," retorted Tom. "But you made +out all right." + +"Yes; thanks to your help." + +"Well, we'll both work together again," declared Tom. "And now +let's try this Lewis gun. The last time we were up it jammed on me, +and yet it worked all right on the ground." So they tested the +guns, looked to the motor, and in general made ready for a flight +when the weather should clear. + +This happened two days later, when the fog and mist were blown away +and the blue sky could be seen. In the interim the artillery and +infantry on both sides had not been idle, and there had been some +desperate engagements, with the brigaded American troops making a +new name for themselves. + +"I guess there'll be something doing to-day," remarked Tom, as he +and Jack tumbled out of bed at the usual early hour. "Clear as a +bell," he announced, after a glance from the window. "Shouldn't +wonder but what we went over their lines to-day." + +"And I suppose, by the same token, they'll be coining over ours," +and Jack nodded to indicate the Germans. + +"Let 'em come!" exclaimed Tom. "It takes two sides to make a fight, +and that's what we're here for." + +Hardly had the two air service boys finished their breakfast, than +an orderly came to tell them the commanding officer wanted them to +report to him. They hurried across the aviation ground, toward the +headquarters building, noting on the way that there were signs of +unusual activity among the newer members of the American air forces, +as well as among the French and British veterans. + +"Must be going to make a raid," observed Jack. + +"Something like that--yes," assented Tom. + +"Hope we're in on it, and the commanding officer doesn't have us +take some huns up to show 'em what makes the wheels go around," went +on Jack. "Of course that's part of the game, but we've done our +share." + +However, they need have felt no fear, for when they stood before the +commanding officer, saluting, they quickly learned that they were to +go on a special mission that day--in fact as soon as they could get +ready. + +"I want you two to see if you can discover a battery of small guns +that have been playing havoc with our men," he said, as he looked up +from a table covered with maps. "They're located somewhere along +this front, but they're so well camouflaged that no one has yet been +able to discover them. + +"I want you boys to see if you can turn the trick. The guns have +killed a lot of our men, as well as the French and English. We've +tried to rush the emplacement, but we can't get a line on where it +is for it's well hidden. I asked permission of the British +commanding general to send up two American scouts, and he mentioned +you boys. Get your orders from the major, and good luck to you." + +"Do you want us to go together or separately?" asked Tom. + +"Together--in a double plane. I might say that we are going to try +a raid on a big scale over the enemy's lines, and you two will thus +have a better chance to carry out your observations unmolested. The +Hun planes will have their hands full attending to our fighters, and +they may not attack a single plane off by itself. We'll try to draw +them away from you. + +"At the same time I might point out that there is nothing sure in +this, and that you may have to fight also," concluded the commanding +officer, as he waved a dismissal. + +"Oh, were ready for anything," announced Tom. And as he and Jack +got outside he clapped his chum on the back, crying: "That's the +stuff! Good old C.O. to send us! That's what we've been looking +for! Maybe we'll have time to drop down and shoot some of the Huns +that are guarding Harry." + +"No chance of that--forget it now," urged Jack. "We'll clean up +this location trick first, and then think of a plan to get Harry +away. It sounds hard to say it, but it's all we can do. Orders are +orders." + +They were glad they had made ready the speedy Spad plane, for it was +in this that they would try to locate the hidden battery, and, +having received detailed instructions from the major in command, the +two lads climbed into their air plane and started off. + +The day was clear and bright, just the sort for aeroplane activity; +and it was evident there would be plenty of it, since, even as they +began climbing, Tom and Jack saw planes from their own aerodrome +skirting ahead of and behind them, while, in the distance and over +German-held territory, were Fokkers and Gothas with the iron cross +conspicuously painted on each. + +Tom and Jack had been given a map of the front, their own and the +German lines being shown, and the probable location of the hidden +Hun battery marked. This they now studied as they started over the +front, Jack being in front, while Tom sat behind him, to work the +swivel Lewis gun. + +Their Spad machine was one that could be controlled from either +seat, so that if one rider was disabled the other could take charge. +There were two guns, one fixed and the other movable, and a good +supply of ammunition. + +"Well, I guess there'll be some fighting to-day," observed Tom, as +Jack shut off the motor for a moment, to see if it would respond +readily when the throttle was opened again. "They're closing in +from both sides." + +And indeed the Allied planes were sailing forth to meet a squadron +of the enemy. But none of the Hun craft seemed to pay any attention +to Tom and Jack. Steadily they flew on until an exclamation from +Jack caused Tom to look down. He noted that they were over the +German lines, and headed for the probable location of the battery +that had been such a thorn in the side of the Allies. + + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +A PERFECT SHOT + + +The plane in which Tom and Jack had gone aloft to make observations +which, it was hoped, would result in the discovery of the hidden +battery, was a special machine. While very powerful and swift and +equipped for air-fighting, it was also one that had been used by one +of the French photographers and his pilot. The photographer, was a +daring man, and had, not long before, gone to his death in fighting +three Hun planes. But he had peculiar ideas regarding his car, and +under his orders it had been fitted with a glass floor in the two +cockpits, or what corresponded to them. + +Thus he and his pilot could look down and observe the nature of the +enemy country over which they were traveling without having to lean +over, not always a safe act where anti-aircraft guns below are +shooting up shrapnel. + +So as Torn and Jack flew on and on, over the enemy's first and +succeeding line trenches, they looked down through the glass windows +in the plane to make their observations. There was a camera +attached to the plane, and though they could each make use of it, +but they were not skilled in this work. + +It was impossible for them to talk to one another now, as Jack had +the motor going almost full speed, and the noise it made was +deafening, or it would have been except for the warm, fur hoods that +covered the ears of the fliers. They were warmly dressed for they +did not know how high they might ascend, and it is always cold up +above, no matter how hot it is on the earth. + +Up and up they climbed, and then they flew on and over the enemy +lines, keeping close lookout for anything unusual below that would +indicate the presence of the battery. Behind them, and off to one +side, a fierce aerial battle was going on. + +Tom and Jack were eager to get into this and do their share. But +they had orders to make their observations, and they dared not +'refuse. They could tell by looking back every now and then that +the affair was going well for the Allies, including some of the +American airmen, even if the Huns outnumbered them. + +Back and forth over the German lines swept the glass-bottomed Spad, +and at a certain point Tom, who was looking down, uttered an +exclamation. Of course Jack could not hear, but he could feel the +punch in the back his chum administered a moment later. + +Jack turned his head, and saw his chum eagerly pointing downward. A +moment later he motioned over his left shoulder, pointing backward, +as though they had just passed over something which would warrant a +second inspection. + +Jack swung the machine about in a big circle, banking sharply, and +then, as he passed over the ground covered a little while before, +he, too, looked down, and with sharper glance than he had used at +first. + +What he saw was the ruins of a small French chateau. It had been +under heavy fire from the Allied guns, for it had sheltered a German +machine gun nest, and some accurate shooting on the part of the +American gunners had demolished it a day or so before. + +But what attracted the attention of Tom and Jack was that whereas +the chateau before the bombardment had stood on a little hill +without a tree near it, now there was a miniature forest surrounding +it. It was as though trees and bushes had sprung up in the night. +As soon as he had seen this, Jack turned to Tom, nodded +comprehendingly, and at once started back over the American lines. +They had no easy time reaching them, for by this time the fleet of +Hun planes had been defeated by the Allies, and had turned tail to +run for safety--that is what were left of them, several having been +shot down, and at no small cost to the French, English and American +forces. + +But the defeat of their airmen seemed to anger the Germans, and they +opened up with their antiaircraft batteries on the machine in which +Tom and Jack were flying homeward. "Woolly bears" and "flaming +onions," as well as shrapnel, was used against them, and they were +in considerable danger. Jack had to "zoom" several times to get out +of reach of the shells. + +They finally reached their aerodrome, however, and as soon as they +had landed and their plane was taken in charge by the mechanics the +two lads hurried to the commanding officer. + +"Well?" he asked sharply, as they saluted. "Did you discover +anything?" + +"I think so, sir," returned Tom, for Jack had told his chum to do +the talking, since the discovery was his. "You remember, sir, the +old chateau we put out of business the other day?" + +"Yes, I recall it. What about it?" + +"This: It seems suddenly to have grown a wooded park around it, and +the trees and bushes don't seem to be as fresh as natural ones ought +to look." + +"You mean they camouflaged the ruins, and have put another battery +in the old, chateau?" + +"I think so, sir. It wouldn't do any harm to drop a few shells +there. If it's still a ruin the worst will be that we've wasted a +little ammunition and may start the German guns up. And if it is +what we think it is, we may blow up the battery." + +The commander thought for a moment. + +"I'll try it!" he suddenly said. "It's worth all it will cost." + +He called an orderly and issued his instructions. Tom and Jack had +not yet been dismissed, and now the commanding officer turned to +them and said: + +"Since you boys were sharp enough to discover this, I'll let you +have a front seat at the show which will start soon. Go up and do +contact work. Let the gunners know when they make a hit." + +The air service boys could not have wished for anything better. + +"Once more for our bus!" exclaimed Jack delightedly, when they were +outside. + +Their Spad had been refilled with gasoline, or "petrol," as it is +called on the other side, and oil had been put in, while the machine +guns had been looked to. + +"You seem to have spotted it all right, Tom," went on Jack, just as +they were about to start, for word came that the American batteries +were ready. + +"Yes, I was looking down through the glass, and when I saw the old +chateau it struck me that it had suddenly grown a beard. I +remembered it before, as being on a bare hill. I thought it was +funny, and that I might be mistaken. But when you agreed with me I +knew I was right." + +"Oh, the Huns have brought up trees and bushes to disguise the place +all right," declared, Jack. "The only question is whether or not +the battery is hidden there." + +But there was not long a question about that. Their machine was +equipped with wireless to signal back the result of the shots, and +Jack and Tom were soon in position. From the maps used when they +had previously shelled the place to drive out the German gunners, +the American artillery forces knew just about where to plant the +shells. + +There was a burst of fire from the designated battery. Up aloft +Jack and Tom watched the shell fall. It was a trifle over, and a +correction was signaled back. + +A moment later the second shell--a big one sailed over the German +first lines, and fell directly on the chateau partly hidden in the +woods. + +There was a burst of smoke, and with it mingled clouds of dust and +flying particles. Faintly to Tom and Jack, above the noise of their +motor, came the sound of a terrific explosion. + +There had been a direct hit on the old ruins, as was proved by the +fact that not only was the German battery put out of commission, but +a great quantity of ammunition hidden in the trees and bushes was +blown up, and with it a considerable number of Germans. + +And that it was a place well garrisoned was evident to the air +service boys as they saw a few Huns, who were not killed by the +shell and resultant explosion of the ammunition dump, running away +from the place of destruction. + +"That was it all right," said Jack, as he and Tom landed back of +their own lines. + +"Yes, and it couldn't have been hit better. I hope that was the +battery they wanted put out of business." + +And it was, for no more shells came from that vicinity of the Hun +positions for a long time. The aeroplane observations had given the +very information needed, and Tom and Jack were congratulated, not +only by their comrades, but by the commanding officer himself, which +counted for a great deal. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +A DARING SCHEME + + +Tom sat up on his bunk and looked across at Jack, who was just +showing signs of returning consciousness--that is, he was getting +awake. It was the morning after the successful discovery of the +hidden German battery, and since this exploit the two lads had not +been required to go on duty. + +"What's the matter?" asked Jack, opening his eyes and looking at his +chum. "Has the mail come in? Any letters?" + +"No. I was just thinking," remarked Tom, and though his eyes were +fixed on Jack it was clear that his thoughts were somewhere else. + +"Thinking, Tom? That's bad business. Have you seen the doctor?" + +"Oh, shut off your gas!" ordered Tom. "You're side slipping. First +you know you'll come down in a tail spin and I'll have to be looking +for a new partner." + +"It's as serious as all that, is it?" asked Jack, as he began to +dress. "Well, in that case I withdraw my observation. Go ahead. +How's the visibility?" + +"Low. We won't have to go up to-day, unless it clears." + +"Um. And I was counting on getting a few Huns right after +breakfast. Well, what's your think about, if you really were +indulging in that expensive pastime?" + +"I was," said Tom, and he got up and also proceeded to put on his +clothes. "I was thinking about Harry." + +"Oh!" and Jack's voice was decidedly different. It had lost all its +flippant tone. "Say, he certainly is in tough luck. I wish we +could do something for him--and his sister. Doubtless you were +thinking of her, too," and a little smile curled his lips. + +"Yes, I was thinking of Nellie," conceded Tom, and he was so bold +and frank about it that Jack choked back the joke that he was about +to make. "I was thinking that we haven't done very much to redeem +our promise." + +"But how can we?" asked Jack. "We haven't had a chance to do +anything to rescue Harry. Of course I want to do that as much as +you do, but how is it to be done? Can you answer me that?" + +"We can't do it by just talking," said Tom. "That's what I've been +thinking about. A scheme came to me in the night, and I've been +waiting to tell you about it." + +"Shoot then, my pickled blunderbuss," returned Jack. "I'm with you +to the last drop of petrol." + +"Well, I don't know that it's so much," said Tom. "It's only that +we ought to get word to Harry, somehow, that we're thinking of him +and trying to plan some way of rescuing him. We ought to tell him +his sister is here, too, and, at the same time we might drop him +something to smoke and a cake or two of chocolate." + +Jack looked at his chum in amazement. Then he burst out with: + +"Say, while you're at it why don't you send him a piano, and an +automobile, too, so he can ride home when he wants to? What do you +mean--getting word to him? Don't you know that the beastly Huns +will hold up the mail as they please, and anything else we might +send. They don't even let the Red Cross packages go through until +they get good and ready. Talk about your barbarians!" + +"Oh, I wasn't thinking of the mail," replied Tom. + +"No? What then?" + +"Why, we know where he is held a prisoner--at least we have the name +of the prison camp, and he may be there unless he's been +transferred. Of course that's possible, but it's worth taking a +chance on." + +"A chance on what?" asked Jack, "You haven't explained yet. What do +you plan to do?" + +"Fly over the place where Harry is held a prisoner and drop down a +package and some letters to him," said Tom. "Now wait until you +hear it all before you say it can't be done!" he went on quickly, +for Jack seemed about to interrupt. + +"If Harry is held where he was first made a prisoner, it's a big +place, and there are thousands of our captives there, as well as +French and British. Well, where there are so many they have to have +a big stockade to pen 'em in, worse luck. And dropping a bomb on a +big place is easier than dropping one on a small object." + +"Say! Suffering snuffle-boxes!" cried Jack. "You don't mean to +drop a bomb in Harry's prison, camp, do you? Do you think he might +possibly escape in the confusion?" + +"Nothing like that," said Tom. "I mean drop a package containing +some smokes, some chocolate and a letter telling him we haven't +forgotten him and that we're going to try to rescue him, and for him +to be on the lookout. That could be done." + +"How?" + +"By us flying over the place in our speedy Spad. We needn't make a +very big package, though the more of something to eat we can give +him the better, for those Boches starve our men. Let's get a week +off--the commanding officer will let us go. We can go to our old +escadrille and make arrangements to start from there. The boys will +help us all they can." + +"Oh, there's no doubt about that," assented Jack. "They all liked +Harry as much as we did. But I can't see that your scheme will +succeed. It's a risky one." + +"All the more reason why it ought to succeed," declared Tom. "It's +the fellows who take chances who get by. Now let's see if we can +get a few hours off to go to Paris." + +"Go to Paris? What for?" + +"To see Nellie Leroy and have her write her brother a letter. It +will be better to have one come direct from her than for us merely +to give him news of her in one of our notes." + +"Yes," agreed Jack, "I guess it would. And I begin to see which way +the wind blows. You wish to see Nellie." + +"Oh, you make me tired!" exclaimed Tom. "All you can think of is +girls! I tell you I'm doing this for Harry!" + +"And I believe you, old top, and what's more, I'm with you from the +word go. It's a crazy scheme and a desperate one, but for that very +reason it may succeed. The only thing is that we may not get +permission to carry it out." + +"Oh, I don't intend that anyone shall know what our game is," +returned Tom. "Of course the authorities would squash it in a +minute. No, we'll have to keep dark about that. All we need is +permission to do a little flying 'on our own,' for a while." + +"Suppose they won't let us do that?" + +"Oh, I think they will, after what we did yesterday," said Tom. +"Come on, let's get ready to go to Paris." + + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +WILL THEY SUCCEED? + + +The scheme evolved, or, perhaps, dreamed of by Tom Raymond in his +anxiety to get some word to the captive Harry Leroy worked well at +the start. When he and Jack asked permission to have half a day off +to make the trip to Paris it was readily granted. Perhaps it was +because of their exploit of the day before, when their sharp eyes +had discovered the camouflaged German battery and brought about its +destruction, or maybe it was because the day was a misty one,+ when +no flying could be done. + +At any rate, soon after breakfast saw the two boys on their way to +the wonderful city--wonderful in spite of war and the German +"super cannon," which had itself been destroyed. + +Tom and Jack knew that unless their plans were changed, the two +girls and Mrs. Gleason would be at home in Paris, for they had a +holiday once in every seven, and it was their custom to come to +their lodging for a rest from the merciful, though none the less +exceedingly trying, Red Cross work. + +Nor had the boys guessed in vain, for when they presented themselves +at the Gleason lodging, where Nellie Leroy was also staying, they +were greeted with exclamations of delight. + +"We were just thinking of you," said Bessie, as she shook hands with +Jack. + +"And so we were of you," Jack replied, gallantly. + +"I thought of it first," said Tom. "He'll have to give me credit for +that." + +"Yes," agreed Jack, "I will. He's got a great scheme," he added, as +Mrs. Gleason came in to greet the boys. "Tell 'em, Tom." + +"Is it anything about--oh, have you any news for me about Harry?" +asked Nellie eagerly. + +"Not exactly news from him, but we're going to send some news to +him!" exclaimed Tom. "I want you to write him a letter-a real, +nice, sisterly letter." + +"What good will that do?" asked Nellie. "I've sent him a lot, but I +can't be sure that he gets them. I don't even know that he is +alive." + +"Oh, I think he is," said Tom, hopefully. "If the German airmen +were decent enough to let us know he was a prisoner of theirs, they +would tell us if--if--well, if anything had happened to him." + +"I think," he went on, "that you, can count on his being alive, +though he isn't having the best time in the world--none of the Hun +prisoners do. That's why I thought it would cheer him up to let him +know we are thinking of him, and if we can send him some smokes, and +some chocolate." + +"Oh, he is so fond of chocolate!" exclaimed Nellie. "He used to +love the fudge I made. I wonder if I could send him any of that?" + +Tom shook his head. + +"It would be better," he said, "to send only hard chocolate--the +kind that can stand hard knocks. Fudge is too soft. It would get +all mussed up with what Jack and I have planned to do to it." + +"What is that?" asked Bessie Gleason. "You haven't told us yet. +How are you going to get anything to Harry through those horrid +German lines?" + +"We're not going through the German lines we're going above 'em; in +an aeroplane. And when we get over the prison camp where Harry is +held, we're going to drop down a package to him, with the, letters, +the chocolate and other things inside." + +"Oh, that's perfectly wonderful!" exclaimed Bessie. "But will the +Germans let you do it?" + +"Well," remarked Jack, "they'll probably try to stop us, but we +don't mind a little thing like that. We're used to it. Of course, +as I tell Torn, it's a long chance, but it's worth taking. Of +course it isn't easy to drop any object from a moving aeroplane and +have it land at a certain spot. We may miss the mark." + +"For that reason I'm going to take several packages," put in Tom. +"If one doesn't land another may." + +"But if you do succeed in dropping a package for Harry in the midst +of the German stockade, won't the guards see it and confiscate it?" +asked Mrs. Gleason. "You know they'll be as brutal as they dare to +the prisoners--though of course,"' she added quickly, as she saw a +look of pain on Nellie's face, "Harry may be in a half-way decent +camp. But, even then, won't the Germans keep the package +themselves?" + +"I've thought of that," replied Tom. "We've got to take that chance +also. But I figure that, in the confusion, Harry, or some of his +fellow prisoners, may pick up the package, or packages, unobserved. +Of course there's only a slim chance that Harry himself will pick up +the bundle. But it will be addressed to him, and if any of the +French, British, or American prisoners get it, they'll see that it +goes to Harry all right." + +"Oh, of course," murmured Mrs. Gleason. "But what was that you said +about the 'confusion?'" + +"That's something different," said Tom. "I'm counting on dropping a +few bombs on the German works outside the camp, to--er--well, to +sort of take their attention off the packages we'll try to drop +inside the stockade. Of course while we're doing this we may be and +probably shall be, under fire ourselves. But we've got to take that +chance. It's a mad scheme, Jack says, and I realize that it is. But +we've got to do something." + +"Yes," said Nellie in a low voice, "we must do something. This +suspense is terrible. Oh, if I only could get word to Harry!" + +"You write the letter and I'll take it!" declared Tom. + +"And I'll help!" exclaimed Jack. + +And then the letters--several of them, for each one wrote a few +lines and made triplicates of it, since three packages were to be +dropped. The letters, to begin again, were written and the bundles +were made up. They contained cigarettes, cakes of hard chocolate, +soap and a few other little comforts and luxuries that it was +certain Harry would be glad to get. + +The rest of the plan would have to be left to Tom and Jack to work +out, and, having talked it over with their friends, they found it +was time for them to start to their station, since their leave was +up at eleven o'clock that night. + +Getting permission for a week's absence was not as easy as securing +permission to go to Paris. But Tom and Jack waited until after a +sharp engagement, during which they distinguished themselves by +bravery in. the air, assisting in bringing down some Hun planes, and +then their petition was favorably acted on. + +Behold them next, as a Frenchman might say, on their way to their +former squadron, where they were welcomed with open arms. They had +to take the commanding officer into their confidence, but he offered +no objection to their scheme. They must go alone, however, and +without his official knowledge or sanction, since it was not +strictly a military matter. + +And so Tom and Jack were furnished with the best and speediest +machine in their former camp, and one bright day, following a hard +air battle in which the Huns were worsted, they set out to drop the +letters and packages over the prison camp where Harry Leroy was +held. + +"Well, how do you feel about it?" asked Jack, as he and his chum +stepped into their trim machine. + +"Not at all afraid, if that's what you mean." + +"No. And you know I didn't. I mean do you think we'll pull it +off?" + +"I have a sneaking suspicion that we shall." + +"And so have I. It's a desperate chance, but it may succeed. Only +if it does, and we get Harry's hopes raised for a rescue, how are we +going to pull that off?" + +"That's another story," remarked Tom. "Another story." + +They mounted into the clear, bright air, and proceeded toward the +German lines. Would they reach their objective, or would they be +shot down, to be either killed or made prisoners themselves? Those +were questions they could not answer. But they hoped for the best. + + + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +BADLY HIT + + +Before undertaking their kindly though dangerous mission, Tom and +Jack had carefully studied it from all angles. At first Jack had +been frankly skeptical, and he said as much to his chum. + +"You'll never get over the place where Harry is held a prisoner," +declared Jack. "And, if you do, and start to dropping packages, +they'll never land within a mile of the place you intend, and +Harry'll have the joy of seeing some fat German eat his chocolate +cake." + +"Well, maybe," Tom had agreed, "But I'm going to try." + +To this end they had secured the best map possible of the ground in +and around the prison camp. Its location they knew from the dropped +glove of the aviator, which contained a note telling about Leroy. + +It was not uncommon for Germany to disclose to her enemies the names +of prisons where certain of the Allies were confined, and this was +also done by England and France. The prison camps were located far +enough behind the defense lines to make it impossible for them to, +be reached in the course of ordinary fighting. + +Then, too, the airmen of Germany seemed a step above her other +fighters in that they were more chivalrous. So Tom and Jack felt +reasonably certain as to Leroy's whereabouts. Of course it was +possible that he had been moved since the note was written, but on +this point they would have to take a chance. + +To this end they had provided themselves not only with the best maps +obtainable showing the character of the ground and the nature of the +defenses around the prison, where Harry and other Allied men were +held, but inquiries had also been made by those in authority, at the +request of Tom and Jack, of German prisoners, and from them had come +information of value about the place. + +Of course the two air service boys had no hope of inflicting much +damage on batteries or works outside the prison. By the dropping of +some bombs they carried they hoped to distract attention from +themselves long enough to drop the packages to Leroy. The bombs +were a sort of feint. + +And now they were on their way, winging a path over their own lines, +and soon they would be above those of the Hun. + +Some of the former comrades of Tom and Jack, having been apprised of +what the lads were to attempt, had, without waiting for official +orders, decided to do what they could to help. This took the form +of a daring challenge to the German airmen to come out and give +battle. + +After their thorough drubbing of the day before, however, the Boche +aviators did not seem much inclined to venture forth for another +cloud fight. But the French and some English fliers who were acting +with them, laid a sort of trap, which, in a way, aided the two +Americans. + +A half dozen swift Spads took the air soon after Tom and Jack +ascended, but instead of flying over the German lines they went in +the opposite direction, making their way to the west. They got out +of sight, and then mounted to a great height. + +Shortly after this some heavy, double-seated planes set out for the +German territory as though to make observations or take photographs. +It was the belief of the French airmen that the Huns would swarm out +to attack these planes, or else to give battle to the machine in +which Tom and Jack rode. And, in such an event, the swift Spads +would swoop down out of a great height and engage in the conflict. + +And that is exactly what occurred. Torn and Jack had flown only a +little way over the trenches of the enemy when they saw some Hun +planes coming up to meet them. It was in the minds of both lads +that they were in for a fight, but before they had a chance to sight +their guns, some French planes of the slow type appeared in their +rear. + +To these the Huns at once turned their attention, and then the Spads +swooped down, and there was a sharp engagement in the air, which +ultimately resulted in victory for the Allied forces, though two of +the French fliers were wounded. + +But the feint had its effect, and attention was drawn away from Tom +and Jack, who flew on toward the prison camp. + +Had their mission been solely to carry words of cheer with some +material comforts to Harry Leroy, it is doubtful if Tom and Jack +would have received permission to make the trip. But it was known +they were both daring aviators and good observers, and it was this +latter ability on their part which counted in their favor. For it +was thought they might bring back information concerning matters +well back of the German front lines, information which would be of +service to the Allies. + +And in furtherance of this scheme Jack and Tom made maps of the +country over which they were flying. They had been provided with +materials for this before leaving. + +On and on they flew, changing their height occasionally, and, when +they were fired at, which was the case not infrequently, they +"zoomed" to escape the flying shrapnel. + +But on the whole, they fared very well, and in a comparatively short +time they found themselves over the country where, on the maps, was +marked the location of Harry Leroy's prison camp. + +"There it is!" suddenly exclaimed Tom, but of course Jack could not +hear him. However, a punch in Jack's back served the same purpose, +and he took his eyes from his instruments long enough to look down. +Then a confirmatory glance at the map made him agree with Tom. The +air service boys were directly over the prison camp. + +This, like so many other dreary places set up by the Germans, +consisted of a number of shacks, in barrack fashion, with a central +parade, or exercise ground. About it all was a barbed wire stockade +and, though the character of these wires did not show, there were +also some carrying a deadly electric current. + +This was to discourage escapes on the part of prisoners, and it +succeeded only too well. + +But the camp was in plain sight, and in the central space could be +seen a number of ant-like figures which the boys knew were +prisoners. + +Whether one of them was Leroy or not, they were unable to say. + +But they had reached their objective, and now it was time to act. +High time, indeed, for below them batteries began sending up shells +which burst uncomfortably close to them. They were of all +varieties, from plain shrapnel to "flaming onions" and "woolly +bears," the latter a most unpleasant object to meet in mid-air. + +For the Germans were taking no chances. They knew the vulnerable +points of their prison camp lay above, and they had provided a ring +of anti-aircraft guns to take care of any Allied, machines that +might fly over the place. Whether any such daring scheme had been +tried before or not, Tom and Jack could not say. + +Of course it was out of the question that any great damage could be +done in the vicinity of the camp without endangering the inmates, so +it was not thought, in all likelihood, that any very heavy air raids +would have to be repelled. But in any case, the Huns were ready for +whatever might happen. + +"Better drop the bombs, hadn't we?" cried Jack to Tom, as he slowed +down the motor a moment to enable his voice to be heard. + +"I guess so--yes. Drop 'em and then shoot over the camp again and +let the packages fall. It's getting pretty hot here." + +And indeed it was. Guns were shooting at the two daring air service +boys from all sides of the camp. + +In the camp itself great excitement prevailed, for the prisoners +knew, now, that it was some of their friends flying above them. + +There was another danger, too. Not many miles away from the prison +camp was a German aerodrome, and scenes of activity could now be +noticed there. The Huns were getting ready to send up a +machine--perhaps more than one--to attack Tom and Jack. + +It was, then, high time they acted, and as Jack again started the +engine, he guided the machine over a spot where the anti-aircraft +guns were most active. + +"There's a battery there I may put out of business," he argued. + +Flying fast, Jack was soon over the spot, or, rather, not so much +over it, as in range of it. For when an aeroplane drops a bomb on a +given objective, it does not do so when directly above, but just +before it reaches it. The momentum of the plane, going at great +speed, carries any object dropped from it forward. It is as when a +mail pouch is thrown from a swiftly moving express train or a bundle +of newspapers is tossed off. In both instances the man in the train +tosses the pouch or his bundle before his car gets to the station +platform, and the momentum does the rest. + +It was that way with the bomb Jack released by a touch of his foot +on the lever in the cockpit of the machine. Down it darted, and, +wheeling sharply after he had let it go, the lad saw a great puff of +smoke hovering directly over the spot where, but a moment before, +Hun gums had been belching at him. + +"Good! A sure hit!" cried Tom, but he alone heard his own words. +Jack's ears were filled with the throb of the motor. He had two +more bombs, and these were quickly dropped at different points on +German territory outside the camp. + +At the time, aside from the evidences they saw, Jack and Tom were +not aware of the damage they inflicted, but later they learned it +was considerable and effective. However, they guessed that they had +created enough of a diversion to try now to deliver the packages +containing the letters and other comforts. + +Jack swung the machine at a sharp angle over the prison camp, and as +he cleared the barbed wire fence Tom, who had been given charge of +the packets, let one go. It fell just outside the barrier, caused +by some freak of the wind perhaps, and the lad could not keep back a +sigh of dismay. One of the three precious packages had fallen short +of the mark, and would doubtless be picked up by some German guard. + +But Tom had the satisfaction of seeing the two other bundles fall +fairly within the prison fence, and there was a rush on the part of +the unfortunate men to pick them up. + +"I only hope Harry's there," mused Tom. "That's tough luck to wish +a man, I know," he reflected, "but I mean I hope he gets the letters +and things." + +However, he and Jack had done all that lay in their power to make +this possible, and it was now time to get back to their own lines if +they could. The place was getting too dangerous for them. + +Swinging about in a big circle, and noting that groups of prisoners +were now gathered about the place where the packets had fallen, Jack +sent the machine toward that part of France where they had spent so +many strenuous days. + +"They're going to make it lively for us!" cried Jack, as he noted +two swift German planes mounting into the air. "It's going to be a +fight." + +But he and Tom were ready for this. Their Lewis and Vickers guns +were in position, and they only awaited the approach of the nearest +Hun plane to unlimber them. They mounted steadily upward to get +beyond the range of the anti-aircraft batteries and were soon in +comparative safety, since the Huns, at this particular sector at +least, were notoriously bad marksmen. + +With the German planes, that would be a different story, and Tom and +Jack soon found this out to their cost. + +For one of the Boche machines came on speedily, and much more +quickly than the boys had believed possible was within range. The +German machine guns--for it was a double plane--began spitting fire +and bullets at them. They replied, but did not seem to inflict much +damage. + +Suddenly Tom saw Jack give a jump, as though in an agony of pain, +and then the young pilot crumpled up in his seat. + +"Badly hit!" exclaimed Tom with a pang at his own heart. "Poor Jack +is out of it!" + +The machine, out of control for a moment, started to go into a nose +dive, but Tom let go the lever of his machine gun, and took charge +of the craft, since it was one capable of dual manipulation. Tom +now had to become the pilot and gunner, too, and he had yet a long +way to go to reach his own lines, while Jack was huddled, before +him, either dead or badly wounded. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +JUST IN TIME + + +It was with mingled feelings of alarm and sorrow that Tom Raymond +sent the speedy Spad aeroplane on its homeward way toward the French +lines. He was worried, not chiefly about his own safety, but on +account of Jack; and his sorrow was in the thought that perhaps he +had taken his last flight with his beloved chum and comrade in arms. +He could not see where Jack had been hit, but this was because the +other lad lay in such a huddled position in the cockpit. Jack had +slumped from his seat, the safety straps alone holding him in +position, though he would not have fallen out when the machine was +upright as it was at present. + +"One of those machine gun bullets must have got him," mused Tom, as +he started the craft on an upward climb, for it had darted downward +when Jack's nerveless hands and feet ceased their control. For part +of the steering in an aeroplane is done by the feet of the pilot, +leaving his hands free, at times, to fire the machine gun or draw +maps. + +Tom had a double object in starting to rise. One was to get into a +better position to make the homeward flight, and another was to have +a better chance not only to ward off the attack of the Hun planes, +of which there were now three in the air, but also to return their +fire. It is the machine that is higher up that stands the best +chance in an aerial duel, for not only can one maneuver to better +advantage, but the machine can be aimed more easily with reference +to the fixed gun. + +In Tom's case he did not have access to this weapon, which was fixed +on the rim of the cockpit where Jack could, and where he had been +controlling, it. With Jack out of the fight, through one or more +German bullets, it was up to Tom to return the fire of the Huns from +his swivel mounted Lewis gun. He was going to have difficulty in +doing this and also guiding the craft, but he had had harder +problems than this to meet since becoming an aviator in the great +war, and now he quickly conquered his worrying over Jack, and began +to look to himself. + +He gave one more fleeting glance at the crumpled-up figure of his +chum, seeking for a sign of life, but he saw none. Then he swung +about, turning in toward the nearest Hun airman, and not away from +him, and opened up with the machine gun, using both hands on that +for a moment, while he steered with his knees. + +It was not easy work, and Tom hardly expected to make a direct hit, +but he must have come uncomfortably close to the Boche, for the +latter swerved off, and for an instant his plane seemed beyond +control. Whether this was due to a wound received by the aviator, +or to a trick on his part was not disclosed to Tom. But the machine +darted downward and seemed to be content to veer off for a while. + +The third plane Tom soon saw was not going to trouble him, as it had +not speed equal to his own, so that he really had left only one +antagonist with whom to deal. And this plane, containing two men, +with whom he had not yet come to close quarters, was racing toward +him at great speed. + +"I guess there's only one thing to do," mused Tom, "and that's to +run for it. I won't stand any show at all with two of them shooting +at me, while I have to manage the machine and the gun too. If I can +beat 'em to our lines I'd better do it and run the chance of some of +our boys coming out to take care of 'em. I'd better get Jack to a +doctor as soon as I can." + +And abandoning the gun to give all his attention to the motor, Tom +opened it full and sped on his way. The other machine's occupants +saw his plan and tried to stop it with a burst of bullets, but the +range was a little too far for effective work. + +"Now for a race!" thought Tom, and that is what it turned out to be. +Seeing that he was going to try to get away, the Hun plane, which +was almost as speedy as the one Tom and Jack had started out in, +took after them. The other German craft was left far in the rear, +and the one Tom had shot at appeared to be in such difficulties that +it was practically out of the fight. + +Thus the odds, once so greatly against our heroes, were now greatly +reduced, though not yet equal, since Jack was completely out of the +game--for how long Tom could only guess, and he seemed to feel cold +fingers clutching at his heart when he thought of this. + +But Tom soon discovered, by a backward glance over his shoulder now +and then, that his machine, barring accidents, would distance the +other, and this was what his aim now was. So on and on he sped, +watching the German occupied French territory unrolling itself below +him, coming nearer and nearer each minute to his own lines and +safety. + +Behind them, he and Jack--for the latter had done his share before +being wounded--had left consternation in the German ranks. The +bombs had done considerable damage--as was learned later--and the +dropping of packages within the prison camp was fraught with +potential danger to an extent at which the Boches could only guess. + +On and on sped Tom, sparing time, now and then, to look back at his +pursuers, who were, it could not be doubted, doing their best to get +within effective range. And, every now and again, Tom would glance +at the motionless form of his churn. + +But poor Jack never stirred, and Tom was fearing more and more that +his chum had made his last flight. As for the Hun aviators, after +using up a drum or so of bullets uselessly, they ceased firing and +urged their machine on to the uttermost. + +But Tom had the start of them, and he was also on a higher level, so +that the Germans must climb at an oblique angle to reach him. + +And, thanks to this, Tom saw that, if nothing else happened, he +would soon be in comparative safety with the unconscious form of +Jack. The anti-aircraft batteries were firing in vain, as he was +beyond their range, and, far away, he could see the lines of the +French armies, behind which he soon hoped to be. + +And then the unexpected happened, or, rather, it had taken place +some time since, but it was only then brought to Tom's attention. +His engine began missing, and when he sought for a cause he speedily +found it. Nearly all the gasoline had leaked out of the main tank. +As he knew that there had been plenty for the return flight, there +was but one explanation of this. A Hun bullet had pierced the +petrol reservoir, letting the precious fluid leak away. + +"Now if the auxiliary tank has any in it, I'm fairly all right," +thought Tom. "If it hasn't, I'm all in." + +His worst fears were confirmed, for the auxiliary tank had suffered +a like fate with the main one. Both were pierced. There were only +a few drops left, besides those even then being vaporized in the +carburetor. + +With despair in his heart, Tom looked back. If the Hun plane chose +to rush him now all would be over with him and Jack. He had only +enough fuel for another thousand meters or so, and then he must +volplane. + +He saw a burst of flame and smoke from the enemy plane, and realized +that he was being shot at again. But the distance was still too far +for effective aim. + +And then, to his joy, Tom saw the pursuer turn and start back toward +the German territory. The firing had been a last, desperate attempt +to end his career, and it had failed. Either the Huns were almost +out of petrol themselves, or they did not relish getting too close +to the French lines. + +"And now, if I can volplane down the rest of the way, I'll be in a +fair position to save myself," mused Tom, as he made a calculation +of the distance he had yet to go. It was far, but he was at a good +height and believed he could do it. + +Suddenly his engine stopped, as though with a sigh of regret that it +could no longer serve him, and Tom knew that volplaning alone would +save him now. He was still over the enemy country, and had his +plight been guessed at by the Germans, undoubtedly they would have +sent a machine up to attack him. But they were in ignorance. + +There was nothing to do but drift along. Gravity alone urged the +craft on. As he swept over the German trenches Tom was greeted with +a burst of shrapnel, and he was now low enough to be vulnerable to +this. But luck was with him, and though the plane was hit several +times he thought he was unharmed. But in this he was wrong. He +received a glancing wound in one leg, but in the excitement he did +not notice it, and it was not until he had landed that he saw the +blood, and knew what had happened. + +On and on, and down and down he volplaned until he was so near his +own lines, and so low down, that he could hear the burst of cheers +from his former comrades. + +Then he aimed his craft for a level, grassy place to make a landing, +and as he came to a gradual stop, and was surrounded by a score of +eager aviators, he cried out, as soon as he could speak, "I'm all +right! But look after Jack! He's hurt!" + +A surgeon bent hastily over the huddled form, and with the aid of +some men lifted it from the cockpit. Jack's legs were covered with +blood, and when the medical man saw whence it came, then and there +he set hastily to work to stop the bleeding from a large artery. + +"You got back only just in time, my friend," he said to Tom, as Jack +was carried to a hospital. "Two minutes more and he would have been +bled to death." + + +CHAPTER XVII + +A CRASH + + +Not until a day or so later, when Jack was able to sit up in bed and +greet Tom with rather a pale face, did the latter learn all that had +happened. And it was a very close call that Jack had had. + +As Tom had guessed, it was some of the bullets from the Hun machine +gun that had stricken down his chum. One had struck him a glancing +blow on the head, rendering Jack unconscious and sending him down, a +crumpled-up heap in the cockpit of his machine. Another bullet, +coming through the machine later, had found lodgment in Jack's leg, +cutting part way through the wall of one of the larger arteries. + +It was certain that this bullet, the one in the leg, came after Jack +was hit on the head, for that first wound was the only one he +remembered receiving. + +"It was just as though I saw not only stars' but moons, suns, +comets, rainbows and northern lights all at once," he explained to +his chum. + +The bullet in the leg had cut only part way through the wall of an +artery. At first the tissues held the blood back from spurting out +in a stream that would soon have carried life with it. But either +some unconscious motion on Jack's part, or a jarring of the plane, +broke the half-severed wall, and, just before Tom landed, his chum +began to bleed dangerously. Then it was the surgeon had made his +remark, and acted in time to save Jack's life. + +"Well, I guess we made good all right," remarked Jack, as his chum +visited him in the hospital. + +"I reckon so," was the answer, "though the Huns haven't sent us any +love letters to say so. But we surely did drop the packages in the +prison camp, though whether Harry got them or not is another story. +But we did our part." + +"That's right," agreed Jack. "Now the next thing is to get busy and +bring Harry out of there if we can." + +"The next thing for you to do is to keep quiet until that wound in +your leg heals," said the doctor, with a smile. "If you don't, you +won't do any more flying, to say nothing of making any rescues. Be +content with what you did. The whole camp is talking of your +exploit. It was noble!" + +"Shucks!" exclaimed Tom, in English, for they had been speaking +French for the benefit of the surgeon, who was of that nationality. + +"Ah, and what may that mean?" he asked. + +"I mean it wasn't anything," translated Tom. "Anybody could have +done what we did." + +But of this the surgeon had his doubts. + +In spite of the dangerous character of his wound, Jack made a quick +recovery. He was in excellent condition, and the wound was a clean +one, so, as soon as the walls of the artery had healed, he was able +to be about, though he was weak from loss of blood. However, that +was soon made good, and he and Tom, bidding farewell to their late +comrades, returned to the American lines. They had been obliged to +get an extension of leave--at least Jack had--though Tom could +report back on time, and he spent the interim between that and +Jack's return to duty, serving as instructor to the "huns" of his +own camp. They were eager to learn, and anxious to do things for +themselves. + +Before long Jack returned, though he was not assigned to duty, and +he and Tom visited Paris and told Nellie, Bessie and Mrs. Gleason +the result of their mission. + +"You didn't see Harry, of course?" asked Nellie, negatively, though +really hoping that the answer would be in the affirmative. + +"Oh, no, we couldn't make out any individual prisoner," said Tom. +"There was a bunch of 'em--I mean a whole lot--there." + +"Poor fellows!" said Mrs. Gleason kindly, "Let us hope that they +will soon be released." + +"Tom and I have been trying to hit on some plan to rescue Harry," +put in Jack. "And we'd help any others to get away that we could. +But is isn't going to be easy." + +"Oh, I don't see how you can do it!" exclaimed Nellie. "Of course I +would give anything in the world to have Harry back with me, but I +must not ask you to run into needless danger on his account. That +would be too much. Your lives are needed here to beat back the +Huns. Harry may live to see the day of victory, and then all will +be well." + +"I don't believe in waiting, if anything can be done before that." +Tom spoke grimly. "But, as Jack says, it isn't going to be easy," +he went on. "However, we haven't given up. The only thing is to +hit on some plan that's feasible." + +They talked of this, but could arrive at nothing. They were not +even sure--which made it all the harder to bear--that Harry had +received the packages dropped in the prison camp at such risk. The +only thing that could be done was to wait and see if he wrote to his +sister or his former chums. Letters occasionally did come from +German prisoners, but they were rare, and could be depended on +neither as to time of delivery nor as to authenticity of contents. + +So it was a case of waiting and hoping. + +Jack was not yet permitted to fly, so Tom had to go alone. But he +served as an instructor, leaving the more dangerous work of patrol, +fighting, and reconnaissance to others until he was fit to stand the +strain of flying and of fighting once more. + +"Sergeant Raymond, you will take up Martin to-day," said the flight +lieutenant to Tom one morning. "Let him manage the plane himself +unless you see that he is going to get into trouble. And give him a +good flight." + +"Yes, sir," answered Tom, as he turned away, after saluting. + +He found his pupil, a young American from the Middle West, who was +not as old as he and Jack, awaiting him impatiently. + +"I'm to get my second wing soon, and I want to show that I can +manage a plane all by myself, even if you're in it," said the lad, +whose name was Dick Martin. "They say I can make a solo flight +to-morrow if I do well to-day." + +"Well, go to it!" exclaimed Tom with a laugh. "I'm willing." + +Soon they were in a double-seater of fairly safe construction--that +is, it was not freakish nor speedy, and was what was usually used in +this instructive work. + +"I'm going to fly over the town," declared Martin, naming the French +city nearest the camp. "Well, mind you keep the required distance +up," cautioned Tom, for there was, a regulation making it necessary +for the aviators to fly at a certain minimum height above a town in +flying across it, so that if they developed engine trouble, they +could coast safely down and land outside the town itself. + +"I'll do that," promised Martin. + +But either he forgot this, or he was unable to keep at the required +height, for he began scaling down when about over the center of the +place. Tom saw what was happening, and reached over to take the +controls. But something happened. There was a jam of one of the +levers, and to his consternation Tom saw the machine going down and +heading straight for a large greenhouse on the outskirts of the +town. + +"There's going to be one beautiful crash!" Tom thought, as he worked +in vain to send the craft up. But it was beyond control. + + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +GETTING A ZEPPELIN + + +Dick Martin became frantic when he saw what was about to happen. He +fairly tore at the various levers and controls, and even increased +the speed of the motor, but this last only had the effect of sending +the machine at a faster rate toward the big expanse of glass, which +was the greenhouse roof. + +"Shut it off! Shut off the motor!" cried Tom, but his words could +not be heard, so he punched Martin in the back, and when that +frightened lad looked around his teacher made him understand by +signs, what was wanted. + +With the motor off there was a chance to speak, and Torn cried: + +"Head her up! Try to make her rise and we may clear. I can't do a +thing with the levers back here!" + +Martin tried, but his efforts had little effect. For one instant +the machine rose as though to clear the fragile glass. Then it +dived down again, straight for the greenhouse roof. + +"Guess it's all up with this machine!" thought Tom quickly. He was +not afraid of being killed. The distance to fall was not enough for +that, and though he and his fellow aviator might be cut by broken +glass, still the body of the aeroplane would protect them pretty +well from even this contingency. But there was sure to be +considerable damage to the property of a French civilian, and the +machine, which was one of the best, was pretty certain to be badly +broken. + +And then there came a terrific crash. The aeroplane settled down by +the stern, and rose by the bow, so to speak. Then the process was +reversed, and Tom felt himself being catapulted out of his seat. +Only his safety strap held him in place. The same thing happened to +Dick Martin. + +Then there was an ominous calm, and the aeroplane slowly settled +down to an even keel, held up on the glass-stripped frames of the +greenhouse, one of the very few in that vicinity, which was +considerably in the rear of the battle line. + +Slowly Tom unbuckled his safety strap and climbed out, making his +way to the ground by means of stepping on an elevated bed of flowers +inside the now almost roofless house. + +Martin followed him, and as they stood looking at the wreckage they +had made, or, rather, that had been made through no direct fault of +their own, the proprietor of the place came out, wearing a long +dirt-smudged apron. + +He raised his hands in horror at the sight that met his gaze, and +then broke into such a torrent of French that Tom, with all the +experience he had had of excitable Frenchmen, was unable to +comprehend half of it. + +The gist was, however, to the effect that a most monstrous and +unlooked-for calamity had befallen, and the inhabitants of all the +earth, outside of Germany and her allies, were called on to witness +that never hid there been such a smash of good glass. In which Torn +was rather inclined to agree. + +"Well, you did something this time all right, Buddie," Tom remarked +to Dick Martin. + +"Did I--did I do that?" he asked, as though he had been walking in +his sleep, and was just now awake. + +"Well, you and the old bus together," said Tom. "And we got off +lucky at that. Didn't I tell you to keep high, if you were going to +fly over one of the towns?" + +"Yes, you did, but I forgot. Anyhow I'd have cleared the place if +the controls hadn't gone back on us." + + "I suppose so, but that excuse won't go with the C.O. It's a bad +smash." + +By this time quite a crowd had gathered, and Tom was trying to +pacify the excitable greenhouse owner by promising full reparation +in the shape of money damages. + +How to get the machine down off the roof, where it rested in a mass +of broken glass and frames, was a problem. Tom tried to organize a +wrecking party, but the French populace which gathered, much as it +admired the Americans, was afraid of being cut with the broken +glass, or else they imagined that the machine might suddenly soar +aloft, taking some of them with it. + +In the end Tom had to leave the plane where it was and hire a motor +to take him and Martin back to the aerodrome. They were only +slightly cut by flying glass, nothing to speak of considering the +danger in which they had been. + +The result of the disobedience of orders was that the army officials +had rather a large bill for damages to settle with the French +greenhouse proprietor, and Tom and Dick Martin were deprived of +their leave privileges for a week for disobeying the order to keep +at a certain height in flying over a town or city. + +Had they done that, when the controls jammed, they would have been +able to glide down into a vacant field, it was demonstrated. The +machine was badly damaged, though it was not beyond repair. + +"And that's the last time I'm ever going to be soft with a Hun, you +can make up your mind to that," declared Tom to Jack. "If I'd sat +on him hard when I saw he was getting too low over the village, it +wouldn't have happened. But I didn't want him to think I knew it +all, and I thought I'd take a chance and let him pull his own +chestnuts out of the fire. But never again!" + +"'Tisn't safe," agreed Jack. He was rapidly improving, so much so +that he was able to fly the next week, and he and Tom went up +together, and did some valuable scouting work for the American army. + +At times they found opportunity to take short trips to Paris, where +they saw Nellie and Bessie, and were entertained by Mrs. Gleason. +Nellie was eager for some word from her brother, but none came. +Whether the packages dropped by Tom and Jack reached the prisoner +was known only to the Germans, and they did not tell. + +But the daring plan undertaken by the two air service boys was soon +known a long way up and down the Allied battle line, and more than +one aviator tried to duplicate it, so that friends or comrades who +were held by the Huns might receive some comforts, and know they +were not forgotten. Some of the Allied birdmen paid the penalty of +death for their daring, but others reported that they had dropped +packages within the prison camps, though whether those for whom they +were intended received them or not, was not certain. + +"But we aren't going to let it stop there, are we?" asked Tom of +Jack one day, when they were discussing the feat which had been so +successful. + +"Let it stop where? What do you mean?" + +"I mean are we going to do something to get Harry away from the +Boche nest?" + +"I'm with you in anything like that!" exclaimed Jack. "But what can +we do? How are we going to rescue him?" + +"That's what we've got to think out," declared Tom. "Something has +to be done." + +But there was no immediate chance to proceed to that desired end +because of something vital that happened just about then. This was +nothing more nor less than secret news that filtered into the Allied +lines, to the effect that a big Zeppelin raid over Paris was +planned. + +It was not the first of these raids, nor, in all likelihood, would +it be the last. But this one was novel in that it was said the +great German airships would sail toward the capital over the +American lines, or, rather, the lines where the Americans were +brigaded with the French and English. Doubtless it was to "teach +the Americans a lesson," as the German High Command might have put +it. + +At any rate all leaves of absence for the airmen were canceled, and +they were ordered to hold themselves in readiness to repel the +"Zeps," as they were called, preventing them from getting across the +lines to Paris. + +"And we'll bring down one or two for samples, if we can!" boasted +Jack. + +"What makes it so sure that they are coming?" asked Tom. + +It developed there was nothing sure about it. But the information +had come from the Allied air secret service, and doubtless had its +inception when some French or British airman saw scenes of activity +near one of the Zeppelin headquarters in the German-occupied +territory. There were certain fairly positive signs. + +And, surely enough, a few nights later, the agreed-upon alarm was +sounded. + +"The Zeps are coming!" + +Tom and Jack, with others who were detailed to repel the raid, +rushed from their cats, hastily donned their fur garments, and ran +to their aeroplanes, which were a "tuned up" and waiting. + +"There they are!" cried Torn, as he got into his single-seated +plane, an example followed on his part by Jack. "Look!" + +Jack gazed aloft. There was a riot of fire from the anti-aircraft +guns of the French and British, but they were firing in vain, for +the Zeppelins flew high, knowing the danger from the ground +batteries. + +Sharp, stabbing shafts of light from the powerful electric lanterns +shot aloft, and now and then one of them would rest for an instant +on a great silvery cigar-shape--the gas bag of the big German +airships that were beating their way toward Paris, there to deal +death and destruction. + +"Come on!" cried Tom, as his mechanician started the motor. "I'm +going to get a Zep!" + +"I'm with you!" yelled Jack, and they soared aloft side by side. + + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +ON PATROL + + +Aloft with Tom and Jack were several other fighters, for it was not +only considered a great honor to bring down a Zeppelin, but it would +save many lives if one or more of the big gas machines could be +prevented from dropping bombs on Paris or its environs. + +The machines which were used were all of the single type, though of +different makes and speeds. Each one was equipped with electric +launching tubes. These were a somewhat new device for use against +captive Hun balloons and Zeppelins and were installed in many of the +fighting scout craft of the Americans and Allies. + +Between the knees of Toni and Jack, as well as each of the other +pilots, was a small metal tube. This went completely through the +floor of the cockpit, so that, had it been large enough to give good +vision, one could view through it the ground beneath. + +In a little rack at the right of each scout were several small bombs +of various kinds. Some were intended to set on fire whatever they +came in contact with, being of phosphorus. Others were explosive +bombs, pure and simple, while some were flares, intended to light up +the scene at night and make getting a target easier. + +Included in the rack of death and destruction was a simple stick; +not unlike a walking cane, and this seemed so comparatively harmless +that an uninitiated observer would almost invariably ask its use. + +At the lower end of the launching tube, through which the bombs were +dropped, was a "trip," or sort of catch, that caught on a trigger +fastened to each bomb. The trip pulled the trigger, so to speak, +and set in operation the firing device. + +In the early days, though doubtless the defect was afterwards +corrected, the bombs sometimes stuck in the launching tube, and as +they were likely to go off in this position at any moment, it was +the custom of the pilots to push them on their way with the cane if +the missiles jammed. Hence it was an essential part of each flying +machine's armament. + +Higher and higher mounted the fighting scouts, with Tom and Jack +among their number. It was necessary to mount very high in order to +get above the Zeppelins, as in this position alone was it possible +for the aeroplanes to fight them to any advantage. The Zeppelins +carried many machine guns of long range, and for the pigmy planes to +attack them on the same level, meant destruction to the smaller +craft. + +There were several German machines in the raid toward Paris, but Tom +and Jack caught sight of only two. The others were either at too +great a height to be observed, or else were farther off, lost in the +haze. + +But the two silver shapes, resembling nothing so much as huge, +expensive cigars, wrapped in tinfoil, were flying on their way, now +and then dropping bombs, which exploded with dull, muffled reports -- an +earnest of what they would do when they got over Paris. They were +traveling fast, under the impulse of their own powerful motors and +propellers, and also aided by a stiff breeze. + +Of course conversation was out of the question among Tom, Jack and +the other aviators, but they knew the general plan of the fight. +They were to get above the Zeppelins--as many of them as could--and +drop bombs on the gas envelope. They were also to attack with +machine guns if possible, aiming at the rudder controls and +machinery. It was the great desire of the Allied commanders to have +a Zeppelin brought down as nearly intact as possible. + +Up and up climbed the speedy scout machines, and it was seen that +some of them would never get in a position to do any damage. The +German craft were traveling too speedily. But Tom and Jack managed +to get to a height of about twenty thousand feet, which was above +the Zeppelins, though by this time the Germans were in advance of +them, for they had climbed at rather a steep angle. However, they +knew their speed was many times that of the German machine on a +straight course. + +On and on they went. Then came a mist which hid the enemy from +sight. The aviators railed at their luck, and Tom and Jack dropped +down a bit, hoping to get through the mist. It lay below them like +a great, gray blanket. + +Suddenly they fairly plumped through it, and saw, not far away, the +two big silver shapes, shining in the searchlights which were now +giving good illumination. It was a moonlight night, which seemed a +favorite for a German bombing expedition. + +Far below them, and beneath the Zepplins, Tom and Jack could see the +lights of other aeroplanes, which were flying low to observe +lanterns on the ground, set in the shape of arrows, to indicate in +which direction the German craft were traveling. Later, if +necessary, these observing machines could climb aloft and signal to +those higher up. + +Nearer and nearer Jack and Tom came to one of the Zeppelins. And +now, in the semi-darkness, they became aware that they were being +fired at by a long-range gun on the German craft. The bullets sung +about them, but though their machines were hit several times, as +they learned later, they escaped injury. + +Now the battle of the air was on in grim and deadly earnest. +Several scout planes flew at the big Zeppelin like hornets attacking +a bear. They fired their machine guns, and the Germans replied in +kind, but with more terrible effect, for two of the Allied planes +were shot down. It was a sad loss, but it was the fortune of war, +or, rather, misfortune, for the Zeppelin was not engaged in a fair +fight, but seeking to bomb an unfortified city. + +Now Tom and Jack, though somewhat separated, were close above the +Zeppelin, and in a position where they could not be fired at. They +began to drop incendiary bombs through the tubes between their +knees. + +These bombs were fitted with sharp hooks, so that if they touched +the gas bag they would cling fast, and bum until they bad ignited +the envelope and the vapor inside. And as they circled about, +dropping bomb after bomb, the two air service boys saw this happen. +Some at least of their bombs reached their target. + +The great craft, now on fire in several places, was twisting and +turning like some wounded snake, endeavoring to escape. Tom glanced +toward the other Zeppelin and saw that this was fairly well +surrounded by aeroplanes, but was not, as yet, on fire. + +The bees had fatally stung one great German bear, and, a little +later, it crashed to the ground where it was nearly all consumed, +and of its crew of thirty men, not one was left alive. + +The other plane, though greatly damaged by machine gun fire, was not +set ablaze, but was forced to turn and sail for the German lines +again. So that two were prevented from bombing Paris. + +Well satisfied with what they had accomplished, Torn, Jack and the +others who had set the Zeppelin on fire, descended. Later they +learned, by word from Paris, that on of the German machines was shot +down over that city and some of its crew captured. So that though +the Huns did considerable damage with their bombs, they paid dearly +for that unlawful expedition. + +This was the beginning of a series of fierce aerial battles between +the German forces and the Allied airmen, though for a long dine no +more Zeppelins were seen. Sometimes fortune favored the side on +which Tom and Jack fought, and again they were forced to retire, +leaving some of their friends in the hands of the enemy. + +Once Tom and Tack, keeping close together doing scout work, were cut +off from their companions. They had ventured too far over the Hun +lines, and were in danger of being shot down. But a squadron of +airmen from Pershing's forces made a sortie and drove the Germans to +cover, rescuing the two air service boys from an evil fate. + +Then followed some weeks of rainy and misty weather, during which +there was very little air work on either side. But the fight on +land went on, with attacks and repulses, the Allies continually +advancing their lines, though ever so little. Slowly but surely +they were forcing the Germans back. + +Now and then there were night raids, and once Tom and Jack, who had +not flown for a week because of rain, were just back of the lines +when a captured German patrol was brought in, covered with mud and +blood. There had been lively fighting. + +"I wish we were in on that!" exclaimed Tom. "I'm getting tired of +sitting around."' + +"So am I!" agreed Jack. "Let's ask if we can't go out on patrol +some night. It will be better than waiting for it to stop raining." + +To their delight their request was granted, as it had been in a +number of other cases of airmen. Temporarily they were allowed to +go with the infantry until the weather cleared. + +The two air service boys were in the dugout one night, having served +their turns at listening post work and general scouting, when an +officer came in with a slip of paper. He began reading off some +names, and when he had finished, having mentioned Tom and Jack, he +said: + +"Prepare for patrol duty at once." + +"Good!" whispered Tom to his chum: "Now there'll be something +doing." + +He little guessed what it was to be. + + + + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +CAPTURED + + +Silently, in the darkness of their trenches, the party of which Tom +and Jack were to be members, prepared to go over the top and +penetrate the German front line of defense, in the hope of taking +prisoners that information might be had of them. It was a risky +undertaking, but one frequently accomplished by the Allies, and it +often led to big results. + +There were about a score in the patrol, and, to their delight, +though they rather regretted it later, Tom and Jack were given +positions well in front, two files removed, in fact, from the +lieutenant commanding. + +"Now I suppose you all understand what you're to do," said the +lieutenant as he gathered his little party about him in one of the +larger dugouts, where a flickering candle gave light. "You'll all +provide yourselves with wire cutters, hand grenades and pistols. +Rifles will be in the way. Take your gas masks, of course. No +telling when Fritz may send over some of those shells. Blacken your +faces, as usual. A star shell makes a beautiful light on a white +countenance, so don't be afraid of smudging yourselves. And when we +start just try to imagine you are Indians, and make no noise. One +object is to come in contact with some German post, try to hear +what's going on from their talk, and make some captures if we can. +Do you all understand German?" + +It developed that they did--at least no one would confess he did not +for fear of being turned back. But, as it developed, they all had +some, if slight, acquaintance with the language. + +A little period of anxious waiting followed--a sort of zero hour +effect--until finally the word was received from some source, +unknown to Tom and Jack, to proceed. The night was black, and there +was a mist over everything which did not augur for clear weather on +the morrow. + +"Forward!" whispered the lieutenant, for they were so near the +German lines that incautious talking was prohibited. Out of their +trenches they went, Tom and Jack well in front, and close to the +leader. + +As carefully as might be, though, at that, making noise which the +members of the patrol thought surely must be heard clear to Berlin, +they made their way over the shell-torn and uncertain ground in the +darkness. They went down between their own lines of barbed wire to +where an opening had been made opposite what was considered a quiet +spot in the Hun defenses, and then they started across "No Man's +Land." + +It was not without mingled feelings that Tom and Jack advanced, and, +doubtless, their feelings were common to all. There was great +uncertainty as to the outcome. Death or glory might await them. +They might all be killed by a single German shell, or they might run +into a German working party, out to repair the wire cut during the +day's firing. In the latter case there would be a fight--an even +chance, perhaps. They might capture or be captured. + +On and on they went, treading close together and in single file, +making little noise. Straight across the desolate stretch of land +that lay between the two lines of trenches they went, and, when half +way, there came from the German side a sudden burst of star shells. +These are a sort of war fireworks that make a brilliant +illumination, and the enemy was in the habit of sending them up +every night at intervals, to reveal to his gunners any party of the +enemy approaching. + +"Down! Down!" hissed the lieutenant. But he need not have uttered +the command. All had been told what to do, and fell on their faces +literally--their smoke-blackened faces. In this position they +resembled, as nearly as might be, some of the dead bodies scattered +about, and that was their intention. + + Still each one had a nervous fear. The star shells were very +brilliant and made No Man's Land almost as bright as when bathed in +sunshine, a condition that had not prevailed of late. There was no +guarantee that the Germans would not, in their suspicious hate, turn +their rifles or machine guns on what they supposed were dead bodies. +In that case-well, Tom, Jack and the others did not like to think +about it. + +But the brilliance of the star shells died away, and once more there +was darkness. The lieutenant cautiously raised his head and in a +whisper commanded: + +"Forward! Is every one all right?" + +"My mouth's full of mud and water--otherwise I'm all right," said +some one. + +"Silence!" commanded the officer. + +Once more he led them forward. They reached the first German wire, +and instantly the cutters were at work. Though the men tried to +make no noise, it was an impossibility. The wire would send forth +metallic janglings and tangs as it was cut. But an opening was +made, and the patrol party filed through. And then, almost +immediately, something happened. + +There was another burst of star shells, but before the Americans had +an opportunity to throw themselves on their faces, they saw that +they were confronted by a large body of Germans who had come forward +as silently as themselves, and, doubtless, on the same sort of +errand. + +"At 'em, boys! At 'em!" cried the lieutenant. "The Stars and +Stripes! At 'em!" + +Instantly pandemonium broke loose. In the glaring light of the star +shells the two forces rushed forward. There was a burst of pistol +fire, and then the fight went on in the darkness. + +"Where are you, Tom?"' yelled Jack, as he flung a grenade full at a +big, burly German who was rushing at him with uplifted gun. + +"Here!" was the answer, and in the darkness Jack felt his chum +collide with him so forcefully that both almost went down in a heap. +"I jumped to get away from a Hun bayonet," pantingly explained Tom. + +Jack's grenade exploded, blowing dirt and small stones in the faces +of the chums. There were shouts and cries, in English, French and +German. The American lieutenant tried to rally his men around him, +but, as was afterward learned, they were attacked by a much larger +party of Huns than their patrol. + +"We must stick together!" cried Jack to Tom. "If we separate we're +lost! Where are the others?" + +"Sam Zalbert was with me a second ago," answered Tom, naming a lad +with whom he and Jack had become quite friendly. "But I saw him +fall. I don't know whether he slipped or was hurt. Look out!" he +suddenly shouted. + +He saw two Germans rushing at him and Jack, with leveled revolvers. +There was no time to get another grenade from their pockets, and Tom +did the next best thing. He made a tackle, football fashion, at the +legs of the Germans, which he could see very plainly in the light of +many star shells that were now being sent up. + +Almost at the same instant Jack, seeing his chum's intention, +followed his example, and the two Huns went down in a heap, falling +over the heads of their antagonists with many a German imprecation. +Their weapons flew from their hands. + +"Come on! This is getting too hot for us!" cried Jack, as he +scrambled to his feet, followed by Tom. "There'll be a barrage here +in a minute." + +This seemed about to happen, for machine guns were spitting fire and +death all along that section of the German front, and the American +and French forces were replying. A general engagement might be +precipitated at any moment. + +The American lieutenant tried to rally his men, but it was a +hopeless task. The Germans had overpowered them. Tom and Jack +started to run back toward their own lines, having made sure, +however, of putting beyond the power to fight any more the two +Germans who had attacked them. + +"Come on!" cried Tom. "We've got to have reinforcements to tackle +this bunch!" + +"I guess so!" agreed Jack. + +They turned, not to retreat, but to better their positions, when +they both ran full into a body of men that seemed to spring up from +the very ground in the sudden darkness that followed an unusually +bright burst of star shells. + +"What is it? Who are they? What's the matter?" cried Tom. + +"Give it up!" answered Jack. "Who are you?" he asked. + +Instantly a guttural German voice cried: + +"Ah! The American swine! We have them!" + +In another moment Tom and Jack felt themselves surrounded by an +overpowering number. + +Hands plucked at them toughly from all sides, and their pistols and +few remaining grenades were taken from them. + +"Turn back with the prisoners!" cried a voice in German. + +The two air service boys found themselves being fairly-lifted from +their feet by the rush of their captors. Where they were going they +could not see, but they knew what had happened. + +They had been captured by the Germans! + + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE CLEW + + +For one wild instant Tom and Jack, as they admitted to one another +afterward, felt an insane desire to attempt to break away from their +captors, to rush at them, to attack if need be with their bare +hands, and so invite death in its quickest form. They even hoped +that they might escape this way rather than live to be taken behind +the German lines. + +It was not only the disgrace of being captured--which really was no +disgrace considering the overwhelming numbers that attacked them--t +it was the fear of what they might have to suffer as prisoners. + +Tom and Jack, as well as the others, might well regard with horror +the fate that lay before them. But to escape by even a desperate +struggle was out of the question. They were surrounded by a ring of +Germans, several files deep, and each was heavily armed. Then, too, +their captors were fairly rushing them along over the uneven ground +as though fearful of pursuit. The air service boys had no chance, +nor did any of their comrades of the patrol who might be left alive. +How many these were, Tom and Jack had no means of knowing. They did +not see any of their comrades near them. There were only the Huns +who were bubbling over with coarse joy in the delight of having +captured two "American pigs," as they brutally boasted. + +Stumbling and half falling, Tom and Jack were dragged along. Now +and then they could see, by means of the star shells, groups of men, +some near and some farther off. There was firing all along the Hun +and Allied lines, and as the boys were dragged along the big guns +began to thunder. What had started as an ordinary night raid might +end in a general engagement before it was finished. + +There seemed to be fierce lighting going on between the several +detached groups, and the air service boys did not doubt that some +word of the dispersing and virtual defeat of the party they were +with had reached their lines, resulting in the sending out of relief +parties. + +"This sure is tough luck!" murmured Jack to Tom, as they stumbled +along in the midst of their captors. + +"You said it! If our boys would only rush this bunch and get us +away." + +"Silence, pigs!" cried a German officer, and with his sword he +struck at Tom, slightly injuring the lad and causing a hot wave of +fierce resentment. + +"You wouldn't dare do that if I had my hands free, you dirty dog!" +rasped out Tom in fairly good German, and he tugged to free his arms +from the hold of a Hun soldier on either side. + +The officer who had struck Tom seemed about to reply, for he surged +through the ranks of his men over toward the captive, but a command +from some one, evidently higher in authority halted him, and he +marched on, muttering. + +There was sharp fighting between the Hun sentries and small parties, +and similar bodies from the American and Allied sides going on along +the lines now, and both armies were sending up rockets and other +illuminating devices. + +The two Virginia lads felt themselves being hurried forward--or +back, whichever way you choose to look at it--and whither they were +being taken they did not know. The taunts of their captors had +ceased, though the men were talking together in low voices, and +suddenly, at something one of them said, Tom nudged Jack, beside +whom he was walking. + +"Did you hear that?" he asked in so low a voice that it was not +heard by the Hun next him. Or if it was heard, no attention was +paid to it, for Torn spoke in English. The tramp of the heavy boots +of the Huns and the rattle of their arms and accoutrements made +noise enough, perhaps, to cover the sound of his voice. + +"Did I hear what?" asked Jack. + +"What that chap said. It was something about one of the German +prison camps having been burned by the prisoners, a lot of whom got +away. The rest were transferred to a place not far from here. +Listen!" + +And the Americans listened to the extent of their ability. + +Then it was they blessed their lucky stars that they understood +enough of German to know what was being said, for it was then and +there that they got a clew to the whereabouts of Harry Leroy, from +whom they had heard not a word since the dropping of his glove by +the German aviator. They did not even know whether or not their +packages had reached their chum. + +The talk of the Germans who had captured Tom and Jack was, indeed, +concerning the burning of one of the prison camps. As the boys +learned later, the prisoners, unable to stand the terrible +treatment, had risen and set fire to the place. Many of them +perished in the blaze and by the fire of German rifles. The others +were transferred to a camp nearer the battle line as a punishment, +it being argued, perhaps, that they might be killed by the fire of +the guns of their own side. + +"And there are some airmen, too, in the new prison camp," said one +of the Germans. "Our infantrymen claimed them as their meat, though +our airmen brought them down. But there was no room for them in the +prison camp with the other captured aviators, so The Butcher has +them in his charge." + +Tom and Jack learned later that "The Butcher" was the title +bestowed, even by his own men, on a certain brutal German colonel +who had charge of this prison camp. + +Then there came to Tom and Jack in the darkness a curious piece of +information, dropped by casual talk of the Huns. One of them said +to another: + +"One of the transferred airmen tried to bribe me to-day." + +"To bribe you? How and for what?" + +"He is an accursed American pig, and when he heard we were opposite +some of them, he wanted me to throw a note from him over into the +American lines. He said I would be well paid, and he offered me a +piece of gold he had hidden in the sole of his shoe." + +"Did you take it?" + +"The gold? Of course I did! But I tore up the note he gave me to +toss into the American lines. First I looked at it, though. It was +signed with a French name, though the prisoner claimed to be from +the United States. It was the name Leroy which means, I have been +told, the king. Ha! I have his gold, and the note is scattered +over No Man's Land! But I will tell him I sent it into the trenches +of his friends. He may have more notes and gold!" and the brute +chuckled. + +Tom and Jack, looked at one another in the darkness. Could it be +possible that it was their friend Harry Leroy who was so near to +them, since he had been transferred from a camp far behind the +lines? + +It seemed so. There were not many American airmen captured, and +there could hardly be two of this same rather odd name. + +"It must be Harry," murmured Tom. + +"I think so," agreed Jack. + +"Silence, American pigs!" commanded man officer. + +He raised his sword to strike the lad. But just then occurred an +interruption so tremendous that all thought of punishing prisoners +who dared to speak was forgotten. + +A big shell rose screaming and moaning from the Allied lines and +landed not far from the party of Germans which was leading along Tom +and Jack. It burst with a tremendous noise well inside the Hug +defenses, and this was followed by a terrific explosion. As the +boys learned later the shell had landed in the midst of a concealed +battery--a stroke of luck, and not due to any good aiming on the +part of the American gunner--and the supply of ammunition had gone +up. + +There was great commotion behind the German lines, and two or three +of Tom's and Jack's captors were thrown down by the concussion. The +air service boys themselves were stunned. + +And then there suddenly sounded a ringing American cheer, while a +voice, coming from a group of soldiers that confronted the German +patrol, cried: + +"Halt! Who's there? Are there any of Uncle Sam's boys?" + +"Yes! Yes!" eagerly cried Tom and Jack. "Come on! We're captured +by the Germans!" + +There was another cheer, followed by a roar of rage, and then came a +rush of feet. Gleaming bayonets glistened in the light of star +shells and many guns, and the members of the German patrol, finding +themselves surrounded, threw down their arms and cried: + +"Kamerad!" + +The fortunes of war had unexpectedly turned, and Tom and Jack had +been rescued and saved by a party of Pershing's gallant boys. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +NELLIE'S RESOLVE + + +"What happened?" + +"How'd they get you?" + +"Are you hurt?" + +These were a few of the questions put to Tom and Jack as they were +surrounded by the rescuing party of their friends, led, it afterward +developed, by the very lieutenant with whom the two air service boys +had started in the patrol across No Man's Land. + +The German captors had either all surrendered or been killed, and +the tables were most effectively switched around. At first Tom and +Jack were too surprised and overwhelmingly grateful to answer. + +But they soon understood what had happened. And then they told the +story of their fight against odds until captured. They said nothing +just then of the unexpected information that had come to them about +Harry Leroy's presence in a German camp so comparatively near their +own lines. But they resolved, at the first opportunity, to make use +of the information. + +The shooting of the big guns gradually ceased when it was made +manifest that neither side was ready for a general engagement. The +pop-pop of the machine weapons, too, died away and the star shells +ceased rising. + +"Come on you Fritzies--what's left of you," cried the lieutenant, +when he had made sure that there were no others of his party whom he +could rescue. + +Then with Tom and Jack the center of a happy, tumultuous throng of +their own comrades, the trip back to the American lines was begun. +It was without incident save that on the way a wounded British +soldier was found lying in a shell hole and carried in, ultimately +to recover. + +Tom and Jack told what had happened to them, how they had been +surrounded and led away; and then, came the story of the lieutenant +who had led the patrol party which had turned defeat into victory +with the aid of reinforcements which were sent to him. + +He had seen his hopes blasted when rushed by the big crowd of the +Hun patrol, and, though slightly wounded, he realized that absolute +defeat would come to him and his men unless he could get help. He +sent a runner back with word to send relief, and then, surrounding +himself with what few men remained alive and uncaptured, the fight +went on. + +It was bitter and sanguinary, and at last, with only two men left +beside him, the lieutenant heard the rush of the relief guard. He +was placed in charge, as he knew the lay of the land, and the party +hurried to and fro, wiping up little knots of Germans here and +there, until the main body encountered the squad having in charge +the two air service boys. + +"You began to think it was all up with you, didn't you?" asked the +lieutenant, when they were all once more safely in the dugout. + +"We certainly did!" admitted Tom. + +"We had visions of watery soup and wheatless bread for the rest of +the war," observed Jack. + +He and Tom were slightly wounded--mere scratches they dubbed the +hurts--but they were sent to the rear to be looked over and +bandaged, as were some of the others who were more severely hurt. +There were some who could not be sent back--who were left in No +Man's Land silent figures who would never take part in a battle +again. They had paid their price toward making the world a better +place to live in, and their names were on the Honor Roll. + +"Well, what do you think about it?" asked Tom of Jack. + +"I don't know what to think. It seems hardly possible that Harry +can be so near to us, and yet we can't do a thing to help him." + +"I'm not so sure about that," returned Tom. "That's what I want to +talk about." + +It was a week after the patrol raid, and clear weather had succeeded +the rain and mist, so that it was possible for the aeroplanes to +operate. And their services were much needed. + +There were preparations going on back of the German lines of which +General Pershing and the Allied commanders needed to be informed. +And only the "eyes" of the armies could see them and report--the +eyes being the aeroplanes. + +So it came about that, having been relieved of their temporary +transfer to the infantry, Tom and Jack were once more with their +comrades of the air. + +"Well, let's think it over, and talk about it when we come down," +suggested Jack. "We've got to go upstairs for our usual tour of +duty now." + +This would last three hours. They were to do scout work--report any +unusual activity back of the German lines, or give warning of the +approach of any hostile aeroplanes. After their tour of duty was +ended they would have the rest of the day to themselves, provided +there was no general attack. Of course if, while they were up, they +were attacked, they must fight. + +Each lad had a plane to himself, since the young "huns" had all +pretty well passed their novitiate, and were now in the regular +flying squad. Later some other new aviators would report for +instruction on the battle front. + +Up and up climbed Tom and Jack, and eagerly they scanned the German +lines for any signs of activity. But though there were some Hun +planes in the air, they did not approach to give battle. Possibly +some other plans were afoot. Afterward Tom and Jack admitted to one +another that there was a great temptation to fly over the German +trenches to try to get a sight of the prison that had been spoken +of--the camp where Harry Leroy might be held. + +But to do this would be in direct violation of their orders, and +they dared not take any risks. For to do so might involve not only +themselves in danger, but others as well. And that view of the +matter determined them. They would have to await their opportunity +for rescuing their chum--if it could be accomplished. + +Their tour of duty aloft that day was without incident. This is not +an usual condition at times along the long battle front. Men can +not go on fighting without stop, and there come lulls in even the +fiercest battle. Flesh and blood can stand only a certain amount of +torture, and then even the soul rebels. + +So Tom and Jack drifted peacefully down to their aerodrome, noting +that it was being newly camouflaged, for the recent rain had played +havoc with some of the concealments. + +As far as possible both the Germans and the Allies tried to conceal +the location of their flying camps. The aeroplanes and balloons +needed large buildings to house them, and such structures made +excellent and, of course, fair war-marks for bombing parties in +aeroplanes hovering aloft. So it was the custom to put up trees and +bushes or to stretch canvas over the aerodromes and paint it to +resemble woods and fields in an effort to conceal, or camouflage, +the depots where the airships were stationed. But this work was +done by a special detail of men, and with it Tom and Jack had +nothing to do. + +They turned their machines over to the mechanics, who would go +carefully over them and have the craft in readiness for the next +flight. Then, being free for several hours, the two young airmen +could do as they pleased, within certain limits. + +"Well, did anything occur to you?" asked Jack, as he and Tom, having +divested themselves of their heavy fur-lined garments, went to the +mess hall, which was in an old stable, from which the horses had +long since been removed. + +"You mean a plan to rescue Harry?" + +"That's it." + +"No, I'm sorry to say I can't think of a thing," Tom answered. "I +thought I would, but I didn't. Have you anything to say?" + +"Yes. Let's go to Paris." + +"You mean to see--er--?" + +"Yes!" interrupted Jack with a smile. "This is their day off, and +we might as well have a little enjoyment when we can. From the easy +time we had to-day we'll have some hard fighting to-morrow. This +was too good to last. Heinie is up to some mischief, I think." + +"Same here." + +So, having received permission, they went to Paris, and soon found +their way to the lodgings of Mrs. Gleason, where the air service +boys were welcomed by Bessie and Nellie. + +Of course the first question had to do with the captive Harry, and +to the delight of Nellie Tom was able to say: + +"We have news of him, anyhow." + +"News? You mean he is all right?" + +"Well, as all right as he ever can be while the Boches have him, I +suppose," was the answer. + +"But the news didn't come direct from him. He's in another camp. +I'll tell you about it." + +Tom and Jack, by turns, related what had happened on the night +patrol, and explained how they had overheard talk of Harry. + +"Then he is nearer than he has been?" asked Nellie. + +"Yes," admitted Tom. + +"Won't it be easier to rescue him then?" Bessie queried. + +"Well, that doesn't follow," said Jack. "Of course if we could +rescue him, we'd have a shorter distance to bring him, to get him +inside our lines. But it's just as difficult getting beyond the +German lines now as it was before. Tom and I thought we'd come and +talk it over, and see if you girls have anything to suggest. We'll +do the rescue work if we only get a chance, and can find some plan. +Have you any?" + +He asked that question, though he hardly expected an answer. And +both he and Tom, as well as Bessie and her mother, were greatly +surprised when Nellie exclaimed: + +"Yes, I have!" + +"You have?" cried Tom. "What is it? Tell us, quick!" + +"I am going to save my brother by offering myself as a prisoner in +his place," said Nellie with quiet resolve. "That's how I'll save +him! I'll exchange myself for him!" + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +THE BIG BATTLE + + +Nellie Leroy rose from, the chair where she had been sitting, and +stood before the little party of her friends, gathered in the little +Paris apartment where Bessie Gleason and her mother made their home +when they were not actively engaged in Red Cross work. The sister +of the captive airman had a quiet but very determined air about her. + +"That is what I am going to do," she said, as no one at first +answered what had been a dramatic outbreak. "Perhaps you will tell +me best how to go about it," and she turned to Tom and Jack. "You +know something of the German lines, and where I can best go to give +myself up." + +"Why--why, you can't go at all!" burst out Tom. + +"I can't go?" + +"No, of course not. You mean all right, Nellie," went on the young +man, "but it simply can't be done. To give yourself up to the +Germans would mean for yourself not only--Oh, it couldn't be done!" +as he thought of the cruelty of the Huns, not only to the soldiers +of the Allied armies but to helpless women and children. "You +couldn't give yourself up to those brutes!' he cried. + +"To save my brother I could," said Nellie simply. "I would do +anything for him!" + +"I know you would," murmured Bessie. + +"But it would just be throwing yourself away!" exclaimed Jack, +coming to the help of his chum, who was gazing helplessly at him in +this new crisis. "Tell her, Mrs. Gleason," he went on, "that it is +utterly impossible, even if the army authorities would let her. +Even if she should give herself up to the Germans, they wouldn't +keep any agreement they made to exchange her brother. They'd simply +keep both of them." + +"Yes, I think they would," said Mrs. Gleason. "It is out of the +question, my dear," and gently she laid her hand on the girl's +shoulder. "That is very fine and noble of you, but it would be +wrong, for it would not save your brother, and you would certainly +be made a prisoner yourself. And of the horrors of the German +prison--at least some where the infantrymen have been kept, I dare +not tell you. I imagine it must be better where the airmen are +captured," she went on, for she feared that if she painted too black +a picture of what Harry might suffer his sister would not be held +back by anything, and might sacrifice herself uselessly. + +"But what am I do?" asked Nellie, helplessly. "I want Harry so +much! We all want him! Oh, isn't there something? Can't you save +him?" and she held out her hands appealingly to Torn and Jack. + +There was a moment of silence, and then Tom burst out with: + +"Well, I may as well speak now as later, and I'll tell you what I've +made up my mind to do. Yes, it's a new plan I've worked out," he +went on, as Jack looked at him curiously. "I haven't told even you, +old man, as it wasn't quite ready yet. But it's a scheme that may +succeed, now that we know definitely where Harry is, from what the +German patrol said. He isn't so far away as when we dropped the +packages in the prison camp, though we don't yet know that he was +there at the time we did our stunt. However, if this new plan +succeeds we may have a chance to find out." + +"How?" asked Nellie, eagerly. + +"By talking to Harry himself." + +"How are you going to do that?" demanded Bessie. + +"What kind of game have you been cooking up behind my back?" asked +Jack. + +"As desperate as the other, I guess you'll call it," answered Tom. +"But something has to be done." + +"Yes, something has to be done," agreed Jack. "Now what is it?" + +Tom arose and went to the door. He opened it, looked carefully up +and down the hall, evidently to make sure no one was listening, and +then came back to join the circle of his friends. + +"I'm going to speak of something that very few know, as yet," he +said, "and I don't want to take any chances of its getting out. +There may be German spies in Paris, though I guess by this time +they're few and scattering. + +"I'm not going to tell you how I know," he said, "but I do know that +soon there is to take place a big battle--that is, it will be big +for the American forces that are to have part in it. There has been +a conference among the Allied commanders, and it has been decided +that it's time to teach the Germans a lesson. They've been +despising the American troops, as they despised General French's +'contemptible little army,' and General Pershing is going to show +Fritz that we have a soldier or two that can fight." + +"You mean there's to be a big offensive?" asked Jack. + +"No, I wouldn't go so far as to call it a general engagement like +that. It's to be kept within the limits, of the sector where the +United States troops are at present," said Tom. "That is where you +and I are located, Jack, and that, as you know, is almost opposite +the prison where Harry and the others are confined." + +"I begin to see what you are driving at!" cried Nellie, her eyes +shining. "But are you sure of this?" + +"Yes," went on Jack, "how did you bear of this when it's supposed to +be such a secret?" + +"It came to me by accident," said Torn, "and I wouldn't speak of it +to any one but you. Soon, however, it will be more or less public +on our side, as it will have to be when we start to get ready. But +it's to be kept a secret from Fritz as long as possible. It's to be +a surprise attack, and if it doesn't develop into a big battle it +won't be the fault of Uncle Sam's boys." + +"Will the air service have any part in it?" asked Jack eagerly, as +if fearing he might be left out. + +"I don't see how they can get along without us," said Tom. "Not +that we're the whole works, but it is well established now that an +army can't fight without the use of aeroplanes, to tell not only +what the other side is doing, but also how our own guns are +shooting. Oh, we'll be in it all right!" + +"When?" asked Jack. + +"That I can't say," replied his chum. "But now to get down to the +thing that concerns us, or rather, Harry. I have a scheme--and you +can call it wild if you like--that when the battle is going on, you +and I, Jack, and some other airmen if we can induce them to do it, +and I think we can, may be able to drop bombs near the prison camp. +We'll have to judge our distances pretty carefully, or we'll do more +harm than good. Then, if all goes well, and we can blow down some +of the camp walls or fences, and if the battle favors our side, we +can make a descent on enemy territory and rescue Harry and any +others that are with him. What do you think of that plan?" + +"It's wonderful!" exclaimed Nellie, glaring at Tom with a strange, +new light in her eyes. + +"It's very daring," said Bessie, more calmly. + +"It's crazy!" burst out Jack + +"I thought you'd say that," commented Tom calmly, "and I'd have been +disappointed if you hadn't. And just because it is crazy it may +succeed. But it's the only thing I can think of. Daring will get +you further in this war then anything else. You've got to take big +chances anyhow, and the bigger the better, I say." + +"I'm with you there all right," agreed Jack. "But to land in +hostile territory--it hasn't been done ten times since the war +began, and have the aviator live to get away with it!" + +"I know it," said Tom, quietly. "But this may be the eleventh +successful time. Now that's my plan for rescuing Harry Leroy. If +any of you have a better one let's hear it." + +No one answered, and finally Nellie spoke. + +"No," she said, with a shake of her head, "it's very fine and noble +of you boys, but I can't allow it. If you wouldn't let me give +myself up--exchange myself for Harry, I can't let you give your +lives for him this way. It wouldn't be fair. It would be depriving +the Allies of two valuable fighters, to possibly get back one, and +the possibility is so slim that--well, it's suicidal!" she +exclaimed. + +"Not so much so as you think," said Tom. "I've got it all figured +out as far as possible. And as for landing in hostile territory, if +all goes well, and the big battle progresses as Pershing and his +aides think it will, maybe we won't have to land in hostile +territory at all. We may drive the Germans back, and then the +prison will be within our lines." + +"That's so!" cried Jack. "I didn't think of feat. Tom, old man, +maybe your scheme isn't as crazy as I thought! Anyhow, I'm in it +with you. The only thing is--will this big battle take place?" + +"'It will unless the Germans decide to surrender between now and the +day set," Tom answered grimly, "and I hardly believe they'll do +that. It's a going to be some fight!" + +"Glad of it!" cried Jack. "Now we've got something to live for!" +As if he and Tom did not risk their lives every day to make life in +the civilized world something worth living for. + +"Well, we must be getting back!" exclaimed Tom, as he looked at his +watch. "All leaves will be stopped in a few days--just before we +start preparations for the big battle. If we can we'll see you once +more before then." + +"And afterward?" inquired Nellie, softly and pleadingly. + +"Yes, and afterward, too!" exclaimed Tom. "And we'll bring Harry +back with us. Now good-bye!" + +It was a more solemn farewell than the friends had taken in some +time, for all felt the impending events, and Tom and Jack talked but +little during the return trip from Paris to their headquarters. + +What Tom had said about the big battle was strictly true. It had +been decided in high quarters that it was time the newly arrived +American soldiers showed what they could do. That they could fight +fiercely and well was not a question, it was only a matter of +getting them familiar with the different conditions to be met with +on the European battlefields, against a ruthless foe. + +Tom and Jack had a chance for one more hasty, flying visit to Paris, +and then all leave was withdrawn, and there began in and about the +American camp such a period of tense and intensive work as bore out +what Tom had said. The big battle was impending. + +Great stores were accumulated of rations and munitions. Great guns +were brought up into position and skillfully camouflaged. Machine +guns in great numbers were prepared and a number of aeroplanes were +brought from other sectors and made ready for the flying fight. + +"How are your plans coming on?" asked Jack of Tom, at the close of a +day when it seemed that every one's nerves were on edge from the +strain of preparing. + +"All right," was the answer. "I've spoken to a number of the boys, +and they're with me. You know we're pretty much 'on our own,' when +we're flying, and I think that we can drop the bombs and make a +descent long enough to pick up Harry and other refugees if we break +open the prison." + +"But suppose we land, stall the engines and the Germans surround +us?" + +"That mustn't happen," said Tom. "We won't stall the engines for +one thing. We'll just have to drop down, and taxi around as well as +we can until we pick up Harry, or until he sees us. The machines +will carry three as well as two, and even if we have, by some +mischance to go up in singles, they'll carry double. But I figured +on your being with me. Harry knows enough of the game to be on the +lookout when he hears the bombs drop and sees the planes hovering +over him, and he'll tip off the others to be ready for a rescue. + +"Of course I don't say we can get 'em all, and maybe something will +happen that we can't get Harry away. But I think we'll teach Fritz +a lesson, and I think we can break up the prison camp so some of the +poor fellows can get away. As I said, it's a desperate chance, but +one we've got to take." + +"And I'm with you!" exclaimed Jack. "And now when does the big +battle take place?" + +He was answered a moment later, for an orderly arrived with +instructions to the air service boys to report at their hangars at +once. + +There they were told something of the impending attack--the first +public mention of it, though more than one had guessed something +unusual was in the air from the tenseness of the last few days. + +The attack was to start at dawn the next morning, preceded by an +intense artillery fire. It was to be the fiercest rain of shells +since the Americans had come to the front lines. Then the infantry, +supported by tanks and aeroplanes, would follow, going over in waves +which it was hoped would overwhelm the Germans. + +That night was a tense one. Suppose the enemy had guessed, or a spy +had given word of the impending battle? Then success would be +jeopardized. But the night passed with only the usual exchange of +shots and the sending up of star shells over No Man's Land. + +And so, as the hour of dawn approached, the tense and nervous +feeling grew. Tom and Jack, with their comrades in their hangars, +were dressed in their fur garments and ready. Their machines had +received the last touches from the hands of the mechanics, and each +one was well equipped with bombs and machine gun ammunition. Tom +and Jack were to be allowed to go up together in a big double +bombing plane. + +The night passed. The hour approached. Anxious eyes watched the +hands of watches slowly revolve. + +Then suddenly, as if the very earth had been blasted away from +beneath them, the batteries of big guns belched forth fire, smoke +and shell. + +The great battle was on! + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +SILENCING THE GERMAN GUNS + + +Engagements in the World War were on such a vast scale that it was +difficult for a single observer to give a word picture of them. All +he could see, stationed behind the lines, was a vast cataclysm of +smoke and fire, and his ears were deafened by so vast a sound that +it was comparable to nothing on this earth ever heard before. + +An observer in the air was little better off, save for that portion +directly beneath him, and even that he could not see very much of, +on account of the smoke and dust. If he looked to the left or the +right, or backward or forward, he was at the disadvantage of +distance. + +To him, then, great columns of infantry appeared only as crawling +worms, and batteries of artillery merely patches of woods whence +belched fire and smoke. That he must keep high in the air when over +the enemy's lines went without saying, for he would be fired at if +he came too low. So then, even an airman's vision was limited when +it came to describing a great battle. + +Of course he always did what he was assigned to do. He kept in +contact, or in communication, with his own certain batteries, or his +infantry division, directing the shots of the former and the advance +of the latter. So, really, he had little time to observe anything +save the effect of the firing of his own side on a certain limited +objective. + +As for the soldiers in battle, they are, of course, unable to +observe anything except that which goes on immediately in their +neighborhood. The artilleryman fires his gun under the direction of +some observer, often far away, who telephones to him to lower or +elevate his piece, or deflect it to the tight or left. The +infantryman advances as the barrage lifts, and rushes forward +according to orders, firing or using his bayonet as the case may be, +digging in when halted, and waiting for another rush forward. The +machine gunner and his squad aim to put as many of the advancing, +retreating, or standing enemy out of the fighting as possible, and +to save themselves. + +The truck men hasten up with loads of ammunition, fortunate if they +are not sent to their death in the drive. The stretcher bearers +look for the wounded and hasten back with them. + +So, all in all, no single person can observe more than a very small +part of the great battle. It is really like looking through a +microscope at some organism, while the whole great body lies beyond +the field of vision. + +Only the general staff-the officers in their headquarters far behind +the lines, who receive reports as to how this division or corps is +retreating or advancing--can have any real conception of the big +battle, and these persons may see it only at a distance. + +So the usual process of things in general is reversed, and the +person farthest removed from the fighting may really see, or rather +know, most about it. + +And so with a storm of shot and shell, manmade thunders and +lightnings, and bolts of death from the earth below and the air +above, the great battle opened and advanced. + +It progressed just as other battles had progressed. There was a +terrific artillery preparation, which took the Germans evidently by +surprise, for the response was long in coming, and then it was not +in proportion. After the great cannon had done their best to level +the big guns on the German side, a barrage, or curtain of fire was +started, and behind this, which was in reality a falling hail of +bullets, the Americans and their supporting French and British +comrades advanced. The curtain of steel was to kill or push back +the Germans, and to make it safe for the Americans to go forward. +By elevating the small guns the curtain fell farther and farther +into the enemy's territory, thus making it possible for the Allies +to go on farther and farther across No Man's Land. + +The infantry rushed forward, fighting and dying nobly in a noble +cause. Position after position was consolidated as the Germans fell +back before the rain of shot and shell. It is always this way in an +offensive, small or large. The first rush of the attacking side, be +it German, French, British, or American, carries everything before +it. It is the counter attack that tells. If the attackers are +strong enough to hold what they gain, well and good. If not--the +attack is a failure. + +But this one--the first great attack of the Americans--was not +destined to fail, though once it trembled in the balance. + +Tom and Jack, with their companions, had flown aloft, and, taking +the stations assigned to them, did their part in the battle. As the +light grew with the break of day, they could see the effect of the +American big guns. It was devastating. And yet some German +batteries lived through it. Several times Tom and Jack, by means of +their wireless, sent back corrections so that the American pieces +might be aimed more effectively. Below them was a maelstrom--an +indescribable chaos of death and destruction. They only had +glimpses of it--glimpses of a seemingly inextricable mixture of men +and guns. + +And through it all, though they did not for a moment neglect their +duty, bearing in mind their instructions to keep in contact with the +batteries they served, Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly were eagerly +seeking for a sight of the prison where Harry Leroy might be held. +At one time after they had dropped bombs on some German positions, +thereby demolishing them, Tom, who was acting as pilot, signaled to +his chum that he was going far over the enemy's lines to try to +locate the prison. + +Jack nodded an acquiescence. It was not entirely against orders +what they were about to do. They might obtain valuable information, +and it would take only a short time, so speedy was their machine. +Then too, they had used up all their bombs, and must return for +more. Before doing this they wished to make an observation. + +Luck was with them. They managed to pass over a comparatively quiet +sector of the lines where the German resistance had been wiped out, +and where, even as they looked down, Americans were digging in and +guns were being brought up to support them. + +And not many kilometers inside the German positions from this point, +they sailed over a prison camp. They, knew it in an instant, and +felt sure it must be the one spoken of by the German who had taken +Leroy's gold and then betrayed him. + +"That's the place!" cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear +him. "Now to bomb it and set Harry free!" + +But they must return for more ammunition, and this they set about +doing. They wished they might drop some word to the prisoners +confined there, stating that help might soon be on its way to them, +but they had no chance to send this cheering word. + +Back they rushed to their own lines, and no sooner had they landed +than an orderly rushed up to them and instructed them to report +immediately to their commanding officer. + +"Boys, you're just in time!" he cried, all dignity or formality +having been set aside in the excitement of the great battle. + +"What is it?" asked Tom. + +"We want you to silence some big German guns--a nasty battery of +them that's playing havoc with our boys. The artillery hasn't been +able to locate 'em--probably they're too well camouflaged. And we +can't advance against 'em. Will you go up and try to put them out +of business?" + +Of course there could be but one answer to this. Tom and Jack +hurried off to see to the loading of their machine with bombs--an +extra large number of very powerful ones being taken. + +Once more they were off on their dangerous mission, for it was +dangerous, since many American planes were brought down by German +fire that day, and by attacks from other Hun machines. + +But Tom and Jack never faltered. Up and up they went, the probable +location of the guns having been made known to them on the map they +carried. Up and onward they went. For a time they must forego the +chance of rescuing their friend. + +Straight for the indicated place they went, and just as they reached +it there came a burst of fire and smoke. It appeared to roll out +from a little ravine well wooded on both sides, and that accounted +for the failure of the Americans to locate it. Chance had played +into the hands of the air service boys. + +There was no need of word between Tom and Jack. The former headed +the plane for the place whence the German guns had fired upon the +Americans, killing and wounding many. + +Over it, for an instant, hovered the aeroplane. Then Jack touched +the bomb releasing device. Down dropped the powerful explosive. + +There was a great upward blast of air which rocked the machine in +which sat the two aviators. There was a burst of smoke and flame +beneath them, tongues of fire seeming to reach up as though to pull +them down. + +Then came a terrific explosion which almost deafened the boys, even +though their ears were covered with the fur caps, and though their +own engine made a pandemonium of sound. + +The air was filled with flying debris--debris of the German guns and +men. The bombs dropped by Tom and Jack had accomplished their +mission. The harassing battery was destroyed. The German guns were +silenced. + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +THE RESCUE + + +Tom and Jack circled around slowly over the place where the German +battery had been. It was now no more--it could work no more havoc +to the American ranks. It did not need the wireless news to this +effect, which the aviators sent back, to apprise the Allies of what +had happened. They had seen the harassing guns blown up. + +Now out swarmed the Americans, charging with savage yells over the +place that had been such a hindrance to their advance. Tom and +Jack had done their work well. + +There was no need for the one to tell the other what was in his +mind. There were still two of the powerful bombs left, and there +was but one thought on this matter. They must be used to blow up, if +possible, the camp near the German prison. Doing that would create +havoc and consternation enough, the air service boys thought, to +drive the captors away, and enable Leroy and his fellow prisoners to +be saved. + +Jack punched Tom in the back and motioned for him to shut off the +motor a moment so that talking would be possible. Tom did this, and +Jack cried: + +"Shall we take a chance?" + +"Yes!" Tom answered in return. + +Strictly speaking, having accomplished the mission they were sent +out on, they should have returned to their base for orders. But the +airmen were given more liberty of action and decision than any other +branch of the Allied service. + +"Go to it!" cried Jack, and once more Tom started the motor and +headed the craft for the Hun prison. + +Again the air service boys were hovering over the prison camp. They +could now see that there was much more activity around it than there +had been before the big battery was destroyed. The fight was coming +closer, and the Germans evidently knew it. Whether they were trying +to arrange to take their captives farther back, or merely seeking to +escape themselves from a trap, was not then evident. + +And, having reached a position where they could see below them what +looked to be a concentration of German guns, perhaps to fire on any +force that might advance against the prison. Jack let fall one of +his two remaining bombs. + +It swerved to one side, and though it exploded with great force, and +created havoc and consternation among the Huns, it did not fall +where it was intended. The second battery was still intact. + +"My last shot!" grimly mused Jack, as he looked at the other bomb. + +Tom maneuvered the aeroplane until he had it about where he thought +Jack would want it. The latter pressed the releasing lever and the +bomb descended. It was the most powerful of the lot, and when it +struck and exploded it not only demolished the defensive battery, +making a hole in the place where it had stood, but it tore down part +of the prison fence, and made such destruction generally that the +Germans were stunned. + +Instantly, seeing that all had been accomplished that was possible, +and noting that hovering around him were other Allied airmen who had +agreed to help in the rescue, Tom sent his craft down. There was a +burst of shrapnel around him and Jack, but though the latter was +grazed by a bullet, neither was seriously hurt. A Hun plane darted +down out of the sky to attack the bold Americans, but quickly it was +engaged by a supporting Allied craft. However, the Hun was a good +fighter, and won the battle against this antagonist. But when two +other Allied planes closed in, that was the last of the enemy. He +was sent crashing down to satisfy the vengeance in toll for the life +of the birdman ho had taken. + +Now Tom and Jack could see that their plan had worked better than +they had dared to hope. The boldness of the attack from the air, +coupled with the advance of the American army, started a panic in +the German ranks. They began a retreat and the regiments near the +prison camp were included in the rout. + +By this time either some of the prisoners saw that there was a break +in the cordon around them, or they realized that a great battle was +putting their guards to flight, for some of them made a rush toward +a side where there were no Germans, and succeeded in breaking out-- +no hard task since part of the fence was shattered by the explosion. + +"Now's our chance," cried Tom, though of course Jack could not hear +this. "Harry may be among that bunch, and we want to get him and +any others we can save." + +He started the aeroplane on its downward path, while Jack, guessing +the object, got the machine gun ready for action, since there might +be a squad of Germans ready to give battle on the ground. + +Several other planes of the Allies, seeing what was going on, +swooped to the aid of the two Americans, for there were no other of +the Hun craft within sight now. All had been sent crashing down, or +had drawn off. + +On either side of the immediate sector which included the prison +camp, the battle was still raging fiercely, mostly with success on +the side of the Americans, though in places they suffered a +temporary setback. + +In the vicinity of the prison itself wild scenes were now being +enacted. The prisoners were beginning to rise in force, for they +saw freedom looming before them. There were fights between them and +the guards, and terrible happenings took place, for the guards were +armed and the prisoners were not. But as fast as some of the +Germans fell they were stripped of their guns and ammunition, and +the weapons turned by the prisoners against their former captors. + +All this while Tom and Jack were descending in their plane. As yet +they were uncertain whether they were to be able to rescue Leroy or +not. They could not distinguish him at that height, though from the +enthusiastic manner in which several of the newly liberated ones +waved at the on-coming aeroplanes, it would seem that they were of +that arm of the service, and appreciated what was about to happen. + +Nearer and nearer to the ground flew Tom and Jack. And then, to +their horror, they saw that several Germans had set up two machine +guns to rake the prison yard, which was still filled with excited +captives. The Germans were determined that as few as possible of +their late captives should find freedom. + +Tom acted on the instant, by sending the plane in a different +direction, to enable Jack to use his machine gun. And Jack +understood this, for, with a shout of defiance, he turned his weapon +on the closely packed Germans around their machine guns. + +For a moment they stood and some even tried to swerve the guns about +to shatter the dropping aeroplane. But Jack's fire was too fierce. +He wiped out the nest, and this danger was averted. + +A moment later Tom had the machine to earth, and it ran along the +uneven and shell-torn ground, coming to a rest not far from what had +been the outer fence of the prison camp. A group of Allied +captives, newly freed, rushed forward. Tom and Jack, removing their +goggles, looked eagerly for a sight of Harry Leroy. They did not +see him, but they saw that which rejoiced them, and this was more +aeroplanes coming to their aid, and also a column of infantry on the +march across a distant valley. The stars and stripes were in the +van, and at this the rescuers and the prisoners set up a cheer. It +meant that the Germans were beaten at that point. + +"Where's Harry Leroy? Is he among the prisoners ?" cried Jack to +several of the liberated ones who crowded around the machine. There +would be no question now of trying to save some one, a rush by +mounting to the air with him. The advance of the Americans and the +Allies was sufficiently strong to hold the prison position wrested +from the Germans. + +"Was Harry Leroy among you?" asked Tom, of the joy-crazed prisoners. +Many were Americans, but there were French, Italian, Russian, +Belgian and British among the motley throng. + +Before any one could answer him there was a hoarse shout, and from +some place where they had been hiding a squad of German soldiers +rushed at the group of recent prisoners about Tom and Jack. Their +guns had bayonets fixed, and it was the evident purpose of the Huns +to make one last rush on the prisoners near the aeroplane to kill as +many as possible. + +The Germans were a sufficiently strong force, and none of these +prisoners was armed. They began to scatter and run for shelter, and +Torn and Jack became aware that matters were not to be as easy as +they had expected. + +But fortunately the fixed machine gun on the aeroplane, which was +near the pilot's seat, pointed straight at the oncoming Huns. With +a cry Tom sprang to the cockpit and quickly had the weapon spitting +bullets at the foe. Then Jack saw his chance, and, climbing up to +his seat, he swung his gun about so that it, too, raked the Germans. + +They came on with the desperation and courage of despair, but the +steady firing was at last too much for them. They broke and +ran--what were left of them alive--in what was a veritable rout, and +this ended the last danger for that immediate time and place. + +Other aeroplanes dropped down to help consolidate the victory, and +the explosion of some American shells at a point beyond the prison +camp told its own story. The artillery had moved up to keep pace +with the advancing infantry. The big battle had been won by +Pershing's men, and the air service boys had not only done their +share, but they had been instrumental in delivering a number of +prisoners. + +As the last of the Germans fled and Tom and Jack leaned back, well +nigh exhausted by the strain of the fighting, a voice cried: + +"Good work, old scouts! I knew you'd come for me sooner or later. +At least I hoped you would!" + +They turned to see Harry Leroy walking slowly toward them. + +Harry Leroy it was, but wounds, illness, and imprisonment had worked +a terrible change in him. He was but the ghost of his former sturdy +self. Still it was their chum and the brother of Nellie Leroy, and +Tom and Jack knew they had kept the promise made to the sister. +They had effected the rescue which the offensive made possible. + +"Hurray!" cried Tom. "It's really you then, old scout!" + +"What's left of me--yes. Oh, but it's good to see the flag again!" +and he pointed to the colors on the aeroplane and on the advancing +banners of the infantry. "And it's good to see you again! I'd +about given up, and so had most of us, when we heard the shooting +and knew something was going on. But how did it happen? How did +you get here, and how did you know I was here?" + +"Go easy!" advised Tom with a grin. "One question at a time. Can +you ride in our bus? If you can we'll take you back with us. The +others will be taken care of soon, I fancy, for our boys will soon +be in permanent occupation here. Will you come back with us?" + +"Will I? Say, I'll come if I have to hitch on behind, like a can to +a dog's tail!" cried Leroy, and, weak and ill-nourished as he was, +it was evident that the sight of his former comrades had already +done him much good. + +So now that the position was well won by the Americans and the +Allies, Tom and Jack turned their machine about, wheeled it to a +good taking off place, and with Harry Leroy as a passenger, though +it made the place rather crowded, they flew back over the recent +battleground, and to their own aerodrome, where Harry and some other +prisoners, brought through the air by other birdmen, were well taken +care of. + +The great battle was not yet over, for there was fighting up and +down the line, and in distant sectors. But it was going well for +Pershing's forces. + +"And now," remarked Harry, when he had had food and had washed and +had begun to smoke, "tell me all about it." He was in the quarters +assigned to Tom Raymond and Jack Parmly, being their guest. + +"Well, there isn't an awful lot to tell," Tom said, modestly enough. +"We heard you were in trouble, and came after you; that's all. How +did you like your German boarding house?" + +"It was fierce! Terrible! I can't tell you what it means to be +free. But I'd like to send word to my folks that I'm all right. I +suppose they have heard I was a prisoner." + +"Yes," answered Tom. "In fact, you can talk to one of the family +soon. That is, as soon as you can go to Paris." + +"Talk to a member of the family? Go to Paris? What do you mean?" +Harry fairly shouted the words. + +"Your sister Nellie is staying with friends of ours," said Tom. +"We'll take you to her." + +"Nellie here? Great Scott! She said she was coming to the front, +but I didn't believe her! Say, she is some sister!" + +"You said it!" exclaimed Tom, with as great fervor as Harry used. + +"Didn't you get the bundles we dropped?" asked Jack. "The notes and +the packages of chocolate?" + +"Not a one," 'replied Harry. "I was looking for some word, but none +came, after one of the airmen told me he had dropped my glove. But +I knew how it was--you didn't get a chance to send any word." + +"Oh, but we did!" cried Tom, and then he told of the dropping of the +packages. + +But, as Leroy related, he had been transferred from that camp a few +days before. + +Two of the packets fell among the prisoners, who, after trying in +vain to send them to Harry, partook of the good things to eat, which +they much needed themselves. They were given to the ill prisoners, +and the notes were carefully hidden away. Some time after the war +Harry received them, and treasured them greatly as souvenirs. + +"But we didn't make any mistake this time," said Tom. "We have you +now." + +"Yes," agreed Harry with a smile, "you have me now, and mighty glad +I am of it." + +A few days later, when Harry was better able to travel, he went to +see Nellie in Paris, a message having been sent soon after the big +battle, to tell her that he was rescued and as well as could be +expected. + +"But if it hadn't been for Tom and Jack I don't believe I'd be there +now," said Harry to his sister, as he sat in the homelike apartment +of the Gleasons. + +"I know you wouldn't," said Nellie. "They said they'd rescue you +and they did. We shall never be able to thank them enough--but we +can try!" + +She looked at Tom, and he--well, I shall firmly but kindly have to +insist that what followed is neither your affair nor mine. + +And now, though you know it as well as I do, my story has come to an +end. At least the present chronicle of the doings of the air +service boys has nothing further to offer. Their further adventures +will be related in another volume to be entitled: "Air Service Boys +Flying for Victory." + +But it was not the end of the fighting, and Tom and Jack did not +cease their efforts. Harry Leroy, too, was eager to get back into +the contest again, and he did, as soon as he had sufficiently +recovered. + +He told some of his experiences while a prisoner among the Germans, +and some things he did not tell. They were better left untold. + +However, I should like to close my story with a more pleasant scene +than that, and so I invite your attention, one beautiful Sunday +morning to Paris, when the sun was shining and war seemed very far +away, though it was not. Two couples are going down a street which +is gay with flower stands. There are two young men and two girls, +the young men wear the aviation uniforms of the Americans. They +walk along, chatting and laughing, and, as an aeroplane passes high +overhead, its motors droning out a song of progress, they all look +up. + +"That's what we'll be doing to-morrow," observed Tom Raymond. + +"Yes," agreed Jack Parmly. + +"Oh, hush!" laughed one of the girls. "Can't you stay on earth one +day?" + +And there on earth, in such pleasant company, we will leave the Air +Service Boys. + +THE END + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, AIR SERVICE BOYS IN THE BIG BATTLE *** + +This file should be named asbbb10.txt or asbbb10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, asbbb11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, asbbb10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/asbbb10.zip b/old/asbbb10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..776103a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/asbbb10.zip |
